By Sidney Secular

November 16, 2021

We inch closer and closer to the day when it will be illegal to arrest blacks for any criminal act. Why? Because all blacks are perpetual victims. They are victims in the present. They are victims in the past. Their ancestors were victims as will be their descendants in perpetuity. Indeed, so much guilt accrues from the treatment of blacks from Eden to Eternity that there is simply no way the rest of humanity can make responsible any black for the commission of any act– even against other blacks! Indeed, even this guilt falls upon the Oppressors because obviously had they not oppressed this wonderful race, none of these crimes would have occurred!

Worse,we rapidly approach a time when the country will be called upon to pay blacks a monetary stipend to prevent them from committing crimes! Of course, when they do anyway – and they will! – it will still be paid because it is always considered someone else’s fault! At least this is the belief by many that as anyone with a trace of black blood has been conditioned to believe themselves “entitled,” it becomes necessary to act accordingly to avoid social catastrophe. They are entitled to reparations and they are entitled to behave as they wish regardless of the damage that they do to themselves and others! In fact, they are entitled to make the rules and because of this unassailable situation, many whites order DNA testing kits hoping to reveal a trace of this genetic marker derived from some ancient African“ancestor!” Of course, once validated as “black,” these lucky “not-too-whites” will both avoid the stigma of “oppressor” and cash in on black-directed GovMint largesse that will continue to balloon until the balloon goes up on a revolution to stop this nonsense. These brainless white libbers imagine that they are leading mankind down the yellow brick road to a racially pure utopia but, in fact,they have put us on a road to a very bad end.

Recently, the city of Philadelphia banned police from making traffic stops for minor violations because blacks are,by far, the greatest violators despite constituting approximately 44% of Philadelphia’s motorists! Of course, this should come as no surprise since blacks, at 13.4% of the population, presently make up over 50% of those who commit the heinous crime of murder! But the fact is that blacks are always given a pass when the situation can no longer be hidden or, in the alternative, when they get too many “black marks” for their behavior to be countenanced. Perhaps we should be concerned about the day that police are forbidden to investigate murders given the percentage of blacks involved in that crime!

The new group Advance Peace Fresno (APF) has a $1.8 million budget derived from city, state, and non-profit sources with the express purpose of paying blacks to not commit crimes, especially gang-related violence. Advocates say the blackmail or “black male” stipends are important to keep the participants from falling back into their “ack-ack” ways. The “logic” (if one can use that word in this context!) justifying this extraordinary insanity is the ridiculous belief that those involved never received “allowances” during their eternal period of“childhood” and that somehow these stipends will make up for their lack of civilizing nurture, thus making them feel worthy. It is rather like the reparations for which they continually clamor believing that receipt of same will prove that their life failures are somebody else’s fault. The APF folks believe that by receiving unearned money without the normal conditions involved in the transfer of wealth, these blacks are proved to be“mature.” Using that “logic,” robbery is a sign of maturity and forcing whites to recompense blacks for nameless and non-existent“oppression” creates “equity”and “equality.” So, according to the culture, innocent people must mollycoddle criminals who “feel deprived” lest their “deprivation” leads to further unlawful behavior for which, of course, they are not really to blame – yada, yada, yada & etc.

The other leftist meme or corollary to this socialist – and stupid – way of thinking is the belief that being poor creates the need or impulse to do drugs and otherwise get involved in destructive behavior such as committing crimes. This is,more often than not the case, with blacks. However,that same statement cannot be said by the left with respect to other groups even if they suffer from poverty. Now, there is a reason for this. Many largely white poor rural areas do not have higher crime rates than the rates found in wealthier areas. Indeed, it was noteworthy news some years ago – when such things could be publicly disseminated! – that the statistically poorest town in America was nearly all white and had almost no crime. It was once commonplace in rural areas, poor and otherwise, that doors and windows were left unlocked since robberies and home invasions were virtually unknown. In our modern multicultural society, trust evaporates proportionately to the degree of the heterogeneity of the population – that is, its ethnic, religious and most especially racial makeup.

As well, it is generally the case that when large numbers of blacks move into an area, other racial groups and especially whites, move out. This is called “white flight.” Excuses are given such as the need to have better schools or go where taxes are lower instead of identifying the exodus as based on the natural need to be around those to whom one feels closer racially or culturally. However, it is also admitted – quietly, of course – that any influx of blacks seriously debases the community at all levels. For some reason, black anti-social behavior is blamed on whites discriminating against them, whereas the whites simply wish to live in a civilized society and not be victims of ongoing black criminality. Hence, “white flight.”

Jason Corburn, a Berkeley, UC professor justifies the Advance Peace Fresno program by stating that over an 18 month period, $20, 000 was spent to keep 40 blacks from shooting each other. He estimates that 20 to 50 shootings were prevented that way. However, the blackmail would have to be continued indefinitely to see if it really worked! This is simply not economically feasible, especially as the number of perps who required such economic maintenance would naturally continue to grow. There are 25,000 gang members in Fresno. What happens if they all demand money to keep from participating in their normal behavior? Can you imagine how quickly larger urban areas would be bankrupted by employing such a program and can you also imagine how long it would be before the amount involved, however great, would prove insufficient to restrain their natural way of life? Logic was never a strong suit of ivory tower leftist intellectuals.

There’s a much easier and more logical way to stop the shootings. Just get serious about responding to the menace of gangs.Arrest gang leaders and put them away for long prison terms. Outlawing them altogether would solve or at least to some extent, alleviate the problem. There’s no reason to tolerate them as gangs are not fraternal groups that represent various well-intentioned behavioral goals but, rather, they are the stimulus for much of urban and even suburban crime. Such a program would lighten the judicial caseload and would allow for getting rid of the plea bargains that plague a judicial system often, itself, on trial. As well, it would lessen the opportunities for many felons to perpetuate their criminal activities and influences.

Such a response would also lead a campaign to stop “de-criminalizing” lesser violations because there is often a very fine line between minor and major crimes! Usually, such distinctions serve as an excuse to let blacks off the hook enabling them to return to their criminal activities. For the fact is, lesser crimes usually lead to more serious crimes especially if they are not punished! Not punishing a criminal for a lesser crime not only leads to more crime, but poisons the public’s perception of the police,feeding into anti-police propaganda and lessening respect for law and order. The thin blue line will get even thinner if the police are not properly supported and funded and, worst of all, it leads to good cops quitting the force and leaving behind those whose behavior justifies all the anti-police propaganda!

Victims of crime, no matter their background, income, or political affiliation are supposed to be protected. Criminals, no matter who they are, are supposed to face the consequences of breaking the law. Today, the scales of justice are out of balance and weighed down against the politically unfashionable. The rise of Soros’ and Bloomberg’s “progressive” prosecutors pose one of the greatest threats to the rule of law. These legal ideologues have seized control of district and states attorney’s offices all over the country virtually putting an end to the true “rule of law.” In many major cities, they absolutely refuse to charge minority criminals with entire categories of misdemeanors including petty crime, shoplifting and vagrancy. In Chicago, theft under $1,000 goes unaddressed and as a result, this class of crime has risen exponentially. In Philadelphia, drunk drivers and some burglars are released without bail. In Baltimore, the “Baltimoronic” States’ Attorney, Marilyn Mosby, already steeped in unethical political dealings, declared that the war on drugs “over” in the midst of the deadliest drug crisis in the history of that city. In a way, however, she is right! Once one side surrenders, a war is indeed “over.”

This is another example in which once the blacks engage in criminal behavior to a degree that can neither be hidden nor ignored, the matter is “solved” by letting the criminals go unpunished or, in the alternative, pardoned for their excesses! This tactic results in a new downward trajectory of “acceptable community standards,” a spiral that can go lower virtually in perpetuity. In Los Angeles, the Soros’ supported District Attorney – who is fond of releasing convicts from prison indiscriminately – has stopped enforcing laws against disturbing the peace, resisting arrest and making criminal threats against citizens. These DAs render their cities “dead on their arrival” in their work with woke mayors in legalizing disorder. Democrat mayors everywhere have de-prioritized enforcement of quality-of-life laws by hamstringing law enforcement to the point at which either fewer arrests are made or good police officers simply quit. Tens of millions of decent Americans suffer the daily indignities of having their property vandalized and/or stolen while having to walk on needle strewn, excrement covered sidewalks, all thewhile being denied safe access to parks and public places paid for by their tax dollars.

The quality of life is further lowered by virtue of such things as ignored noise complaints! Why? Because pulsating and pounding bass-based rap-crap is not considered noise but rather, it is now part of the new norm in community standards and popular music! Also unaddressed are property damage and drug dealing accompanied by wayward shots that injure and kill innocent bystanders. These intolerable conditions heat up the urban pressure cooker, frustrating people and, in some cases,making them prone to criminal acts themselves. Anti-enforcement policies only cause insecurity and result in more crime,often from people who otherwise would remain law abiding.

The opposite approach to “quality-of-life” crimes – that is where they are properly punished – would demonstrate that the authorities are serious about protecting citizens and put a damper on the escalation of minor crimes that eventually evolve into major ones. This approach, dubbed “broken windows”, is invariably successful in reducing crime. Punishment proportionate to the offense is a necessary first step in reducing the crime rate. Yet, the apparently demon-driven Senate Democrats have unleashed a flood of proposed legislation aimed at retroactively reducing the sentences of gang members, crack cocaine dealers, and fentanyl traffickers. These ideas are unfathomable under any circumstances but are even more so in the midst of the worst drug crisis and urban murder surge in American history. Our legal system is infected with a metastasizing cancer of political correctness and racially motivated prosecutions – or rather, lack there of – that are poisoning America’s trust in the justice system. The obviously overblown response to the so-called J6 “insurrection” and the extremely barbaric treatment of the arrested protesters – none of whom was part of what actually was illegal! –is as unworthy of American “justice” as letting BLM and Antifa get away with their truly insurrectionist activities in 2020. These continue in Portland and nothing is being done about it. If this situation is not brought under control,a repressive and oppressive Communist dictatorship is sure to follow. After all, who will be able to stop it? Certainly, not our justice system .

© 2021 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

by Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

November 16, 2021

In Julian Barnes’ “U.S. Warns of Efforts by China to Collect Genetic Data” (THE NEW YORK TIMES, October 22, 2021), one finds that “Edward You, who is the national counterintelligence officer for emerging and disruptive technologies said the Chinese government was collecting medical, health and genetic data around the world….You said the genetic data of some Americans could be “transferred to the Chinese government.’ The counterintelligence center also highlighted investments by WuXi, which bought a Pfizer manufacturing plant in China, announced a production facility in Massachusetts, and made an investment in 2015 in 23andMe, the consumer genetics company. ‘They are developing the world’s largest bio database,’ You said of the Chinese government efforts. ‘Once they have access to your genetic data, it ‘s not something you can change like a pin code….it’s all about the data,’ You said. ‘There are national security implications we have to understand.'”

Concerning national security implications, don’t count on our intelligence community for help, because Julian Barnes followed his October 22 article with “Origin of Virus May Remain Murky, U.S. Intelligence Agencies Say” (NEW YORK TIMES, October 29, 2021) about a newly declassified intelligence report released on October 29 that concludes the virus was not developed as a biological weapon! This is incredible given the 261-page Chinese military document in 2015 describing exactly how coronaviruses could be used as bioweapons mentioned in Part 1 of this series. The Editor-in-Chief of the document, Xu Dezhong, had written dozens of papers over several years outlining his belief that SARS-CoV-1 (that caused the 2003 SARS epidemic in China, etc.) was NOT of natural origin. And on June 28, 2021, Prof. Francis A. Boyle who drafted the “Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989,” emailed me the following: “I and others have publicly stated that SARS1 leaked out of a Chinese Biowarfare Facility and Program.” Fortunately, Congressman Brad Wenstrup on the House Intelligence Committee called for more examination of the Wuhan Institute of Virology’s work on creating chimeras, also mentioned in Part 1 of my series.

On October 31, White House press secretary Jen Psaki announced that she had tested positive for Covid-19 even though she had been vaccinated! Regarding treatment for Covid-19, a cheap antidepressant, Fluvoxamine, has been shown to reduce the need for hospitalization among high-risk adults with Covid-19 in a study published in LANCET GLOBAL HEALTH, a study which could have been conducted at the beginning of the pandemic because Fluvoxamine reduces inflammation which is at the heart of what kills (the Inflammo Thrombotic Response mentioned in an earlier part of this series) Covid-19 patients. The November 3 headline in THE PALM BEACH POST read “Push to make hospital give COVID patient Ivermectin stalls; woman ‘getting worse by the hour,'” The patient Tamara Drock’s husband had been requesting his wife receive Ivermectin, but the hospital had refused. Not until November 1 did the hospital give her Fluvoxamine mentioned above!

The White House is still insisting on mandatory vaccinations, even though in an October 28 letter to the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors, Sheriff Alex Villanueva wrote: “If I were to follow your (vaccination) mandate, I could potentially lose 44% of my workforce in one day. I cannot enforce reckless mandates that put the public’s safety at risk.” And how would the vaccine mandate effect pregnant women? While the CDC is encouraging pregnant women to get vaccinated, a recent peer-reviewed article, “Spontaneous Abortions and Policies on Covid-19 mRNA Vaccine Use During Pregnancy” (SCIENCE, PUBLIC HEALTH POLICY,AND THE LAW, November 2021) by Dr. Aleisha Brock and Dr. Simon Thornley confirms the warning I made on the subject in Part 6 of this series.

Further criticism of vaccine mandates can also be found in “How Fauci Fooled America” (NEWSWEEK, November 1, 2021) by Martin Kullforff and Jay Bhattacharya, who wrote: “Under Fauci’s mandates, hospitals are firing heroic nurses who recovered from COVID they contracted while caring for patients. With their superior immunity, they can safely care for the oldest and frailest patients with even lower transmission risk than the vaccinated….By pushing vaccine mandates, Dr. Fauci ignores naturally acquired immunity among the COVID-recovered of which there are more than 45 million in the United States. Mounting evidence indicates that natural immunity is stronger and longer-lasting than vaccine-induced immunity. In a study from Israel, the vaccinated were 27 times more likely to get symptomatic COVID than the unvaccinated who had recovered from a prior infection….Schools are major transmission points for influenza, but not for COVID….While children do get infected, their risk for COVID death is miniscule, lower than their already low risk of dying from the flu. Throughout the 2020 spring wave, Sweden kept daycare and schools open for all its 1.8 million children ages 1 to 15, with no masks, testing or social distancing. The result? Zero COVID deaths among children and a COVID risk to teachers lower than the average of other professions. In fall 2020, most European countries followed suit, with similar results. Considering the devastating effects of school closures on children, Dr. Fauci’s advocacy for school closures may be the single biggest mistake of his career….In private conversations, most of our scientific colleagues agree with us on three points. While a few have spoken up, why are not more doing so? Well, some tried but failed. Others kept silent when they saw colleagues slandered and smeared in the media or censored by Big Tech. Some are government employees who are barred from contradicting official policy. Many are afraid of losing positions or research grants, aware that Dr. Fauci sits on top of the largest pile of infectious disease research money in the world….Unfortunately, Dr. Fauci got major epidemiology and public health questions wrong. Reality and scientific studies have now caught up with him….”

The Biden administration recently announced with great pleasure that a vaccine had been approved for children ages 5 to 11. However, before anyone subjects their children to this, they should look at “MEDICAL HOLOCAUST against children: Vaccine-induced myocarditis in children has 50% fatality rate in five years” by Ethan Huff (NATURAL NEWS, November 8, 2021). My question is when are government and other officials going to stop lying to people? A November 10 headline for LIFESITE NEWS is “Bayer executive: mRNA shots are ‘gene therapy’ marketed as ‘vaccines’ to gain public trust.” In the article, Bayer executive Stefon Oelrich at the 2021 Global Health Summit in Berlin admits that if they had told the truth that the shots were really “gene therapy,” they “probably would have had a 95% refusal rate.” The article concludes by saying: “These same shots, which do not complete clinical trials until 2023, have been linked to millions of injuries and tens of thousands of deaths worldwide. Seemingly in line with Bayer, the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, and the Gates Foundation’s goal of reducing births, many of the notable COVID-19 vaccine adverse effects have also played a role in reducing births. World Health Organization data reports many cases of stillbirths, vaginal hemorrhaging, menstrual cycle irregularities, and miscarriages linked to the injections.” And with all of the people worldwide getting vaccinated, are the cases of Covid-19 going down? Not at all. The headline for the November 11 USA TODAY reads: “New infections on the rise in most U.S. states,” for REUTERS “German parliament debates new COVID-19 rules as cases soar,” and for November 10 NBC NEWS “Breakthrough COVID Cases Up 44% in Massachusetts: Nearly 60,000 fully vaccinated residents have now tested positive for the coronavirus and 468 have died.”

The medical thought police are already moving forward, penalizing those who differ. Houston Medical Hospital has just suspended the privileges of Dr. Mary Bowden for posting a series to Tweets promoting Ivermectin as a Covid-19 treatment (she also expressed the belief that vaccine mandates are “wrong.”) I called her attorney, Steven Mitby, who was already aware of the tremendous success of Ivermectin in India, and suggested he look at the AMERICAN JOURNAL OF THERAPEUTICS (July-August, 2021) article by 7 authors titled, “Ivermectin for Prevention and Treatment of COVID-19 Infection: A Systematic Review, Meta-analysis, and Trial Sequential Analysis to Inform Clinical Guidance.” For those unfamiliar with Meta-analysis, that is where one looks at all the best studies to reach a conclusion. The article supports the position of Dr. Bowden, but that does not matter to the medical thought police.

The World Economic Forum mentioned above was founded by Klaus Schwab, who described his vision of what the future would look like as “The Great Reset.” As if prescient, G. Edward Griffin in his book, THE CREATURE FROM JEKYLL ISLAND (1994) wrote: “The decline of American prosperity; the increase in the size of government; the decrease in personal freedom; the growth of taxes; evidence that this is according to plan by an elite ruling group which hopes to merge the United States into world government….It will soon be time to reset….” THE SAN JOSE MERCURY on November 6, 1980 reported that just before the 1980 election, Ronald Reagan warned: “I think there is an elite in this country and they are the ones who run an elitist government. They want a government by a handful of people because they don’t believe the people themselves can run their lives….Are we going to have an elitist government that makes decisions for people’s lives or are we going to believe as we have for so many decades, that the people can make these decisions for themselves?” In all likelihood, the future “Great Reset” will include a global digital currency. I have already written how the Federal Reserve and China plan to have a digital currency in 3 years. To see how it will work at first, the Bank of England provides an example.  At first, the Bank of England will have both physical currency along with digital, but this is probably designed to ease the concept of a digital currency into general use so that later its exclusive use will be more acceptable.

© 2021 Dennis Cuddy – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

November 16, 2021

A strict observance of the written laws is doubtless one of the high duties of a good citizen, but it is not the highest. The laws of necessity, of self-preservation, of saving our country when in danger, are of a higher obligation…To lose our country by a scrupulous adherence to written law would be to lose the law itself, with life, liberty, property and all those who are enjoying them with us; thus, absurdly sacrificing the ends to the means. —Thomas Jefferson, Letter to J.B. Colvin, September 20, 1780

The masses never revolt of their own accord, and they never revolt merely because they are oppressed. Indeed, so long as they are not permitted to have standards of comparison, they never even become aware that they are oppressed. —George Orwell, 1984

A fascist is one whose lust for money or power is combined with such an intensity of intolerance toward those of other races, parties, classes, religions, cultures, regions or nations as to make him ruthless in his use of deceit or violence to attain his ends.  —Henry A. Wallace, 33^rd VP of the United States.

If we define an American fascist as one who in case of conflict puts money and power ahead of human beings, then there are undoubtedly several million fascists in the United States.  —Henry A. Wallace

Book Burning – On May 10, 1933, university students in 34 university towns across Germany burned over 25,000 books. The works of Jewish authors like Albert Einstein and Sigmund Freud went up in flames alongside blacklisted American authors such as Ernest Hemingway and Helen Keller, while students gave the Nazi salute.  They called it “purging.”

Digital book burnings are happening in America with Amazon, Target and other superstores dropping books deemed inflammatory or “racist.”  History has no part in America if it offends the minds of snowflakes and race baiters.

Book burning is also happening in 21st Century Canada as reported by the WSJ on October 7^th, 2021.  More than 4,700 children’s books from 30 schools across CSC Province were targeted.  The list included old encyclopedias, biographies of French explorers Jacques Cartier and Etienne Brule, and even French and Belgian comics including Tintin, Asterix, Obelix and Lucky Luke.  All were destroyed in a “flame purification” ceremony.

Canada claims they’re purging the ashes of racism, discrimination and stereotypes in an inclusive country where all can live in prosperity and security.  This is a lie, a scandal and an evil unto itself.  The destruction of history is the willful destruction of the records and the knowledge that can help humanity better understand itself.

Just what is a “flame purification” ceremony when the destruction is of historic documents? The banned documents in America include Disney’s “The Song of the South,” now considered “racial discrimination.”

Where books are burned, people will also be burned.

American Education – Americans who have studied the decline of education in our country know that academic education has been deleterious since 1880 when John Dewey’s progressive (read socialist) education was used on the four sons of John Rockefeller Jr.  All four of them, including Vice President, Nelson Rockefeller, who was one heartbeat from the presidency under Gerald Ford, were dyslexic and functionally illiterate.  Nelson hired Henry Kissinger to read to him.

Buffalo Public Schools go on to suggest that George Washington, the man who founded this country, was a fraud; that Colin Kaepernick is a moral hero; and that we should celebrate Indigenous Peoples Day instead of Columbus Day. Apparently, we have no right to give thanks for a country that isn’t ours.  The Marxist revisionist history taught in our schools today is anathema to the truth of the founding of this nation…it is apostate.  Historic truth is reported in the books, Dogs of God The Inquisition and Defeat of the Moors and Simon Wiesenthal’s Sails of Hope.

America’s education is steeped in deviate sexual training.  Government schools are barren academic education.  Long gone is the teaching of American and world history, phonics and the ability to read past a third-grade level, cursive writing, easy and understandable simple math and of course, civics. Race baiting exists throughout the country with critical race theory taught in every school and the Marxist Black Lives Matter groups are within 20 of the largest school districts in America…now probably far more.

New York City is one of many school systems in the United States set to roll out BLM-themed lesson plans this fall. According to the NYC Department of Education, teachers will delve into “systemic racism,” police brutality, and white privilege in their classrooms. Their site lays out a cult-like recruiting process for students to follow. Step one: Recognize your white privilege. Step two: Learn the dos and don’ts of being an ally. Step three: Recruit more members to learn steps one and two.

End result is to hate whitey just as the end result in Nazi Germany was to hate Jewish friends and neighbors and worship the state.

Prayer in School – Prayer in America’s schools was eliminated in 1962 by the same leftist Warren Supreme Court who destroyed states’ rights for slander and libel.  Obtain a copy of Charlotte Iserbyt’s magnificent book, The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America for the entire evil machinations of those in power who desired the elimination of academic education.

The gradual transformation of our once academically successful educational system into one devoted to training children to become compliant human resources to be used by government and industry for their own purposes has succeeded. This is how fascist-socialist societies train their children to become servants of their government masters.

All financed through your own taxes!  One out of 12 children are now home schooled.

Two-Tiered Society – The 1935 Nuremberg Race Laws served as the legal cornerstone of Jewish persecution by the Nazis. Hitler publicly presented the Laws at the Nazi party’s annual rally in Nuremberg, Germany. The Laws consisted of two directives: (1) Law of the Reich Citizen, and (2) Law for the Protection of German Blood and German Honor. Each part of the Laws controlled the Jewish population in a different way.

The Laws stripped Jews of their German citizenship. As such, each Jew was made asubject of the German state, meaning that such person was considered a second-class citizen and belonged to the state. Since a Jew belonged to the state, the state could decide what such person could do professionally and what he or she could own. Therefore, the Nazis were able to use the Laws to push Jews out of certain professions such as those of doctors and lawyers. They were also able to dis-enroll Jews from educational programs that required its pupils to be German citizens.

Compare this to America’s two-tiered society of Covid vaxxed and non-vaxxed.  How many educators, first responders, healthcare providers and even prison guards are out of a job for refusing an untested inoculation for a virus with a 99.8% recovery?  How many employees of corporations with more than 100 employees are demanding the jab or your job?  (Biden is now threatening an unconstitutional vax mandate on businesses with less than 100 employees.)

How many of our military are going to be dishonorably discharged by Biden if they refuse an untested and Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) jab?  Watch the three-minute video of two nurses and a doctor being escorted from hospitals for being unvaxxed.  And the unvaccinated may soon face steep financial penalties. Link

America’s society allows full freedom only for those who accepted the government jab mandate.  For those who preferred medical freedom, according to our Fourth Amendment which is “the right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures,” you are banned from many societal enjoyments.

Aaron Rogers of the Green Bay Packers contracted the virus and treated it with ivermectin.  He refused to be inoculated.  He now has to wear a yellow wristband around his teammates to show he is not vaxxed, whereas everyone who is vaxxed wears a red wristband.

A few months ago, we bought tickets to the Righteous Brothers and Chicago at our wonderful Tennessee Theatre.  After the purchases, we received notice that we had to present vax papers, or a negative Covid test taken within 72 hours of the show to get into the theatre and we had to wear face diapers during the concerts!  No allotment was made for natural immunity from Sars-coV-2. I called the theatre and we got our money back.

“Your papers please” is already here.

Your Papers Please – After the events of Kristallnacht of November 9-10^th of 1939, the German authorities implemented a new set of identity papers for its citizens: ID cards for its “German” citizens and a set of papers for non-Aryan citizens, or to be more precise, for the Jews which carried a large red “J” for Jew on the paper.  Non-Jews had the Swastika affixed ID card.  (The ID cards would also have a large yellow J imprint inside the left part of the document.)

The Rise, Align, Ignite, Reclaim (RAIR) Foundation exposed that in 2018 the European Union already planned vaccination certificates, monitoring vaccine status and combating vaccine hesitancy.  In 2018, a year before the coronavirus outbreak, the European Commission released a document already addressing plans to combat vaccination hesitancy, monitoring citizens’ vaccination status, squashing vaccine dissent, and European vaccination certificates.

Euthanasia

As mentioned in Part One of this article, euthanasia was common in the early 20^th century of America.  Deaf children were sterilized believing they were mentally deficient and should not bear offspring.  In 1935, Hitler’s Nuremberg Laws provided for the forced sterilization of the unfit. Not only did Hitler have in mind such “inferior races” as Jews and Gypsies, he also included unfit Aryans—the mentally defective, severely handicapped, the incurably insane and the incurably sick. Anyone considered “genetically inferior” was put to death by inoculation or Zyklon-B to “purify” Hitler’s master race.

At least five states culled their elderly “useless eaters” by sending Covid patients into nursing homes where comorbidities were high. Decades old safe generic drugs would have kept them alive, but hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin were disallowed.  Thousands upon thousands died.

In America, Bill Gates has his fingers in the sterilization/depopulation/UN Agenda 21 pie, hoping to cull the “useless eaters” from society and massively downsize our population.  Gates has used his largesse for vaccines that have sterilized women in various countries and we’re seeing the same thing happen with the Sars-coV-2 jabs.

It turns out that miscarriages during the first trimester are as high as 91 percent in women who take the jab. The original data that was used by the federal government to authorize the jab for pregnant women in the first place clearly shows this.

As if that’s not evil enough, the Covid jab has been approved for children ages five to eleven.  Only 330 children have died in the US from Covid and all of them had high risk comorbidities.  Giving children this untested vaccine is, at the least, negligent homicide.

Dr. Robert Malone, inventor of messenger RNA said, “There is no reason to vaccinate children. They don’t have a risk of disease. Natural immunity is superior to vaccine immunity; don’t vaccinate those who have full immunity.  Don’t interfere with physicians who are providing lifesaving medications to their patients.  Stop it!”

Dr. Joseph Mercola reported that a heart attack ingredient has been added to the Pfizer jab for children.  It is a blood acid reducer which is used intravenously to stabilize people with heart attacks and during cardiac surgery.  Lord help us!

Tony Fauci held people hostage unto death waiting for the money-making cure-all vaccine and Dr. Ezekiel Immanuel, advisor to illegitimate President Biden on Covid, spouts the rhetoric that none should live after age 75.  All of them have been instrumental in the deaths of hundreds of thousands.

America has physician assisted suicide (PAS) in nine American states; the first being Oregon in 1994. After 48 years of legalized abortion in all fifty states at any time for any reason throughout pregnancy, there have been over 63 million abortions that have destroyed the lives of unborn children in their mother’s wombs.  Massive amounts of money are being made selling the bodies of these unborn children to various labs and they are being used for the most macabre and evil scientific experiments, including the creation of vaccines.

Conclusion

Nazi ruthlessness was murder for a lie.  European Jews were robbed of their human and civil rights and then murdered.  History is repeating itself in the “land of the free.”

Where is the cry for FREEDOM?!

Part One, Part Two, Part Three

© 2021 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By: Devvy

November 15, 2021

Americans have been fighting back to stop from being forced to get a Vaccine Passport as part of the COVID-19 scheme to increase the number of injected victims and for controlling the herds. Make your life so miserable, most will get one just so they can go to restaurants and other establishments as well as travel on planes and trains.  “So life can return to normal” propaganda.

What Is Vaccine Passport, Why Is World Opposing It? Here’s Everything You Need To Know–  With countries learning lessons from multiple COVID-19 waves, the idea of a ‘Vaccine Passport’ or ‘COVD-19 Passport’ is emerging globally, October 25, 2021

“With countries learning lessons from multiple COVID-19 waves, the idea of a ‘Vaccine Passport’ or ‘COVD-19 Passport’ is emerging globally. A vaccine passport is a document that shows whether a person is vaccinated against the virus. It is a travel pass that will hold all the vaccinations and medical records for a hassle-free international travel experience. The pass can be stored in digital formats, like a mobile app, or physical, such as a small paper card.”

Yes, everything you need to know in two words:  Medical Records which are nobody’s business but you and your doctor.  It’s bad enough insurance carriers including Medicare & Medicaid also know all about your health from billing by doctors.But now these damn fool mayors and governors want to make YOUR medical history available to those who have no right to violate your privacy.  All in the name of “bringing this pandemic to an end by getting everyone “vaccinated.”

There is no security despite reassurances from political whores in state legislatures and governor’s mansions.  Hackers are so “good” they’ve breached government web sites – including heavily encrypted DoD – too many times to count.  Not to mention the human factor of state employees snooping into people’s medical history.  Or, this which happened back in 2006 which caused my late husband and I to freeze our credit history (Equifax, etc).

“On May 3, 2006, the home of a VA employee was burglarized resulting in the theft of a personally-owned laptop computer and an external hard drive, which was reported to contain personal information on approximately 26 million veterans and United States military personnel.”  SSN’s and all personal information.  While it’s bothersome (as when I purchased my new, smaller home after John passed away), I keep the freeze on my SSN.

Vaccine Passports for a vaccine that doesn’t exist. [1][2][3] Those experimental injections for COVID-19 are being passed off as vaccines; legally, they are not which I (and so many others) have covered ad nauseum. Experimental gene editing technology wasn’t going to be a hot seller.  Best to deceive the uniformed, scared, trusting public by calling them vaccines.

Fortunately, many states like mine (Texas) have said no thanks.  Governor Abbott Issues Executive Order Prohibiting Government-Mandated Vaccine Passports, April 6, 2021

One must know history to understand the game

Where am I going with this?  The Real ID is underway and what I’m doing about it, but first:

“There is a power in the world we seldom mention in the House of Commons….I mean the secret societies…It is useless to deny because it is impossible to conceal, that a great part of Europe – the whole of Italy and France and a great portion of Germany, to say nothing of other countries – is covered with a network of these secret societies, just as the superficies of the earth is now covered with railroads. And what are their objects? They do not attempt to conceal them. They do not want constitutional government; they do not want ameliorated institutions…they want to change the tenure of the land, to drive out the present owners of the soil and put to an end ecclesiastical establishments. Some of them may go even further.” —Disraeli in the House of Commons, July 14, 1856

The Unseen Hands that control governments on this planet have been working on destroying our sovereign nation for hundreds of years.  This ‘globalism’ thing is nothing new.

In 2006, I wrote a column, Confidential:  America’s Beginnings covering some important history about the dirty players and their quest to destroy America.  I also covered a new DVD:  Secret Mysteries of America’s Beginnings

“Secret Mysteries of America’s Beginnings unfolds the fascinating history behind the founding of America, and exposes the esoteric underbelly of its design.

• Why is Washington D.C. build on the 77th Meridian?
  • Are the Revolutionary War cities really built in perfect alignment with Stonehenge?
  • If America was founded as a Christian nation, why are many of its symbols based on Pagan traditions?

“There is no doubt that much of America’s national heritage was Christian, but just as a coin has two sides, our national heritage has a second side – one based squarely on occult secret societies and their values.

“To find the answer to these questions, we follow the journey of secret societies from England to the New World and learn of their ancient hope: to rebuild the lost empire of Atlantis.

“In the 16th century, Sir Francis Bacon was at the helm of the secret societies in England. When Bacon penned his classic work, “The New Atlantis” he believed that America and Atlantis were one and the same. He outlined his vision for the perfect society, and some suggest the program he set forth has been the driving force behind the course of modern history. While he did not originate the concept, it was Bacon who articulated an ancient plan to be carried out by all the secret orders.

“As Chief of the Rosicrucians and the first Grand Master of modern Freemasonry, Bacon sent his followers to the new world. A 1910 Newfoundland stamp with his image upon it reads, “Lord Bacon: the Guiding Spirit in [the] Colonization Scheme”. Because of his influence, Francis Bacon is considered by some to be “the real and true founder of America”. For centuries, controversy has surrounded this figure who is said to be the illegitimate son of Queen Elizabeth I, and secret author of the Shakespeare plays; the man whom Thomas Jefferson considered one of the three most influential men in history.

“Is it possible that Bacon’s vision guides America today? Where The DaVinci Code meets National Treasure, learn the incredible secrets of the esoteric traditions, hidden within the manifold layers of signs and symbols in our nation’s infrastructure. Find out why some believe that from ancient times America has been chosen to fulfill a secret destiny. [See “Riddles in Stone” and “Secret Mysteries of America’s Beginnings“]

“Winner of “Best Documentary Feature Screen Craft Award” at the New York International Independent Film & Video Festival.”  DVD 120 minutes

Most Americans have heard of the stock market crash of 1929, but what do they really know about it?  Remember:  The unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve Banking Act was signed into law on Dec. 23 1913, by Woodrow Wilson who was very proud of having made sure that Act passed.  America has been raped ever since by engineered financial collapses, inflation, recessions and depressions.  The banking cartels still run the con and We the People have been the victims ever since.

Probably the best researched book on that ‘event’:  The Greatest Story Never Told: Winston Churchill and the Crash of 1929 [Signed] by Pat Riott.  I purchased half a dozen copies at least two decades ago; they are rare but you can find some used on the Internet.

“Details a far-reaching scandal… international in dimension and ongoing. In 1929, a financial disaster of unprecedented proportions swept through the U.S.A. with lightning speed. America began a descent into an 11-year financial hell. Why was Winston Churchill at the N.Y.S.E. on Black Thursday, October 24, 1929, not quite by chance? Why “plunger” Bernard Baruch was Churchill’s “favorite American.” Why five days after the crash, was Churchill the guest of honor at a bizarre “celebration” attended by over 50 “bankers and master plungers?” Where did the shiploads of gold end up in the months after the Crash? Also, Cecil Rhodes diabolical will and the plans it contained; and, the plot that began to take shape in the Wilson administration.”

Yes, they all celebrated – including Winston Churchill – while Americans starved in the big cities.  (Pat Riott – if this column finds you, please contact me @ devvyk@npn.net)

One of the finest short books on America’s financial ruin is The Miracle on Main Street:  Saving Yourself and America From Financial Ruin by the late F. Tupper Saussy.  It’s free on line and well worth the time to read what might have happened but never has:  Congress refuses to abolish the Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913.  I’ve covered this for the past 30 years.  In 2007, former Congressman Ron Paul introduced a bill to do just that.  ZERO co-sponsors.  But, it’s now too late to stop what will be the greatest depression world-wide and it’s all being orchestrated by the same dirty players.

The move towards a cashless society has been underway for a long time.

For The First Time, a US Company Is Implanting Microchips in Its Employees, July 25, 2017 // This company embeds microchips in its employees, and they love it:  Last August, 50 employees at Three Square Market got RFID chips in their hands. Now 80 have them.  August 17,2018

Swedes are getting implants in their hands to replace cash, credit cards, July 14, 2019 – “More than 4,000 people have already had the sci-fi-ish chips, about the size of a grain of rice, inserted into their hands — with the pioneers predicting millions will soon join them as they hope to take it global.”

NBC News Promotes Convenience of Getting a Microchip in Your Hand – “The process is simple and swift.” October 18, 2019 – “The segment is introduced by pointing out that people who have taken the chip do not need to carry keys, ID, credit cards or money.”

Bill Gates will use microchip implants to fight coronavirus, March 19, 2020 – “Gates was responding to a question on how businesses will be able to operate while maintaining social distancing, and said that, “Eventually we will have some digital certificates to show who has recovered or been tested recently or when we have a vaccine who has received it.”

“The ‘digital certificates’ Gates was referring to are human-implantable ‘QUANTUM-DOT TATTOOS’ that researchers at MIT and Rice University are working on as a way to hold vaccination records. It was last year in December when scientists from the two universities revealed that they were working on these quantum-dot tattoos after Bill Gates approached them about solving the problem of identifying those who have not been vaccinated…The project is supported by the United Nations and has been incorporated into the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals initiative.”

Texas Tech begins transition to cashless transactions – Fans can pay for items using valid debit or credit cards as well as mobile wallets.  Nov. 10, 2021 – “LUBBOCK, Texas – As part of the ongoing dedication to providing fans and guests with a first-class game day experience, Texas Tech Athletics will begin the transition to cashless transactions at all home events.  The transition to cashless transactions is expected to significantly increase speed of service and decrease line length. In addition, cashless transactions promote the overall health, security, and public safety of our guests.”

Promote overall health?  I’m sure the stadium was filled last Saturday for opening day.  This is conditioning the flocks so when the day comes the evil doers decide to make chipping mandatory, people will have already swallowed the stupid pill.

In January 1941, Hans Heymann wrote a book titled Plan for Permanent Peace.  Heymann was a research professor of Economics at Rutger’s University; he was born in Germany.  Haymann was convinced the path to peace was a global government:  A Bank of Nations, an International Labor Organization and his design for “International Planning (The United States of the World).

I guess old Hans wasn’t paying attention to what was going on over in his home country of Germany, Japan and with the Ruskies back in January 1941.  These global “elites” have never wanted peace because there’s no profit.  War is not only very profitable, it also is needed here and there geo-politically and in the case of the U.S.,to stimulate the economy.

The two images you see (click to enlarge) was Heymann’s plan “for peace”.  Please take the time to study it.  While all of it hasn’t come to fruition, much has and the diabolical plan to force us to become global citizens, stripping us of OUR constitutional rights – especially the right to private land ownership continues full speed ahead.

The architects of NAFTA (No American Factories Taking Applications) never tried to hide their true intentions with that agreement.  I’ve highlighted this in past columns, but go take a look at this map of post-NAFTA North America published in the Denver (Com) Post, August 30, 1992.  Tragically, President-Elect Trump was sold another treasonous destroy America agreement:  The USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government, Jan. 15, 2019

Thanks to independent media like NWVs, I believe a large majority of Americans have become more familiar with groups like the Bilderbergs, CFR, Tri-Lateral Commission and the others I wrote about in my column, The House that Evil Built.  All this blather about Russia collusion is nothing more than a distraction hiding the truth about America’s close bond with the old USSR which continues today.  All this high theater with Vladimir Putin is just that.  The U.S. has been in bed with the Russians longer than I’ve been alive. The sweat of OUR labor has been propping up Russia for a very long time.

A true American hero, the late Antony Sutton’s wrote perhaps some of the most comprehensive and fully researched books naming names and explaining the game:

The Best Enemy Money Can Buy is a must read; free on line.

Amazon:  “The business of lending blood money is one of the most thoroughly sordid, cold blooded, and criminal acts that were ever carried on, to any considerable extent, amongst human beings. It is like lending money to slave traders, or to common robbers and pirates, to be repaid out of their plunder. And the man who loans money to governments, so called, for the purpose of enabling the latter to rob, enslave and murder their own people, are among the greatest villains that the world has ever seen.

“With mountains of documentation, mostly from government and corporate sources, Sutton shows that Soviet military technology is heavily dependent on U.S. and allied gifts, “peaceful trade” and exchange programs. We’ve built for, sold, traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and military trucks to tank technology, missile guidance technology, and computers – even the Space Shuttle.”

And, of course, Hildebeast Clinton is well protected because like her slutty husband, they sold their souls to Satan and sold-out America a long time ago – just like those who protect her and Billy.  Obama-era Russian Uranium One deal:  What to know – “As federal investigators continue to look into Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election, prosecutors are also probing an Obama-era sale of a uranium mining company.

“Attorney General Jeff Sessions last year directed federal prosecutors to look into the sale of Uranium One to a Russian company – a transaction that President Trump has called the “real Russia story.”

“The Hill reported that Russian officials engaged in a “racketeering scheme” to further its energy goals in the U.S. And an FBI informant recently told congressional committees that Russia paid millions to a U.S. lobbying firm in an effort to influence then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton to make sure the deal was successful.”

And, if you read Masters of Seduction short 20- page overview by thorough researcher, Jeri Lynn Ball, you’ll see the collusion between the U.S. and the Communist International still working to cement the final pieces of our coffin:

“At the Sixth Party Congress held in Moscow in 1928, Communists wrote and approved “The Program” to bring in the New World Order. What most Americans don’t know is the real nature of this diabolical criminal scheme. The Program of the Third International called for a global environmental program and for the transformation of all human beings on earth to accept the New World Order. These and other facts are brought to light by General Benton Partin in his videotape, Globalism: The Program.

“The Communists planned to use the global environmental program as a means of eradicating national sovereignty and creating a world dictatorship. All nations, nationalities, and national boundaries were to be replaced by a nomnipotent, one-world government and regional governances. The Communists did not want the American approach to liberty, with individual God-given rights protected by a government with limited powers. The Communists did not want the American concept of rule of law.

“They wanted unrestrained despotic government, power without limit, a world without laws—a brutal, terror-inspiring global totalitarian police state which could smash all laws of justice,launch campaigns of enslavement and mass murder, and eliminate opponents of the NewWorld Order. Twenty delegates from the U.S. voted for the 1928 Program of the Third International.” –Read the rest here.  Australia is there already with the most brutal lockdowns on the planet.  I feel so sorry for those people but anyone who doesn’t think it can’t happen here live in a dream world in denial of reality.

A global environmental program cooked up first as global warming which wasn’t selling to the new bogey-man, Climate Change.  A massive hoax to destroy capitalism once and for all.  From my December 18, 2006 column, Senator Joseph Biden:  Recycling His Favorite Folly:

“On June 29, 1992, Biden gave a speech on the senate floor titled: On the Threshold of a New World Order, An American Agenda for the New World Order, Fulfilling the Wilsonian Vision. In his treasonous speech, Biden said:

“Although President Bush (Sr.) called the New World Order a “big idea” one may surmise that the President did not follow through with the concept of a New World Order because he had not thought it through (in Iraq, 1991)…Instead, I shall urge that we revive the concept of a New World Order, rescue the phrase from cynicism and invest in it a vision that should become the organizing principle of American foreign policy in the 1990s and into the next century.”

These lunatics with their “visions” are destroying our constitutional republic.Other Antony Sutton books that should be mandatory reading in every high school history class in America.

Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution: The Remarkable True Story of the American Capitalists Who Financed the Russian Communists Dec 17, 2012 – Free on line.

Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler: The Astonishing True Story of the American Financiers Who Bankrolled the Nazis

Wall Street and FDR: The True Story of How Franklin D. Roosevelt Colluded with Corporate America – Free on line

There are two more critically important components to this nightmare which I will cover in part 2.  One deals with COVID-19 and the other is the Real ID which will be a shocker to Americans who are worried about what’s going on.  This is not something down the road it is here and now.

In part 2 I’m also going to ask you some questions that require brutal honesty and for some, a great deal of difficulty in accepting HOW this insanity has been allowed to progress.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.  A great Christmas gift to educate.

Part One, Part Two

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnotes:

[1]  –COVID-19 Not a Virus:  Can Any Scientist Prove Dr. Stefan Lanka Wrong?

[2]  –COVID-19: Why Are American Scientists Silent on This?

[3] –  CDC NOW Admits NO ‘Gold Standard’ for the Isolation for ANY Virus!

Related:

The Question of Freemasonry (Mine 1990)

The Last Will & Testament of Cecil Rhodes

By Paul Engel

November 15, 2021

• Does federal law always supersede state law?
• Is OSHA’s vaccine mandate the supreme law of the land?
• What can the state and the people do to reinstate the rule of law?

By now, you’ve probably heard of Jen Psaki’s response to a question about Texas standing up to Biden’s threatened vaccine mandate. She stated that federal law trumps state law. I guess it’s true that the best lie should contain a bit of truth, but today let’s answer the question of whether federal law always trumps state law. Let’s do so by looking at the original documents, so we can answer this question not only when it comes to vaccine mandates, but all of the acts coming out of Washington, D.C.

When Ms. Psaki talks about federal law trumping state law, she was referring to the Supremacy Clause, found in Article VI, Clause 2 of the Constitution of the United States:

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

To understand this clause, we need to break it down. The Supremacy Clause lists three things that are the supreme law of the land.

First, the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land.

Second, the laws of the United States are supreme, but not all laws of the United States. Only the laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution are considered supreme. Meaning laws…

Done in consequence or prosecution of any thing; hence, agreeable; conformable.

Pursuant – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Since only the laws of the United States made pursuant, or conformable, to the Constitution are given the high place of supreme law of the land, we’ve already shown that Ms. Psaki’s statement isn’t entirely correct. Before we get into that though, let’s look at the third thing that’s the supreme law of the land.

Third, treaties made under the authority of the United States are also considered supreme. Where does the United States get its authority? From the Constitution of course. Together, we see a hierarchy of supremacy. At the top is the Constitution of the United State, then below that document we have U.S. laws made pursuant to it and treaties made under the authority granted by it.

Vaccine Mandates

With this in mind, let’s look at the question of Biden’s vaccine mandates and Texas’ response to it.

No entity in Texas can compel receipt of a COVID-19 vaccine by any individual, including an employee or a consumer, who objects to such vaccination for any reason of personal conscience, based on a religious belief, or for medical reasons, including prior recovery from COVID-19. I hereby suspend all relevant statutes to the extent necessary to enforce this prohibition.

Texas Executive Order GA-40

So here we have two competing orders, one from the government in Washington, D.C. telling private companies they must require vaccines, the other from the government of Texas saying they can’t. So which one wins? Let’s start with the federal question.

President Biden announced his intention to sign an executive order requiring employers with more than 100 employees mandate COVID-19 vaccinations as a condition of employment. While I have yet to find the actual executive order, the Occupations Safety and Health Association (OHSA), a division of the Department of Labor, has proposed regulations putting President Biden’s intentions into “law”. But is that the supreme law of the land? To answer that, we have to answer two questions, is this regulation law and was it made in pursuance of the Constitution?

Is It a Law?

A rule, particularly an established or permanent rule, prescribed by the supreme power of a state to its subjects, for regulating their actions, particularly their social actions.

Law – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

So, is an OSHA regulation a rule prescribed by a supreme power of a state to its subjects? I would say yes. The government of the United States has delegated the power to establish rules for regulating actions, but is this rule being made pursuant to the Constitution?

Is It Pursuant to the Constitution?

Here is where Ms. Psaki’s statement falls apart. First, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1 of the Constitution states:

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. 

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1

Legislative powers are defined as:

Capable of enacting laws; as legislative power.

Legislative – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

If all legislative power, the power of enacting laws, is delegated to Congress, how can OSHA, which is a part of the executive branch, enact law? Sure, when Congress passed the legislation that created OSHA, they gave their creation regulatory power. However, the Constitution does not authorize Congress to delegate its legislative power, so that legislation was not made pursuant to the Constitution. Furthermore, while I haven’t read the legislation, I’ve been told that creating vaccine mandates is not a power Congress supposedly gave to OSHA.

Being pursuant to the Constitution is not only simply about the question of Congress delegating its lawmaking power to the executive branch. Enter the Tenth Amendment:

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

In order for a law to be made pursuant to the Constitution, it must enact a power delegated to the United States by the Constitution. Look all you want, but you will not find the power to regulate private businesses, or their employees, delegated to the United States. Neither is the power to regulate the healthcare decisions for millions of Americans delegated to the United States. Since the Tenth Amendment states that powers not delegated to the United States are reserved to others, any legislation Congress may pass to enact those powers is not pursuant to the Constitution.

Laws Not Pursuant to the Constitution?

So where does that leave Biden’s mandate?

There is no position which depends on clearer principles, than that every act of a delegated authority, contrary to the tenor of the commission under which it is exercised, is void.

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Paper #78

So if every act of a delegated authority contrary to its commission is void, what does that say about OHSA’s regulation? For that matter, what does it say about the legislation that created OSHA, without that power being delegated to the United States?

No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid. To deny this, would be to affirm, that the deputy is greater than his principal; that the servant is above his master; that the representatives of the people are superior to the people themselves; that men acting by virtue of powers, may do not only what their powers do not authorize, but what they forbid.

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Paper #78

So if the legislative act that created OHSA cannot be valid, meaning the agency itself is invalid, how can a regulation they promulgate be valid? To claim that anything OSHA does is valid means they are not only doing what they are unauthorized to do, but what they are forbidden to do.

Mr. Hamilton pointed out that this idea that the federal government can do whatever it wants, even in contradiction to the Constitution that created it, is ridiculous The very idea that the representatives of the people are superior to the people was as unthinkable to Mr. Hamilton as your deputy being superior to the sheriff or a servant being superior to their master. Yet that is the state of affairs today in America.

Now you may point out that the Federalist Papers are not law, rather they are commentaries in support of ratification of the Constitution as originally presented to the states. However, this idea that Congressional actions contrary to the Constitution are void was recognized by the Supreme Court:

Certainly all those who have framed written Constitutions contemplate them as forming the fundamental and paramount law of the nation, and consequently the theory of every such government must be that an act of the Legislature repugnant to the Constitution is void.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

So if the act of the legislature that created OSHA is repugnant to the Constitution, which I have already shown makes it void, where does that leave the vaccine mandate and the Texas executive order?

Texas Executive Order

At first, you may think this proves the Texas executive order wins this battle. Before you jump to that conclusion though, let’s look at it again.

No entity in Texas can compel receipt of a COVID-19 vaccine by any individual, including an employee or a consumer, who objects to such vaccination for any reason of personal conscience, based on a religious belief, or for medical reasons, including prior recovery from COVID-19. I hereby suspend all relevant statutes to the extent necessary to enforce this prohibition.

Texas Executive Order GA-40

The problem with the Texas executive order is not that it’s superseded by federal law, but that it violates the constitutions of both Texas and the United States. It is perfectly legal for Texas to tell Washington, D.C. that their mandate violates the agreement the states have, and therefore cannot be enforced within the state. However, neither the state nor federal governments have the authority to deprive private business owners control of those businesses. Both constitutions prohibit depriving these business owners of the property they have in their businesses, including control of those businesses.

Conclusion

So Ms. Psaki was wrong; not all laws of the United States are superior to state laws. Of course. that doesn’t mean that the Texas executive order doesn’t have its problems as well. Either way, knowing what the Constitution actually says makes all the difference in the world. Perhaps if the administrations in both Austin and Washington, D.C. read and studied the Constitutions they took an oath to support, we would have fewer of these conflicts and illegal orders.

© 2021 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).]

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 15, 2021

On January 20, 2021, Joe Biden took over the reins of the United States government.  He enjoyed a thriving country, vaccines out and coping with Covid, low gas prices, low food prices, and respect from terrorists around the world.  The previous administration had cut illegal immigration to a minimum.  Americans enjoyed energy independence along with the Keystone Pipeline being completed to bring consumers cheaper fuel to heat their homes, drive their cars and enjoy reasonable food prices at the grocery store.

Within 10 months, Joe Biden broke our laws by inviting and facilitating over 2,000,000 border jumpers to invade our country. By his own hand, he’s flying, bussing and distributing those illegals all over our country—at taxpayer expense into the millions-billions of dollars.  In fact, his “Build Back Better” bill featured $800 million for illegals.  He’s promised to “give” our tax dollars to the tune of $450,000.00 to families who broke into our country, but were separated from their children. It was our fault that they jumped our borders illegally. Joe Biden is specifically in violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution. That is an impeachable offense.

In the last 10 months, the drug onslaught into our country continues to kill our children and addict anyone who comes into contact with MS-13 distributed drugs into the billions of dollars. It’s beyond sickening.

Biden is personally responsible for getting 13 military personnel killed in his totally incompetent withdrawal from Afghanistan.  He’s totally  responsible for airlifting 100,000 Afghan refugees onto our welfare rolls and horrific tax burden that we will pay for their care for decades. We’re talking billions of dollars. All the while, we cast aside 540,000 homeless Americans.

Biden promised to shut down Covid, but instead has broken the U.S. Constitution as to personal choice.

In just 10 months, watch all these markers degrade:

Inflation, hostage crisis, border crisis, gas prices, empty shelves, backlogs, supply chains, labor shortage, high crime, pandemic, Chinese missiles, and a stalled agenda. If a presidency has three of these things, it’s in deep trouble. The Biden presidency is facing all of these things at the same time. Alarm bells should be going off right now, but not in Biden’s fantasy land.

Since I’m 75 and Biden is 78, I’ve watched him lie, cheat and deceive everyone for over 50 years.  Biden proved himself a useless U.S. Senator.  He accomplished virtually nothing in his 50 years in DC.  His son, whom he’s covered for, stands as the benchmark for “elite” drug addicts, con-artists (oh, and now he’s an artist, maybe like da Vinci, Rembrandt or Van Gogh), liars and thieves.  Hunter would only make his father proud if that father was Al Capone or, in this case, Joe Biden.  They are birds of the same feather.

Jesse Watters declared Joe Biden a “horrible president” Saturday on “Watters’ World,” highlighting the president’s failed promises and low approval ratings at 38 percent.  You have to wonder who those 38 percenters are and what are they thinking?

Jesse Waters said, “I’m sick of beating around the bush. Time to call a spade a spade. Joe Biden is a horrible president. I’ve seen enough. On pace to be one of the worst of all time. Most of the country thinks he’s incompetent, Democrats don’t want him to run again; everyone’s disappointed. We didn’t think it would be this bad this fast. Everything – and I mean everything – he says he’s going to do; he doesn’t do. And everything he says is true, isn’t true.”

On top of that, Biden’s dementia worsens by the day with every speech, with every forgotten name of world leaders, with remarks that can’t be deciphered coherently, and with excuses by Jen Psaki as his only intelligent mouthpiece.

Don’t you wonder what transpired during the Cabinet Meeting at the White House last weekend?  The top people in government sat around a table with Biden suffering from Alzheimer’s Disease…as he muttered “Newspeak” to his staff.  I’ll bet they all walked out of that meeting shaking their heads with disbelief at how totally out of touch with reality Biden is in 2021.

Worse than that, as his track record unfolds in November, December of 2021, what do we face in 2022?

The fact stands: he doesn’t know what he’s doing.  He can’t correct anything because he’s not capable, coherent  and/or articulate enough to lead our country.

The point that must be addressed:  either Biden, or Obama, or Soros, his handlers are doing all of this on purpose.  They are working to fracture the United States into an unrepairable condition.

They push the most divisive agenda onto all citizens of the United States: Critical Race Theory.  If Biden possessed a brain, he should speak out against it being taught in our schools. He should not allow our citizens to hate/despise/distrust other citizens for the color of their skin.

Next on that agenda: flood the country with illegal foreigners who have no affinity toward or any allegiance to the United States.  In fact, flood their languages, cultures, religions and incompatible world views into our country with such numbers that we become fragmented beyond repair.  That in turn, will cause us to enclave into separate cities, states and…it’s darn possible that some states will secede from the Union.

Note that his “Build Back Better” bill includes a total amnesty for up to 25 million illegal aliens. They will be able to tap into our welfare systems without putting a dime into them.  That’s already happening in Detroit with 300,000 middle eastern immigrants riding the welfare rolls along with 125,000 Somalian immigrants riding those food stamp rolls and even lying and cheating you and me out of millions with the EBT cards.

Next on the agenda: Biden and progressive mayors in NYC, Detroit, Minneapolis, Seattle, San Francisco, LA, Chicago and St. Louis support “Defund the Police” and the loss of the rule of law.  How is that?  Look at him.  He’s said nothing to stop Black Lies Mayhem whose members are “domestic terrorists.”  But instead, he calls parents at school board meetings, “domestic terrorists.”   He stood silent as to trashing every police department across the country.  He’s done nothing to help Chicago, St. Louis, Baltimore, Minneapolis, Baltimore, NYC, LA, and San Francisco from being overwhelmed by shootings and crime.

This column could speak to another dozen nightmares we face, but not enough space to write them.

But you, fellow American, must be wondering, “What will Biden do for another three years and six weeks?  And that’s “IF” he doesn’t suffer a heart attack, stroke or total collapse from exhaustion.  If he keeps staggering, stumbling and mumbling forward, we’re all at risk for his gross incompetence.  And worse, all the people covering up for him.

If continues, we’re heading for a really ugly three more years.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Lex Greene

November 15, 2021

To be certain, once these top two things are accomplished, and only then, there is a laundry list of critical things Americans will need to fix if they ever want the USA to have a chance at freedom, liberty, justice, and decency again.

But before we can afford to worry about that laundry list, Americans must first accomplish these two things, or their country is gone, and so is the future for their kids and grandkids.

PRIORITY #1 – STOP THE FATAL VACCINES

If you don’t already know that these so-called “vaccines” (mRNA/DNA gene manipulation experiments) have proven to be eight-times more deadly than COVID19 itself, it’s only because you have been following criminal politicians and their government fake news media machine. Had you been following the real science instead…you’d know this already.

It should have gone without saying that no one has a legal, ethical, or moral right to force inject anyone with anything, any time, for any reason, not even your own doctor. But no, we now have a few generations that think our government is a Nazi dictatorship, free to do anything it wants to the people.

The “real” science has proven beyond any doubt that these “vaccines” are eight-times as deadly as the virus, which had a 99.998% survival rate prior to any “vaccines.” It’s not enough that thousands of Americans have already died or been maimed by their mRNA experiment. Now they want to force or coerce every child into these “vaccines,” with or without the consent of their parents.

WE MUST STOP THIS MASS FATAL HUMAN EXPERIMENT, or we will not even have a country left very soon. We do NOT have a choice! Mass non-compliance is the firewall. We must put down the Vax leaders, if necessary, and save as many citizens as we can.

Thousands of international science and medical professionals have joined forces in the effort to stop this mass global genocide and the global economic reset behind it all. Citizens all over the world are in the streets trying to end this insanity. But far too many Americans are still sucking their thumbs and following Fauci’s fake science, awaiting the next unlawful order from Simon Says Biden. ENOUGH! Time for ALL Americans to stand up like real Americans and END THIS!

If we can’t save American lives, we cannot save this country!

PRIORITY #2 – OVERTURN THE 2020 ELECTIONS

Again, I shouldn’t have to state the obvious on this matter either, but sadly, I do have to. The entire world knows that the 2020 elections and every election since, was a complete and total fraud. Only Americans are dumbed down enough to think otherwise.

The world also knows that unless Americans overturn these elections and prosecute the fraudsters to the full extent the law will allow, the USA is finished…we no longer have legitimate elections at all.

People foolish enough to focus any time, energy, or resources on future elections, without correcting the massive fraud in the recent elections, are dooming this nation to death and destruction.

WE DO NOT HAVE HONEST ELECTIONS as of today and we never will again, unless we overturn the fraud and prosecute every criminal involved. Less than 30% of Americans polled now think our country is
headed in the right direction. No kidding! What was your first clue?

IF WE FAIL TO DO THESE TWO THINGS AND FAST

The United States of America is dead and gone. The American people have no Rights at all, not even the right to decide what will and will not be injected into their bodies or that of their children.

We will never have a legitimate election ever again. Every election will be rotten with increasing fraud because there are no consequences for election fraud. Every time fraud is allowed to stand…lawyers, judges and politicians label that fraud “precedent setting.” In other words, it’s the accepted “new norm.”

Our borders will continue to be overrun with illegal invaders, until we are a minority group in our own country, without any Rights or voice at all.

Our complacency, apathy and disengagement are dooming our kids and grandkids to global Marxism and death by political design!

ANYONE TRYING TO FOCUS US ON ANYTHING ELSE RIGHT NOW

…Is either a fool, or part of the global reset conspiracy to destroy the USA and every American Citizen.

I’m far from the only one sounding the ALARM. But I might be the only one telling you that it is counter-productive for Americans to waste precious time and resources on anything else, until we accomplish these two things.

I don’t care who disagrees, or who it angers to stop people from supporting anything but these two top priorities. If we fail to accomplish just these two top priorities, we will never be able to accomplish anything else…we won’t have the means.

Every other pet project will have us whistling past the graveyard. We either join forces to accomplish these two priorities or admit we have surrendered our country and our kid’s future, forever!

We are running out of time…

If you agree, write me to get more information and engaged.

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

by Roger Anghis

We are seeing something in America that we have never seen on such a scale before.  Our leftist so-called ‘educators have taken a page out of Lenin’s playbook and decided that it is only the school board that has the right to decide what children in public schools are taught and that parents have no right to any input at all. Terry McAuliffe has even stated that parents have no right to input into what their kids are taught. In the Virginia gubernatorial debate on Tuesday evening, Democratic candidate Terry McAuliffe insisted that parents should have no role in directing the education of their children and doubled down in a subsequent media interview.

McAuliffe, a former governor of Virginia and longtime Democratic operative, issued this pronouncement after being asked whether “protections for transgender students” should be determined at the state level or in each school district.

Responding first to the question, Republican candidate Glenn Youngkin raised the issue of “school systems refusing to engage with parents,” offering the recent example of parents in Fairfax County, Va., who were unaware of sexually explicit content in books available to children at the school library.

“You believe school systems should tell children what to do,” Youngkin said to McAuliffe. “I believe parents should be in charge of their kids’ education.”[1] It was in Loundon County Virginia where a parent attended a school board meeting to complain that the school tried to bury the story of his 14-year-old daughter was raped in a bathroom by a boy dressed in a skirt.  It turns out that they transferred that boy to another school and he did the same thing there. This is insane! Our children should feel safe in our schools but the liberals are making them very dangerous.

Loudoun County, Virginia, continues to find itself at the center of controversy.

The county’s school board is already in hot water after recent reports revealed its members had seemingly covered up a rape allegation. A boy has since been found guilty of sexually assaulting a female student in one of the school district’s girls’ restrooms. The board falsely said it had no knowledge of such a case before voting in August to allow males to use girls’ restrooms.

Concerned parents say progressive ideas have entered Loudoun County school curricula and are currently being taught to children enrolled in the district. They continue to protest at school board meetings in hopes of pressuring the district to remove the controversial teachings from classrooms.

Now, it appears that parents in Loudoun County are required to sign non-disclosure agreement-style documents in order to see exactly what their children are being taught, including a curriculum called Second Step Programs.[2] The bad part of this is McAuliffe was governor when legislation was passed and he signed into law that overturned the requirement for schools to report sexual assault. He also instigated a curriculum called Social-emotional Learning (SEL) which is nothing more than Critical Race Theory (CRT) by a different name.  He denied he supports CRT but like most Democrate’s, especially one with Clinton connections, he lies.

To require parents to sign a non-disclosure agreement is insane.  They can even bring up the curriculum at a school board meeting. Why is the school board trying to hide what they are teaching the kids? Vladimir Lenin stated: “Give me four years to teach the children and the seed I have sown will never be uprooted.”[3] Our kids are not being educated. They aren’t taught real American history or real-world history. They are being indoctrinated into a Marxist/Communist system. They are attempting to eliminate the teaching of math because it is somehow racist: The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation is bankrolling a group of activists who believe math is racist.

A group of fringe educators have compiled a six-part toolkit offering an “integrated approach” to developing an “anti-racist math practice” viewed through a social justice lens. It chides the “concept of mathematics being purely objective” as “unequivocally false.” It argues focusing on the “right answer” to math equations is an example of white supremacy.

The toolkit A Pathway to Equitable Math Instruction is meant to help educators in grades 6-8. If your child’s educators subscribe to any of the beliefs in these texts, you should pull them immediately.[4] Why parents aren’t rising up against this lunacy is beyond me.

In Minnesota the school board forces parents to state their address in order to speak and bans any criticism of any school official and has even declared that school board meetings, which are required to be open to the public, are allowing parents there out of the goodness of their heart: The Mankato, Minnesota school board is outrageously requiring parents to doxx themselves by stating their home address before they can speak at a meeting and they have, in essence, banned all criticism of school board officials as well.

The chair of the board for Mankato Area Public Schools Jodi Sapp made the new rules crystal clear before calling on parents at an Oct. 18 forum. Parents were told they could speak for three minutes only if they gave their name and full address. They were also advised that they were prohibited from addressing individual school board members.

“I just want to remind everybody this is a business meeting of the school board, it is not a meeting that belongs to the public,” she began.

“Before the open forum, I would like to review a couple of things,” Sapp stated. “Each speaker is asked to state his or her name and address for the record. Failure to do so will result in an individual not being allowed to speak.”

Alpha News first reported the new rules which were put in place following “behavior by some of the members of the public” that Sapp deemed “unacceptable.”

“Effective tonight, open forum participants are prohibited from calling out or addressing any individual school board or school district staff member. If this occurs, open forum will be closed,” Sapp noted before the public forum segment began.[5] This is the action of a dictatorship, not a constitutional republic. If the Founders were still around they’d be dropping people like flies. Have we grown weak? Some parents are standing up.  The father of the 14-year-old that was raped in the Loudon County school showed up and was arrested before he could speak. The meeting was abruptly adjourned. They are trying to hide what they are doing and what they are teaching. We have little time to stop them but stop them we must.

© 2021 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

• Terry McAuliffes war on parents
• Loudoun parents must sign nda lik docs see radical curriculum forced kids report?
• Quotes: Vladimir Lenin
• Rantz Bill and Melinda Gates foundation bankrolls math is racist lunacy
• Minnesota school board forces parents to doxx themselves in order to speak bans criticism of officials

By Rob Pue

I’m here to tell you the truth. Unlike the mainstream media, I have nothing to gain by pushing lies and propaganda and brainwashing people into stupefied submission. Our country, like so many others, is being systematically destroyed — purposely and intentionally by those who swore an oath to defend us from all enemies, both foreign and domestic. Unfortunately, most of those who swore that oath are, themselves, enemy combatants — and the righteous here in America have now officially become “Enemies of the State.”

It’s sad to see so many Americans — and especially church-goers — who have no clue about any of this.  They don’t know and they don’t want to know. They just want to remain in their luxury and ease, distracted by every form of entertainment, and drunk on the propaganda spewed forth from the government and media.

Lying lips are an abomination to the Lord, but it seems that’s all that’s allowed in today’s society.  Truth-tellers are persecuted and prosecuted, publicly ridiculed, their reputations maligned, their lives destroyed. But as I said, I’m here to tell you the truth, regardless of whether you want to listen or not. Thankfully, I’m still able to do that, but I have no doubt there will come a day soon when I, too, will be taken out…cancelled… like so many others before me.  I know my Savior has promised to never leave or forsake me.  But that doesn’t mean I won’t draw fire from the enemy.  On the contrary, it means I wear a target on my back every day. This is to be expected. (1 Peter 4:12). Our suffering for Christ here in this earth is only temporary. We all need to remember that.  No matter how great the temptation may be to give in and give up — just “go along to get along,” we must all stand strong in our faith and strong in the Lord, no matter what comes.

For some, that may mean losing your job or your home. I believe the day is quickly coming when we will not be allowed to buy, sell, travel freely or even be seen in public without our “vaccination passports.”  We’ll be outcasts from society.  We’ll lose relationships with friends and family.  We may have to flee our homes to avoid being rounded up and placed in re-education camps, and we may very well be killed. If you think these things are pretty far-fetched, remember the Luciferians now in power in America — and the world — are playing for “keeps.”  We, the people, mean nothing to them.  They see us as commodities — slaves to be exploited, or vermin to be exterminated.  Either way is fine with them. If you think this is far-fetched, think back to the “Before Times” — before they dropped the scam-demic on us.  Would you have believed we could have fallen this far this quickly?  This is God’s judgment on a wicked nation that has rejected Him.

I understand that most Americans don’t want to hear about any of this.  But as Christians, should we not be the most informed and the most active in the spiritual battle that’s waging all around us — a spiritual battle like Earth hasn’t seen since the days of Noah and Lot?  Where to start? How about the fact that we’re being purposely and systematically invaded by foreign enemies?  In addition to the untold thousands being resettled here from Afghanistan — an Islamic people with values about as far removed from America’s as you can get — we have millions pouring in at our southern border.

The invaders at the southern border are not just innocent freedom seekers from Mexico and Latin America. Somehow, up to 35,000 Haitians managed to travel the 2,000 miles from their Caribbean island to Del Rio, Texas as well.  Who paid for their flight from Haiti to Del Rio? They certainly didn’t swim — and virtually all of them were eventually welcomed here, transported to the US location of their choice, and like all the other invaders, given free food, shelter, clothing, education, healthcare and cash — things we don’t even provide for our military veterans or senior citizens, who subsist on social security payments well below the poverty line.  Remember Deuteronomy 28: “The foreign resident among you will rise higher and higher above you, but you will sink lower and lower.”

We also have a serious energy crisis, now that we’re no longer allowed to access our own American energy, but instead buy it from our enemies.  We’ve been warned that the cost to heat our homes with natural gas or propane this winter will be double what it was last year.  Oil prices are now at $80 a barrel, but predicted to hit $200 a barrel in a few weeks. How will this affect your pocketbook at the pump? It won’t be good but that’s just the start. Lawmakers — or should I say law BREAKERS — are noodling around with the idea of a “carbon tax,” which means they’d like to see gasoline strictly rationed, and if you drive too much, you’ll have to buy more “carbon credits” in order to fill your tank. Welcome to the “new normal.”  But don’t worry about the foreign invaders — they get their gas and utilities for free.

Our economy is crashing as hyper-inflation takes hold now. My wife and I went to the grocery store the other day to buy a few things. We left with four small plastic bags of food, and it was over $200.  For four small plastic bags.  Many items were limited to one per customer.   Many food suppliers have warned that shortages will soon be getting much worse.  A recent report that came across my desk showed empty store shelves covered with PICTURES of food items printed on cardboard… to provide the illusion that the shelves are full, but actually, they’re empty.  What people see are just pictures of products covering empty shelves.  And most Americans are not prepared for food shortages. It’s estimated most Americans are only nine meals away from starvation.

Our supply chain has been seriously (and purposely) disrupted as well, as truck drivers are not allowed to haul goods.  Especially in California, where you’re not allowed to even drive a truck if it’s more than a couple years old. They’re pushing for all-electric trucks, even as hundreds of container ships wait off-shore to unload their goods.  By the way, we wouldn’t be so dependent on the stuff from China on those container ships if we still made things here in America.

Meanwhile, the increase in violent crime has exploded.  Homicides have increased by nearly 40 percent since this time last year.  There have also been marked increases in assault, robbery, rape, arson, burglaries, larceny and vehicle theft and break-ins.  Again, in California, it’s now official policy that police will not even respond to calls of shoplifting and looting if people take less than $950 worth of goods at a time. Multiple videos have gone viral on the internet showing people in California simply walking in to stores, taking whatever they want, and walking out. They know police won’t be called — as long as they take less than $950 worth of goods at a time, and store owners and employees are afraid to stop them for fear of being sued. Many retail stores there are simply closing up shop because of uncontrolled looting and shoplifting.

All this is coming at a time when our law enforcement officers are being fired or quitting their jobs — because of the unlawful jab mandates.  Reports show that nearly 37% of police officers will have left their jobs by the end of this year, rather than be forced to get jabbed.  Many cities have defunded their police departments to the point that now they’re forced to hire private security firms to patrol the streets…and private businesses are forced to do the same now, to protect their buildings and property.  But the CDC has a plan. On October 25, Center for Disease Creation director Rochelle Walensky declared the Biden regime is planning to provide police and other government workers with “education and counseling” — in other words, “re-education” camps to help them get their minds right.

Our military is also being purposely decimated, as servicemen are being court-martialed or dishonorably discharged for refusing the kill shot.  This is happening in every branch of the military, which is leaving us extremely vulnerable as a country.  Where once we had the strongest, most well-equipped military in the world, we now have far fewer soldiers… but military service has become an especially attractive occupation for homosexuals now; not to mention “transgenders,” because now they can get their sex-change operations for free.

We’re also dealing with a serious healthcare crisis in America, as our hospitals have been taken over by Big Government and Big Pharma.  Doctors and nurses are also losing their jobs if they refuse the jab — and most hospitals won’t even consider a religious or medical exemption.  I recently learned that several hospitals have replaced their un-jabbed nurses with FEMA nurses.  In at least one case I’m aware of, a nurse was fired from her job for refusing the shot.  She then went to work for FEMA, and shortly returned to the same job at the same hospital — still unjabbed — but now she works for FEMA, so it’s OK.  FEMA workers are not required to get the jab, just like White House staff, Congress, employees of Pfizer, Moderna and Johnson & Johnson, CDC workers, FDA workers, and illegal immigrants…all exempt from the jab mandates, while hard-working Americans are forced to get the jabs or lose their jobs.  As we speak, 8,000 employees of the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota are set to be fired, for not taking the kill shot.

Meanwhile, Americans are finally furious with Fauci, after it was discovered that he did unethical medical experiments on puppies.  PETA, and many others, are calling for his removal and even criminal charges. Apparently it’s ok to FORCE experiments on men, women and children — now as young as 5 years old — and we’ve seen the untold hundreds of thousands of people being maimed and killed from these shots.  But don’t you dare mess with a puppy.

Need I mention the severe shortage of workers in America now? Nearly every single place I go, businesses are begging for workers, offering huge sign-on bonuses and additional benefits.  But they’re also requiring the jab.  Recently a Dollar Store in my area had to close it’s doors because every employee quit rather than be forced to get jabbed and wear masks.  Nationwide, more than 30% of workers across all sectors of the economy have stated they will quit their jobs rather than be forced to take the shot.

And if your kids are in public schools, you better be aware of what’s happening in most of them.  Communism is being taught under the radar. History is being re-written.  American Civics classes have been removed.  In their place, they’re now pushing Critical Race Theory, even if they call it something else.  Not to mention homosexuality and transgenderism.  In some public school districts, pornography is now required reading. But not heterosexual porn.  It’s specifically homosexual and transgender porn.   In some places, your kids can even be injected with the kill shot, without parental consent or notification.

Many parents are waking up to all this and are rightfully outraged when they discover what their public schools are pushing as they brainwash their kids.  They’ve shown up to school board meetings to express their outrage — and so now parents who attend school board meetings are being targeted as “domestic terrorists” — along with Christians, patriots, those who believe the 2020 election was fraudulent, former military personnel, anti-abortion activists, those who believe sodomy is wrong, those who refuse to take the kill shots, and alternative media writers and reporters.

I would encourage you to read all of Revelation 18. I’m not saying America is the “Babylon” mentioned in this chapter, but there absolutely ARE some clear correlations.  Let’s close with this:  “Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit…For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies… her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities…Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her… And the kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning… and the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more… The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing… For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off, and cried when they saw the smoke of her burning…and the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee…for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.”

You might note that there are shipmasters and ships and sailors who trade by sea standing afar off our shores right this very minute. And all nations have already been greatly deceived by the sorceries — the “Pharmakea” — of Gates, Fauci and America.

© 2021 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 340.

By Michael Peroutka

Let’s suppose you are challenged to a game of “Chrombus.”

Let’s also suppose that if you lose the game, you will be a slave for the rest of your life and so will your children.

Let’s further suppose that the game of “Chrombus” has already started and it’s your turn.  Would you know what to do?  Would you know how to line up?  Or what equipment to bring?  Would you know how to dress for the game?  And how would you know if you are winning or losing?

Video Column

Can you see that if you don’t even know the rules of the game, you have no practical hope of saving your life, or securing your liberty.

In America, we don’t declare allegiance to any man or group of men (including political parties).  Rather our oath of allegiance is to a document (The Constitution).

With this in mind, can you name the five freedoms that are protected by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution?  Have you ever read the Maryland Declaration of Rights, which is the supreme law of the state?  Were you expecting these documents to enforce themselves?

Liberty under law is our heritage and it is the blessing we earnestly seek to preserve for posterity.  But Liberty under law is not possible if the citizenry doesn’t know the law.

According to Thomas Jefferson, “Anyone who desires to be ignorant and free desires what never was and never will be.”

The criminality and chaos we now face is primarily due to our ignorance of the rules of constitutional government.

If you want to have any real hope of escaping slavery or death at the hand of America’s enemies, you might want to learn the rules.  You can start by visiting www.InstituteontheConstitution.com.

By the way, the five freedoms are Religion, Speech, Press, Assembly and Petition.  And there is no game called “Chrombus.”  I made that up.

© 2021 Michael Peroutka – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Peroutka: Michael@theAmericanView.com

Sign up for a FREE U.S. Constitution course with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution.

Andrew C. Wallace

November 13, 2021

The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and their Communist minions have unconstitutionally usurped the power of the states to concentrate all power in the so- called federal government, which they control.

The Constitution reserves ALL powers to the States and to The People, except for Defense, Foreign Relations, Immigration, Currency, Post Office, Commerce and some housekeeping functions. Federal government has these ENUMERATED POWERS ONLY. States are sovereign governments while the federal administration is but a construct (creation) of the States for the purpose of carrying out those specific and mutually-beneficial duties.

“Usurpation” is defined as a taking of power or rights illegally or by force, supplanting or replacing the original authority.

ALL LAWS PASSED BY CONGRESS AND SIGNED BY THE PRESIDENT ARE UNCONSTITUTIONAL UNLESS THEY ARE RELATED TO THE ENUMERATED POWERS LISTED ABOVE. A MAJORITY OF FEDERAL LAWS ARE THEREFORE UNCONSTITUTIONAL, NULL AND VOID.

At some point in time people who have been arrested or suffered grievous losses from unconstitutional laws will demand some form of compensation.

Most people don’t understand that the only possible reason for every single negative action taken by the PSRRC and their Communist minions is the complete destruction of the United States and impoverishment of the people. Because we are the only thing that stands in their way to total world dominance with their One World Order objective.

Until that happens they plan on ruling us ruthlessly at the barrel of a gun, as good Communists always do. Look no further than the framed political prisoners from the January 6 event who are held without bond or trial in terrible conditions contrary to the Constitution! On November 3, Attorney Joe McBride reported the appalling facts about these political prisoners on Fox News. They were charged with all manner of crimes, including use of weapons when there were none! Prisoners are poor and can’t afford effective legal counsel. Communist-controlled funding sources refused to allow them to be used for their legal expenses. Many of their appointed lawyers are avowed Communists. Prisoners are abused, beaten, denied medical care, bail, proper food, and forced to live in filthy, dangerous quarters. They are denied all Constitutional rights. This is the treatment that all of us can expect if we allow the Communists to remain in power!

It is seldom mentioned, but why did the Democrat governors, mayors and prosecutors refuse to stop the Democrat Storm Troopers (BLM and Antifa) from burning their cities? It was for political reasons and to burn small business competitors of large PSRRC firms out of business. They defunded and destroyed police in Democrat cities so people would become desperate and   willing to accept a national police force and communism, contrary to the Constitution. People living in Chicago, New York City and other Democrat cities are living in crime-infested hell-holes made deliberately more difficult by Democrat Covid mandates and destruction of police forces. The incompetent Mayor of Chicago, murder capital of the world, screams for help…now she wants a federal police force, as do all the Democrat officials. Why?

I have stated that only a SMALL part of the activities of the Legislative, Executive and Judicial branches of the federal establishment are lawful and Constitutional. I think the Mafia has more integrity than most politicians in either party. Major federal agencies are ALL corrupt, incompetent and cowardly. Those who are giving aid and comfort to the illegal invaders are also traitors under the Constitution and the leaders should be tried and hung!

The PSRRC and their Communist minions in government and corporations have been working hard to concentrate all power in Washington and the most important power is Police Power. PSRRC has used every trick in the book to accomplish this goal. Let me talk about the FBI, which I believe is the most incompetent, ruthless, corrupt and cowardly part of the federal government.

My first experience with the FBI (when I learned to detest them) was in the 1950s when I served as a State Trooper after military service. FBI agents were arrogant, knew nothing about police work, and would take credit for people we put in jail. FBI is really good at only one thing: Public Relations.

FBI was founded in 1908 as the Bureau of Investigation. This was after the UNCONSTITUTIONAL Dick Act of 1903 made the Militia of the Several States part of the National Guard. Under the Constitution, the Militia has the responsibility for enforcing laws of the Union. If the Federal Government had not unlawfully usurped so many powers of the States, there would have been no need for a large FBI organization of 35,000 employees, together with untold numbers of judges and prosecutors.

I could find nothing in the Constitution to authorize any authority to legalize the use of federal law enforcement within the Several States, except on the delegated federal territory (within each State) needed to carry out its enumerated duties. The only exception I can see is the use of FBI for counter terrorism and the Secret Service for protection of officials. and currency violations. Get rid of the unconstitutional and NON-constitutional laws and you can fire most of the FBI agents! The idea that the FBI can arrest me in my home for factual writing that advocates no crimes, or for speaking at a school board meeting is ludicrous and unlawful. FBI doesn’t have that authority by any stretch of the imagination or unconstitutional laws.

The FBI is doing all it can to get its foot in the states as a national police force. Again, I could find nothing in the Constitution to support the laws which allow the FBI to arrest kidnappers, felony killing of state law-enforcement officers, commit violent crimes against interstate travelers, serial killers, bank robbers, etc. With modern communications, state and local agencies could certainly handle these crimes as federal agencies are no damn good at police work…and they have no Lawful Authority within the Several States!

The FBIs incompetence on 9-11 is well-known by any person alive at the time. The FBI could never connect the dots when they had multiple opportunities to do so. They  could have prevented the 9-11 tragedies which resulted in a war and the loss of thousands of lives. If they were not corrupt and arrested the real criminals in government, we would not be on the verge of a civil war. Even if the FBI was free we can’t afford them. As an economist would say the ”Economic Opportunity Cost” is exorbitant.

I maintain that the organization and management of the FBI is so corrupt and dysfunctional that it is impossible for it to function effectively. To prove my point you only need to read “Classified Woman” a 333-page book by Sibel Edmonds. When you read this, you will think it is fiction because it describes a puzzle-palace in great detail, exposing people lacking in dedication, knowledge, expertise or patriotism…a joke that is not funny.

The FBI also has a terrible history of promoting crimes, using their own agents or informants to assist and encourage crimes so they can get good press . FBI instigators (if discovered) are always un-indicted co-conspirators at the most.

On October 8, 2020, the FBI arrested 13 men for a plot to kidnap the Michigan Governor. The FBI had undercover agents and informants involved for some time prior to the arrests. Some allege this was another FBI-staged event for political support of the Democrats. Many such events have been staged in this manner for political reasons.

There can be no question that the so-called insurrection on January 6, 2021, was an FBI frame-up and false-flag to support the Democrat Communists. There have been numerous reports and a major expose by Fox News proving that the FBI had countless undercover agents and informants in the crowd urging them forward, etc. Another big giveaway was the government’s refusal to release tapes showing the peaceful crowds just walking through the capitol building. All of this is in stark contrast to the refusal of the FBI and Democrat authorities to prosecute BLM and Antifa thugs (funded by corporations) for burning down Democrat cities.

A book you must read is titled: “The Terror Factory, Inside the FBI’s Manufactured War on Terrorism” by Trevor Aaronson. It is 281-pages plus an index of purported facts. In the first sentence the author says a “specific named individual” became a government-manufactured terrorist. Aaronson further reported  how the U.S. Government was putting people forward to the public who seemed to  have become terrorists only as a result of prodding and inducements by federal agents and informants. This book is replete with countless occurrences, supporting what most of us already suspect.

Failure of the FBI to charge even one IMPORTANT member of either the Democrat or Republican party is proof-positive of the FBI’s corruption. National media has reported major crimes by numerous officials of both parties. The FBI must be disbanded; they are a disgrace to the country and to all law-enforcement officers.

The playbook being used by the  PSRRC and their minions in government and corporations to destroy us is not new. It is Adolf Hitler’s Nazi Playbook. One of our most respected  writers , Kelleigh Nelson just wrote a great article for NewsWithViews.com titled: “The Gathering Storm and its Historic Precedent, Part One Nazi Germany.” Read this article and you will see how the CORPORATIONS  financed Hitler just as they are financing Communism today.

We have the greatest Constitution in the history of the world, but we must force our elected officials, bureaucrats, and corporations to obey the Constitution rather than taking orders from the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class The federal establishment, must terminate all powers unlawfully and fraudulently usurped from the States.

The People MUST have remedies for wrongful and unlawful acts. Failure to allow The People reasonable Constitutional methods of correcting unconstitutional acts is suicidal.

Our Constitution was premised on God’s Law and it MUST remain intact and operative! God Bless America.

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

by Servando Gonzalez

Even though almost daily more and more information surfaces about Dr. Fauci’s role in providing the funds to produce biowarfare materials at the Wuhan lab, died-in-the-wool Republicans keep blaming foreign enemies, in this case China, for introducing the so-called Covid-19 into the U.S.[1] There are, however, some things that don’t match that narrative.

In the first place, the U.S. is China’s largest commercial partner. So, it would make no sense that the Chinese wanted to kill the people who are making them rich: American consumers.

Secondly, though the Chicoms, as well and the Soviets and the Nazis killed a large part of their population, their means were unsophisticated: they either shot them, let them die in concentration camps, or starved them to death. There is no evidence that any of those mass murderers used biological warfare against their victims.

In contrast, there is a country in the world that has a long history of using biological warfare against its own people and other peoples of the world: the United States of America. Moreover, the US, now transmogrified into a lethal tool in the hands of the New World Order conspirators, not only has the ability, motive, the means and the opportunity, but also the inclination to commit such a crime as introducing the Covid-19 into the U.S. But this is nothing new, because the U.S. is a pioneer in the use of biological warfare against its people and other peoples of the world.

There is ample evidence that the arrival of the white man caused a drastic reduction in the number of Native Americans. The most important reason for the catastrophic decline of the Indians was the spread of highly contagious diseases to which they had no immunity. This phenomenon is known to scholars as a “virgin soil epidemic,” and in North America it was the norm.

The most lethal of the pathogens introduced by Europeans was smallpox, which sometimes incapacitated so many adults at once that deaths from hunger and starvation were as high as deaths from disease; in several cases, entire tribes became extinct. Other causes of death were measles, influenza, whooping cough, diphtheria, typhus, bubonic plague, cholera, and scarlet fever. Although syphilis was apparently native to parts of the Western Hemisphere, it was probably also introduced to North America by Europeans. The war of the North American colonists against the Native Americans was horribly brutal. But one method they used had more impact more than all the bloody slaughter: giving them smallpox-tainted blankets, one of the earliest examples of biological warfare.

The use of biological warfare by the US government against the American people never ended.

Starting in the 1930s, the U.S. Public Health Service inoculated the virus of syphilis to 412 black sharecroppers in Tuskegee, Alabama, allegedly to study how the disease developed. None of them were told they were used as guinea pigs. Most of them died.

In the 1950s, several soldiers were used at Fort Detrick, Md. to test biowarfare agents. More than 7,000 US army troops were given injections containing mind control drugs such as LSD. They were not told what they had been injected with and ordered not to tell anybody about these tests.

During WWII, the U.S. had plans to bomb German cities with anthrax bombs to kill civilians. Also, between 1950 and 1969 the CIA carried out around 300 biological warfare attacks against the American people to test its efficiency.

In 1955 at least 12 people died in Palmetto, Florida, when the CIA released the whooping cough virus to test it efficiency as a weapon. A few years later, the Army Chemical Corps released mosquitoes carrying the dengue fever in Carver Village, a mostly black town. Some people died, and the army considered the test a success. In 1966, the Army dispersed a bacteria in the New York City subways.[2]

In the 1960s, scientists at the Animal Disease Center in Plum Island, at the time the forefront of U.S. biological-weapons research, created Lyme disease, a strange, tick-borne illness, that now affects more than 30,000 Americans every year. [3]

Currently, many people are concerned about the possibility that some of the vaccines they are forcing on us have the capacity to alter our genetic material. But his is nothing new. The U.S. has a long history of conducting experiments on its own people in the use of genetics as a weapon.[4] According to some sources, as early as 1962, the U.S. Army biological warfare laboratories had 40 scientists fully devoted to genetic warfare.[5]

In 1969, selected members of Congress were informed about the military advantages of genetic warfare. According to the Report,

“Within the next 5 to 10 years it would be possible to produce a synthetics biological agent, an agent that does not naturally exist and for which no natural immunity could have acquired. . . . It would probably be possible to make an infective microorganism, which could differ, in certain important aspects from any known disease-causing organisms. Most important of these is that it might be refractory to the immunological and therapeutic processes upon which we depend to maintain our relative freedom from infectious diseases.”[6]

According to some sources, the genetic research to create genetic organisms for biological warfare continued for a long time.[7] Some people have suspected that the AIDS epidemic, which began in Africa and soon after propagated to the U.S., mostly within the homosexual population, was not a coincidence. Others affirm that the AIDS virus was deliberately created in the U.S., most likely at Fort Detrick.

Contrary to current belief, the so-called Gulf War Syndrome, mostly blamed on Iraqi chemical warfare weapons, actually was the result of vaccines given to U.S. troops. According to a 1994 article which appeared in Time magazine, a Senate committee studied evidence that it was the U.S. government two years before the war that had sold to Iraq the biowarfare agents which had caused the Gulf War Syndrome.[8]

Before going to Iraq, American soldiers were given drugs and vaccines, allegedly to protect them from disease. Despite the fact that it was unlawful and unethical to force them to take the shots, the troops who opposed them were forcible given them, to the point that the New York Times called them “guinea pigs.”[9]

According to University of Texas Anderson Cancer Center doctors Nancy and Garth Nicholson, who isolated the biological causes of the Gulf War Syndrome, the syndrome was the result of a laboratory-modified mycoplasma, because it showed a highly unusual DNA sequence. They believed it was given to the troops by the enforced vaccines. Mycoplasma is a highly classified germ warfare agent.[10]

Any resemblance to the mandates, the threats and the propaganda directed at forcing all Americans, including children,[11] to take the Covid shots is not the product of a coincidence.

So, if you don’t have concrete evidence that Bill Gates, who accurately predicted the current situation some years ago, and Anthony Fauci, who recommended the wrong measures to fight it, are Chinese agents, which I highly doubt, please stop blaming the Chinese. The Coronavirus PsyOp and the New World Order are as American as apple pie.

Servando’s new book “Coronavirus for Dunces” is available at NewsWithViews, https://nwvstore.com/product/coronavirus-for-dunces/

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

1. I am not dealing in this article with the fact that what is destroying America and its people is not a virus, but the draconian measures enforced by our government allegedly to protect us from it.
2. Louis Wolf “This Side of Nuclear War: The Pentagon’s Other Option,” Covert Action, Number 17 (Summer, 1987), pp. 33-42.
3. See Michael C. Carroll, Lab 247: The Disturbing Story of the Government’s Secret Germ Laboratory (New York: William Morrow, 2005).
4. See Jeanne McDermott, The Killing Winds: The Menace of Biological Warfare (N.Y.: Arbot House, 1987); Charles Piller, “DNA-Key to Biological Warfare?” The Nation, December 10, 1983, pp. 585, 597-600; Charles Piller and Keith R. Yamamoto, Gene Wars: The Military Control Over the New Genetic Technologies (N.Y.: William Morrow, 1988).
5. Robert Harris and Jeremy Paxman, A Higher Form of Killing (N.Y.: Hill and Wand, 1982), p. 241.
6. U.S. Congress, House, Testimony before a sub-committee of the House Committee on Appropriations, Department of Defense Appropriations for 1970, Washington, 1969.
7. Alfred Adask, “Gulf War Illness,” AntiShyster, V (Summer, 1995), pp. 17-22.
8. See “Informed Sources,” Time, June 6, 1994, p. 13. Also, Dennis Bernstein, “Gulf War Syndrome: The Cover-up Unravels,” San Francisco Bay Guardian, April 5, 1995. Also Dennis Benrstein, “Gulf War Syndrome Covered Up Chemical and Biological Agents Exposed,” Covert Action, Number 53 (Summer, 1995), p. 6-12.
9. George J. Annas and Michael A. Grodin, “Our Guinea Pigs in the Gulf,” The New York Times, January 3, 1991, p. A21.
10. As expected, the Nicholsons were harassed by the CIA and the Defense Intelligence Agency, their research was stopped and the publication of their research was stopped. See, Alfred Adask, Op. Cit.
11. Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. is involved in a personal crusade to protect the health of American children. His anti-vax stand has been strongly criticized, and he has become the target of a hatred campaign by globalists and their minions. See his website, The Defender, at https://childrenshealthdefense.org/

By Jim Darlington

We are being murdered, en masse.  We are witnesses to genocide. This is what follows the “death of god” as the night follows the day.

This may well be something unlikely to get past the censorious monitors of “Community Standards”, but we need to do our best. Lord, let it be so.

Genocide? Genocide is the actualization of a conspiracy of lies, spread from among a powerful few, to justify the extermination of many. It can be directed at a specific group or at a general population deemed worthy of reduction or of eradication. That seems fair enough. But what an unpleasant notion. Who would care to entertain it?

God is not to be mocked and cannot be avoided. The existence of that which is brilliantly greater than each of us is etched indelibly into the soul of every human. We would hope to keep the wonder of that sun bright innocence shining from the eyes of wee children. But who can do that? Though the world takes that wonder of innocence from us, we may be blessed to find it again, in the holy rebirth and confession of that first wonderous Spirit, willingly and gladly imparted to us by the Savior. And, upon receiving such heavenly mercy, we may again grasp the value of the precious gift of life.

But if one refuses the divine, and chooses the illusory dullness of lies, if one prefers the cynical smirk of those who draw all that is sacred as caricature, then what, exactly, limits the evil that person might do? If there are no spiritual limitations, then all that is left are matters of practicality. What can you get away with?

Do we have the courage to even dare to approach the issue of genocide? It’s like trying to consider the actual existence of the Devil. Perish the thought! Paint him red, give him horns and a tail, and he’s easily made laughable. It has been said that his greatest deceit is to convince people that he does not exist. Therefore, for those so convinced, there is no evil…only accidents and unfortunate choices. As the mere products of evolutionary chance, who can say that anyone owns a unique, individual, self-responsible agency (except for choosing its pronouns)? Since we are mere functions of our formative environments, what nonsense would it be for any supposed “god” to condemn anyone to “hell”, and if there is no Devil to frighten us, we can count it as safe to paint “god” as some bearded lunatic in a sandwich board, proclaiming that “The End is Near!” And to picture “heaven” as an absurdity, dreamed up by childish minds, full of angels, with little wings, playing harps, on fluffy little clouds, forever and ever, where souls, drooling with boredom, can only wish they’d enjoyed a bit more wicked fun while they had the chance, and can only hope, somehow, for the mercy of a lobotomy.

No Devil. No Judgement. No Heaven. No Hell. No God. Nothing at all, but the roll of the dice and a chance at a good time. And if so, what excuse can there be for betting less than the highest stakes? Without meaning what remains but excitement? Without consequence, reason itself is subject to the art of prideful lying. Without purpose, what remains but the thrill of power? And if death is the only self-confessed limitation on the lives of the evildoers, then wielding the power of death against others becomes the final and penultimate pleasure.

But such things are only done by the most uncivilized, barbaric people. Right? Wrong. They can happen anywhere that the Redeeming and Merciful God is rejected outright or reassigned duties (by the wisdom of men), to be heralded as a warlike and avenging god, leading such people to exterminate those unwilling to bow, or in the case of unending abortion, those not yet able to bow.

The Romans had quite the civilization, by all measures, with an army better suited for killing than any before it, but of their many slaughters, we know best their annihilation of perhaps a million Jewish people in 70 A.D. Were the Mongol hordes under Genghis Khan somewhat less than “civilized”? Millions fell before their massive sweep to the west and the south. We may wonder if the early Mohammedans were less than civilized, when they set out to convert the world, and spread their “faith” by the sword. In their conquest of huge portions of Christendom, Hindu and Zoroastrian lands, African lands of diverse belief, and centuries of depredation on all of Europe, the heads that rolled, the peoples murdered for failing to fall under the sway of Allah, have been estimated to approximate 100,000,000, and probably, as many more made slaves, both white and black. How many hearts did the Aztecs cut out to offer up to their gods of fertility and harvest and conquest? The Ottoman Empire surely believed itself “civilized” when it carried the Islamic flag across the bodies of a mere million Armenians. What was the first World War, if not the genocide of some 25 million souls for the sake of fattening so many armorers’ purses? How thoroughly civilized was Tzarist Russia? What then was Stalin’s Holodomor, the purposeful starvation of some ten million uncooperative Ukrainians? What was Hitler’s obliteration of eight million Jews and a mix of Gypsies, homosexuals, cripples, psychotics, idiots, and miscellaneous other Non-Aryan “useless eaters”? (Heaven help us! German culture had reached heights unknown, only a century earlier.) What of Stalin’s sequel performance of the great purges and wholesale transport to the death camps of the Gulags. Though he was a less scrupulous record keeper than Hitler’s minions, some say 20 or 30 million more? How many did Mao Tse-Tung kill in his conquest of China, his insane “Great Leap Forward” or his “Cultural Revolution”? Some say 80 million. I don’t know. I wasn’t there. But this is not a short list. And it is not a complete list. Those who wish America to fall before the same jackboots of history are surely hyperventilating, perceiving the writer’s “Whiteness”, no doubt, that the decimated native American Indian populations have as yet been left uncounted. Count them all, for heaven’s sake. The point is that mankind is something less than a jolly bowl of good will. Even us. Even me, for all my sins. And even you.

Think about “Whiteness”, the latest, suddenly fashionable version of ‘Tutsi’. Oh! And how could I forget the savage Hutus of Rwanda? Is it because of a deep-seated racism? Do you think?

“Never again!” was the great hue and cry, in remembrance of the Holocaust. We’ll never let bullies hurt the weak again. But here we are the greatest nation, effeminate and ‘Woke”, almost to a critical mass, and sitting in the Devils cross hairs. It will be unfortunate, for us, if he does exist.And he does. He just never cared for the whole Halloween costume thing. He tries his best to seem amiable and harmless.

There is nothing left to do but ask Google for advice.

What can we search? And, of that which we find, what can we trust?

Part I, a simple exercise: If we search under‘Proponents of Depopulation’, would it be fair to expect to be shown the craziest “Conspiracy Theorists”first, along with the rantings of the most easily dismissed? Maybe so. But there are so many and their names so often recognizable. Start with Bill Gates and the likes of George Soros. See who you can find among the other Captains of Pharmacopeia. But don’t stop there. Who belongs to the World Economic Counsel? Decide to find 50 such proponents and then find out who they are and how great their influence and power. Find out what they are thinking. Find out what they are planning. Find out how many they think should be set off somewhere to the side, to make the world a pleasant, more enjoyable place.

Part II of the exercise: Search United Nations Agenda 21… Agenda 2030 … Agenda 2050‘. The UN publishes them, but, if you talk about them, you have moved again,outside of that realm of ‘Community Standards’, and will be likely cancelled and hushed.

What spirit inhabits this cloud of toxic lies? If it sells, it tells what the sheep will believe. Little lies and then bigger lies and finally monstrous lies.

It came from Chinese bats, a natural misfortune!

The Chinese Communists stopped internal travel out of Wuhan, but let their infected travelers flood the world. Nothing to see there.

Democrats howled against limiting the effects of this act of war…till the claws of the disease were buried deep in the flesh of America. Then they howled at Trump’s supposed failure to stop it.

It mainly kills the old but (uniquely Democrat) Governors sent the infected back to the nursing homes …out of a sense of compassion!

Just a couple weeks, just a couple months, just until herd immunity, just until the vaccine, just until 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or now, not until all are vaccinated. Just ‘til you have learned to obey and believe. Just ‘til Tyranny owns the world.Or millions will die! Step aside, you murderers, or we will break you, for the people’s good. How dare you refuse!

Those, who could read the writing on the wall, have refused to take an untested vaccine. That isn’t a vaccine. The use of which could only have been legal if there were no other remedies. Which there were. So HCQ, Azithromycin, Zinc, Vitamins, Ivermectin, Budesonide and others, all proven safe and effective, are slandered, minimized, prohibited and the organs of propaganda pretend they never existed, pretend that the doctors offering the living proofs of the cured, are every slithering and vile thing. Doctors who would simply think and analyze and heal are threatened with impossible fines and the loss of their licenses. Pharmacies refuse to fill their prescriptions.

These are the results. Billions enough are earned by the Pharmaceutical Corporations to buy most politicians or pay enough lawyers to make the unbending toe the line. A host of extra-legal emergency dictates are announced, that enable a corrupt election. The last one who seemed to stand in the way, seems to have been removed. But we’ll have to wait and see about that.

A novel lie, for a novel virus, that dying “with” a disease is the same as dying because of it, blowing up a flu season’s statistical death-rate norm by a factor of at least ten (while, miraculously, ending any reporting of the flu entirely) and attaining those ridiculous numbers by way of a test that offered massive false positives (acknowledged and dialed back radically the very day that Biden was sworn in). Having taken the same peculiar turn of re-definition as we, the Italian government recently revisited their mortality statistics and announced that, of the previous numbers claimed, only 3% actually died because of the disease itself, while the rest died with the disease (or at least as defined by dubious testing or profit seeking medical authorities). In short, they admitted that the true mortality rate was no greater than the annual flu, unless you were already dying.

Never, before was the government’s response to an epidemic, to muzzle the doctors, who were seeking to define an early treatment protocol. Never was there no such protocol ever established. Never, before was such power exerted to limit doctors, only to advise their patients to go home and hope for the best, and wait till it’s too late, before going to the hospital. Never. Never. Never.

But now, the lie of a magnificently exaggerated pandemic, with its daily statistical fright-fest, is passing away and a new lie is emerging. They killed as many as they could by withholding effective treatments. Now, instead of inflating the numbers of pandemic deaths, they are reduced to simply reporting the terrifying number of “cases”, and they have gone into the business of minimizing the numbers of vaccine deaths and life changing injuries.

They’ve already been given the immunity most important to them. As an essential to “Operation Warped Speed” the makers of the “vaccines” have been granted legal immunity and made lawfully blameless, for any harm their witch’s brew may cause. If you die or are injured, you are on your own, with zero legal recourse. Sorry, but it’s all for the good of the many.

In the past, only a few examples suggesting harmful results, from any newly released pharmaceutical product, resulted in its immediate removal from the market. Back to the drawing board, back for more testing, to isolate the element causing harm and to re-formulate for greater safety, if possible.

Here’s where we get to the crowning conviction that genocide is indeed afoot.

As of October 29, 2021, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS) database report 19,364 deaths from the Covid-19 investigational vaccines. This is an increase of 2.7% from last week’s report of 18,853. Further, the CDC reports 29,210 Permanent Disabilities have been caused by the covid jabs. “These numbers are astounding,” said CHD Executive Director Laura Bono.” They make no mention of the hundreds of thousands of severe, albeit, supposedly temporary negative reactions.

A recent Harvard study estimated that only 1% of the actual deaths, injuries, and severe adverse events have been reported on the VAERS system. Some say it’s 10%. It takes half an hour to fill out a VAERS report and most medical staff are discouraged from doing so. Time being the excuse. Political and financial admonitions being the reason. Do the math.

Finally of the fewer than 200 reported Covid related deaths of children under 11 almost all suffered severe co-morbidities. Most died “with” Covid. This is a statistical zero. But now the government wants to vaccinate them, as well. California kindergarteners already need their little Super-Hero vaccine cards to attend school. That Tyranny now stands scornful and naked before us, daring our defiance cannot be denied in the light of this fact alone. In light of the whole and plain evidence, we must confront the reality that we are now the new Tutsis. All of us, black, white, brown or yellow, both red and blue. The OneWorldCorp, of maybe 400 very special families, is the Hutus.

Put an end to notions about wishful measures of incompetence, malfeasance, bad judgement, or just ideological differences, however starkly drawn. This is evil. It is exposed, irrevocably, undeniably, and mercilessly. There is nothing else for it. This utterly needless and patently murderous attack on the children, goes beyond all the rest, and it rips the mask off. And it defines the entire course of action that has been and is being taken against, not only America, but humanity, worldwide.

It is not enough to fight the mandates. We must fight the vaccine. It is now proven evil. We don’t know the long term effects, but now, we have all that we need, to most adamantly suspect, that the makers of these “vaccines” do indeed know the long term effects. They have been in development for a very long time.

This is genocide, and there is nothing about it that is accidental.

[BIO: Jim Darlington was raised in the left and rebelled to the far left in the ’70s. Came to his political senses in the ’80s. Came to Jesus Christ in the ’90s. Now is praying for America. He is married to a wise woman who loves the Lord with a passion.]

© 2021 Jim Darlington – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jim Darlington: jedarlington@protonmail.com

By Lee Duigon

November 11, 2021

I have to ask: in our coast-to-coast system of representative government… is anybody representing us?

The elections were last week—right? And they’re over now, there are winners and losers, and there won’t be more elections till next year.

So how come we’re getting bombarded with emails from various Congressional campaigns, pleading for more money? And they’re all coming from out of state. Contribute to this guy in Virginia, this woman in who-knows-where: they have, they say, a “desperate need” for funding.

Does this mean that political campaigns now go on forever? And why am I being asked to donate to campaigns for Congressional candidates in states other than my own?

I don’t like this whole idea of perpetual campaigning funded by out-of-state contributors. Things got bad enough when the 17^th Amendment was passed. Originally, U.S. senators represented their states and were chosen by their own state legislatures. The amendment turned them into water-carriers for nationwide special interests. Direct election of senators turned the senators into agents for whoever dumped the most money into their campaigns.

Now it looks like the House of Representatives is about to go the same way. Are they going to continue to represent their districts, or will the avalanche of out-of-state funding turn them into Votes ‘R’ Us?

But let’s look at local politics. At local school boards, in particular. Whom are our local school boards representing?

Not us!

In Chandler, Arizona, leaked emails reveal the school board huddling with the cops to arrest parents who protest the board’s mask “mandates.” The board has also been cooperating with the police to “monitor” groups of parents who protest the board’s Far Left curriculum. Parents don’t like Critical Race Theory (“All whites are born racists, and all non-whites are sad sacks who can’t tie their shoes without help from Big Brother”). They don’t like it when the public schools push “transgender,” either.

Stop and think: are you getting this? The Chandler school board is coming down on the undefended citizens who elected them as their representatives! And who pay for the freakin’ schools, to boot. Those six-figure salaries for school administrators, those lavish pensions for the teachers—it all comes out of the public’s hide. And what do they get for it?

Their elected school board wants to sic the cops on them. And the police, as if they were Herod’s men, seem well inclined to do the school board’s bidding.

How is it that sane and normal law-abiding citizens wind up getting “represented” by Far Left wackos who want to lock them up in jail? With that kind of representation, you don’t need enemies.

Yeahbut, yeahbut! The teachers’ unions want Critical Race Theory! The teachers’ unions want transgender. I wonder how many of them, in running for their office, stood up in front of a crowd of citizens and said “Vote for me, and I’ll give you a bellyful of Critical Race Theory—and all the transgender you can handle!”

It’s not hard to go through an entire election season without ever hearing what your school board candidates intend to do, if elected. In one school board election that I covered as a reporter, a man who most emphatically wasn’t running was elected on five write-in votes his buddies cast as a prank.

Yeah, well, the joke’s on us, isn’t it?

We have to take a much closer look at the characters who are supposed to represent us, from Congress right on down to the smallest local board of education. Because I don’t think they’re representing us.

Remember when elected officials of all kinds were known as “public servants”? Yo-ho-ho and a bottle of rum to that! If they’re going to sic the cops on you because you object to their asinine policies, they’re not your servants anymore.

As for the school boards—well, what else can we do but take our children out of those schools? Nothing else will work.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Rees Lloyd

November 11, 2021

“The cost of war is in two parts: The cost of the battle itself, which is immediate; and the cost of care for those sent to fight the battle. Since most of those fighting the battle are young, that cost can continue for sixty years, or even longer. But when the country needs veterans, it gets veterans; when it feels it no longer needs veterans, it forgets veterans.”

These are the poignant words of a now deceased 100% disabled combat veteran of the Vietnam War generation.  The truth of his words should long survive him, and should be remembered not only on this Veterans Day 2021, but every day — if we Americans are to “keep faith” with all those veterans who have served and sacrificed in defense of American freedom.

Maj. Gen. Patrick H. Brady (USA, ret.), a recipient of the Medal of Honor for his heroism in the Vietnam War, has written in tribute to America’s veterans:  “America, under our Constitution, has no hereditary class of ‘nobility.’ America’s nobles are her veterans.”

There are an estimated 23-million living American veterans. It has rightly been said of them, and of all Veterans who have served in defense of freedom, including those serving now:  “All gave some, some gave all.”

As to giving “all,” over 1.4-million veterans have given their lives in all the wars in defense of American freedom. Many thousands are still “Missing in Action.” Many millions more have survived but suffered devastating wounds lasting their entire lives. In the modern era, many veterans are surviving wounds that would have been fatal in earlier wars due to advances in medical care. They will need continuing care for decades, long after the close of wars in which they served.

It is they who must not be forgotten when actual war recedes; it is they with whom Americans must “keep faith.” Patriotic warriors for freedom were mostly the young when wounded.  They will need continuing care, even when the attention of  political office holders and Americans generally tends to shove them out of sight and out of mind as other problems take the center of attention.

There are over 9-million of those veterans who are receiving medical care today through the Veterans Administration hospitals and medical facilities for the wounds of war—physical, mental, and emotional. They are survivors from WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Desert Storm, the War Against Terror in the Middle East,  including combat in Iraq and Afghanistan. They all deserve, and must receive, the medical care they were promised by the nation that they would receive for their military service.

But that will require that the Americans whose freedom was purchased by the service of veterans must “keep faith” with America’s veterans.

It has generally been thought among veterans that the medical care provided by doctors and nurses of the VA is good —  “if you can get it.” Too often, that needed care has been delayed, and thereby denied.

For years, there have been  stories of long waits to actually see a physician—waits sometimes so long that veterans have died waiting.  There  also have been horror stories of mistreatment of veterans by career bureaucrat administrators at the VA, including deliberate falsification of records to hide the bureaucrats’ failures. Regarding those abuses, it was until recently all but impossible to remove the VA bureaucrats responsible for the problems.

Thanks to reforms initiated and fought for by former President Donald J. Trump in his first term starting in 2016, long waits have been cut down by allowing veterans “freedom to choose” to seek help from private physicians when the VA is unable to provide timely help.

The Trump reforms include the ability to terminate those VA bureaucrats and employees who fail to properly serve the veterans. Several thousand VA bureaucrats and other VA employees  have reportedly been fired for abuses. The result has been that President Trump received  an approval rating among veterans being served by VA to an astonishing “91%.”

Whether those successful policies will remain under the current Progressive Liberal Democrat Party “Green” regime nominally led by Joe Biden, Nancy Pelosi, and Chuck Schumer, is unknown. It is known, that they and Democrats in House and Senate generally opposed the Trump reforms, including Democrats on the Veterans Affairs and other military-related committees. Therefore, veterans need the vigilance and support of Americans to ensure that the promises made to veterans for their service are fulfilled.

The late General Norman (“Stormin’ Norman”) Shwartzgoff, who led the victory in Desert Storm which brought down the Saddam Hussein regime in Iraq, famously said: “Some things are worth living for. Some things are worth dying for. One of those things is freedom.”

America’s veterans are those men and women who took an oath to “defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic.” Every single one of them took that oath and entered military service knowing that they might be required to die, or suffer horrible wounds, in defense of freedom. Yet, they served. As noted, some 1.4-million American veterans have died in defense of our freedom. Countless millions suffered the wounds of war, many lasting a lifetime.

There can be no doubt that we of this generation of Americans owe a great debt to America’s veterans who preserved and protected our freedom by their service—including all those veterans who are serving now.

We pay our debt to those who have served, in part, by remembering, honoring, and “keeping  faith” with veterans by insuring that the promises made to them are kept.

This Veterans Day 2021, although traditional parades and ceremonies have been curtailed due to the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) Covid 19 virus pandemic, we would do well to honor veterans and reflect on just what Veterans Day means.

Veterans Day was originally “Armistice Day,” honoring WWI veterans. Congress later amended it to “Veterans Day” to honor all veterans.  Veterans Day observances traditionally commence at the 11th hour of the 11th day of the 11th month of the year, the anniversary of the date and time of the signing of the Armistice ending combat in World War I on November 11, 1918.

WWI was a horrible war of slaughter: There were over over 10-million casualties. It began in 1914. The first of some 4-million Americans who would serve in —and win that war — began arriving in France in June, 1917, when it looked as if Germany would be victorious.

The first Americans to die were three soldiers who were killed in combat on Nov. 3, 1917. By the time the Armistice was signed a year later, on Nov. 11, 1918, some 117,000 Americans — almost 10,000 per month of combat—had given their lives in service.

The horror of WWI, presented side-by-side with the sacrifices of those Americans and allied forces who served, fought, and died — and the need for us to “keep the faith” with those who served —is expressed most profoundly by the poem, “Flanders Fields.” It is perhaps the most moving poem ever written about war, and sacrifice,  honor, and the need for those who live not to “break faith” with those who served, were wounded, or died for freedom.

“Flanders Fields”  was written by then-Major John McCrae, MD, a surgeon in the Canadian Army who was born in 1872 and would die in 1918, the year that terrible war ended. Dr. McCrae wrote the poem in the devastation of the battle of Ypres in WWI, days after his best comrade had been killed. His words reach across more than a century to bring home the reality of all the wars, and the need to “keep faith” with those who served.

On Veterans Day 2021, may God bless all the veterans who have served in defense of our freedom in all the wars. And may the country whose freedom they preserved honor them on Veterans Day and on every day. They kept the faith with us; and, as expressed in the haunting words of “Flanders Field,” we must not “break faith” with them.

IN FLANDERS FIELDS

By Lt. Col. John McCrae, Army of Canada, WWI

In Flanders Fields the poppies blow,
Between the crosses row on row,
That mark our place; and in the sky
The larks, still bravely singing, fly
Scarce heard amid the guns below.

We are the Dead. Short days ago
We lived, felt dawn, saw sunset glow,
Loved and were loved, and now we lie
In Flanders Fields.

Take up our quarrel with the foe:
To you from failing hands we throw
The torch; be it yours to hold it high.

If ye break faith with us who die
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders Field.

© 2021 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 11, 2021

Part 2:  How will we feed, transport and sustain another 100 million more immigrants?  You won’t like the answer!

Let’s continue examining “The most important discussion of the 2020’s” as it pertains to America’s accelerating immigration predicament…no, that’s too easy…in reality, we’re in a full blown crisis at the border and at five military bases packed with 100,000 Afghan refugees…oh, and lest we forget, 2,000,000 border violators being bussed, flown and distributed to everywhere in the USA.

Not to mention that another 100 million refugees work to migrate to America 24/7.  The line never ends.

As we learned in the previous column, our president and Congress continue flooding our country with legal and illegal refugees.  An estimated 5,000,000 (million), net gain, added to our shores in 2021.

If that continues for another eight years to 2030, we’ll see 40,000,000 people added to our country. If that continues through 2050, we’ll see in excess of 100,000,000 more people added to America.

Are you okay with that number of people?  If you think it’s a wonderful aspect of your children’s future…the question pops up…WHY?  And, if you support those numbers, what do you think it means for your children?

Let’s dig further. What does that 100 million people, added to our country, mean to our economy, ecology, rivers, air and land?    What about our quality of life?

First of all, it means that 100 million people will be driving over 100,000,000 more cars, trucks, planes, lawnmowers, motorcycles, boats, and other engines.  That means that 100 million more people will be using gasoline, natural gas to heat their homes, and diesel.

But there’s a problem that no one wants to deal with: we’re on course to deplete all oil products by 2050.  The late Walter Youngquist, the foremost energy specialist said, “As we go from this happy hydrocarbon bubble, we have reached now, to a renewable energy resource economy, which we must do in this century, will the “civil” part of civilization survive? As we both know there is no way that alternative energy sources can supply the amount of per capita energy we enjoy now, much less for the 10 billion expected by 2050. And energy is what keeps this game going. We are involved in a Faustian bargain—selling our economic souls for the luxurious life of the moment, but sooner or later the price has to be paid.”

Right now, in 2021, we burn 20 million barrels of oil daily in America. The world burns 97 million barrels of oil daily.  By 2030, China is projected to be burning 100 million barrels of oil daily to power their 1.5 billion citizens.  In other words, as projected by Christopher O. Clugston in his book; Blip: Humanity’s 300 Year Self-Terminating Experiment with Industrialism, the last drop of oil will be pulled out of the ground by 2050, if not much sooner.

You can hem and haw, and say that we’re going to invent a new source of power, but top scientists say there’s nothing on the horizon to take the place of oil.  And, by 2050, there will be another 2.2 billion people added to the globe, and the USA will have added 100 million, net gain.

Anybody thinking about these humongous numbers?  How do you feed that many people?  Right now, in America, we feed 330 million people 990 million meals every single day of the year.  What happens when that numbers of meals goes to 1.5 billion breakfast, lunch and dinners daily?

In 2021, seven states face severe water shortages.  California and Florida lead the list. They face enormous obstacles in order to water their citizens today.  But, and this is a nasty one, California is projected to grow by 20 million more people, net gain, by 2050.  From 39 million to 59 million.  Florida at 22 million expects to reach 39 million within 28 years.

That’s just California and Florida.  Arizona, Georgia, Texas, and a dozen other states will face enormous population gains in the next three decades.  And none of them have an answer to water shortages!

So, what about “quality of life” in America? Do you think the overpacked and stuffed-in people of Chicago enjoy quality of life?  Hardly! They’re shooting each other like rats in a cage.  Same with Detroit, NYC, St. Louis, LA, and Miami.

Wouldn’t it be intelligent and prudent to discover the “carrying capacity” of the United States?  What about carrying capacity of our cities?  What about finding out the optimum number of people that the lower 48 states can hold and still maintain a viable, sustainable civilization?  Does that make sense?

Again, if you want to see what’s coming, please go to Netflix, and type in the search bar:  “Cowspiracy” and “Seaspiracy.” Those two documentaries will graphically show you your children’s future.

Please note: we can change that nasty future by shutting down America’s borders to all immigration, now. Otherwise, if you’re living in 2050, you and your children will most certainly become victims in this quagmire created by Biden and Congress. What are you doing about it?  Have you called your senators and House member?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By JB Williams

For almost thirty years, I had researched and written on behalf of God and Country, with over 3400 published pieces worldwide. Since September 2017, I have not written much, for a few reasons, in part due to the high price my family has paid for my activities on behalf of my Country, and not the least of which is, what can I possibly write at this late stage, that might actually make a difference?

Today, I received a message, so I will share it with my beloved American brothers and sisters, in the hope that it might bring us together in a formidable force for good.

In a Religion News article dated March of 2015 titled: “Americans don’t cite ‘God, family, country’ quite like the cliche goes,” writer Cathy Lynn Grossman explains, “When it comes to how Americans rank the factors that shape their self-identity, religion ranks near the bottom — if at all.” In short, she writes “The real order is family first (62 percent), followed by “being an American” (52 percent). “Religious faith” lolls way down in third place (38 percent) — if it’s mentioned at all.”

Based on everything I have witnessed over the years, I believe Cathy was right then, and that the matter has only gotten worse in this regard since.

As many Americans know, and millions of Americans have taken a solemn oath to over many years, the U.S. Military, specifically the Marine Corps., has it exactly right – “Semper Fidelis – The Motto of the United States Marine Corps. is Latin for always faithful. Faithful to God, Country, Family, and the Corps.”

The Marines, more than any group of Americans on earth, have always had it exactly right, and in proper order… they put their lives on the line for these top three priorities alone, but also in the proper order of priority.

1. God
2. Country
3. Family
4. The Corps. (if you are a Marine)

Why God is #1

Contrary to what politicians would have you believe today…freedom, liberty and happiness are not just privileges granted by our ruling class elites, so long as it suits their agendas. These things are “gifts from God,” our Constitutionally protected Natural Rights, “endowed by our Creator.” That which God has given, no man has authority over. These Natural Rights are “inalienable,” – that [which] cannot be legally or justly alienated or transferred to another.

Further, the never-ending battle to protect freedom and liberty is not about whether or not “God is on our side.” It’s all about whether or not, “WE ARE ON GOD’S SIDE” – personally, and as a society. With God, all things are possible. Without God, all are doomed.

That’s why God is #1…

Why Country is #2

If you think you can serve God, or protect your family, without protecting your entire Country, you have chosen a fool’s errand doomed to failure. With the help of God almighty, his people can save this Country, and by doing so, save themselves for all humanity. There is no other way. If our Country is doomed, then so is your family!

That’s why Country is #2…

Why Family is #3

If we don’t do everything we do, for our families, then we shouldn’t have families. Every child is also a gift from God, every last one, without exception. When we receive that gift as parents, we are charged with the duty of protecting that child from harm, and raising them to be decent members of society, in the eyes of our Lord.

But if we think we can accomplish this unparalleled responsibility without God, or in a Country ripped to pieces by evil men and women, we are sadly mistaken, at the greatest cost of all – the future of all mankind, all freedom, liberty, and happiness.

That’s why Family is #3

Why America is Falling

As defined in the Religion News column from 2015, the American people have fallen because their priorities are completely backwards today. Instead of God, Country and Family, their priorities are far too often Self, Family, Country, and maybe, somewhere far down the list, God…

Even many modern Christians just don’t get it. Someone told them “God is in total control.” If that were true, none of us would even be here. Adam and Eve would still be in that garden, having never taken of the forbidden fruit.

Someone told them that “all they need do is pray.” But if that were true, God would have never sent his people into battle even once or required David to load a rock into his sling to sleigh Goliath. God would have had no use for Moses, or to even send his son Jesus to earth, to pay for our sins.

Christians who do not know these basic Christian truths, are following man’s religions, instead of their faith. Scripture is either all true, or none of it is true. Unless we learn from our mistakes, we are doomed by our mistakes.

The Real Revelation

Many Christians think the book of Revelations foretells of the punishment God will one day level upon the sinners of the world. But again, if that were true, there would have been no purpose to Jesus dying for our sins, so that we may one day, be reunited with God in heaven.

No, instead, the book of Revelations foretells of what God will allow us to do to ourselves, through our free will. With free will comes responsibility, a duty to use that freedom wisely, for good and not for evil…and along with that comes the natural consequences of the decisions we freely make.

We are our own authors of our destiny, our doom, or our salvation. God has gifted us with this opportunity and the free will to choose. Now, we must choose…

A Nation and World Under Attack

The United States (and world) faces the greatest threat to all humanity, Life, Liberty, and any form of Happiness, we have ever faced in our 245-years as a free independent nation. The tyranny in our faces today, arrive from the hands of our own elected and appointed public servants…but it is driven and commanded by global powers.

As a people, we are out-gunned and triangulated by our enemies. Our enemies are not at the gates, they are inside the gates. Alone, divided, focused on the wrong priorities, and without God, we have no chance of survival at all. Only when we put first things first, and choose God’s side, instead of asking him to join ours, can we, will we, prevail.

Will we save ourselves and all posterity with these priorities?

1. God
2. Country
3. Family
4. The Corps. (if you are a Marine)

Or will we all perish with these priorities, Self, Family, Country, and maybe, somewhere far down the list, God?

Our future is ours to choose, and the time of choosing has arrived!

The decisions we make next will decide everything. If God is with us, who can be against us?

© 2021 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JB Williams: jb.tnalc@gmail.com

by Kathleen Marquardt

Most people who are awake and aware know about Agenda 21/Sustainable Development, what it is and how it became the law of the land without ever having been voted on by either the people or their “representative” governmental officials in Congress. And many know that Agenda 21 has made its way into even the smallest governments of America, through using the President’s Council on Sustainable Development to “buy” local and state politicians with grant monies that have titanium strings.

What few realize is that there was a twin program set up at the same time by Clinton and it also was given to VP Al Gore to head. That was the National Partnership for Reinventing Government (NPR) an “interagency task force tasked to reform and streamline the way the federal government works. In the second Clinton-Gore term, NPR changed its mission, approach and name — to focus on leading a fundamental culture change in the government.”[1] (emphasis mine) It is now the National Performance Review with:

• the need to transfer power from Congress to the executive branch (why Congress has been irrelevant, other than to keep us distracted from where the real crimes are being perpetrated).
• that government employees need to be empowered; i.e., “a transfer of power from Congress to the bureaucracy.”[2]

In 1998, Clinton’s E.O. 13083, which dealt with federalism, redefined what “state” was so that it included different types and levels of government, it delineated between the Constitution and “federalism” and allowed the president to declare a national emergency which would give FEMA the power to direct federal, state, and local governments and control all communication facilities, power supplies, food supplies, etc. [3]

Then, in 1999, Clinton’s E.O. 13132, along with a number of bills submitted by Congress, furthered “the new federalism”. It “internationalized terminology”, and, as Veon said, it is a rewrite of the Constitution “by redefining the levels of government, words, and the powers of government”. It is an empowerment of the federal agencies, i.e., reinvented government.

So, the balance of power has shifted, “destroying the checks and balances in the Constitution at the local level, and therefore destroying representative government. This power shift is a philosophical shift to a completely new form of government. It is a merger between government, corporations, and nongovernmental organizations (emphasis mine).”[4]

Joan Veon put it succinctly: Reinventing government means:

1. downsizing and shifting power from the federal level to the local level, i.e., the community level which includes communication associations and churches*;
2. changing the balance of power by shifting responsibility from Congress to the executive branch and its agencies (Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms {BATF}, Environmental Protection Agency {EPA}, National Park Service, Forrest Service, Drug Enforcement Agency {DEA}, National Guard, National Security Agency {NSA}. And the President’s Council on Sustainable Development {PCSD}, to name a few; and
3. establishing public-private partnerships to become the new nucleus of government.[5]

How do you make a fundamental change of a government with the Constitution of the United States that includes the protection of our basic freedoms? You don’t. You just roll over the Constitution.  We’ve been watching the cancelling of our Constitution for decades. For instance, the Kelo decision by the highest court in our land, the Supreme Court of the United States. The City of New London, Connecticut, working through a public/private partnership with Pfizer Pharmaceutical, destroyed a neighborhood. One lone homeowner, Susette Kelo, stood her ground, assuming, because the Fifth Amendment hadn’t been breached in this manner in the lifetime of the Bill of Rights, using this clause“. . .  nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation”, would assure her rights would not be trampled. She took her case all the way to Supreme Court of the United States (SCOTUS) and lost. The issue was that the city was taking the property from a neighborhood (private entities) to give to Pfizer (private entity) for economic development. (To read the whole story see Sustainable, by Tom DeWeese.) NO ONE from any political persuasion thought that the Court would make that decision. It, literally, destroys the Constitutional protection of property rights!

I listed as one of the three needs for reinventing was establishing Public-Private Partnerships (PPP) to become the new nucleus of government. In the Preamble to the Earth Summit, Agenda 21, it states flat-out that Public/Private Partnerships were the future. Who knew what a PPP was in 1992, let alone now? Very few. They were soon to tell us, but it was a very big book and there were way too many things for most people to take the time to learn. Besides, it was so hard to comprehend. I don’t think anyone could understand without the background of the many U.N. conferences, resolutions, accords, treaties, declarations. Even then, most was hidden until the Rio Accord. Yes, some who were looking could comprehend the Vancouver Accord.

“Government, business and industry, including transnational corporations, strengthen partnerships to implement the principles and criteria for sustainable development.”[6] A public private partnership is a partnership that is a business arrangement; it is for profit. A partnership can have two or more partners, plus several layers of partnerships, which are all interrelated. It has partners that are both public, meaning government, nda private, meaning individuals, corporations, foundations, and/or non-governmental organizations. A PPP includes all levels of government, from local government to county, state, regional, and federal. In addition to international agencies and foreign governments, public private partnerships include a wide range of non-governmental organizations. These can include any corporations, national, multinational, or transnational corporations and non-governmental organizations like the Nature Conservancy, Sierra Club, Humane Society of the United States, and foundations like Ford, Mellon, Rockefeller. They also include Facebook (now META), Big Pharma – you get the picture.

When you bring these entities together, where does the power lie? With the deepest pockets. Is that government?  Not even close. It’s business. Remember, they are “reinventing government” another form of transfer of power and destruction of our American form of representative government. As a result, representative government disappears. Perhaps we should remember that our forefathers in their Declaration of Independence singled out “taxation without representation” as a major no-no, yet we’ve accepted taxes by the thousands and PPPs take us totally out of the equation – except for paying for it.

So, this is exactly where we are with public private partnerships. What this means is that as corporations gain more and more power, their “circle” will become much larger than the other circles government. The other circles, especially government, will become, eventually, meaningless. They have already mostly achieved this, but they’re still pretending it isn’t happening. They have accomplished a transfer of power and the elimination of the Constitution.

The National Performance Review (NPR). is, as I said earlier, just reminding you that this is the Reinventing of government. According to Donald Kettl, of the National Performance Review, two ideas were central; first, the unconditional need to transfer power from Congress to the executive branch. Second, that government employees need to be empowered. “This approach implies a transfer of power from Congress to the bureaucracy.[7]” Kettle, page 32 Congress is, and has been, being bypassed for some time, through the transfer of power to the executive branch. “In other words, the balance of power has shifted, destroying the checks and balances in the constitution at the local level and, therefore, destroying representative government. This power shift is a philosophical shift to a completely new form of government. It is a merger between government, corporations, and non governmental organizations.”[8]

To show this in a diagram you would have the Sustainable Development symbol of the three circles overlapping at the center; that small, curved diamond at the center is the PPP. The main circles would show Government, which includes “we the people”; Non governmental organizations (empowered by the UN) and working for the third circle, the corporations and foundations – which includes Multinational corporations /transnational corporations and foundations like Rockefeller Carnegie Ford Mellon. But when they start out, their circles are of equal size. But since the object is to take power from the government (and “we the people”) and turn it over to the corporations and foundations), the momentum starts slowly enlarging their circle. With time, the progression is faster.

Overtime with the reinventing of government, the government circle is just token-sized and the nongovernmental organization’s circle, who were there to do the dirty work for the corporations and foundations, is double the size of government. But soon, those NGOs also will no longer be needed, so there will be one circle representing reinvented government, which also will be the one world government that we’ve been promised.

But the attack on property rights began long before Kelo. In 1969, the United States was divided into ten regions by Richard Nixon. On the Day of Partitioning (wording at the White House press conference on March 27, 1968), a White House spokesperson bragged, “The curious fact of the American National Government is that there is only one ‘single man’ and he is called the President,” letting us know that the other two branches were on their way to the trash heap. But who listened?

Over 40 years ago, in 1977, Jo Hindman, in her book The Metrocrats, told us, “The reorganization powers to subordinate the American people under bondage have existed in the hands of U.S. Presidents for more than twenty years reportedly. ‘No President has ever been willing to bite the bullet, now we have done so,’ according to the Assistant to the President for Urban Affairs”. This virtually brings every facet of the lives of American citizens under the hands of the President. And, at the same time, ten cities were named regional capitals with field forces of five federal agencies, — HUD, HEW (now HHS ) DoE, OEO, SBA, and Labor. Obviously, the others are being added as they are formed.

There are more, many more. The Departments – Justice, Education, Health and Human Services, Environment Protection Agency, Homeland Security, Agriculture. Bureaus — Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms, Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, Bureau of Land Management, and almost a gazillion more. To check them out, Click Here.

Then there are the political officials who are appointed by the states. Take Tennessee, or example. It has at least 30 including: game and fish, alcohol beverage control, and even the Institute of African and Caribbean Affairs. And there are the county boards – unelected, chosen by the County Commission, and the city boards chosen by the Council, some include Council on Transportation, Urban Development, Sustainability, Quality Growth, Transportation. In aggregate, in any area, we are deluged by boards that, in some places, oversee the braiding of hair.

The federal regional structure transfers administrative governance (UN global ruling power) from the President to ten federal directors in the 10-region national field, according to Hindman.

This was followed by numerous land-use control edicts. The Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) was the first river-system regional authority; the design, placement, and building of highways, another. At the second National Conference on Highways and Urban Development, in 1965, aided by the National Association of Counties, “land use control was stressed, but something new – regional councils of governments (COG) were introduced as land-use control devices.” The report advocated, “1. Withholding of federal funds from independent local governments pending their merging into Metro regions, 2. Government ownership of land held for future long-range development plans, 3. Developmental timing – when to use what devices to stimulate or slow up urban development, 4. Stiffened zoning, building, and housing codes, and use of the police power with no payment of compensation.” [9] So, for 60 years this has been the law of the land and we knew nothing about it. But our mayors and governors must have. Is this why we are able to get few of them to stand up with us? All this time we have been ignorantly thinking we live in a constitutional republic. Silly us.

In 1972, the Rockefeller Brothers Fund sponsored a taskforce, which published the report: A Citizen’s Policy Guide to Urban Growth, the thrust of which was that development rights of private property should be at the discretion of the government for the good of society. And environmental protection areas would be protected “not by purchase but through the police power of the federal government”.[10]

The reinventing began long before 1993; why did they wait so long to inform us about it? I suspect that it was to be assured that they had brainwashed and programmed enough of the public that there would be little, if any, outcry over hearing this. Even by 1993, there wasn’t a lot – other than from property rights groups. A big question I have is, do people understand that without the right to property, we are slaves? Yes, the Constitution only protects our rights; we have them whatever the government does. But how do we protect them? With arms? No. But there should have been a million-person march on D.C. back when we had a supposedly functioning government there; maybe we could have put the sabot in the machinery then. Moving on.

Let me go way back a minute here for some background. Forgive me if I mention Sustainable Development as if everyone knows what it is. It is defined thus: “Sustainable development can be defined as an approach to the economic development of a country without compromising with the quality of the environment for future generations. In the name of economic development, the price of environmental damage is paid in the form of land degradation, soil erosion, air and water pollution, deforestation, etc. This damage may surpass the advantages of having more quality output of goods and services. Thus, the definition: to integrate economic, social, and environmental policies in order to achieve reduced consumption, social equity, and the preservation and restoration of biodiversity”.

Where did this come from? Perhaps the 1977 USSR Constitution, chapter 2, article 18:

Article 18. In the interests of the present and future generations, the necessary steps are taken in the U.S.S.R. to protect and make scientific, rational use of the land and its mineral and water resources, and the plant and animal kingdoms, to preserve the purity of the air and water, ensure reproduction of natural wealth, and improve the human environment.

They sound awfully similar to me.

Earlier, another name that keeps popping up in my articles, is someone very influential in reinventing our government. That is Mary Parker Follett. In fact, she was called the “Mother of Reinventing Government Theory.” But she was way more than that. In her book, The New State, Group Organization, the Solution of Popular Government”, she writes: “It is usual to say that the framers of our constitution were individualists and gave to our government an individualistic turn. We must examine this. They did safeguard and protect the individual in his life and property, they did make the bills of rights an authoritative part of our constitutions, they did make it possible for individuals to aggrandize themselves at the expense of society, their ideal of justice was indeed of individual not of social justice. . .. The law of the land was embodied in written documents with great difficulty of amendment just because the people were not trusted. As we look at the crudities of the Declaration of Independence, as we examine our aristocratic state constitutions, as we study our restricted federal constitution, as we read the borrowed philosophy of our early statesmen, we see very little indication of modern democracy with its splendid faith in man, … To be sure it was at the same time true that the government was given no positive power.”[11]

Yes, she is one of the prime figures in designing the state we are in today, so don’t wonder how they got these ideas.

I would offer another, but short, quote of hers to give you the full force of where she stands vis a vis liberty:

“As we no longer think that every individual has a final purpose of his own independent of any community, so we no longer think that each nation has a ‘destiny’ independent of the ‘destiny’ of other nations.”[12]

For Follett and her ilk, “The state was now not to be subordinated to the individual, but it was to be the fulfillment of the individual. Man was to get his rights and his liberty from membership in society”(emphasis mine).[13] Think about that. Liberty from membership. The National Partnership to Reinvent Government used a lot of her work and is enrolling many of us in their evil projects to destroy America.

Merriam Webster Dictionary, “the quality or state of being free: Individual freedom does not require being a member of anything beyond the human race.” If otherwise, then that word “liberty” is spoken in NewSpeak. But Follett’s definition of freedom is the one now promulgated by the Left — so that we should begin to forget its true meaning and let ourselves become slaves to the state? That is one of the early steps in becoming a “global citizen”, brought about by reinventing government.

What might those radical goals be? Let’s look at what they (the globalists) have told us they intend to do; what tools they will use to reinvent government — headed by the United Nations, of course. Achieve what? Curing . . . “poverty, hunger, ill health and illiteracy, and the continuing deterioration of the ecosystems on which we depend for our well-being.” No wonder we must reinvent government; this is one mighty big job.

In the past few years, we have been hearing about unelected bodies with more power than our elected officials hold — without the oversight, with open-ended terms (the holder of the office often decides when to retire or move on). And, often, they name their own salaries, for instance, Dr. Anthony Fauci of the National Institutes for Health (NIH), is the highest paid employee of the federal government, an unelected position. And while we are with the federal government and health boards, the Center for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) new head, Rochelle Walensky, just nationalized America’s rental properties by declaring that tenants are no longer required to pay their rent. A health official taking private property! So, we see there are no boundaries on their power. They have just gotten into full swing.

These unelected boards and agencies are tools of Regionalism, of which the UN Commission on Global Governance said: “Regionalism must precede globalism. We foresee a seamless system of governance from local communities, individual states, regional unions and up through the United Nations itself.”

While the ten regional unions in the U.S. were ‘designated’ by Nixon, even then, the real decisions were made by globalists, including the Council on Foreign Relations, World Bankers, Foundations, and the mega-rich. Big business wasn’t big enough then. It took Microsoft, Yahoo, Yahoo, Big Pharma, to tip the balance on the scales — oh, and let’s not forget, a federal government willingly accepting the role of useful idiots, in on the plan to destroy America.

LBJ told America that our check and balance government was on the way out while his interpretation of government was on the way in (his interpretation is the same as Reinventing Government, given to us along with the President’s Council on Sustainable Development). Johnson said, “The first step is to break old patterns – to begin to think work and plan for the development of entire metropolitan (regional) areas. New and existing programs will be open to those cities which work together to develop long-range policies for metropolitan areas.”[14] In other words, you sabotage your constituents’ protection of property rights and we will fill your pockets with geld.

And earlier, FDR and his “controllers” had a huge hand in taking us from a constitutional republic when he set up the Executive Office of the President. Here is the online description:

To provide the President with the support that he or she needs to govern effectively, the Executive Office of the President (EOP) was created in 1939 by President Franklin D. Roosevelt. 

Every day, the President of the United States is faced with scores of decisions, each with important consequences for America’s future. To provide the President with the support that he or she needs to govern effectively, the Executive Office of the President (EOP) was created in 1939 by President Franklin D. Roosevelt. The EOP has responsibility for tasks ranging from communicating the President’s message to the American people to promoting our trade interests abroad.

As noted above by Joan Veon, these are overseen by the White House Chief of Staff, the EOP has traditionally been home to many of the President’s closest advisors.

• Plus a dozen other offices. And the Departments all answer to the President. None answering to we the people.

Presidential leadership would provide the unity of direction — the vision — needed for true progressive government. “All that progressives ask or desire,” wrote Woodrow Wilson, “is permission — in an era when development, evolution, is a scientific word — to interpret the Constitution according to the Darwinian principle; all they ask is recognition of the fact that a nation is a living thing and not a machine.”[15]

On top of the executive powers, when we elect officials (yes, we still have elections, even if they are corrupted), we send them off to indoctrination centers, often before they even take office. Of course, they aren’t officially called that. Here are some examples from our Workbook. U.S. Conference of Mayors: Elect a new mayor and send him/her o! to this national meeting where he/she can meet with other mayors and share and gain ideas for the community. “That’s a good idea, right? After all, this is an official government organization where our mayor should be.

The U.S. Conference of Mayors actually is a 501(c)(3) private organization whose member cities are those with populations over 30,000. In 1996 they made the UN’s Kyoto Global Warming Treaty a centerpiece of the Conference’s agenda – calling on all cities to use the provisions of the treaty to reduce their carbon footprint. In addition, the Conference of Mayors has accepted the UN’s Earth Charter as a guideline for policy decisions.

National Association of Counties: A private, 501(c)(3) organization, County Commissioners are sent here where 50 state affiliates represent more than half of the counties in America. Together with the U.S. Conference of Mayors, the Association of Counties established the Joint Center for Sustainable Communities and then provided the framework for Bill Clinton’s Presidential Council on Sustainable Development.

National League of Cities: a private 501(c)(3) organization, the League of Cities represents more than 1,400 dues-paying communities. The League supports gun control and opposes any kind of restrictions on state governments’ takings of private land.

National Conference of State Legislatures: A 501(c)(3) private organization which works to ensure that federal programs operate hand-in-hand with state programs, making sure that federal programs are implemented into state policy in a seamless or harmonized manner – making it easier to argue that such polices are state rather than federal – it’s all local!

Council of State Governments: a private 501(c)(3) organization. “The Council promotes worldwide “sustainable” zoning and such uniform state codes and regulatory systems, providing model statues for legislatures.

National Governors Association: A private 501(c)(3) organization that advocates Smart Growth, more government benefits for illegals, worked to block workfare requirements for welfare benefits and supports taxing the Internet. ”

These are the organizations to which we send our newly elected officials to learn about the proper role of government. As they listen to speaker after speaker, we find that these are most likely the NGOs and planners, sharing program ideas and building the dream, all leading to Sustainable Development. The officials are even given sample legislation to take home. When they arrive home, the officials are met with representatives from the same NGO groups ready to help them put the policies in place. And, of course, they are armed with the grants to fund them all. Eventually, your elected representatives begin to believe this is all the proper role of government. So, when local activists come in to oppose such plans, their immediate reaction (supported by the NGOs) is that you are fringe nuts to be ignored.

Speaking In 1963, a lecturer on regional planning, Mel Scott of the University of California, said “Let us assume that one of these days there will be brought into being in this metropolitan region an Urban Resettlement Agency empowered to build new low-rent housing anywhere in the entire region, to buy existing housing and rent or sell it to minority families, to rehabilitate run-down units, to offer rent subsidies to families. It would be broader in its operations than any of our public housing authorities and renewal agencies. It would perform some functions that social agencies now perform and it would do some things than only private organizations now do. It should be the most unorthodox agency ever conceived and should be free to experiment with a great variety of services, projects, methods and legal powers.”[16] Hubris, anyone? This is also showing us the seeds of Public Private Partnerships.

In the 1960s, we were given Urban Renewal and Workable Programs for Community Development. Under Urban Renewal there were two types: redevelopment and rehabilitation. In redevelopment, the land and its title move from the owner to the local public urban renewal agency (LPA). Formerly taxed, the property becomes tax-exempt and ceases to bear a share of the city expenses. The owner is out. The Local Public Agency (LPA)[17] may: (a) sell the land to a redeveloper, (b) retain the land for parks, streets, and other public uses or lease it out.

Under urban renewal rehabilitation, “the land title remains with the owner (theoretically). Actually, due to urban renewal punishment, most property owners are forced out, losing their land and title. The “fix up” idea is put in motion under urban renewal conservation. Forced to comply, homeowners may either choose to knuckle under to years of debt and interest, or they may sell cut-rate and move out.”[18]

Yet, many people don’t seem to understand that when zoning is applied to land, land use rights are literally stolen.

But as Jo Hindman pointed out in her book, “planning assistance from the Federal government has been readily available to local communities which subscribe to urban renewal’s . . . city razing-rebuilding” since the National Housing Act of 1949 was passed. That was over 70 years ago. And too many people do not understand that “planning assistance from the federal government” means allowing the feds to get “into our private business”, to not only snoop on us but to start telling us what we can do with our once-private property.

In 1962, HUD Administer Robert C. Weaver said, “Neighborhoods today are both the symbol and embodiment of social distance between classes and ethnic groups. Destruction of this symbol is fundament to changing class and racial attitudes.”[19] So, even though we pick where we want to live, we must be selecting where we will live because of racism?

Another tool to bring about Regionalism is to rewrite state constitutions and charters. We should be, according to the Left, updating the U.S. Constitution, bringing it into modern times. But, because that went over like a lead balloon, many courts (including SCOTUS) use a “living” constitution – that is, reading into the Constitution whatever feels good to them at the time – to mutate both state and federal government from an instrument of limited government to a tool of unlimited Regional governance. And, thus, giving more and more powers to the governors, who appoint all of the office holders below them, and sidestepping Constitutional procedures and freedoms. Little do these governors know that they, too, will soon be gone; unelected bodies, are our future if we don’t stop it now.

“The Progressives did not intend to abolish democracy, to be sure. They wanted the people’s will to be more efficiently translated into government policy. But what democracy meant for the Progressives is that the people would take power out of the hands of locally elected officials and political parties and place it instead into the hands of the central government, which would in turn establish administrative agencies run by neutral experts, scientifically trained, to translate the people’s inchoate will into concrete policies. Local politicians would be replaced by neutral city managers presiding over technically trained staffs. Politics in the sense of favoritism and self-interest would disappear and be replaced by the universal rule of enlightened bureaucracy.”[20]

One thing this should tell you is that the enemy started at the local level and began the corruption of our founding documents there. Thus, we must begin at the local level. (Another reason to start there is that we no longer have a federal government that responds to “We the People”. It is 99.9% controlled by the Globalists and Deep State. The .1% are the die-hard constitutionalists trying to win back some leverage.)

Many, if not most, Republican parties across the nation are, at best, in bed with the Left. Once tainted, can it ever be cleansed?

Reinventing government is the major tool of Sustainable Development; both invade every aspect of our lives. They have the same goal: one world government through the reduction of the human population, the redistribution of wealth, and elimination of private property; as good tacticians, they are attacking from many angles. Reinventing government eliminates the Constitution and its protections of rights; Sustainable Development eliminates most humans on earth and makes slaves of the remaining few.

Don’t be discouraged. We can do it. If our Founding Fathers did it, we can. We just have to know what we are up against. This article certainly isn’t the be-all and end-all of Reinventing Government, but it should give you enough to start fighting in your town or city, and county. A big part of the fight is knowing you are not in it alone. Mr. Smith may have gone to Washington alone, but we are not in the movies. People across the nation, and in Canada, are putting together Freedom Pods and already seeing successes. Join us.

Now I’d like to address Senators and Representatives (this also includes our governors and mayors). For years you’ve been standing up there, telling us you’re fighting to protect our rights, fighting to protect the constitution. To keep America safe. Yeah? All I’ve seen for years is you “doing the Trey Gowdy”. You stand up there, in the House and Senate, and as you as you put it, “demolish”, “wipe the floor with”, destroy” so and so on the opposition. Or you are doing it for your five minutes of fame? Nothing comes of it, just like Gowdy – a distraction for the peanut gallery, the Circus in Bread and…” Too many America and Constitution loving patriots fall for it, but it is “All sound and fury, signifying nothing”.

For the past 20 years, you have known what is going on? You sat there watching your jobs being taken away. And yet you sat there silent. You saw your responsibilities turned over to bureaucrats. But you kept getting raises. So, you said nothing. Why?

You take money from the Deep State. Yes, it is our hard-earned money, but the enemy of the State, those who stole the election and staged the January coup, give you your paycheck for being a traitor.

You have disgraced your office, all of you. You have committed treason! You swore to protect the Constitution, then, by your silence, you helped destroy it. Many of you claim to be Christians. Those who are, need to be down on your knees praying that God will forgive you. Many Americans never will.

If you had done as you swore on the Bible, to protect the Constitution, you would have been standing up there, for however many years you have been lying by omission and telling us, day by day, what was going on. You were part of it. You watched every minute of it and said nothing. Why are you still there?

If you aren’t going to stand up for us nationally, go home and start working on saving your local area. Because you of all people should know what’s coming. Or are you expecting to be useful idiots in the new world order?

And, my fellow patriots, think back on all those hard-charging pols, especially those running for President. They knew, yet the remained silent. Ask yourself, what caused every one of them to be yellow-bellied cowards who were willing to do the will of evil men and women who have, in their turn, embedded Cultural Marxism into every institution of America? Blackmail? Bribery? Brainwashing? A combination?

There are a few of whom I would never have believed that . Woe is me.

As Tom Wood says, Semper fi

© 2021 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://govinfo.library.unt.edu/npr/whoweare/historyofnpr.html

[2] Donald F. Kettl, “Beyond the Rhetoric of Reinvention: Driving the Themes of the Clinton Administration’s Management Reforms”, p.32

[3] Veon, The United Nations’ Global Straitjacket, Hearthstone Publishing, 2000, p.88

[4] Ibid, p.89

[5] Joan Veon, Ibid. p.62-63

[6] Earth Summit Agenda 21 page 15.

[7] Kettl, p.32

[8] Veon, p.89

[9] Jo Hindman, Metrocrats, p. 22

[10] Ron Arnold and Alan Gottlieb, Trashing the Economy: How Runaway Environmentalism Is Wrecking America, p. 20

Follett, Mary Parker, The New State, Group Organization, the Solution of Popular Government”, 1918, p 166

[12] Ibid, p 351

[13] Ibid, p 163, emphasis mine.

[14] Jo Hindman, Blame Metro, p 73

[15] Political process – report: The progressive movement and the transformation   American politics

[16] Speech to Federated Coordinating Councils, Los Angeles, November16, 1963

[17] According to Law Insider, Local public agency means a city, county, urban-county, consolidated local government, school district, special district, or an agency formed by a combination of such agencies under KRS Chapter 79, or any department, board, commission, authority, office, or other sub-unit of a political subdivision which shall include the offices of the county clerk, county sheriff, county attorney, coroner, and jailer.

[18] Hindman, p.13

[19] Speaking at George Washington University in D.C., in a lecture series on urban problems.

[20] Political process report: The progressive movement and the transformation   American politics

By Bradlee Dean

November 10, 2021

“I’ve been a journalist for about 25 years, and I was educated to lie, to betray, and not to tell the truth to the public.” -Dr. Udo Ulkotte

One thing that we have all finally come to realize is that these that call themselves representatives of the people are not representing the people but rather they represent special interest groups in an attempt to establish a global order (Isaiah 28:18). This is a fact that no one can dispute.

We know that there is, and has been for decades, massive voter fraud taking place in this country (Proverbs 19:9). To suggest otherwise is to suggest that the people in this country have voted for those that intend to strip their God given rights.  This is insanity; because I have not met those people quite yet.

Listen to the voice of the people.  Does it sound like the people voted these criminals into office to transgress the laws that they promised to uphold?

[Rumble Video]

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/pulling-the-curtain-back-how-the-minority-means-to-rule-the-masses-video/

To me, what is more telling is when they refer to the mainstream media as being credible (John 8:44).

Recently, the globalist New Zealand prime minister ended her press conference when she was asked a tough question.

Now, one must keep in mind that that the “accredited media,” as she called it, are all a part of keeping the narrative congruent.

The softballs that are put to this said prime minister are all scripted and she did not like it when someone did not play by their unlawful rules, even going so far as to belittle the person asking the real questions, which is very telling within itself as to how the game of politics and propaganda is played (Ephesians 4:14).

[Rumble Video]

A Little History On The Mainstream media…

Most of us have known this for some time, especially in light of the Central Intelligence Agency’s Operation Mockingbird (for more on that, click here and here), which was their operation to control the mainstream media. The main difficulty we’ve had is trying to distinguish between what is true in the midst of the lies we are told. However, Dr. Udo Ulfkotte is the latest journalist to come out and declare that government is buying and even at times threatening journalists to write the stories they put out.

Arjun Walia has the story at Global Research:

Recently, Dr. Udo Ulfkotte went on public television stating that he was forced to publish the works of intelligence agents under his own name, also adding that noncompliance with these orders would result in him losing his job.

He recently made an appearance on RT news to share these facts:

I’ve been a journalist for about 25 years, and I was educated to lie, to betray, and not to tell the truth to the public.

But seeing right now within the last months how the German and American media tries to bring war to the people in Europe, to bring war to Russia — this is a point of no return and I’m going to stand up and say it is not right what I have done in the past, to manipulate people, to make propaganda against Russia, and it is not right what my colleagues do and have done in the past because they are bribed to betray the people, not only in Germany, all over Europe.

Those are pretty strong words, wouldn’t you say? If that was not enough, Ulfkotte appeared on RT to say that European media is being pressured by the CIA to write pro-US stories.

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

Before taking the criminal politicians for their word in answer to the CIA-controlled criminal “accredited media,” do consider the source.

[YouTube Video]

© 2021 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Steven Yates

November 9, 2021

The letter below has been circulating via one of the sites Big Tech has banned, passed along by a writer widely denounced. I think Andrew Anglin is on the hard-left Southern Poverty Law Center’s hate list, although I did not check.

While corporate media would have you believe “justice” is being served to those who breached the Capitol on January 6, horror stories have been leaking out — like this one. More proof that the rule of law is dead, if this does not prompt a Congressional investigation.

I’ve stated previously that I thought entering the Capitol on January 6 was extremely ill-advised at best. Even if the election was stolen, it was too late to stop the certification of Joe Biden.I remember advising South Carolina friends not to go near the Asylum on the Potomac that day. I suspected a trap, and that it would not end well.

Was I right, or was I right?

That said, what happened was neither an insurrection nor a riot, no matter how many times corporate media’s paid shills use those words. Insurrections aim at bring down governments. No one was trying to bring down the U.S. government. Riots were what occurred following the death of George Floyd the previous year. Despite doing vastly more damage in over a dozen cities, not only were the perps handled with kid gloves by law enforcement and corporate media shills, but if whites tried to protect themselves or their property, they were the ones the compromised legal system went after. Ask the McCloskeys. Or Kyle Rittenhouse.

These cases all reflect the double-standard in force. If you are on the left and commit crimes, you are handled with kid gloves. If you are on the right and acting in self-defense, you are demonized and destroyed if possible.

We are seeing the same thing in the Charlottesville lawfare civil trial, underway for a week as of this writing: not just a show trial but a carefully targeted campaign of personal destruction against the defendants. Witness also the difference implied by placing Heather Heyer (a leftist) on a cultural pedestal while Ashli Babbitt (Trump supporter) is derided, her grieving family told she got what she deserved.

As for the letter to follow, it could have been sent from a Soviet gulag, or perhaps from a prison in Castro’s Cuba. The “Jan-6ers” aren’t even political prisoners, they are more akin to POWs! Their conditions clearly violate several Amendments in the Bill of Rights. Some will spend the rest of their lives dealing with PTSD after doing time in the Bidenista Gulag. Keep in mind that few if any “Jan-6ers” had any prior serious brushes with the law. Many were professionals who owned businesses that are now gone along with their property and their assets. These people could have been your neighbors, or fellow churchgoers. To the best of my knowledge, never before have U.S. citizens been treated like this for any reason. The Japanese put in internment camps during the Second World War were not in solitary confinement. Nor were they beaten, starved, or deprived of medical attention.

I reproduce the letter exactly as I found it, not changing a word. I hesitated to include the author’s name, but Anglin did, and so presumably it is too late to protect him or others from potential further retribution.

Readand weep for “your” country, that under the Bidenista tyranny it has fallen to doing this to its own people!And be sure to pass this on to those you know, or those on your email lists. Again, we have a powerful mainstream narrative of denial to overcome (example). The more who see this letter, the better chance of a critical mass of Americans demanding that something be done to stop this atrocity!

Dear Fellow Americans –

I never thought I’d write a letter like this, but we’re living in very different times. This is my cry for help.

My name is Nathan DeGrave, and as a non violent participant at the Jan 6th rally, I’ve spent the last 9 months detained as a political prisoner in pod C2B at the DC DOC…otherwise known as DC’s Gitmo.

The conditions here for Jan 6ers have been inhumane. In fact, some inmates are even begging to be transferred to GUANTANAMO BAY, where even THEY have more acceptable standards.

Class action LAWSUITS are being filed against this prison; and even the ACLU has gotten involved. Senators Matt Gaetz and Marjorie Taylor Greene have since attempted to gain access to this facility and inspect the conditions of the jail, only to be denied.

The vile filth of what has become our daily life is being illegally HIDDEN from the members of OUR OWN CONGRESS.

So…let me tell you about what me and many of the other Jan 6ers have been experiencing in DC’s Gitmo. It is my hope that with MEDIA EXPOSURE and the awareness of the American public, that SOMETHING may be done and this never happens to anyone ever again.

OUR CONDITIONS

For the first 120 days in DC’s Gitmo, Jan 6ers experienced DAILY LOCKDOWNS for 23-24 HOURS before being allowed to leave our small 120 sq. ft cell. The PHYSICAL and MENTAL ANGUISH that results from this kind of SEVERE ISOLATION has caused many people to go on a RAPID mental decline.

As a result, a large percentage of us are HEAVILY MEDICATED with anti-anxiety and anti-depressant drugs, which helps to cope with the psychological and mental ABUSE we endure.

Many times, the little rec we DO receive is STRIPPED AWAY if our cell isn’t up to the standards of the guard on duty. This changes from day to day. Jan 6ers have lost rec time and out of cell activity ANY TIME news interviews about the jail are aired on TV, people speak up about our conditions, or rallies are held in our name. We’ll probably have a lock down upon the publishing of this letter. So I have already warned those I know in advance..

Masks are WEAPONIZED and used against us, even though we NEVER leave the facility. Officers have walked in with the SOLE INTENTION of needing to write 20-30 disciplinary reports against Jan 6ers, which adversely effects our chances of release and causes loss of privileges, phone time and commissary. Masks need to be covering both the nose and mouth AT ALL TIMES or we are threatened and locked down in our cells. Jan 6ers are always respectful to the employees around us, but C.Os maintain the need to invent reasons for discipline.

PRIVILEGED LEGAL DOCUMENTS have been CONFISCATED and gone missing from various cells, and HIGHLY SENSITIVE discovery (video evidence under attorney/client privilege) is watched by employees during our legal calls.

Jordan Mink, for example, had all discovery TAKEN by ERT officers on August 23rd despite the objection of his attorney. They handcuffed him, searched his room, and then proceeded to take all video evidence in his possession. Additionally, legal visits take 2-3 WEEKS or more to be scheduled, leaving little time to discuss our defense and prepare for trial.

The EXTREME medical neglect in this facility has caused a variety of adverse illnesses and disease. Some show signs of scurvy. And some even have Covid like symptoms, but medical personnel have refused to treat it.

Christopher Worrell, for example, is an inmate with Cancer, who also broke his hand in prison and requires surgery. Both have been completely ignored. Federal judge Royce Lamberth got to the point where on October 12th, he filed contempt of court charges against the warden of the DC DOC, claiming that Worrell’s civil rights have been violated, and demanding the U.S attorney general inquire further about his and other possible violations.

Another inmate, Peter Stager, WAITED FOUR MONTHS to receive his CPAP breathing machine, and has needed an MRI since spring, which has also been ignored by staff.

The harsh, unlivable conditions of our unit has caused health hazards that defy Department of Health regulations. And on at least five occasions, RAW SEWAGE has overflowed our unit, causing human fecal matter to flood the floors and rooms. That’s also in addition to the MOLD on cell walls, as well as the rusty pipes, and DIRTY WATER that flows from these sinks. White rags TURN BROWN when exposed to the water from our faucets.

We are undergoing SEVERE NUTRITIONAL DEFICIENCIES and STARVATION. For breakfast this morning, I received a tray of flavorless paste, two slices of bread, and a slice of bologna. Lunches usually consist of rice and beans, but we’ll get cold chicken/beef patties if we are lucky. For dinner, we are sometimes fed a diet of cheese sandwiches, and bologna and cheese 4 to 5 times per week.

Without commissary, people like myself are FORCED TO STARVE. I suffer from HEADACHES and NAUSEA on an almost REGULAR BASIS from the malnutrition and constant hunger I am subjected to. I have lost ALMOST 15 POUNDS since I’ve been detained.

Our rights to personal hygiene are also totally neglected. Razors are PROHIBITED, and inmates are forced to either go unshaved, and grow long beards, or use a razor free cream that BURNS and IRRITATES the skin. But many other jails have allowed the use of razors without incident. Haircuts are also PROHIBITED from unvaccinated inmates. For me, it’s been nearly 9 months. I look VIRTUALLY UNRECOGNIZABLE in the condition I’m in. I fear even my family would not recognize me.

Contact with the outside world, from legal visits to seeing loved ones is HIGHLY RESTRICTED. After in-person visits, legal or otherwise, we are forced to undergo humiliating STRIP SEARCHES, despite ALL visitors being thoroughly checked for contraband. If it’s a legal visit, we are placed in a 14 day quarantine, with no out of cell time; EVEN IF your attorney is VACCINATED and tests NEGATIVE for Covid. Visits with friends or family members, for unvaccinated inmates, are NEVER ALLOWED.

As a result, many people have skipped critical meetings with their council, and NEVER get an opportunity to see friends or family. VIDEO VISITATION, while available to the rest of the jail, is RESTRICTED in the Jan 6 pod. Mail is delayed for MONTHS, and phone calls are limited to a MAXIMUM of pre approved 12 numbers. If there’s anyone else in our extended family or otherwise we’d like to call, we’re pretty much out of luck.

RELIGIOUS SERVICES, protected by the 1st amendment, are NOT provided to Jan 6ers. Neither are in person classes or other activities available to the rest of the jail. An inmate named Ryan Samsel, instead attempted to organize his own bible study inside the pod, until he was viciously BEATEN and LEFT FOR DEAD by correctional officers. He suffered a broken eye socket and brain damage as a result of the vicious attack. He’s now permanently blind in one eye. On another occasion, Scott Fairlamb was confronted by an officer in the middle of the night, and his life was threatened, once the officer’s body cam was disabled. Many, like myself, are afraid they could be the next victim.

And last but not least, we experience racism from many guards on a daily basis, being the ONLY WHITE REPUBLICANS in the entire jail. The false narrative is has been passed around the jail and to corrections officers that we are “white supremacists” (we are NOT). The inmate population is predominantly black, so we are at risk being here because of this false narrative. The guards are mostly liberal migrants from Africa who have been conditioned to hate us, and hate America. Jan 6ers have been mocked, beaten and ridiculed by guards for singing the National Anthem. The Corrections Officers despise our politics and the love we have for this country. At one point, an officer even yelled “FUCK AMERICA!”, and threatened to lock us down FOR A WEEK if we attempted to sing the National Anthem again.

THE TRUTH ABOUT MY STORY

Finally, I feel like I should touch briefly on the government and prosecutor’s portrayal of who I am as a person.

No, I am not a terrorist, extremist or any of the other names I’ve been called by the government. More than anything, I am a red blooded patriot and I love this country more than anything.

I am being unfairly prosecuted and definitely overcharged. I never assaulted anyone, destroyed property, or stolen anything. I walked through wide open doors to enter the Capitol, along with my camera crew hoping to get the rally on video. I was never even armed at any point inside the Capitol.

Our goal was to make a documentary, and get likes and shares on social media. Yes I wore a costume (that the prosecutor refers to as paramilitary gear and body armor) but it was for the movie and was nothing of the sort.

And yet, 9 months later here I sit, with 10 years worth of charges and no hope for a future. The surveillance footage shows absolutely no signs of assault, and despite attempts by media companies to get it released to the public, the government has denied it.

I think that’s because they are fully aware that this footage is questionable at worst, and exonerates me at best. Please don’t be fooled by the media. I am a loving and peaceful person with no history of violence.

This weaponized DOJ and their blatant resentment of my respect for President Donald Trump is putting me in a situation that makes me feel helpless in my current situation.

HOW YOU CAN HELP

Despite me and other Jan 6ers experiencing these unthinkable conditions, all of us remain POSITIVE and HOPEFUL that, in the end, JUSTICE WILL PREVAIL. We maintain a LOVE for this country and the Constitution like no other. The only thing keeping us going is our undying patriotism, the camaraderie between one another and our faith in God.

Please…SHARE THIS LETTER with EVERYONE you know: friends and family, senators, representatives, political organizers, civil rights groups and media outlets.

The truth HAS to get out. And the jail MUST PAY for what they are doing to this country’s citizens.

As a result of this unlawful detainment the last 9 months, I have lost everything. The successful business I spent 13 years of my life working on, my apartment in Las Vegas, social media accounts with a lifetime of memories…you name it.

The government has essentially CANCELLED ME. Not only that, but following the arrest, my best friend of 12 years robbed my apartment, stole my cat, and hacked my personal Instagram with 100,000+ followers.

Since then, I often go between feelings of hopefulness and moments of depression. I wonder if I can ever recover from this, but I have to remind myself to never give up.

There are major medical complications I now struggle with as a result of the jail’s neglect of my health since being here.

If there is any way I hope to recover, my only hope are the ones who are reading this. I was on top of the world once upon a time, and that life seems now only like a distant memory.

If there’s anything you can do to help, I would appreciate anything at all. Inmates here are being extorted with lack of nutrition, forcing me to spend most of what’s left on commissary which I can no longer afford.

I need desperate help with my legal expenses and just help staying alive in here with commissary and all the expenses I still have on the outside as my livelihood and life has been stripped away from me. Thank you for any her you can afford, even if it is a few dollars it goes a long way in here.

Sincerely and with love,

Nathaniel DeGrave

Unfortunately this came to me with no information on how to donate. I will investigate options and append anything I find out to future articles (I’m reasonably sure any attempt at a GoFundMe would be deplatformed).

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory is available here and here.

Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

© 2021 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Lex Greene

November 9, 2021

Just in case you have not figured it out yet, your health and medical interests are not being controlled by doctors, scientists, nurses, or any other medical professionals. It’s being controlled by power-hungry global Marxist politicians, their scumbag lawyers, and their lockstep fake news media.

OSHA exists for the sole purpose of preventing employers from endangering the health and wellbeing of their employees. As the dangers of all existing COVID19 vaccines are well-documented, any employer attempting to force or coerce these vaccines upon employees is an overt effort by the employer to knowingly place the employees at significant health risk, including potential death.

No one can say “we didn’t know.” VAERS Reports have been flooding in since the very first vaccine given. ALL VAERS reports document adverse effects from these so-called vaccines.

Biden’s recent “OSHA mandate” is just the latest in a long line of outright lies, yet another effort to create a false public perception that OSHA has any such legal authority, when in fact, no one on earth has any lawful authority to force or coerce inject anyone with anything against your will. It’s just another anti-American lawyer drafted hoax with no force of law behind it whatsoever, no doubt directed by “constitutional scholar” Barack Hussein Obama.

OSHA was created to protect worker safety conditions in manufacturing, construction, and warehousing jobs, where workplace injuries often happen due to unsafe working conditions, largely related to physical labor jobs that require the use of heavy machinery. OSHA has no other purpose or authority whatsoever, certainly as it pertains to any medical mandates to be forced or coerced by employers. In truth, OSHA is obligated to protect all employees against “lethal bio injections” which employers are currently attempting to force upon innocent frightened people.

No one voted for or elected anyone at OSHA.The Constitution doesn’t grant OSHA any authority over medical advice or procedures, and unless I missed it somehow along the way, there is no amendment to the Constitution that grants OSHA any lawmaking authority at all.

So, once again, here we are, with the entire U.S. Corporate FAKE News Media rushing to announce even more draconian unlawful mandates from yet another federal agency with no medical mandate authority whatsoever. Journalism in America died a long time ago. All American news media at present, is a mere federal propaganda machine spewing nothing but lies 24/7. The only thing more dangerous than these “vaccines” is the 24/7 fear-mongering news media, based on nothing but outright lies.

Joe Biden lacks any authority to “mandate” any medical procedure on anyone. But while occupying the White House, he does have authority to issue Executive Orders that only pertain to Executive Branch employees, under Title 5 in U.S. Code. Such orders pertain ONLY to executive branch employees, and only if such an order is itself lawful.

On September 9, 2021, Biden signed two Executive Orders pertaining to COVID19 vaccine mandates, EO 14042: COVID Safety Protocols for Federal Contractors, and EO 14043: Requiring Coronavirus Disease 2019 Vaccination for Federal Employees, meaning, Executive branch employees only, under Title 5 Executive Authority.

These orders pertain to no one except employees who fall under Title 5 Executive Branch authority. There are no other Executive Orders pertaining to anyone else, including the other two branches of the Federal government, any of the 50 states, or any of the 332-million American citizens who are not Executive branch employees.

OSHA is a Federal Agency, under the authority of the Executive branch. Biden can command OSHA employees, but not OSHA policies specifically.

Nothing has really changed since 1787, at least officially. The Legislative Branch remains the only branch of the Federal government with any lawmaking authority. Anything made by any other branch or agency is NOT a “law.” It’s a political agenda “policy” with no force of law behind it.

In fact, the legal definition of “mandate” is –“A judicial command, order, or precept, written or oral, from a court; a direction that a court has the authority to give and an individual is bound to obey.”

In other words, “mandates” can only be issued by the Judicial branch, not the Executive or Legislative branches. Further, a court can only issue a “mandate” under the authority of existing law, which must come from the lawmaking branch, the U.S. Congress. The courts have no unilateral powers to issue “mandates” other than to enforce “laws” passed by Congress, and neither does the Executive branch.

As we all know, Congress has not passed any laws pertaining to the medical management of COVID19, and they can’t. Therefore, Biden cannot issue anything more than an Executive Order limited to Executive branch employees, and the courts cannot issue any “mandate” as there is no “law” to underpin any such order.

As neither Biden or the courts have any authority to dictate via “mandate” to private companies or citizens on this matter, neither does OSHA or any other Federal agency.

Keep in mind, the Federal government has no authority to govern any sovereign state, which is governed by its own Executive, Legislative, Judicial branches, with its own Constitution, Bill of Rights and set of Laws, all of which is protected by the 10^th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. Wherein no Federal authority exists at all, there can be no “federal supremacy.”

“The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.” Amendment 10.Nothing in the U.S. Constitution delegates any powers to any branch of the Federal government, to dictate medical procedures of any kind. Therefore, no such power exists.

The problem is, most Americans don’t know it and most lawyers, politicians, and news media personalities, don’t want you to know it either! Most Americans just stumble their way through life without paying much attention to anything important. This is the same herd that has stumbled their way right into these lethal vaccines, without following any science at all.

The bottom line here is this… Biden has no such authority; the courts have no such authority; and certainly, agencies like OSHA have no such authority. Employers also have no such authority and again, no one has the legal right to force or coerce inject anyone with anything against their will, no one!

First and foremost, no vaccine, injection, medical treatment, or procedure can be performed on any human being without the patients “informed consent.” Informed consent is not one thing, it’s two things…

The Patient’s Consent – is the act of an individual patient granting their specific permission for someone to administer a medical device, treatment, or procedure upon them, including but not limited to vaccines. Proof of a patient’s consent must be in writing. No one has any right to perform any medical act on another human being without their expressed consent, not even your doctor. If consent is not in writing, then no consent exists, and any medical act administered to that patient is without the patient’s consent. In cases where the patient is unable to provide their consent for any reason, then the health proxy for the patient must grant their written consent in advance of any medical procedure. A patient may withhold consent at any time for any reason, without abuse or retaliation of any kind.

The Informed Patient – in order for any patient to grant their consent for any medical device, treatment, or procedure, including but not limited to vaccines, the patient must be fully and properly informed. They must understand the medical device, treatment or procedure being recommended, the ingredients in the cocktail, any and all possible negative impacts to their health and well-being, and any known history of adverse effects from the device, or procedure to be administered. Without complete and proper information, the patient is not in a position to offer any consent.

So, if you have been vaccinated for COVID19 under fake mandates, without being fully and properly informed of all potential dangers known to exist related to these particular vaccines, or without signing a patient’s consent form providing proof of your “informed consent,” then your rights as a patient have already been violated under the law and The American Medical Association Patient Bill of Rights.

You need to choose who you can believe today.Is it me and the sources I have made available to you today…Or, the people destroying our country and killing thousands with their lethal injections, lying to you for two years now, and openly admitting that their overall agenda is “mass depopulation?”

Choose wisely my dear friends… and STOP THIS INSANITY!

PRERELEASE UPDATES:

1. Italy just rereported their COVID19 death toll to under 4000, admitting to their public that 97% of the 130,000 previously reported COVID deaths did not die from COVID. The same is true in the USA and all countries who have not yet restated the actual COVID deaths.
2. Federal Appeals Court issues a STOP to Joe Biden’s (OSHA) medical mandates citing “grave statutory and constitutional” concerns about the government’s mandate;”

Biden or OSHA can issue any policy they want. But no one has to follow it… We are NOT a dictatorship, yet! And everyone involved in this mass-infection effort, is liable…

AMA Patient Rights

Physicians can best contribute to a mutually respectful alliance with patients by serving as their patients’ advocates and by respecting patients’ rights. These include the right:

1. To courtesy, respect, dignity, and timely, responsive attention to his or her needs.
2. To receive information from their physicians and to have opportunity to discuss the benefits, risks, and costs of appropriate treatment alternatives, including the risks, benefits, and costs of forgoing treatment. Patients should be able to expect that their physicians will provide guidance about what they consider the optimal course of action for the patient based on the physician’s objective professional judgment.
3. To ask questions about their health status or recommended treatment when they do not fully understand what has been described and to have their questions answered.
4. To make decisions about the care the physician recommends and to have those decisions respected. A patient who has decision-making capacity may accept or refuse any recommended medical intervention.
5. To have the physician and other staff respect the patient’s privacy and confidentiality.
6. To obtain copies or summaries of their medical records.
7. To obtain a second opinion.
8. To be advised of any conflicts of interest their physician may have in respect to their care.
9. To continuity of care. Patients should be able to expect that their physician will cooperate in coordinating medically indicated care with other health care professionals, and that the physician will not discontinue treating them when further treatment is medically indicated without giving them sufficient notice and reasonable assistance in making alternative arrangements for care.

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

I have never written that there is a threat of fascism in America. I always considered the idea overwrought. But now I believe there really is such a threat – and it will come draped not in an American flag, but in the name of tolerance and health. —Dennis Prager

I’m afraid, based on my own experience, that fascism will come to America in the name of national security. —Jim Garrison – District Attorney of Orleans Parish, Louisiana, from 1962 to 1973.

If fascism ever came to the United States, it would be wrapped in an American flag. —Huey Long, 40^th Governor of Louisiana and US Senator until his assassination in 1935

Lutheran minister Dietrich Bonhoeffer, who stood in opposition to National Socialism said, “We are not to simply bandage the wounds of victims beneath the wheels of injustice, we are to drive a spoke into the wheel itself.”  He lived and died by this statement having fought against the Nazi purge of our Jewish brethren.  When Hitler ordered his death, Bonhoeffer prayed the night before he was hanged and at dawn walked to the gallows without fear, knowing his new birth in the Kingdom of God was imminent.  He said he was privileged to die with his Jewish brothers and sisters.  His body was either cremated or put in a mass grave.

Who are the Bonhoeffers in America’s society today?  They’re the men and women of medicine and science who are risking their livelihoods to tell us the truth.  We know them, not only by name, but by their faces.  Some have even been called “terrorists.” Despite the American Pravda censorship, they continue to cry out to the public hoping to save lives. (And yes, there are a few courageous rabbis and pastors who are preaching the truth to their congregations.)

The dark collusion of government actors and corporations is stifling dissent among medical doctors and scientists, as it pertains to pandemic policies.  The danger of death or adverse effects from the Covid inoculation is far greater than from contracting the virus.  Early treatment is the lifesaver, especially for the elderly and individuals with multiple comorbidities. Unfortunately, too many Americans listen to our Pravda media and believe that the Covid jab will save their lives and return the country to “normal,” proving the propaganda of the 20^th Century Third Reich is alive and well in 21^st Century America.

Right Wing Nazis: The Big Lie

Jim O’Neill explains in his article, Right Wing Nazis: The Big Lie, that there is no legitimate reason for the Nazis to be labeled right wing, let alone “extreme” right wing.

I will never tire of pointing out to folks that the fascists/Nazis are left-wing, Left-Wing, LEFT-WING!  I am tired of doing the research needed to prove this to other people however.  Do your own damn research.

All we ever see from the media are tales of Right-wing fascists; Right-wing Nazis.  It is all a lie…always has been a lie, and always will be a lie.

Communists and fascists are not identical, but they sure are kissing cousins from the same family – both ideologies are left-wing.  Do the research – and don’t be lazy about it.  Delve past the surface glitter of false narratives and smoke ‘n’ mirrors.  Don’t settle for anything less than the truth.

Thank you, Jim!  Nazism is socialism.  Socialism is totalitarianism.  No matter how the Democratic Socialist left wants to spin it, Hitler and his henchmen mixed socialism and fascism to create a demonic dictatorial genocide of God’s people. Rightwing politics are as far from the National Socialist Worker’s Party as the east is from the west.

Fascism in America

Historical accounts of governments lying to their people are numerous, but one stands out in stark comparison to what is happening in the land of the free and home of the brave.  The Democrat Party, like that of the National Socialist Worker’s Party (Nazis), has shown themselves to be pure in their endless drive to overturn the Republic.

George Santayana said, “Those who do not remember the past are condemned to repeat it.”  Germany’s state socialism began with Otto Von Bismarck in 1883 albeit the embers of same had long been aglow in the nation.  Socialism in America arose in the mid-1800s with the arrival of German immigrants and the beginning of Marxian socialist unions.

Much of what we are seeing in today’s America mirrors the rise of Nazi Germany.

Insurrection – During the summer of 2020, the country witnessed a deterioration of law and order within major cities across the U.S.  In Portland, Oregon, the damage to federal buildings is over $2.3 million; nothing was done to stop it.

Black Lives Matter, Antifa, and an assortment of smaller communist groups spent endless months destroying cities like Minneapolis, Seattle, Portland, Chicago, New York, Atlanta and a hundred more. They wore masks and they only came out at night armed with baseball bats, bricks and firebombs.

The “demonstrations” devolved into riots that included looting, violence and destruction. In one case, protests carried on for more than 100 days.Black Lives Matter and affiliated movements are about racial supremacy, but they didn’t care if they burned and looted small businesses owned by black Americans after a lockdown for the virus nearly destroyed those businesses. People died, and no one was held accountable.

Germany’s Kristallnacht was two days of violence against Jewish homes, businesses and synagogues and it included beatings and murder.  We’ve seen churches burned in America and throughout the world.  Kristallnacht targeted one group of people, but in America the target is our Constitutional Republic and includes Jewish and Christian houses of worship.

The racist rallying cry cared little for black Americans, it was for “change” in America.  The same kind of change came to Germany with the SA Brownshirts and they were destroyed in the Night of the Long Knives.  Will the friends of the Democratic Socialists eventually be eliminated?

The destruction, violence and looting has stopped since one of their own was put in our White House.

The Waffen-SS was created as the armed wing of the Nazi Party’s Schutzstaffel (Protective Squadron), and gradually developed into a multi-national military force of Nazi Germany.

Joint Chief Chairman General Mark Milley made calls to his Chinese counterpart in the final stormy months of Donald Trump’s presidency and claimed the calls were “perfectly within the duties and responsibilities” of his job.  General Milley had more allegiance to his Communist Chinese Party counterpart than to his own Commander in Chief. That is treasonous.  If he retains his position, I fear what our military will develop into especially since most of our soldiers are being destroyed via forced Sars-coV-2 injections.

Firearms Ownership – German firearm laws and hysteria created against Jewish firearm owners played a major role in laying the groundwork for the eradication of German Jewry in the Holocaust. Disarming political opponents was a categorical imperative of the Nazi regime.

The desire to remove every firearm from the American public has been an ongoing threat since the State of Georgia’s attempt to outlaw handguns in 1837.  The Supreme Court overturned Georgia’s law.

The unconstitutional National Firearms Act of 1934, regulating the manufacture, sale, and possession of fully automatic firearms like sub-machine guns was approved by Congress at the same time Hitler was disarming German citizens.

The Federal Firearms Act of 1938 placed the first limitations on selling ordinary firearms. Persons selling guns were required to obtain a Federal Firearms License, at an annual cost of $1, and to maintain records of the name and address of persons to whom firearms are sold.

The Gun Control Act of 1968 was enacted for the purpose of “keeping firearms out of the hands of those not legally entitled to possess them because of age, criminal background, or incompetence.” The act regulates imported guns, expands the gun-dealer licensing and record-keeping requirements, and places specific limitations on the sale of handguns. The list of persons banned from buying guns is expanded to include persons convicted of any non-business-related felony, persons found to be mentally incompetent, and users of illegal drugs.

Aaron Zelman’s Jews for the Preservation of Firearms Ownership obtained a copy of the 1938 Nazi Weapons Law.  A side-by-side translation into English of the Gun Control Act of 1968 shows it is nearly word for word the same.  The likely culprit was a now-deceased US Senator who obtained the 1938 Nazi copy most likely when he was a senior member of the U.S. team that helped to prosecute Nazi war criminals at Nuremberg, Germany in 1945-46.

As Aaron used to say, gun control will come as “death by a thousand cuts,” unless we fight for the right of self-protection.  Aaron was a joy, a brilliant man.  I miss him.

Censorship – In 1933, Hitler’s first act as chancellor was to introduce censorship. Censorship has been active in America since the Supreme Court’s unanimous 1964 decision in NYTs v. Sullivan.  This landmark case extended the First Amendment‘s guarantee of free speech to libel cases brought by public officials. The Warren Court sought to encourage public debate by changing the rules involving libel that had previously been the province of state law and state courts.A public official could recover in a libel action only if and when a court found that the libelous statement about the official was made with actual malice.  This same court ousted prayer from America’s schools in 1962.  The Nazis banned prayer in school in 1935.

Since then, media has continually outright lied or lied by omission about public figures.  With the inception of social medias, censorship has become common.  Our 45^th President was banned from every left-wing social media along with anyone who supported him despite the prohibition of the abridgement of free speech in our Constitution’s First Amendment.  YouTube refuses to show videos exposing the truth, mainstream media even refused to show President Trump’s interviews or rallies.  The peoples’ president was banned!

Worse yet, every physician and scientist who has gone against the Sars-coV-2 hospital protocols of the NIH, CDC, FDA, AMA and Pravda’s blatant promotion of an untested inoculation is being targeted for ruination and the loss of everything they’ve worked for all their lives.

Truth is now verboten in America.

America’s Constitution

The constant efforts to destroy our 1787 Constitution has been ongoing since 1787. In 1788, James Madison wrote a letter to G.I. Turberville when he was asked how he felt if another General Convention should be called.  He said, “…it would no doubt contain individuals of insidious views, who under the mask of seeking alterations popular in some parts but inadmissible in other parts of the Union might have a dangerous opportunity of sapping the very foundations of the fabric.”

Hitler’s “Enabling Act of 1933,” allowed him to pass laws without the consent of Germany’s parliament, setting aside the Weimar Constitution and passing the Nuremburg Laws that legalized the persecution of the Jews in 1935.

And who is the target in America today? Those who voted for Donald Trump and who love our country and our Constitution.  We are classified as “Domestic Terrorists,” along with parents angry with local school boards.

We’ve watched Executive Orders run amuck with Joe Biden; it is obvious the desire to be rid of the Constitution will enable the ultimate destruction of our Republic.

Patriots who know the dire threat of losing the 1787 document have been fighting against it for years, and the battle continues.  Most of those promoting a new convention are “controlled opposition” from the right.  Soros organizations are also involved.  Congressman Andy Biggs has written a magnificent book against this.  The Con of the Con-Con should be read by every patriotic and God fearing American.

The Reichstag Fire and January 6, 2021 – In February of 1933, the Reichstag was set on fire allegedly by a communist, albeit many believe it was purposely done to affect the looming elections. The Nazi leadership and its coalition partners used the fire to claim that communists were planning a violent uprising. They declared that emergency legislation was needed to prevent this. The resulting act, commonly known as the Reichstag Fire Decree, abolished a number of constitutional protections and paved the way for Hitler’s Nazi dictatorship.  Are we not seeing constitutional protections eliminated today?

Our 45^th Presidents nonviolent speech and the peaceful demonstration in our capitol on January 6^th, 2021 was by mostly middle-aged Americans who thought 2020 was an unfair election.  Link

The traitorous actions by Vice President Mike Pence, who could easily have rejected the contested electoral votes, but instead chose to accept them and afterward elbow bumped with Speaker Pelosi, inflamed patriotic Americas.  Pence claims James Madison and the Bible made the decision for him.  Pence is a liar.

In late September, 2021, the FBI finally admitted they infiltrated the Jan. 6^th rallies with informants.  In fact, one of the first “protesters” inside the US Capitol was an FBI informant.Officers calmly posed for selfies and appeared to open gates for protesters during the madness of the “Capitol Building insurrection.”  Link, Link, Link, Link, Link.

The demonstration is being used just like the Reichstag burning.  Afterward, the capitol was surrounded by barbed wire fencing and protected from the “insurgents” by state National Guard who were forced to sleep in parking garages and given unedible food…all for nothing!  It was another ploy to pass unconstitutional laws abrogating the freedoms granted in our US Constitution.  Worse yet, it was to label supporters of our 45^th President as “domestic terrorists,” who need to be hunted down and destroyed.  Biden claims we’re all white supremacists, and the biggest threat to America.

Hitler targeted the Jewish people of Germany and then Europe…just as the American Deep State has targeted anyone who loves freedom.  Citizens who were at the capitol on January 6^th are still imprisoned, treated worse than Gitmo prisoners and are begging for help ten months later.  Reps. Louie Gohmert and Marjorie Taylor Greene  joined a pre-scheduled tour of the D.C. jail by members of the D.C. Council. “I’ve never seen human suffering like I witnessed last night,” Greene commented.  Link

Conclusion

No human institution can take the place of God.  Where do we draw the line?  At abortion clinics? At public schools where the children are taught immorality?  At the university’s politically correct policy?  Where?

“My country, right or wrong” doesn’t belong to us.  There are dangers to blind obedience to government.  The American Government is not doing the best for its citizens.  Yet our people are still reclining with their beers and watching Monday night football.  What will it take to wake Americans up to the threats at our door?

Part Three starts off with “Book Burning.”  Yes, digital book burning is here and our neighbor to the north has taken it seriously.

Part One, Part Two, Part Three

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 8, 2021

This year, Joe Biden facilitated an invasion of our country of an estimated 2,000,000 (million) illegal aliens.  Additionally, Congress invited 1,000,000 (million) more legal immigrants.  All immigrants, in turn, average 900,000 new babies inside our country annually.  Also, Biden flew 100,000 Afghan refugees illegally into our country. On top of that, because of “population momentum” at 2.03 children per American woman, we Americans added 1,000,000 (million) more of our own children. (Source: www.cis.org, Dr. Steve Camarota, “Immigrant birth rates”)

Additionally, Biden allowed 300,000 pregnant illegal migrant women to birth 300,000 of their children on US soil.  That occurs annually and amounts to 600,000 new people on welfare rolls and into school systems. (Source: Dr. Steve Camarota, “Anchor baby births annually” www.cis.org)

That equals 4,600,000, that’s four million six hundred thousand, more people added, net gain to the United States in 2021.  That’s over and above deaths in the USA.

If that number dropped to its usual 3.5 million annually, net gain, of human additions to the USA, you may take nine more years and multiply that number, we are looking at an addition of somewhere around 33 to 35 million more people added to America when 2030 rings in a new year.

Today, because of legal and illegal immigration, and their birth rates, America stands as the third fastest growing country in the world behind India and China.

Can you wrap your arms or mind around another 35 million more people added to the USA within the next nine years?  How does it strike you?  Does it make sense?  Can our civilization feed, water, educate,   house, transport and create jobs, and/or sustain such numbers?

In my own city of Denver this year, 2021, we absorbed 100,000 more people.  Construction in Denver added thousands of apartments.  Denver added tens of thousands of cars.  Denver features a Brown Cloud SO toxic that cancer rates continue to explode. Every breath of every citizen means toxic poisons enter their lungs 24/7.  Gridlock cripples the city daily.

Quality of life?  We suffer 10,000 homeless camping on our streets.  We suffer human waste, needles, and trash everywhere…so much so, officials closed Denver’s City Park last month because they couldn’t clean it up fast enough and it became a sanitation nightmare.  Schools are overrun with students so much so that 10^th graders cannot read at a 7^th grade level or perform math past the 8^th grade level.  We’ve got dozens of languages from thousands of students from endless foreign countries. Because of horrendous gridlocked traffic, over 30 accidents daily. As to shootouts, we’re not as bad as Chicago or St. Louis, but we’re on our way.

On a weekend, Interstate I-70 heading into the mountains provides a living, surging nightmare of bumper-to-bumper traffic.  Campgrounds are packed beyond capacity as well as ski slopes overwhelmed with too many skiers.  Vail, Colorado suffers a serious air pollution problem. It’s heartbreaking to ‘see’ the poison air settling over the city center.

What is the carrying capacity of Denver and all of Colorado?

Therefore, what is the most important question for Americans in every state in America?  Answer: what is the carrying capacity of your state?  What is the maximum number of people that can be sustained by water, energy, quality of life, resources, traffic, food and costs?

If you are or not a fan of “Climate Change”, how can another 35 million people burning fuels to eat, to travel and to have manufactured goods created and brought to the stores—be solved?  Anyone possess a solution that one?

Here in Colorado, our reservoirs remain vacant because we lack rains to fill them up.  At 5.7 million and headed for 10 million, at some point, our natural resources will not give up another glass of water when our population hits 20 million or 30 million.  In other words, when that breaking-point person reaches Colorado, things will start collapsing. It’s the Law of Numbers and Limits.

Right now, seven states face extreme water shortages: Florida, Georgia, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada and California.  Yet, each one of those states continues adding millions of people.  By 2050, a total of another 100,000,000 million people, virtually all by immigrants and their birth rates, will land on America to jump our population from 330 million to 440 million.  What does that mean in “real” terms?  It equates to doubling the size of our 35 most populated cities.  New York will jump from 8.3 million to 16.6 million.  Florida at 19 million will hit 38 million.  California expects to add 20 million to reach 59 million.  (See graph)

Pretty sobering if not frightening, isn’t it?

So why would our U.S. Congress put billions into solving “Climate Change” when they continue to add 100 million people to the USA? You as a sane, rational and reasonable citizen, can you answer that one for me?

Am I a fool on a fool’s errand?  Do these numbers frighten you?  Are you concerned for your children?   At what point do enough of us speak up and force our Congress to shut down all immigration to save us from such a drastically overpopulated future?

Because, if we don’t change course, THIS graph and these numbers WILL be your children’s future.  It’s that horrible. In fact, as water, energy and resources suffer exhaustion, it will be much worse.

What is the carrying capacity of your state?  Could Rhode Island sustain 20 million people?  Obviously not! What about Delaware? No chance!  So, it’s a fact that every state possesses a carrying capacity limit.  Let’s all raise our voices across the nation. If you’ve got children, raise your voice louder and more often.

What are you doing about it?  Have you called your senators and House member?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Cherie Zaslawsky

November 8, 2021

Irony of ironies: members of the feckless GOP that not only stood by while Dr. Snake Eyes  brought America to her knees through bizarre, uncalled for “lockdowns” and “mask-ups,” but also did nothing as he pushed a dangerous experimental gene-disrupting shot on our public while virtually banning therapeutics that work against Covid, are now suddenly outraged and calling for his resignation—not because he’s responsible for hundreds of thousands of deaths of Americans, which he is, but because he tortured puppies.

PUPPYGATE

As we saw with Cuomo, who’s guilty of murdering thousands of elderly New Yorkers in nursing homes, but was taken down for having groped a woman, we can at times dethrone a perpetrator of evil, but we may never assault the narrative. So the Fauch can be removed, but the narrative he espoused for the past two years must remain intact and sacrosanct. Thus the Beagle puppies shall be sacrificed for the second time—this time to give their tormentor cover.

Why did the puppy story suddenly surface now? Perhaps in advance of Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s book, The Real Anthony Fauci, which is coming out on November 16^th. And perhaps because some people are currently revisiting suspicious death of Kary Mullis—inventor  of the PCR technique. Mullis has been dubbed “Fauci’s worst enemy.” He died in 2019 shortly before the PCR test, which he’d been adamant was only for research and should never be used diagnostically, was co-opted by the CDC et al.. Hmmmm….

But why the puppy story in the first place? Presumably the powers-that-be couldn’t find a woman willing to testify the Fauch had manhandled her against her will, so they had to look  elsewhere to come up with a story that would arouse even Democrats against him, but would leave the Plandemic narrative intact.

Unsurprisingly, slippery Tony is already slithering out of PuppyGate by apparently getting underlings to claim it wasn’t his organization that funded the torture of healthy purebred Beagle pups—similar to the way he tried to pin the Gain-of-Function bat virus research on EcoHealth Alliance.

TRUST WHOSE SCIENCE?

Many of us have been watching Tony “the weasel” Fauci prevaricate time and again, while maintaining his duper’s delight sly half-smile, so the recent exposure of a new Faucian atrocity came as no surprise. Indeed, those who’ve watched Dr. Judy Mikovits tell her riveting story, and/or have read her excellent book Plague of Corruption, are already well versed in Tricky Tony’s sneaky ways and diabolical character. Unlike Dr. FauxChi, Mikovits is a real scientist as well as a brave whistleblower and truth teller. Fauci destroyed her career when she exposed the harm coming from certain vaccines back in the day. You’ve got to admit he’s good at protecting his own bottom line, as well as that of his Big Pharma masters.

Did you know that Dr. Kary Mullis  hated Fauci? Mullis and Mikovits are actual scientists; they seek the truth. Dr. FauxPas, on the other hand, is two-thirds crooked Mafia don, and one-third mediocre scientist, if that. Did you know 1,000 lawyers and 10,000 doctors have filed a lawsuit against the CDC, the WHO and others who are responsible for foisting the experimental gene “therapy” inoculations on an unsuspecting public, charging them with violation the Nuremberg Code? And who has been the kingpin all along, holding the American people hostage—first, to a virus, then to a “vaccine”? Who indeed!

LET ME COUNT THE WAYS

No doubt that in his new book, Robert F. Kennedy Jr. will unearth many more crimes perpetrated by the good doctor, but just a cursory glance at Fauci’s relatively recent doings yields the following list:

• AIDS scandal: Promoted only the dangerous, toxic drug AZT for AIDS patients—“one of the most toxic, expensive and controversial drugs in the history of medicine,” according to investigative journalist Celia Farber.

Big Pharma made millions with Fauci helping to push “a drug that was worse than the disease, and killed faster than the natural progression of AIDS left untreated”. In 1989, says commentator Kim Iversen, Fauci started promoting the drug not only for critically ill AIDS patients, but for anyone who tested positive for HIV, including those who were asymptomatic and showed no sign of the disease. Hmmm…ring a bell, perhaps?

• Gain of Function:  Consider this: If it hadn’t been for Herr Doktor Tony Felóny funding the original “gain-of-function” research that resulted in SARS-CoV-2, we would never have experienced this “pandemic,” there would be no vaccine mandates, Trump would still be President, our small businesses would be flourishing, we would have been blissfully spared the toilet paper shortage, and life would have continued on as normal without missing a beat. I rest my case.

But in case you missed the background on this one: Fauci funded the creation of a bioweapon, which is what GoF is all about—first at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill under Ralph  Baric—and then, when this dangerous research was declared illegal in the U.S., Fauci cleverly outsourced it to the infamous bioweapons lab in Wuhan, China.

The rest, as they say, is history.

• Discrediting/banning HCQ and Ivermectin: Early, safe treatment was not to be allowed! Doctor Evil put the kibosh on Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) which was saving lives around the world, saying it needed “further study.” Ummm…Tony…I’m curious. How come the brand new never-tried-before mRNA “vaccines” didn’t need further study?

Let’s take a look at some numbers: “Some medical experts have estimated that as many as 100,000 lives could potentially have been saved if Hydroxychloroquine had been widely used in 2020.”  And here’s a tweet by Peter Navarro in June of 2021: “I had 60 million tablets of HCQ that Tony Fauci … wouldn’t allow the American public to use because of their Hydroxy Hysteria. Blood on @JohnBerman @cnn and Saint Fauci’s hands. More than 50,000 Americans would be alive today.”

As soon as President Trump recommended Hydroxychloroquine and rushed to secure millions of doses for the American people, Fauci did all he could to block our access to it. After all, with a real cure like HCQ plus zinc, who’d opt for a Frankensteinian vaccine?

• Shutting down America: Who can forget that in 2020, the Coronavirus Task Force’s Medical Director Faussolini more or less ordered Americans to stay home, mask up, “flatten the curve,” shut their businesses, keep their kids home from school, and wait to either get sick and die in a hospital, or to get the infamous Moderna vaccine from which his NIAID organization stood to handsomely profit. Never mind the “collateral damage” his program was wreaking: decimation of the middle class, evaporation of people’s life’s work, isolation, closed churches and synagogues, depression, suicides, untold hardship, increased poverty, and general misery for most Americans. But Fauci never blinked. In fact, he seems to thrive on making others suffer.

Of course, bringing America to her knees through the faux pandemic was the plan the Deep State and their globalist pals hatched to set President Trump up for failure by wiping out all his gains in the economy. Amazingly, the Trumpian landslide was so great that even after using the Plandemic to rationalize the need for dicey universal mail-in voting, the Dems still had to monkey with the Dominion cheating machines in the middle of the night to effect their planned coup d’etat. But I digress….

• Remdesivir: While the Fauch dealt the deathblow to HCQ and Ivermectin as treatments for Covid, he did see fit to promote one drug: Remdesivir. It may be a coincidence that HCQ and Ivermectin have been around for decades and are very cheap, and that Remdesivir is very new and extremely expensive. Make of that what you will.

However, it is also true that Remdesivir, not unlike AZT from Fauci’s checkered past, has an unfortunate tendency to kill at least 25% of the patients who take it, by damaging their kidneys. And tragically, it is being given to people in hospitals even against their will!

Dr. Bryan Ardis believes that the use of the dangerous Remdesivir drug is the #1 cause of deaths in COVID wards today, not COVID itself. He also states that hospitals are being incentivised financially to recommend Remdesivir over other drugs. Money talks.

• The Experimental mRNA vaccines: The Pièce de Résistance has got to be the Covid vaccines and the unconstitutional attempts to mandate them for, well…everyone—except for Congress and friends, that is. Many people have written at great length about the harm these dangerous inoculations do once injected into the body. One of the most serious ones, which seems to be pervasive, is the formation of tiny blood clots in one’s capillaries, that grow over time and go on to cause heart attacks or strokes, as well as harming other vital organs.

Tragically, we now have vaccinated children, especially boys, with myocarditis—inflammation of the heart. Dr. Roger Hodkinson, pathologist, had this to say: “Myocarditis is never mild, particularly in young healthy males.  It’s an inflammation of the heart muscle, the pump of the body.  …The big thing about heart muscle, heart muscle fibers, is that they do not regenerate.”

And you’ve probably read of pilots having strokes in mid-flight after being vaccinated for Covid. This is also an apparent result of the vaccine’s clot-forming mechanism—only one of the many mechanisms of injury from these shots.

• PuppyGate: It turns out that Feckless Fauci’s funding of the insanely cruel “experiment” on Beagle pups, in light of his lengthy malevolent career, amounts to no more than a brief footnote. How ironic, and what a sad commentary on our society, if it turns out to be the straw that breaks the Fauxster’s back.

In sum: If we were to add up all the deaths that can be laid at Fauci’s door, the number is at least in the hundreds of thousands, and could well be in the millions—and how many more are yet to come in the aftermath of the nationwide vaccine program?

IF IT WALKS LIKE A DUCK AND QUACKS LIKE A QUACK…

Let’s face an uncomfortable fact: the estimable Dr. Fauci, revered by so many trusting Americans, appears to be a bona fide psychopath. Who but a psychopath would sneakily fund “gain-of–function” research courtesy of a bioweapons lab in Communist China,  and then knowingly promote untested, experimental vaccines that cause people’s bodies to manufacture that very same dangerous “gain-of-function” spike protein, while dissuading people who were sick and likely to die if left untreated, from using truly safe and effective, inexpensive therapeutics such as HCQ and zinc, or Ivermectin? What is this if not a genocidal agenda, unleashed at least in part by a snake wearing a suit?

Speaking of the suffering inflicted by Fauci and his demonic globalist masters: Have you seen videos of erstwhile healthy young women with suddenly shaking limbs or whole-body incessant seizures as a result of being vaxxed? How do we know those videos are authentic? Simple: The fact-checkers have come out in droves to explain them away by claiming these women are suffering from a psychosomatic illness brought on by stress. Nice try, guys.

Add that to the current VAERS numbers of Covid vaccine serious adverse events and deaths: Listed on Open VAERS, from December 2020 to October 29, 2021: 856,917 Adverse Events; Deaths: 18,409. These numbers are shocking. They are higher than the adverse events and deaths from all other vaccines in America from 1990 to the present. Why oh why is this carnage allowed to continue? Ask the smirking little man in the white lab coat.

At this point, the parallels to Dr. Mengele are legion.

SOME LAST WORDS

I’ll let Fauci have the last word—well, the penultimate word at least.

Here’s what Fauci told Canadian Broadcasting host Nahlah Ayed, as subsequently quoted in Newsweek: “It is just mind-boggling. I mean, if I were some diabolical, evil spirit and I wanted to cast upon the world the worst time to get an outbreak, it’s when you have this kind of combination of divisiveness with the complete accessibility and spread of complete falsehood. There is nothing worse than that in the middle of a pandemic.”

I don’t know about you, but I find it revealing that the inimitable Dr. Fauci actually fantasized on the air about being a demon inflicting a pandemic upon the world, and doing so at the worst possible time. Was this a public confession masquerading as an attack on the “vaccine hesitant”? You be the judge.

In any case, millions of Americans no doubt agree that we’re besieged by falsehoods, but point the finger back at you, Tony, since you and your Big Pharma cronies have been lying to us all along. And millions of us recognize the divisiveness you allude to, but view it as stemming from Beijing Biden’s stolen White House, Big Tech, Big Pharma and assorted allies, as they brutally stomp on our rights, including those of free speech, assembly, religion, and individual autonomy.

Millions of us realize the plan is to impoverish and enslave those of us who manage to escape your lethal injections.  The globalist Cabal you serve may continue to try to herd us into conformity with their deadly and dystopian plans for depopulation and the so-called Great Reset.

But we’re not giving in or giving up. We’re not complying. Not now. Not ever.

And as to your being “a diabolical evil spirit,” you know what they say,  Tony: “If the shoe fits, wear it!”

© 2021 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

By: Devvy

November 8, 2021

There are so many lawsuits that have been filed over the past six months over those COVID-19 experimental injections one can hardly keep up. One court grants a stay and another simply kicks the case to the curb. Trump’s Supreme Court Denies Religious Exemptions to Mandatory COVID-19 Shots to Maine Health Care Workers, Oct. 30, 2021

“Fetal tissue cells are used in the production of COVID-19 vaccines, and earlier this month Project Veritas published a video from a Pfizer employee whistleblower who claims that internal communication at Pfizer tried to hide this fact from the public, in an effort to reduce or eliminate religious exemption claims. See:

Pfizer Whistleblower Claims Pfizer Hid Information from the Public About Using Fetal Tissue to Develop their COVID-19 Vaccine

“The Supreme Court rejected the Maine healthcare workers claim in a 6-3 decision, with Trump-appointed Supreme Court Justices Brett Kavanaugh and Amy Coney Barrett providing the “swing votes,” joining Justice Stephen Breyer in denying the petition. As a result, now thousands of healthcare workers in Maine face losing their jobs, and probably many more thousands, if not millions, nationwide.”

Lawsuits take time and that’s something working against Americans who refuse to be used as guinea pigs for experimental injections PROVEN to be deadly, useless as far as effectiveness and are injuring tens and tens of thousands of Americans.

The 4th Covid Shot: Could Vaccine Failure by Any More Obvious? – “The glaring vaccine failure stares us straight in the face and yet many people are still unable to recognize it. They cannot perceive it, because they have been frightened and brainwashed into intellectual stupor by the Covid establishment, and now they blindly follow the “guidance” of the very people responsible for this travesty.

“What more evidence does one need to recognize the utter vaccine failure than the recent authorization by the CDC of a fourth Covid injection in the span of 323 days?”

Effectiveness of 2 of 3 COVID-19 Vaccines Used in US Drops Below 50 Percent After 6 Months: Study, Nov. 7, 2021

52,000 Breakthrough COVID-19 Cases Recorded In Indiana; 531 Fully Vaccinated Residents Dead, October 24 2021

I say useless because SARS-CoV-2 is a weaponized flu that many scientists who’ve been dissecting this from day one, say will never go away just like the ‘normal’ influenza flu the world goes through every winter.  The only silver lining is the newfound knowledge that this influenza flu season doctors can prescribe Ivermectin, Hydroxychloroquine, L-Lysine and other proven treatments and the DO NOT NEED FDA APPROVAL. Lysine Therapy for SARS-CoV-2

Treating COVID-19 with a vaccine is one of the biggest lies spewed by puppet health officials and doctors who know NOTHING about this diabolical plan.  The world has been told from day one SARS-CoV-2 is a virus but that has been proven to be a lie. [1]

The CDC (Center for Disease Creation) has lied to the world since day one as has career criminal, the sadistic Anthony Fauci.  Going on two years the American people, or a sizeable percentage, believed every word coming out of his lying mouth.  As the months have dragged on and he’s been proven to be a charlatan, something happened that changed the public’s mind about ‘grandfatherly’ Fauci the Faker:  Torturing dogs.[2]

And, to add injury to insult, animal lovers are being forced to pay for such barbaric “medical research.[3]

So many lawsuits.  I think the first was against the Houston Methodist Hospital conglomerate.  The ignorant judge in that case ruled against the plaintiffs.  If you missed this legal analysis on that case, you can read it here and believe me, it’s very educational from a legal standpoint.

In my September 6, 2021 column, Can the CDC, FDA, Fauci & NAID Be Sued for Fraud? I asked the legal questions but so far, have not seen any legal action on that front.  Yes, they should be sued just like hospitals and any entity (pharmacies, “vaccination” centers) who have been using an RT PCR test to detect a virus that doesn’t exist using a test that doesn’t test for any virus.

Americans by the millions according to polls are finally admitting career criminal, Joe Biden, who stole the election last November is mentally impaired in the extreme.  He’s not only an embarrassment to America, he’s a danger for national security.  Our open southern border allowing terrorists to cross over as well as convicted child molesters and criminals of every sort is deliberate by design promoted by the walking corpse in the WH.

Not only is Biden a career criminal, cheater and on his knees to the Chinese Communist Party, he is a pedophile and has been for decades.  Showers With Your Daughter, Joe???

I’ve always felt OSHA is an unconstitutional agency.  Healthful working conditions for workers is a Tenth Amendment issue under the U.S. Constitution.  Same with the unconstitutional EPA where one size does not fit all states.  Why the Environmental Protection Agency must be abolished, January 21, 2005 (Mine).  OSHA dictating to the states once again puts enormous power into the hands of unelected bureau-rats and an even bigger centralized government which is not only bankrupting us, it’s killing our freedoms and liberty.

Is OSHA unconstitutional? January 6, 2016, Danien Schiff, Pacific Legal Counsel

OSHA Changes Rule That Covers Up Vaccine Injuries, Prevents Workers’ Compensation Claims, Nov. 4, 2021 – “The Occupational Safety and Health Administration amended its injury recording rule in a way that hides the true extent of the damage the COVID vaccine mandate will have on the American workforce.”

BREAKING! OSHA Rule Out. Lawsuits Readying. Get Ready. November 4, 2021

OSHA COVID-19 Vaccine Rule May Be Expanded to Small Businesses: Labor Department, November 4, 2021

Exclusive — Rep. Andy Biggs Introducing Bill to Abolish OSHA After Agency Mandates Vaccines, Testing, Nov. 2, 2021.  Rep. Biggs is one of the good guys in Congress.  Of course, since the socialists and communists hold the majority in the U.S. House, his bill will go nowhere.  But add it to the list of what Congress must do if they take back control in 2022.

Fascism:  A governmental system led by a dictator having complete power, forcibly suppressing opposition and criticism, regimenting all industry, commerce, etc.

Equal Protection Under the Law – In this case, protection from dangerous experimental injections being passed off as vaccines.  Where is your equal protection or does it only apply to ‘the chosen ones’?

Members of Congress and Their Staff Are Exempt From Biden’s Vaccine Mandate, Sept. 10, 2021

“The New York Times reported on Thursday that the executive order doesn’t apply to those who work for Congress or the federal courts, citing White House officials.Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi said at a press conference on April 29 that the House couldn’t require members to be vaccinated. Video clips of those remarks gained renewed attention online following Biden’s announcement.

“So—so here is the thing. We are—we cannot require someone to be vaccinated. That’s just not what we can do. It is a matter of privacy to know who is or who isn’t,” Pelosi said.”I can’t go to the Capitol Physician and say, ‘Give me the names of people who aren’t vaccinated, so I can go encourage them or make it known to others to encourage them to be vaccinated.’ So we can’t—we can’t do that,” she said.”

They didn’t because Pelsoi knows Congress has no authority to violate privacy laws, what’s known as ‘bodily integrity’ as well as the Nuremberg Codes.  Instead, Biden’s masters said, here, sign this Executive Order, try to stay awake when you do the photo op signing and then back to bed for your daily six-hour nap.

Because the majority of adult Americans know little to nothing about presidential executive orders, they think when a president signs an EO it applies to everyone.  Wrong.  The courts are a separate judicial branch of the federal government as are the U.S. House and Senate who belong to the separate legislative branch.

Ron DeSantis: OSHA Rule Created ‘Under the Guise of Emergency Power’, Nov. 5, 2021  (Where’s the beef? Remember that one?  Where’s the emergency?  There never was one.)

“This is an attempt to shoehorn policy through the bureaucracy in a way that will be difficult for some of these individuals and private parties to resist,” he continued, asserting the rule is being presented under the “guise of emergency power.”

“I think it’s interesting that this is being done under the guise of emergency power. This was announced two months ago, and it said, this is an emergency, and that this is grave danger,” DeSantis noted:

“Then why did it take you two months to issue the rule? And then of course the rule doesn’t take effect until January, which is convenient because it’s not going to minimize workforce disruptions over the holiday season, which we know we’re likely to see anyways, and then this would only exacerbate that.”

Because of the mass resistance to those COVID experimental injections never seen in my lifetime, Biden’s handlers (Hussein Obama and communist Valerie Jarrett) and their clever lawyers came up with a new plan to force Americans to choose between putting food on the table or dying from those injections or becoming severely, permanently disabled:  OSHA.

OSHA’s Mission

“With the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, Congress created the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) to ensure safe and healthful working conditions for workers by setting and enforcing standards and by providing training, outreach, education and assistance.”

What you read below is healthful?  This is what needs to be shoved down OSHA’s throat:  Forcing employees to get injected doesn’t make a safer work place.  A report containing the mass deaths, crippling adverse reactions and testimony of those injured – tens of thousands and growing – needs to get shoved down their big chief’s throat.  A group of Americans in jeopardy of losing their jobs need a good legal team to put OSHA on notice with facts and their intent to sue (If it’s possible):  OSHA is in violation of the Nuremberg Codes and are willfully and intentionally intending to harm millions of workers in this country by enforcing employees to take experimental injections against their will in exchange for a paycheck. Quit calling them vaccines.

OSHA needs to be put on notice – as well as private corporations like airlines – just how dangerous those injections are and that employees getting them are not making the work place safer or healthier.  If they refuse to withdraw the mandate, lawyers representing thousands of employees can then notify them of their intent to first file an injunction to stop it and then to sue.

I’m not a lawyer and have no legal training, but why can’t employees also sue their employers. (1) Family of those who died after getting the injections demanded by employer under threat of losing their paycheck and (2) For adverse effects after getting the shots.

Under the ETS, What Paid Leave Must an Employer Provide an Employee to Obtain a COVID-19 Vaccine or Test?  (ETS is OSHA’s emergency temporary standard.)

• “The ETS covers any employer with 100 or more employees that is not subject to the federal contractor vaccine requirements or healthcare ETS.
• Exempted from the ETS are employees who perform 100% remote work, and those who work exclusively outside or work at a worksite where no other individuals are present.
• Employers are obligated to check each employee’s vaccination status by December 5, 2021, maintain these vax records, and maintain a roster of employees’ vax status.
• All covered employees must either be fully vaccinated or commence weekly testing by January 4, 2022.
• Any employee who is not fully vaccinated and reports to a workplace as of January 4, 2022 must submit to a COVID-19 weekly testing protocol.  The employee must take and provide proof of a negative test at least once every seven days.
• If an unvaccinated employee frequents the office less often than every seven days, the employee must be tested for COVID-19 within seven days prior to returning to the workplace and must provide proof of negative test upon return to the workplace.
• Employers must ensure that all unvaccinated employees wear a face covering while indoors or when occupying a vehicle with another person for work purposes, with limited exceptions.
• If an employee cannot wear a face covering because of a disability or a sincerely held religious belief, the employee may be entitled to a reasonable accommodation.

“The text of the ETS can be accessed here.”

Once again, using a test that doesn’t test for any virus.  So how long do employers pay for an employee who is injured by those injections?

As for wearing one of those useless masks, lawyers should also provide EXPERT medical opinions to OSHA i.e.,  German Neurologist On Face Masks: ‘Oxygen Deprivation Causes Permanent Neurological Damage’ / Disease Expert Tells CNN: Most Masks Don’t Really Work Against Wuhan Coronavirus

OSHA:  THIS promotes a safe and healthy work environment?  Masks Didn’t Slow COVID Spread: New Study–  “Our findings do not support the hypothesis that SARS-CoV-2 transmission rates decrease with greater public mask use,” notes the U of L report. Researchers stated that “masks may promote social cohesion as rallying symbols during a pandemic, but risk compensation can also occur” before listing some observed risks that accompany mask wearing:” Rest at link.

Business owners, CEO’s of corporations:  OPEN YOUR DAMN EYES AND SEE THE CARNAGE WHICH IS EXCELERATING.

47 studies confirm ineffectiveness of masks for COVID and 32 more confirm their negative health effects

Face masks for children: Both ineffective and dangerous -Important read to shove down school boards throats as well as employers.

Tens of thousands can no longer work or now living in hell and pain for months and months after getting those injections.  Here’s so many it would take hours to read:

C19 Vax Reactions

Government’s Own Data Proves COVID-19 Shots Are Causing Blood Clots, Heart Disease, and DEATH, Nov. 4, 2021

Doctors and COVID-19 Vaccine Injured Testify in Washington D.C. to Crimes Against Humanity – CDC, FDA, NIH, Fauci are No Shows, Nov. 2, 2021

What the DeathVaxx does or did to you — A Doctor tells you plainly

This Autopsy of Dead Vaxxed Body Should Have You Very Scared, October 30, 2021

At least my state Attorney General (Texas) filed a lawsuit to stop this, but have no doubt, Biden’s pimp, U.S. Attorney General Merrick Garland (rejected by the senate for a seat on the U.S. Supreme Court) will fight back.

Federal court of appeals issues temporary halt to Biden vaccine mandate – “Earlier in the week, Paxton sued the Biden administration over the mandate and argued that the move to force workers at companies with over 100 employees to be vaccinated or undergo weekly testing is “flatly unconstitutional.”

“Biden’s new vaccine mandate on private businesses is a breathtaking abuse of power,” Paxton tweeted Friday. “OSHA has only limited power & specific responsibilities. This latest move goes way outside those bounds. This ‘standard’ is flatly unconstitutional. I’m asking the Court to strike it down.”

Cherie Zaslawsky has shown America the obscene state of affairs in this country over this COVID fairy tale in her last column, America’s Hitlerian Henchmen:  “Among the many treasonous, traitorous Congressional, state and county officials—not to mention our demented Usurper-in-Chief and his staff of sycophantic Marxists, all of whom have jettisoned the Constitution and our protections under our cherished Bill of Rights—let me call your attention to three less well-known men of special note.

“They are Warren Newton, MD, President and CEO of the American Board of Family Medicine; Richard J. Baron, MD, President and CEO of the American Board of Internal Medicine; and David G. Nichols, MD, MBA, President and CEO of the American Board of Pediatrics.

“These three medical office holders—men in key positions of leadership in the medical establishment who are bound, along with all our physicians, by the Hippocratic Oath to do no harm—have issued a Joint Statement threatening any doctor who speaks out about Covid vaccine dangers, injuries or deaths.”

And, what did that statement say?  “The Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB), which supports its member state medical licensing boards, has recently issued a statement saying that providing misinformation about the COVID-19 vaccine contradicts physicians’ ethical and professional responsibilities, and therefore may subject a physician to disciplinary actions, including suspension or revocation of their medical license.

“We at the American Board of Family Medicine (ABFM), the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM), and the American Board of Pediatrics (ABP) support FSMB’s position. We also want all physicians certified by our Boards to know that such unethical or unprofessional conduct may prompt their respective Board to take action that could put their certification at risk.

“Expertise matters, and board-certified physicians have demonstrated that they have stayed current in their field. Spreading misinformation or falsehoods to the public during a time of a public health emergency goes against everything our Boards and our community of board-certified physicians stand for. The evidence that we have safe, effective and widely available vaccines against COVID-19 is overwhelming. We are particularly concerned about physicians who use their authority to denigrate vaccination at a time when vaccines continue to demonstrate excellent effectiveness against severe illness, hospitalization and death.

9/11: Police were considered heroes.  Black Lies Movement/ANTIFA:  Police are pigs that should be killed.  Pre-COVID-19 doctors were respected for staying on top of science, informing their patients of what the best treatment is for their health issues and being there for their patient.  Now, those same doctors who have stepped forward at the risk of their careers are being threatened with losing their medical licenses.  They’re being hunted down like the SS under Hitler.

America:  Do you see something wrong with this insanity?  And you state lawmakers – where are you?  The Federation of State Medical Boards, American Board of Family Medicine (ABFM), the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM), and the American Board of Pediatrics should all be hauled in front of state health safety committees in state legislatures.  Don’t you dare threaten doctors who practice medicine in MY state who ARE telling the truth about those experimental injections and then lay out all the data and evidence.  State legislatures can revoke the business licenses of the above.  Two can play the game.

Are there ANY state legislators willing to stand up and defend all these doctors – too many to list here – standing for the truth trying to save their patients?

And now it’s time to shoot up children.  Thousands have already received their first dose.  Thousands of Kids Ages 5-11 Already Received a COVID Vaccine, Nov. 4, 2021

Soon my email box will begin to fill up with horror stories about either dead or maimed children whose parents have, sadly, allowed their child to get those deadly cocktails.

The mass resistance must continue.  I don’t have all the legal answers but I do have this keyboard to get the truth to as many Americans as possible.  Networking is what’s created such a mass resistance in this country against CRT, masks and those experimental injections.  Please share this column on every social media platform possible so our numbers will continue to grow.  And, if you work for any level of court system (county, state, federal) or know any judge, make sure to get copies to them if you can because I don’t believe most of them have any idea how bad it is.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnotes:

[1]  –COVID-19: Why Are American Scientists Silent on This?, July 26, 2021

[2] –  CDC NOW Admits NO ‘Gold Standard’ for the Isolation for ANY Virus!

[3] –  Fauci Isn’t the Only Sadistic Bastard

Related:

Criminal Collusion, Medical Malfeasance and Murder – A must read

The science behind why kids should not get (and don’t need) the COVID shot

EXCLUSIVE – 100% of Covid-19 Vaccine Deaths were caused by just 5% of the batches produced according to official Government data, Oct. 31, 2021

‘Hundreds of Thousands’ of COVID Vaccine Injury Reports Backlogged in VAERS, Analyst Says, October 27, 2021

Sheriffs say they won’t enforce Biden’s ‘unconstitutional’ COVID vaccine mandates

The horror stories are endless while all 50 Governors DO NOTHING BUT PROMOTE MORE DEATH AND DESTRUCTION.

This is a must watch video:  Dr. Ardis knows what he’s talking about.

As well as this short one:  Dr. Roger Hodkinson: “It’s all been a pack of lies”

Woman ends up in wheelchair with neurological damage after submitting to COVID shot

11 doctors seriously injured by covid injections speak out, Nov. 4, 2021 – I’ve been writing for months:  What’s going to happen when tens of thousands of doctors, nurses, fire fighters, law enforcement, teachers start dying in large numbers or become permanently disabled and can no longer work?  How about truck drivers, farmers, ranchers, those who stock grocery store shelves, dentists, vets?  It’s underway, tragically.

Plan on flying for Thanksgiving or Christmas?‘Like a bomb went off in my head’: Pilot’s career ends after horrific symptoms following Pfizer shot 

Army Surgeon Grounds Several Newly Vaccinated Pilots After They Develop Serious Chest Pain – “I believe the COVID vaccine is a greater threat to soldiers’ health and military readiness than the virus itself,” U.S. Army aerospace physician Lt. Col. Theresa Long said Tuesday.

“Long, who is senior flight surgeon at the U.S. Army Flight School at Fort Rucker, Alabama, was addressing a round table discussion put together by Sen. Ron Johnson (R-Wisconsin). She said she was speaking under federal military whistleblower protection.”

EMA Pfizer Documents on Experimental COVID-19 mRNA Shots Reveal Animal Studies were Conducted during Trials – Risks to Pregnancy being Concealed but Verified by VAERS Data

Already happening.  How much longer can the prostitute media and politicians hide the truth?  Dr. Elizabeth Eads: CV19 Injections Will Cause Massive Deaths 

41-Year-Old Florida Man Who Cursed Anti-Vaxxers Found Dead in His Home by Neighbors After Second COVID-19 Pfizer Shot

Thousands report developing abnormal tumors following COVID shots, Nov. 1, 2021

Lawsuits:

The EUA lawsuit referred to in my June 16, 2021 column–  Update:– They have filed an amended complaint which I have read but is not yet posted on line.  Will let you know when so you can read it.  You can read the original filings here.

The lawsuit filed by attorney Thomas Renz over the number of deaths being deliberately hidden by the CDC is working it’s way through the system.  That data is old now as the whistleblower’s sworn testimony was given in July 2021:  Bombshell lawsuit: Gov’t whistleblower says coronavirus vaccine deaths at least 45,000

NY Health Commissioner Repeals Mask Mandate for Unvaxxed After Federal Lawsuit Filed

US Military, Federal Employees & Civilian Contractors Sue Biden Over Vaccine Mandate; Mandates Violate Federal EUA Law; Motion Filed for Temp Restraining Order & Injunction Against Mandate

CHD to Sue FDA for ‘Recklessly Endangering’ Children if Agency Authorizes Pfizer Vaccine for Children 5 to 11 Years Old

Alabama Latest State to File Lawsuit Against Biden Vaccine Mandates

Aflds Filed a Complaint Against Kaiser Permanente – “Kaiser Permanente asserts that it is merely following CDC guidelines. The CDC does not have the authority to mandate that all individuals be vaccinated, which has left the opening for many organizations like Kaiser to threaten “no jab, no job.” But as the largest healthcare employer in the nation, Kaiser wields enormous power, and it turns out there is an incestuous relationship between Kaiser and the policy decision-makers who are supposed to be acting independently. The Complaint reveals that the CDC and FDA are working in lock-step with Kaiser to mandate vaccines.

By Paul Cappadona

While cleaning up my files I came across 11 pages I filed years ago on the Dissolution of Government.  I thought to myself, Wow This is good and very timely Right Now. I usually just look things over to pick up the drift of it’s worth, but in this case, I couldn’t put it down until finished.  Seems to have been written a long time ago by a very intelligent person.  I do not intend to plagiarize but only bring it up to date for us as we contemplate the sad state in which we find ourselves.

CHAP. XIX. Of the Dissolution of Government. Sec. 211 this starts the 11 pages that I have.  “He that will with any clearness speak of the dissolution of government, ought in the first place to distinguish between the dissolution of the society and the dissolution of the government.  That which makes the community, and brings men out of the loose state of nature, into one politic society, is the agreement which everyone has with the rest to incorporate, and act as one body, and so be one distinct commonwealth.”

Societies are made up of people living in the same area wishing to live together in peace and plenty.

“The true and natural foundations of society, are the wants and fears of individuals.” Blackstone.

Truly the best and perhaps only way we can live together in peace and prosperity is living under God, His Laws and commandments.  It should start with one community under God and working out from there.  I won’t lord it over you, you won’t lord it over me, I won’t steal from you, you won’t steal from me, my wife/husband and children, your wife/husband, lust not, I won’t covet your things, you won’t covet mine.  Placing man above God is a no, no, don’t murder or steal or covet or fraud your neighbor. May I add here no changing the law for yours or anyone else’s advantage, but that really stems from allowing men to fancy themselves gods even over God.  Today we are curst with gods a many.

Sec. 212 “Besides this overturning from without, governments are dissolved from within,” Civil societies are meant to be a state of peace which is provided in the agreed upon laws and legislation. These contracts or constitutions are the soul that gives form, life, and unity, to the common-wealth.  When the legislative is broken, dissolution and death follow.

We all know that voter fraud has been around as long as voting.  This allowed parasites and secret societies to infiltrate the common-wealth looking for power and the common’s wealth. Where societies are agreements to better live our lives, the parasites create divisions, all to divert the eye to their crimes against the commons, being done in secret. The Lord said “I have done nothing in secret”.  His enemies do most things in secret but those secrets are coming to the knowledge of all that wants to see.

216. “When anyone, or more, shall take upon them to make laws, whom the people have not appointed so to do, they make laws without authority, which the people are not therefore bound to obey; …and may constitute to themselves a new legislative, as they think best, being in full liberty to resist the force of those, who without authority would impose anything upon them”.

“When by arbitrary power of the prince [or president], the electors, or ways of election, are altered, without the consent, and contrary to the common interest of the people, there also the legislative is altered: … those chosen are not the legislative appointed by the people.” I hope you are enjoying this as much as I am. This crap has been going on for a very long time and is certainly not new.

The wicked in power bearing rule have no lawful authority, yet they cry their things must happen because they have the people’s mandate. They also say elections have consequences, better try harder next election.  When you vote for an ever-changing government, by voting you agree to whatever the outcome. These lies must be stopped. Truly there is a contract that should be followed and anyone not obeying the contract needs be fired. Even George Washington warned us not to have parties.  Parties divide people and have brought us to where we are today.

“Where there is no longer the administration of justice, for the securing of men’s rights, nor any remaining power within the community to direct the force, or provide for the necessities of the public, there certainly is no government left”.  Where laws are not executed by the system they fall back to the people.  I see the powers that only bear rule and the hidden forces behind them are deliberately dissolving the government and handing it over to enemies of liberty.

“When he who has the supreme executive power (Joe Biden) neglects and abandons that charge, so that the laws already made can no longer be put in execution; this is demonstratively to reduce all to anarchy, and so effectively to dissolve the government”.  This government is being destroyed from with-in.This is being accomplished with help and guidance from the Build Back Better one world banking elite hiding behind the UN and other alphabet cults.  Instead of “Let’s Go Brandon” it should be “Time to Go Brandon”.  McCarthy was right and there is a lot of needed justice to change the tide.  The best politics are local and as the Lord came preaching the Kingdom of Heaven the eye-witnesses set up political Assemblies called Ecclesia’s.  Where they were not wanted, they shock off the dust of that city and left.

“The people are at liberty to provide for themselves, by erecting a new legislative (Ecclesia), differing from the other, by the change of persons, or form, or both, as they shall find it most for their safety and good: for the society can never, by fault of another, lose the native and original right it has to preserve itself.  This must be done before it is too late and evil is past the cure.

Sec 221. Therefore, secondly, another way whereby are dissolved, and that is, when the legislative, or the prince, either of them, act contrary to their trust”.  Who decides when the trust is broken? That belongs to the local governments or ecclesia that are made up of the people in them.

“…since it can never be supposed to be the will of the society, that the legislative should have a power to destroy that which everyone designs to secure, by entering into society, and for which the people submit themselves to the legislators of their own making; whenever the legislators endeavor to take away, and destroy the property of the people, or reduce them to slavery under arbitrary power, they put themselves into a state of war with the people, who are thereupon absolved from any further obedience, and are left to the common refuge, which God hath provided for all men, against force and violence. …By this breach of trust they forfeit the power the people had put into their hands for quite contrary ends, and it devolves to the people, who have a right to resume their original liberty, and by the establishment of new legislative, (such as they think fit) provide for their own safety and security, which is the end for which they are in society”.  This is the direction which is left to us, but by pulling back in disassociation forming new political assemblies of citizens we remove ourselves from their crimes and send a loud strong message to the parasites.  We will no longer be caged with sand flies and submit to have our vocals cut out.When the people are made miserable, and find themselves exposed to the ill usage of arbitrary power and when partitions go unanswered or made crimes, we have no choice but desolation or dissolution.

[BIO: Paul Cappadona is the Author of “Take Back America, the Partie’s Over“.]

© 2021 Paul Cappadona – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Cappadona: devisegood@gmail.com

By Roger Anghis

When it comes to medical mandates that is somewhere, where the United States has never ventured. Even during Mumps, Measles, and Polio outbreaks, our permission had to be given to get those vaccines. I only got the Polio shot about 1956-57.  I had Measles and Mumps so I was never given the vaccine. For some odd reason, we don’t have those freedoms today.  Actually, we do, we simply don’t exercise them.

What baffles me is the medical industry today seems to ignore proven methods to fight against COVID 19. Some governors, who are not doctors, have written Executive Orders not allowing hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) and ivermectin to fight COVID 19 in the early stages. I don’t understand when in a free nation what has proven to be effective against a disease is not allowed to be used to save people’s lives. There is abundant evidence that hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) and ivermectin will cure COVID-19 if simple protocols are followed, making dangerous, rushed vaccines unnecessary. Moreover, any vaccination could be deadly so why are children forced to have them when they are almost totally without risk of COVID.

The abundant positive evidence in the treatment of COVID-19 with HCQ and ivermectin is thrilling, truthful, and troubling. It’s troubling because many federal officials refuse to admit it, resulting in needless deaths.

On March 23, 2020, Dr. Vladimir Zelenko reported he had treated about 500 Coronavirus patients with  HCQ and had an astonishing 100% success rate. “Since last Thursday, my team has treated approximately 350 patients in Kiryas Joel [Orange County, NY] and another 150 patients in other areas of New York with the above regimen. Of this group and the information provided to me by affiliated medical teams, we have had ZERO deaths, ZERO hospitalizations, and ZERO intubations. In addition, I have not heard of any negative side effects other than approximately 10% of patients with temporary nausea and diarrhea.”[1]

We are seeing an attempt by the Democrat Communists to take full control of America. It will not happen as I believe that God is not done with America. Many of the modern prophets are declaring the same thing. As far as the fake president thinking he has the right to require every person in America be vaccinated against a virus that has a 99.98% survival rate in insanity.  Hitler did experiment on the Jews during World War II and out of that, we have the Nurenberg Code that states that we have to give informed consent to anything put in our bodies: The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential. This means that the person involved should have legal capacity to give consent; should be situated as to be able to exercise free power of choice, without the intervention of any element of force, fraud, deceit, duress, over-reaching, or other ulterior forms of constraint or coercion, and should have sufficient knowledge and comprehension of the elements of the subject matter involved as to enable him to make an understanding and enlightened decision. This latter element requires that before the acceptance of an affirmative decision by the experimental subject there should be made known to him the nature, duration, and purpose of the experiment; the method and means by which it is to be conducted; all inconveniences and hazards reasonably to be expected; and the effects upon his health or person which may possibly come from his participation in the experiment.

The duty and responsibility for ascertaining the quality of the consent rests upon each individual who initiates, directs, or engages in the experiment. It is a personal duty and responsibility which may not be delegated to another with impunity.[2]

Item 6 of the Nuremberg Code state: The degree of risk to be taken should never exceed that determined by the humanitarian importance of the problem to be solved by the experiment.[3] This ‘vaccine’ follows none of these rules. None! As stated previously this is gene therapy, not a vaccine.  It has been issued under Emergency Use Authorization and therefore cannot be mandated by anyone.  They say that one of the vaccines had been FDA approved but that vaccine is NOT available in the US and, from the research, I’ve been able to do only one ingredient in that vaccine has FDA approval. They are lying to us. I suggest that you follow the money: Early last year, when several global vaccine manufacturers were taking government subsidies and vowing to forgo profits on any vaccine developed, Pfizer famously did neither. (Moderna took some cash but also said it would profit; Pfizer also has pledged to donate doses and not profit on sales to developing countries.)

Now we’re starting to get an idea of just how big those profits will be. According to the Associated Press, Pfizer has told shareholders that it anticipates receiving about $33.5 billion in revenue this year from its COVID-19 vaccine, and earning a pre‐​tax adjusted profit margin in the “high 20s” from those sales. Boosters, per a quoted expert, would bring in about $26 billion more (for both Pfizer and BioNTech, which split the proceeds) if they’re eventually approved for all Americans. This translates to about $9 billion in Pfizer profits this year (vaccines plus boosters), and maybe as much as $20 billion next year (about $7 billion for just boosters plus billions more for initial vaccine treatments). BioNTech, meanwhile, reported €3.9 billion (about $4.5 billion) in profits for the first half of 2021, and forecasts even higher sales for the next year.[4]

Covid-19 vaccines have created at least nine new billionaires after shares in companies producing the shots soared.

Topping the list of new billionaires are Moderna (MRNA) CEO Stéphane Bancel and Ugur Sahin, the CEO of BioNTech (BNTX), which has produced a vaccine with Pfizer (PFE). Both CEOs are now worth around $4 billion, according to an analysis by the People’s Vaccine Alliance, a campaign group that includes Oxfam, UNAIDS, Global Justice Now, and Amnesty International.

Senior executives from China’s CanSino Biologics and early investors in Moderna have also become billionaires on paper as shares skyrocketed, partly in expectation of profits earned from Covid vaccines, which also bode well for the companies’ future prospects. The analysis was compiled using data from the Forbes Rich List.[5] Now you see why the push for the vaccine is so hard. It seems most of Congress has been funded by Big Pharma: Seventy-two senators and 302 members of the House of Representatives cashed a check from the pharmaceutical industry ahead of the 2020 election — representing more than two-thirds of Congress, according to a new STAT analysis of records for the full election cycle.

Pfizer’s political action committee alone contributed to 228 lawmakers. Amgen’s PAC donated to 218, meaning that each company helped to fund the campaigns of nearly half the lawmakers on Capitol Hill. Overall, the sector donated $14 million.

The breadth of the spending highlights the drug industry’s continued clout in Washington. Even after years of criticism from Congress and the White House over high prices, it remains routine for the elected officials who regulate the health care industry to accept six-figure sums.[6] Now you know why there is very little pushback by Congress concerning these so-called vaccines.  Remember a new vaccine is pulled if over 50 people die from the vaccine. This has killed over 100,000 worldwide and they are still pushing it. You have to know that something is afoot at the Circle K with numbers like that.

A book could be written about the under-the-table deals, bribery, and other downright skullduggery that is happening within our political arena. The truth will come out. It always does. Both parties are involved. Our justice system is involved. It will take God to clean it up and I think he is going to do just that.  Real soon.

Stay informed to stay alive!

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Impressive Proof: that HCQ and Ivermectin will cure covid when protocols are followed
2. Human research ethics/
3. Human-research-ethics/
4. Pfizer-will-earn-billions
5. Covid vaccine billionaires/

By Rob Pue

I think it’s fair to say that I’m on “information overload,” with a stream of news stories I must read and research coming in 24/7. But I’m here to tell you the truth. Unlike the mainstream media, I have nothing to gain by spreading lies and propaganda. I’m here to tell you the truth of what’s really happening, as most of America slumbers. But most of America is in for a very rude awakening and it’s coming upon us faster than we realize.

If you don’t yet see where this is all heading, hopefully you will by the time I’m done.  First, let me quote an article written by Mike Adams, titled: “Vaxssassination.”  Adams writes, “It’s all now incredibly clear. Everything we’ve been watching over the last 20 months has been a globalist-led effort to convince billions of people to exterminate themselves without them knowing it.

“See, waging an open kinetic war on humanity would meet instant resistance. People tend to fight back when they’re being attacked and slaughtered with bullets and bombs. So globalists had to figure out a way to carry out mass slaughter on a planetary scale without alerting the masses to what they were doing.  It’s a very difficult challenge, but they figured out how to achieve it in a few simple steps:

“First, build a toxic nanoparticle weapon system (the spike protein) and mass produce it in labs run by the Chinese and US military.  Fake an outbreak in China along with ‘leaked’ scary videos of Chinese people falling over dead in mere seconds after breathing in the ‘virus.’  Cue media frenzy.

“Drop the toxic nanoparticles on NYC (and Northern Italy) to simulate a ‘viral outbreak,’while diagnosing people with ‘COVID’ via PCR tests that merely detect the presence of the toxic nanoparticles.

“Unleash mass media propaganda, claiming everybody will die unless they take vaccines.

Fill the vaccines with the exact same toxic nanoparticles you dropped on New York City in the first place.

“Unleash mass injections of the population with the spike protein bioweapons, fraudulently labeled ‘vaccines.’

“As people get injected with the bioweapons, they start shedding the toxic nanoparticles, making others sick around them. Frame this as a ‘worsening pandemic’ to spread more fear and drive more people into the spike protein injections.

“Censor anyone talking about vaccine injuries or deaths. Pay off hospital administrators to wildly exaggerate COVID numbers to keep the scamdemic going.  In a nutshell, that’s how they did it. Notice there is no virus required to pull it off. All they needed was a spike protein nanoparticle weapon system combined with media collusion and Big Tech censorship.”

That’s how they did it. But remember, it also took huge amounts of bribery, which they called “incentives” to get people on board with the shots. “Vaccine lotteries,” free scholarships, free ice cream, free hamburgers, free beer.  When the “incentives” quit working, Mr. Biden’s patience wore thin and then mandates were forced — take the jab or lose your job.  Your choice. Oh — except for Congress, congressional staffers, the US Judicial branch, White House Staff, CDC employees, FDA employees, postal workers, NIAID employees, Pfizer, Moderna and Johnson & Johnson employees, FEMA workers and illegal aliens — they’re all exempt from the jab mandates.  Those “mandates,” by the way, are NOT the law. No such “law” exists.

But once you’re seriously ill from these bio weapon injections, it’s off to the hospital where Fauci and company have prescribed another bio weapon drug — Remdesivir.  This drug immediately causes upper respiratory distress, which is quickly followed by kidney failure and then the failure of all other internal organs, followed by death.  Couple this with medications that actually work being banned in the US, and pharmacies refusing to fill prescriptions for these meds if one is able to find a doctor willing to risk his license by writing such a prescription, and you get a massive number of deaths. And the best part? You can use all these deaths to entice even more people to take the exact same course of action.  It’s pure evil.

We should also remember when Bill Gates made the front page of a newspaper called the “Sovereign Independent” in 2011 with the headline: “Depopulation Through Forced Vaccination: The Zero Carbon Solution.” Just in case anyone has forgotten what the plan is here.

And this is world-wide.  In the UK, a funeral director recently told what he knows.  He stated, “I’m dealing with murder victims here.  The ‘Delta Variant’ IS the vaccine.”  Another report from the UK shows that more than 80% of COVID deaths there are among the fully vaccinated, with a 3000% increase in deaths following a record number of people there taking the jab. Meanwhile, more than 3,500 doctors and scientists from around the world have signed a declaration accusing COVID policy-makers of crimes against humanity.  We should also take serious note of the fact that this entire “vaccination” program violates every single point of the Nuremburg Code.  The atrocities committed by Nazi Germany were never to be repeated again. But here we are and this time it’s not just limited to a small area of Europe. This time it’s world-wide genocide.

While all this is going on, our southern border is a disaster, with hundreds of thousands of illegal immigrants entering our country and taking full advantage of government handouts available only to illegals, not to American citizens, not even to our elderly or military veterans.  The situation became so outrageous in September, the powers that be called on the FAA to ban the use of drones for taking aerial photos and video footage of the massive number of illegals crossing our border.   Americans could not be allowed to see what’s really happening there, so photos and videos were forbidden.

Then there was the story of the thousands of Haitian refugees attempting to enter the US at our southern border.  Estimates range from 15,000 to 35,000 people.  But while Biden was content to allow hundreds of thousands move in from Mexico and South America freely, for some reason, he vowed to return all the Haitians to Haiti.  As it turned out, most of them were ultimately allowed to freely enter the US in Del Rio, Texas.  Only a handful, if any, were sent back to Haiti.

But very few people have asked the most obvious question about this: how did up to 35,000 refugees from HAITI get to the Mexican border to begin with?  Haiti is an island 2,000 miles away from Del Rio.  They certainly didn’t walk there and they certainly didn’t swim there either.  So did they come by ship? Did they come by air? Who paid for them to get here? Who paid to feed so many people during that long trip?  WHO brought them here?  And why is nobody asking these obvious questions?

Then we have Afghanistan, where the Biden regime not only brought thousands of Afghan refugees to America for permanent resettlement, fast-tracking them to official citizenship here, but he also left thousands of Americans behind to be hunted, tortured and killed for sport by the Taliban, which he empowered with $85 billion dollars’ worth of high tech military equipment.  Here in Wisconsin, at least two Afghanis have already been arrested — one for sexual abuse of a minor and one for attempting to strangle his wife.  As we’ve seen with other Islamic refugees in other states, these two will likely get off with no prison time at all because such behavior is “just their culture,” or “just the way they do things where they’re from.” Yes, these are the excuses given by attorneys, and accepted by judges, and the perpetrators go free — sometimes arrested multiple times for multiple crimes before they actually kill someone.  But the excuse is always the same: “it’s just their culture.”

And now, as if on cue, the Mockingbird Media has started to criticize Joe Biden.  Some are calling for Biden to be removed from office.  Even some Democrats are calling for his removal. My question is, what took them so long? As I’ve stated previously, I don’t believe it was ever anyone’s intention for Biden to remain in the Oval Office very long.  But I would caution you against getting too excited about the prospect of Biden being removed.  Because what happens then?

Harris, being an “anchor baby” is not technically eligible to be president. (Not that that really matters — after all, we’ve already had a non-citizen in the Oval Office four eight years).   But assuming the Globalists decide against Harris this time,what does that leave us with?  “President Pelosi?”  I believe that’s been the plan all along.

You might also be interested to know that on September 25, the 2022 National Defense Authorization Act was passed by the House of Representatives in a 316-113 vote.  One provision in this bill allows for military courts to confiscate guns from former members of the military.  The military court would be able to issue a “protective order” which would make the owning of a firearm by a former military member illegal.  135 Republicans in the House voted in favor of this bill as well, which is now in the Senate. Gun Owners of America issued a statement saying, “If Nancy Pelosi gets this into the military code, then it becomes the precedent for enforcing gun confiscation against the rest of the population.”

This may seem outrageous and impossible — to forbid our former military members to own firearms.  Our veterans who are perhaps the most highly trained of all of us, and who have served their country, forbidden from owning guns?  But you see, it’s our veterans who are some of the most patriotic among us all — and to the New World Order Globalists, “patriots,” conservatives, and Christians are the most dangerous threat to the country now — “domestic terrorists,” in fact.  By the way, you’re ALSO a terrorist now if you show up at a school board meeting to voice your opinion.

And in New York, Governor Kathy Hochul has announced the mass firing of unvaccinated healthcare workers, to be replaced with foreign workers, FEMA workers and National Guard troops.  This sets a dangerous precedent that should concern you.  All across this country, people are being given a choice between taking a deadly shot and losing their jobs.  In many cases, these workers have invested years in intense specialized training, amassing large student loans in order to secure their degrees. Now, they’re losing everything for refusing to comply with the unlawful mandates of government and health officials.

And this is only the beginning of something that’s being replicated across the country, and across all sorts of industries, not just affecting healthcare.  The same pattern of replacing civilian workers with military troops and “foreign workers” (whatever that may mean) will also include police officers, paramedics, fire fighters, truck drivers, factory workers and other areas of the economy that are quickly collapsing as Americans reject the jab and are fired or forced to quit for doing so.

And for months now we’ve been warned of coming shortages, as our supply chains have been increasingly disrupted — on purpose.

Things are not at all looking hopeful as we head into the dark winter months here in America. But remember, your Creator — God Himself — has placed you right where you are, right at this point in time in history for a purpose, for a reason.  Now is the time for us all to prepare, mentally, physically and spiritually.  We must prepare.  For our own survival and so we can be ready to help and serve others in need, and prepare to meet our Savior at any time.  Always be prepared for that.  And remain strong in your faith through all of these trials. If you do that you will never fear, because faith and fair can never co-exist. Those who stand strong ‘til the end will be saved.

© 2021 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 339.

Andrew C. Wallace

Biden, “THE USURPER” and his faux administration who are giving aid, support and encouragement to the illegal invaders are guilty of TREASON as specified in our Constitution.

CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES, ARTICLE THREE, SECTION THREE, CLAUSE ONE.

‘TREASON AGAINST THE UNITED STATES SHALL CONSIST ONLY IN LEVYING WAR AGAINST THEM OR IN ADHERING TO THEIR ENEMIES  GIVING THEM AID AND COMFORT.’

There can be only one purpose for open borders and that is the complete destruction of the United States to allow for the One World Order Dictatorship. The illegal invaders are uneducated, unskilled, useless, arrogant, don’t speak English, and many are criminals and disease carriers, etc.

Biden, “THE USURPER, and every employee of the federal government who gives or obeys unlawful orders to allow and support the invasion of illegals is guilty of Treason. But how do you arrest and charge the traitors when every part of the faux federal government is corrupt, cowardly and compromised by the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and their Communist minions?

I am certain that being terminated for failing to obey an unlawful order would be preferable to committing treason. Remember the Nuremberg Code; there is no excuse for following unlawful orders.

Individuals and corporations who hire illegal invaders are guilty of violating the law.  Too many Americans refuse to work because the government is paying them not to work, which is destroying our economy and causing inflation. Workers who object to supporting those who don’t want to work are not racists. Americans are not racists even though we elected a Black racist as president, twice.

The worthless and demanding hordes of illegal invaders can contribute nothing to the country but disease, crime and the destruction of Medicare, Social Security, Government Benefits, Sovereignty, etc. Illegals continue to be a terrible financial burden on the government.

The border must be closed and all illegals deported. Failure to do so will impoverish every man, woman, and child and destroy our Republic…while starting a Civil War. But the PSRRC would accomplish their goal of a One World Order and Great Reset while stealing our people’s freedoms and accumulated wealth.

The Governors (TX, NM, AZ, CA) must use the National Guard to close the border with deadly force if required. Volunteers would gladly assist the National Guard. If Communist California should refuse to repel invaders, then other states should set up checkpoints to apprehend invaders at borders with California. The border must be closed at all costs to protect our people from the Communist plan to destroy us and our Constitutional Republic. If the criminal invaders refuse to stop, the guard should shoot over their heads, and if they continue forward, they should be fired upon until they retreat. These invaders deserve NO MERCY. It is too bad if the effete and ignorant Snowflakes among us do not understand that everything must be done to protect American lives and prosperity from criminal invaders. Unlike many veterans, these “Freeloading Americans in Name Only” have no concept of brutal reality.

The cost of allowing the invaders already in the country to remain is too great a financial burden to contemplate. Whatever it costs to round them up and deport them would be peanuts compared to the costs if they remain. Again, the states would have to use the National Guard to remove illegals Otherwise at some point people will feel the pain caused by invaders, and vigilantes will take over and a blood bath will ensue. At that time cowardly and compromised government officials would also experience the people’s wrath.

Publius Huldah, a very well known and respected Constitutional Scholar reported the following in her blog on August 21, 2020:

“Let’s look at Migration (immigration) in the context of the hordes of aliens storming thru our Southern Border. What does our Constitution say about it?

Art. I, § 9, clause 1, delegates power over Migration (immigration) to Congress. So Congress is to make the immigration laws; & the President, as Chief Executive, is to put Congress’ laws into effect.

Art. IV, § 4 REQUIRES the United States to protect each of the States against Invasion.

Art. I, § 8, clauses 15 & 16, authorize the calling up of the Militia for 3 purposes: to execute the Laws of the Union; to suppress Insurrections; and repel Invasions.

Art. II, § 3 authorizes the President to recommend to Congress such measures as he deems necessary and expedient; to convene Congress on extraordinary occasions; and requires him to take care that the laws be faithfully executed (that includes the immigration laws.)” (End of Publius quotation.)

The Militia of the Several States was converted into the National Guard with the Dick Act of 1903. This was another Unconstitutional effort to centralize all power in the Federal Government. Also, it must be assumed that the PSRRC did not want the Militia enforcing laws of the union as specified in the Constitution because they would have less control.

Let us not forget the poor people and the Blacks who have entry-level and low-paid jobs, who will be paid less or lose their jobs to illegal invaders. All of this courtesy of the Democrat Communist “Fake Friends of Former Slaves”, who instituted slavery and KKK in the South and still support it today in inner-city plantations. The fact that poor Blacks and minorities still vote for the Democrats who despise and put them down is unfortunate and a testament to the effectiveness of fake news and fake schools.

Ann Manetas reviewed a book by Roy Beck of Numbers USA in an email on October 26. She said, “the book makes it clear that flooding the job market with millions of additional foreign workers will only create more inequality and push many African Americans further down the lower rungs of the jobs ladder.”

CONCLUSION: There can absolutely be no question that TREASON as defined in our CONSTITUTION is being committed by Biden, “THE USURPER”, and by government employees who give and take orders to aid and comfort illegal invaders. But how do you prosecute the treason when all three branches of the federal government are compromised and unconstitutional? Failure to allow the people reasonable Constitutional methods of correcting unconstitutional acts is suicidal.

God Bless America

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Steven Yates

“All warfare is based on deception.”  -Sun Tzu, The Art of War

“Political tags – such as royalist, communist, democrat, populist, fascist, liberal, conservative, and so forth – are never basic criteria. The human race divides politically into those who want people to be controlled and those who have no such desire.” -Robert A. Heinlein, The Notebooks of Lazarus Long

“There’s class warfare, all right, but it’s my class, the rich class, that’s making war, and we’re winning.”   -Warren Buffett

Most people, even today, associate war with armies, rifles, bullets, and bombs—maybe aircraft carriers or submarine torpedoes. Those are all still around, of course, but are far from the whole story. Most don’t know the whole story because they’ve never studied fourth generation warfare, much less fifth generation warfare.

Fourth generation warfare came about when it was realized that nuclear weapons rendered high-level, command-and-control (third generation) warfare obsolete. Especially since today’s nuclear arsenals would make what was dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki look like cherry bombs by comparison. All-out nuclear strikes would turn both combatants’ territories into uninhabitable wastelands. Neither Rome on the Potomac nor Rome in Moscow wanted that. This might be the real reason a third generation World War III between the U.S. and the Soviet Union was avoided.

But it doesn’t follow that there was no state of war between the two. It was just fought with different methods and different weapons.

War came to involve espionage, infiltration, and subversion from within, utilizing information and disinformation including efforts to undermine the enemy’s history, education, and culture. Not that such efforts were new, but they were repositioned and assumed new prominence. Fourth generation action is less centralized. Violence is ratcheted down, and when used, consists of guerrilla operations and/or insurgencies instead of all-out attacks. Insurgents are often non-state actors (“terrorists”) with non-state targets, dissolving the distinction between combatants and citizens. There is also the occasional political assassination.

Strategists behind such operations use psychology. The point of fourth generation warfare is not to win through military conquest but by weakening the enemy’s resolve until he either ceases fighting or gives up without a fight.

It is now clear from declassified materials that the Soviets were using such tactics in the 1950s and 1960s. Someday, someone in a position to do so might find it in himself or herself to issue an apology to the ghost of Sen. Joseph McCarthy, although I’m not holding my breath. For among the tricks in the fourth generation arsenal are efforts to create and exploit divisions in enemy ranks, so that the enemy turns against his own. Those trying to expose danger find themselves savaged, often on “moral” grounds. Anyone here old enough to remember, “Have you no shame, Senator?!”

Nearly all wars since the late 1940s have involved substantial fourth generation tactics. Vietnam was lost because the U.S. lost the will to fight.

The Iraq invasion of 2003 was third generation, since we had a vastly superior force. But the year-long demonizing of Saddam Hussein in Western mass media prior to that assault was fourth generation.

And since that war was stupidly entered into without a specific end beyond removing Hussein from power, the Iraqis pivoted and adopted fourth generation tactics. Superior forces are at a disadvantage when wars go fourth generation. They rely on centralized, concerted applications of state power. These fail against methods that do not supply state power with a good target. (To be sure, the Asylum on the Potomac screwed up on its own without help from insurgents. Think of Abu Ghraib.)

What, then, is fifth generation warfare? Why did it happen?

Its primary difference from fourth generation warfare is startling at first glance: to defeat an enemy without that enemy realizing he was under attack!

Violence is therefore minimal — happening at the fringes, sometimes noisy but with subordinate aims, distracting from what is really occurring.

Fifth generation violence is some black-clad Antifa clown sucker-punching Richard Spencer. Neither has a clue who the real enemy is.

While fourth generation warfare has strong psychological components, fifth generation warfare is primarily psychological. Policies are enacted to reinforce psychology. This relies on the fact that attacks do not have to kill or maim. They can confuse, disorient, and demoralize, until the enemy is helpless.

Fifth generation warfare thus uses scare-tactics repeated incessantly, gaslighting, and “nudges.”These work toundermine the target’s convictions about what really happened, or is true.

So instead of insurgents, one has media shills, disinfo agents, and enforcers of various sorts (e.g., “fact-checkers”).

Think of all that is said about how we are now in a post-truth world. Think how words like truther and truthiness are used to ridicule.

I submit that we are under a fifth generation attack that is global in scale. 

GloboCorp started it. They want to finish it within a decade if they can.This is a reason we see 2030 turn up repeatedly. (Just to note: GloboCorp does not refer to a specific organization. It is a handy term, that’s all. I doubt they even have a name for themselves. Names confer identity and offer potential targets. Those who launched this war don’t want to do that.)

Since this war is global in scale, it qualifies as a world war.

World War IV, if you will, isn’t being fought between “communists” and “capitalists.”

We need to set such ists/isms aside if we want to see what’s really going on.

And recognize one singular fact of modern history leading to our present reality.

A group of unholy psychopaths gained control over all our major institutions early last century: industry (the “capitalist engine”); education at all levels;the machinery of the two dominant political parties; the military and intelligence communities; mass media, including publishing; food,and medicine and public health.

They set up tax-exempt foundations with very deep pockets, and “think tanks” to research ways of foisting their plans on the world.

Their primary instrument was money, and thus the best research into thus unearthed money trails reaching from foundations such as Rockefeller (today it is Bill and Melinda Gates), or controlled federal agencies with grant making power.

They sought concealment, obviously. You would not hear about the Rockefeller Foundation or the Council on Foreign Relations on the six o’clock news, any more than you heard about the Gates / World Economic Forum Event 201. But as that example suggests, if you know where to look, you can find an abundance of evidence —in context—who many of these people are and infer what their primary goals are.

These did not emerge overnight in final form, but evince something singular and sweeping: global domination under a single, centralized, top-down political-economic structure, created and enforced through incentives, technocratic encirclements, and tools of various sorts including people’s need for money in an industrial political economy. The planned result: limitless power for themselves;cradle-to-grave surveillance and control over populations of de facto serfs.

This is the goal of the fifth generation war being waged by globalist super elites against the populations of the world.

Most in these populations still have no idea they are under attack. That, of course, is the point.

Many of their attackers were/are American-born, but had no loyalties to America except in a few cases as a steppingstone. Their loyalties were to themselves and their goal: to gradually slide asurveillance-and-control grid into place, working steadily to pull everyone on the planet into it.

They sought to do as much of this as possible voluntarily, using the language of markets, offering conveniences and shiny objects, persuading with all manner of buzzwords (“inclusive,” “sustainable,” etc.). As in Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, they wanted us peasants to love our serfdom.

I’ve long thought that their biggest challenge was control over information. Most of the public proved pliable via public schooling and university training, but as far back as the 1950s some smelled a rat and started snooping around on their own. These were scholars whose research began to expose power elite machinations. Think of C. Wright Mills, author of The Power Elite who coined that phrase.

The brilliant scholar Antony C. Sutton went considerably further with books on how powerful corporations built the Soviet empire: how leviathan banks supported first the Bolsheviks and then the Nazis. His work, decades ahead of its time, uncovered money trails and eventually cost him his career with the “respectable conservatives” at the Hoover Institution. Mainstream academics and mass media simply ignored his findings.

GloboCorp had no means of controlling what entrepreneurs would do with advancing technology. The Internet may have been hatched in the bowls of DARPA, but when its utility became obvious it spread from Deep State labs to universities, and outward from there. Before long, thousands of people were putting up web pages and sites for every conceivable purpose.

By the late 1990s some were peering at “our” government, realizing something was amiss, turning their attention to the “deep” corridors of power.

Their results found their way to new online platforms. By 2005 this was outside elite control.

Publishing followed. While a tiny handful of titans still controlled that market, with the advent of desktop publishing and then book self-publishing platforms, hundreds of independent scholars and writers were able to get into print, around the narrative police. This may be why most of us know that the official 9/11 narrative is almost certainly a tissue of disinformation and fabrication.

The power elites still had enormous advantages of money — were getting more of that all the time, because of how financialization redistributed wealth upwards.

But they were losing control over “consensus reality.”

Dr. Ron Paul, with his challenges to the Federal Reserve System, was bad enough!

But when Donald Trump came along and displayed none of Dr. Paul’s weaknesses (too intellectual, no public speaking voice, and hence no ability to “move the masses” through mass media), it was clear: what they had accomplished thus far was unraveling — rapidly.

Worse still, other Donald Trumps had turned up around the world! Viktor Orbán in Hungary, for example. Or Jair Bolsonaro in Brazil. Those are just two examples.

Efforts to re-establish control over national and international narratives and restore the “consensus” (about, e.g., “liberal democracy”), employing Big Tech censorship, met with only limited success. Trump was well on his way to reelection amidst an economy that was “booming” according to all the official measures!

Enter COVID-19!!!

Enter lockdowns (a penal system term, not a medical term), economic destruction (tens of thousands of small businesses closed, which never hurt the superelite!), and 24/7 fearmongering (instead of sensible health information and the use of available drugs).

Enter mask-wearing, despite studies showing that mass-distributed face masks were useless against viruses (the pores are too large and viruses are too small).

Enter social distancing — to keep us peasants apart?

Numerous authors have amassed evidence that both the coronavirus and the so-called vaccine(s) were developed as bioweapons. These include Dr. Richard Fleming, whose book emphasizing the coronavirus’s shady lab origin is required reading (he, too, uncovers money trails with grant numbers and even some patent information). Other authors who have aggregated similar information include Ron Unz and Paul Craig Roberts.

What we can safely conclude: under no circumstances was this “pandemic” an accident!

It is now a core tactic of the fifth generation war being waged.

Consider the recent Spartacus letter. It’s long, and I’ve no idea who Spartacus is. That’s the point, I think. While reading I got the distinct impression this is someone in a delicate position where others could get hurt if his identity became known. His use of medical/chemical terminology is convincing and compelling. Read and judge for yourself. I suggest getting the PDF and printing a hard copy, for reasons I will set out below.

With draconian policies going well beyond sensible public health measures having been imposed all over the world, no thinking person can believe the responses to COVID-19 are about public health, any more than any thinking person still believes the virus came from a bat.

The idea that it was released on purpose is still verboten.

As is the idea that COVID-19 “vaccines” are potentially deadlier than the virus!

I’ve organized an account of the five stages of vaccine compliance/coercion. Plugging that into the context of fifth generation warfare, here are a few takeaways and further developments.

(1) The super elite behind this disaster are clearly psychopathic in any reasonable sense of that term. Now that Fauci’s organization has been shown to have funded, to the tune of $1.6 million in taxpayer dollars, a lab in Tunisia engaged in caging beagle puppies and allowing sand flies to eat them alive while their vocal cords were severed so they couldn’t cry out … supposedly to test some experimental drug….

Well, what term would you use for someone responsible for something that ugly and sadistic???

(2) Portraying all challenges to approved narratives about COVID and the injections as misinformation is part of the gaslighting that characterizes fifth generation warfare. Some of the enforcers are as intolerant of dissent as any campus “woke” cultist. For example, this joker melted down over a comment, indicating his foot-soldier loyalty in a war he doesn’t know he is fighting.

Another fifth generation tactic is demanding that “vaccine” skeptics provide citations, chapter and verse, to peer-reviewed articles, for every single point they make. No Mercola stuff! Defenders of approved narratives do not do this.Appeals to authority, e.g., to the Faucis of the world, or to Chris Cuomo’s poster boy doctor on CNN, one Sanjay Gupta, appear to suffice most of the time.

Finally, COVID narrative managers move the goalposts. Provide them what they want, and they respond, that’s been debunked (even if it hasn’t been!) or some equivalent. You soon realize you’re wasting your time engaging these people.

(3) This war involves fronts other than COVID. It includes continued gaslighting over last year’s election and the January 6 “insurrection,” the accusations of racism and even domestic terrorism being made against parents who object to critical race theory in government schools, and now portraying as an accident the supply-line disruptions that are aggravating the inflation already caused by endless money printing and are threatening shortages of basic foodstuffs and other necessities.

The point, we must remember, is always disruptions that provoke uncertainty, create confusion, sow division, and make us fearful.

(4) Things make disquieting sense once you realize that GloboCorp’s minions regard us as cattle, and have no problem wanting most of us dead.

Especially if the injections really are biological time bombs that will eventually cause heart attacks and strokes, cancers, organ failure, and immune system collapse.

Some may wonder: if the super elite really wants a depopulated planet, why didn’t they just make a super bug that will kill us directly?

The answer: they still want to extract as much money from the system as possible. A super bug won’t accomplish that. “Vaccines” will.

And like most humans, they want to minimize disruptions. This suggests an extended die-off which could last a generation, showing up as deaths exceeding births for an extended period of time, the global population dropping off in a smooth downward curve. Since the deaths would not all be from the same immediate causes, there are a dozen different ways this could be spun.

That said, I don’t think the super elite were counting on the level of push back we have seen.

Thousands of people have left (or been fired from) thousands of jobs including nursing and other health care professions because they refuse to have injected into their bodies something they do not trust.

Police officers, firefighters, emergency workers, are defying vaccine mandates. If enough people leave these kinds of jobs, it will increase response time to reports of criminal activity as well as 9-1-1 calls.

Employees of a major airline are protesting vaccine mandates. So are broadcast journalists.

Florida Governor Ron DeSantis has filed suit against the Bidenistas over vaccine mandates.

Compromised judges are tossing lawsuits, however.

Marches nevertheless continue in New York City over a jab mandate for city employees that gave them until October 29 to get jabbed.

On November 8, new international travel regulations go into effect in the U.S.—easing your travel only if you’ve been jabbed.

Many foreign populations have displayed their unhappiness with this New Normal. Italy erupted in protest against the COVID-19(84) health pass, or “Green Pass.” There are over a dozen other international examples I could cite.

Clearly, a confrontation is building between GloboCorp’s denizens/enforcers — those who want people to be controlled — versus those who don’t want encircling controls all around them.

Which brings me to my fifth and final point:

(5) The real danger, in my view, as that the psychopaths may have things in their arsenal we haven’t seen yet. If they start to believe they could lose this war, they might just release a superbug!

That would be after “reconfiguring” the Internet, which all of us have been relying on. This is the reason I recommend having hard copies of all crucial documents obtained online, and that we retain non-web-based means of communication (e.g., old fashioned short-wave radio).

The super elite are running out of time and they know it. More and more people are waking up. They are going off what their nose is telling them. If their nose is telling them that a cadre of psychopathic, satanic pedophiles are running the world and sex-trafficking children, they will go with that — citing billionaire pedophile Jeffrey Epstein and his vast network. QAnon always struck me as an effort to throw Trump supporters off track, but it’s not entirely out to lunch!

All warfare, Sun Tzu observed, involves deception.

Fifth generation warriors portray themselves as more numerous than they really are, more powerful than they really are, with greater support than they really have, and on the side of the “greater good” when they are not. They will claim a mantle of scientific knowledge they do not merit.

They have the power of global finance behind them, they control the dominant mass media outlets, and they control the largest technology platforms in the world.

But they will never have what they most want: uniformly mindless serfs who love their servitude.

No, because many of us will eat from our own vegetable gardens if it comes to that. The super elite can kill, perhaps, but they cannot break a godly people.

These all died in faith, not having received the promises, but having seen them from afar off were assured of them, embraced them, and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth. For those who say such things declare plainly that they seek a homeland. And truly if they had called to mind that country from which they had come out, they would have had opportunity to return. But now they desire a better, that is, a heavenly country. Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God, for He has prepared a city for them. (Hebrews 11:13-16)

Until that day…

… my brethren, be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this age, against spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places. Therefore take up the whole armor of God, that you may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having girded your waist with truth, having put on the breastplate of righteousness, and having shod your feet with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith with which you will be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked one.  (Ephesians 6:10-16)

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory is available here and here.

Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

© 2021 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Lex Greene

November 5, 2021

The exporting of manufacturing to foreign (slave) labor countries by democrats nearly put all U.S. manufacturing and labor unions out of business years ago. The only thing that kept them alive until now is public sector (government employee) labor unions, as the U.S. federal government grew to become the single largest employer in the USA, again thanks to democrat politicians and their bankrupting of our nation.

The federal government employs more than nine-million workers today, more than four-times the number of the single largest private sector employer, Walmart, which is non-union. When private sector unions were nearly eliminated by foreign slave labor, public sector unions took their place, even though it’s unconstitutional to allow collective labor bargaining against taxpayers in “public servant” positions.

But now unions face their greatest challenge of all, as they find themselves caught in a crushing vice between dues paying members and their federally enslaved employer contracts over fake “medical mandates.”

It’s no secret that no one on earth has the right or legal authority to “force vaccinate anyone.” That’s why there is no such “mandate” from Obama’s puppet regime in D.C. (Biden/Harris) and there is no such law from the democrat controlled Congress either. These so-called “mandates” are mere policy announcements, a mass-media hoax, with no constitutional force of law behind them whatsoever.

However, because governmental bodies (public servants) have no such mandate authority, democrat politicians have placed a gun to the head of every private employer in the USA, “forcing” their medical tyranny on employees via their employers.

The problem for labor unions is this…

Labor unions represent their dues paying members, not the companies they negotiate contracts with, or the government that propped them up until now.

At this moment, no labor union in the country is representing their dues paying members. Instead, they are standing idle as their members are threatened, coerced, bribed, and forced into unlawful tyrannical medical “mandates” that only exist at the boards of these major corporations. There are no government mandates, just corporate policies.

As a skyrocketing number of union workers in every economic sector are forced out of their jobs for declining to take fatal jabs fraudulently labeled “vaccines,” the labor unions are doing nothing at all to protect their members. Instead, some are engaged in the vaccine fraud with the Obama regime in D.C., while others pretend to “negotiate” for their members, on a matter that is 100% “non-negotiable.”

It begs the question, who represents the workers? Why is anyone paying union dues to any go-along to get-along leftist union in bed with leftist democrats, as they destroy people’s lives and enslave an entire nation under fraudulent medical tyranny?

Since workers are left to fend for themselves, why do they need a labor union at all? What are the union dues for, if the union isn’t going to protect members from tyrannical bosses, or the government holding a gun to their heads?

This is happening in every labor union in the USA today, because they have all been beholden to democrat politicians for decades, rather than beholden to their members. As of today, none of the U.S. unions are stopping employers from threatening or firing employees for simply deciding what will and will not be injected into their bodies, under the fraudulent label of a “vaccine,” more accurately labeled “bioweapons for mass depopulation.”

The unions have been propping up the Democrat Party for decades, in return, the democrats have been propping up the unions, even while destroying all U.S. manufacturing. Today, the biggest unions in the country are government employee unions, including teachers, and service workers unions, such as restaurant workers, airline employees, and nurses.

Teachers are on the verge of being fired by parents, along with all school boards. All major corporations are being coerced by Biden to fire “unvaxxed” employees, just like the U.S. Military. Soon, there won’t be any union jobs or union employees and that means, no labor unions either.

If ever there was a time in history for labor unions to earn their dues, it’s right now, as millions of Americans are losing their jobs for simply refusing to allow anyone to inject them with anything, against their will.

Unions are going to live or die by what they do next… If they refuse or fail to protect their members, then there is no purpose in a union at all.

Unless ALL Americans stand together against this right now, there won’t even be a USA by Christmas!

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

by Lee Duigon

November 4, 2021

I can almost hear the voice of Rod Serling: “Mile markers on the road to… the Twilight Zone.” Only I think it’s more the road to lunacy.

Here are three signposts on this highway. Just three little markers. You might not even notice them, especially if you’re in a hurry. But they’re there.

*Have you ever wondered how human flesh would taste if you made it into a hamburger? It’s okay if you haven’t. Anyway, a Swedish company specializing in plant-based foods—by which they mean “vegetarian,” but “plant-based” sounds less frivolous—launched a new product just in time for Halloween: the Human Meat Burger.

It’s supposed to be “exciting.” Honk if you’re excited. Don’t honk if you’re just grossed out. They say they did a lot of, er, “research” to make sure they got the taste exactly right. Whom did they ask—Hannibal Lecter? Really, where do you find someone who can answer the question, “What does human meat taste like?” I don’t know anyone like that; do you? Is there a cannibal community in Sweden, or did they have to go farther afield to find qualified experts on that subject? (The interior of New Guinea springs to mind.)

They say it’s a gimmick to demonstrate to us plebs that vegetarian dishes can be created to taste like anything your heart desires. Again, I don’t know anyone who ponders “Gee, I wonder what human flesh tastes like!” Whoever they are, I’d rather they weren’t wandering around loose.

*The newest fad in Communist China is to try to mold your baby’s head to make it round. They have special helmets for it, to shape the baby’s skull bones as they develop. Somewhere there is a factory that makes those helmets. The baby wears it every day until his skull is… well, round. Because people don’t want flat heads anymore. As one mom put it, “I have a flat head, and I know how painful it is for women who are chasing beauty.” Be careful what you catch.

Once upon a time in ancient South America, people used to shape their babies’ heads to make them long and cone-heady. When we see these skulls in museums, we wonder: space aliens? Are these the remains of ancient astronauts? Different strokes for different folks, I guess.

*At a recent demonstration against the state of Texas’ new restrictions on abortion, a doofus was photographed carrying a sign that read “Safe, Accessible Abortions for All Genders.” This person stood next to someone else who had a sign that read “Abortion Is Our Future!” We could have a vote to decide which sign was more preposterous.

“All genders,” eh? Do characters who say this sort of thing really, truly, honestly believe it—that there are all these different genders instead of only two? Or do they only say it because—well, I can’t imagine any compelling reason for it. Showing off a mental illness? Purposely trying to undermine our culture because he or she hates it? Have you encountered any pregnant men lately, who might want abortions but Texas won’t let them have ‘em?

As for being “our future,” aborted babies have no future. And if we aborted enough of them, the human race would have no future, either.

By the way, have you noticed that “My body, my choice!” just goes away when they’re talking about COVID-19 vaccine mandates? They’re perfectly happy to have Big Brother make that choice for them. Sure, shoot us up with experimental chemicals! But it’s “my choice” to off my unborn child. Was it Arnold Schwarzenegger or Howard Stern who said “F*** your freedom”?

Why so much idiocy? I think you have to expect that when a people turns its back on God and worships the claptrap that comes out of their own willfully disabled minds. Proverbs 8:36: “All they that hate me love death.”

We could surely find more of these little signposts; but if they’re as depressing to read about as they are to write about, we can quit while we’re ahead.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

November 4, 2021

Unalienable—That which cannot be legally or justly alienated or transferred to another.

“But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.” —Declaration of Independence.

The Luciferian Left has destroyed the concept of America.  It has been done on purpose. The hue and cry that we constantly hear the victim class blather on and on about is a constant lament of how much their “rights” are being violated.

But it is rare to hear them talk much about DUTY.  The two are indissolubly linked.  You can not cry “my body, my choice,” on one hand while, at the same time ignoring the responsibility that precludes the “DUTY” to make personal choices.

In fact, the Declaration provides no right to do wrong.  We call that breaking the law.  Written into our code of law is the undeniable fact that you have no RIGHT to do WRONG. At least not without consequences.  As the Holy Scriptures warn us, a time would come when “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.”

So, the Luciferians simply changed the meaning of “right.”  When the dastardly Everson v Board of Education decision was handed down by the not-so-Supreme-Court in 1947, they removed the one common standard that American Juris prudence was built upon.  Their lie of the Separation between government and state actually became the separation of morality and state.

Everyone doing what was right in his eyes…

But we don’t have the right to do wrong…and it certainly isn’t unalienable.

But the worst part of this scenario is you never hear anyone speak about DUTY anymore.  Even in church.  It is not what can I do to make things better…but what can someone else do to lighten my load.  Christians, in particular, have shirked their Duty to be salt and light.

Is there such a thing as unalienable duties?

The Founders mentioned it in the quote from the Declaration listed above.  They linked RIGHTS with DUTIES, something you hear very little about today.

Are there any former Boy Scouts in America today?  If so, I am sure you remember the pledge that all scouts were required to repeat.

“On my honor I will do my best to do my duty to God and my country and to obey the Scout Law; to help other people at all times; to keep myself physically strong, mentally awake, and morally straight.”

General Douglas McArthur gave one of the most famous speeches in military history where he referred to Duty, Honor, and Country…

Is Duty unalienable?  Are there certain behaviors and responsibilities that the average American cannot avoid?  Is it possible that America is in the condition we are in because we take no responsibility for doing our DUTY to God, Country, and family?

Does it seem to you that no one wants to be accountable for their actions anymore?  Doesn’t a father have a DUTY to provide for his family?  Don’t we all have a DUTY to protect innocent life?  Is any American citizen exempt from the DUTY of demanding equal justice?

We also have a DUTY to pushback against things that are not true.  Our unalienable DUTY demands that we teach THE TRUTH to our children.  Calling to account lying media and lying politicians is the DUTY of each American citizen. We have a DUTY to obey righteous government…but we also have a DUTY to “throw off” unrighteous government.

Dereliction of DUTY is a serious crime.  “Therefore to him that knows to do good, and doeth it not, to him it is sin.” Treason is “the highest crime of a civil nature of which a man can be guilty.”  Dereliction of Christian DUTY is treason against God.

The Book of Proverbs tells us that “When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice: but when the wicked beareth rule, the people mourn.”

Why do we see so many unrighteous people in positions of authority in the world?  How could the wicked have garnered so much power?  Because “the wicked walk on every side, when the vilest men are exalted.”

It is time for Christians in America to stand up and do their duty.  We can no longer point the finger of blame at the wicked officials that we have allowed to rule over us.  All we have to do is look in the mirror and we come face to face with the culprit. We have met the enemy and it is us.

“Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God, and keep his commandments: for this is the whole duty of man”

It is high time we stopped fighting for our “unalienable rights” and actually began to do our “unalienable DUTY.”

“It is the first responsibility of every citizen to question authority.”  —Benjamin Franklin.

American Christians need to man up and do their DUTY!

© 2021 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

The governor’s race in Virginia this week proved that you can’t keep bashing America’s basic goodness by pushing the sheer stupidity of Critical Race Theory.  You can’t force America’s children into hating each other via the color of their skin. You can’t make the whole Caucasian race guilty for all the conditions of some Black Americans. You cannot teach young people to detest their country if you hope to maintain basic American cohesion as a society.

You might add that bedrock Americans who make this society successful find “multiculturalism” distasteful and abhorrent in that it’s displacing American values with Middle Eastern 6^th century ethos where women are counted with less value than a camel.  Children possess no rights along with animals.  It’s a fact that you can’t mix “Somalian, Congo, Sudanese or Bangladesh’s” values into American society.  Such sociological experiments end up in conflict.  Such experiments end up with confused people lost in a culture not of their own.

You would feel the same way if you were suddenly injected into India, China or Africa.

We also learned from the Virginia gubernatorial race that you don’t mess with mothers when it comes to their kids.  Parents DO have a say in what their children are being taught.  They want reading, writing, history, math, biology, zoology, mechanics, economics, computer science, vocational tech, music, art, and all the courses that further a child’s future in this high-tech society.

Voters in Virginia said “NO!” to Critical Race Theory.  It’s almost as if the undercurrent of the “Silent Majority” has become sickened with the “Woke” people who want to take our successful Republic and devolve it into a socialistic-multicultural nightmare.

On Monday, Brookings Institute released its annual American Values Survey, “Which indicates dwindling support for granting eventual citizenship for illegals residing here and a significant percentage of largely Protestant black and Hispanic democrats fear America is losing its cultural identity and that the American way of life needs protection from foreign influence.”

We certainly do not need or want Islamic Sharia Law imposing its 6^th century barbarism into our 21^st century society.

Proud to Be an American?

When Americans were asked if there has ever been a time when they were NOT proud to be American, 41% say yes and 58% say no. The proportion who say they have experienced a time when they were not proud to be American has steadily increased, from 31% in 2013 and 35% in 2015 to 41% today.

At some point, we need all Americans to support and be proud of our heritage, our opportunities and most of all, our country.  If we’re not all on the same page with our similar language, values and cultural compatibilities—we face fracturing and fragmenting into tribal enclaves.  That won’t make for a positive future for any Americans.

Also, this week, Colin Kaepernick, the bench warming quarterback for the San Francisco 49ers drew tremendous anger on Netflix because he said that the NFL was a “slave factory.”   Here’s a bi-racial guy, raised by a white family who gave him the very best education and athletic opportunities, who signed a contract for $114 million to play NFL football.  He failed at quarterback, disrespected our Old Glory, stomped on all the graves of all the men and women who served and died for this country, and now, he’s a Muslim who hates America. I would be curious of his girlfriend wants to see him with three other wives.

How much more of this kind of cultural conflict can we accept, tolerate or endure?  Could we survive another 10 million Colin Kaepernick’s? How about another 100 Black Lives Matter or Antifa organizations?

What about the next 100 million immigrants that expect to land on our shores in the next three decades?  Why aren’t any of our elected officials terrified by that outcome?  Or, are they just plain stupid? Or, don’t care?

What about the Glasgow, Scotland “Climate Change” conference this week?  Did you see Joe Biden fall asleep while sitting in his seat for the important speeches?  Did you note that he rode in a car caravan of 85 automobiles leading and following “His highness”?  Did anyone take into account that over 100 world leaders arrived in private jets that created enormous amounts of carbon dioxide, particulate, and other waste from jet fuels?

Has anyone ever heard of tele-conferencing “Zoom” or other forms of “Conference Connections” that don’t create such useless waste of gasoline and concurrent fuel consumption and materials wasted?

Did you notice that none of the promises to cut carbon emissions have been met in the last 10 years from all the countries?  In fact, only America boasted lesser emissions in the past 10 years than all of the rest of those countries. The one reality that no one admitted at the conference:  we humans added 830,000,000 (million) more of ourselves to this planet in the past 10 years. That’s 83 million, net gain, every year for 10 years.  All of them burning something to eat, being transported or manufacturing to create goods.

I must admit, I scratch my head at the utter incompetence brought about by dementia and/or a form of Alzheimer’s Disease of Joe Biden.  He’s incapable of leading America. His handlers continue to cover for his dementia.  We’re all becoming victims of it, especially those 13 military personnel that died in that ridiculous pullout from Afghanistan. Sheer leadership incompetence!

In reality, Glenn Youngkin, the new governor of Virginia stands as a better choice for President of the United States than Joe Biden.  Youngkin’s resume and accomplishments are 100 times more valuable to America than Joe Biden. Wouldn’t you agree?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Sid Secular

By August 2020, the demon-driven mainstream media at the behest of their liberal overlords had riled up the ignorant, the gullible, the perverse, the fanatics, and the politically correct conformists among the young and otherwise immature of all ages so as to engage them in riots, demonstrations, lootings, arsons, culture mulching and general waywardness. The catalyst used to produce this poison potion was the media’s concentration on promoting angst among the easily offended to produce conflict with normal folk who did not see evil intent everywhere and were happy enough with their hopes of a second Trump term.

Of course, as in all conflicts, there has to be a “cause,” whether that cause is Fort Sumter or the battleship Maine or the Lusitania or Pearl Harbor, wars – even culture wars – require a symbolic, “call to battle” that seemingly cannot be ignored by the faithful. That “symbol” in 2020 was the death of a ne’er-do-well, meritless low-life, ghetto ghoul named George Floyd. The “phenomenal phenomena” that created an outlandishly big “to-do” over the death of a criminal “nothing-burger” by a self-administered overdose of fentanyl – and no, he wasn’t killed by the cops! –roughly coincided with a national quarantine of economic, cultural and social life that emasculated the US economy and allowed Big Brother at all levels of government to strangle the national psyche via face mask mandates, “social(ist) distancing”and demands for the use of deadly experimental“vaccines.”

Unemployment claims that under Trump’s leadership had bottomed out at around 3.5% —as low as it could go in a fluid capitalist economy –soared to nearly 10% representing some 31.5 million unemployed. The bi-coastal elites stood above the fray while producing frayed nerves in the “blue” States and cities they governed. Meanwhile, the previously recovering but now economically stagnant “fly-over” country took it on the chin and shins, having been hobbled with the closure and bankruptcy of almost half of their small businesses now designated as “non-essential” and therefore,closed.

The ire felt by “right-thinking” people over the Left’s contrived fiery “police/white racism” meme added to the inflammatory atmosphere created when liquor stores, casinos, abortion “clinics” and porno parlors were deemed “essential” while churches, small retail stores, restaurants and groceries were shuttered having been slapped with the sobriquet, “non-essential.” As well, big box stores such as Walmart and Target were open for business while local merchants whose stores were never crowded to the point of health concerns, remained forcibly closed. Very soon it became obvious that the Deep State was waging war not against COVID but against America’s small businesses while the multinationals remained undisturbed.

Forty percent of Americans earning less than $40,000 lost their jobs. Many have never returned to work because stimulus payments, food stamp supplements and forgiveness of rent when taken together exceeded their salaries in terms of overall dollars. As well, those now out of work were needed at home to care for children officially excused from school and left to their own devices – technological and otherwise –without adult supervision.

But the lockdowns and the phony George Floyd clap-trap were not the only catalysts for unrest. Inner-city “youths” – also known as blacks – who are always looking for something to steal and/or destroy, were eager recruits for Soros-funded makeshift mobs and their palettes of “throwing bricks” delivered by trucks while they themselves were delivered to the places designated for violence by shiny new buses. These happy hooligans were soon joined in their rampages by college students, recent graduates and dropouts all burdened by student tuition debt and further enraged that their institutions of learning never told them that their “education” was useless for earning a living. So as their newfangled courses and degrees had no hope of providing a living wage, they naturally blamed society,something that libbers of all stripes are wont to do.

Thus, when the good weather rolled around, these “young academics” were itching to demonstrate their dissatisfaction and looked to find allies to cover their educated rumps. The result was a cohort of malcontents that easily became foot soldiers for the organized and subsidized BLM and Antifa brigades. Of course, insult was added to injury when many in this callow corps finding themselves in low-wage jobs, retreated to Marxist poop to explain their lack of upward economic mobility and decrying society’s culpability in not appreciating their woke genius and potential. COVID-caused mass quarantine combined with the economic tsunami became tinder for the public firestorm of rioting set off by media agitation over the perfectly predictable demise of George Floyd during an arrest for yet another crime.

These conflagrations inevitably sparked further “youthful” histrionics. For instance, during the so-called “demonstrations,” a TikTok video went viral on social media. Remember, it only takes a few “tick-tocks” of the clock for such things to encircle the globe. The video was disseminated by a “ticked-off” recent Harvard graduate of the black variety who threatened to stab anyone who desecrated the holy name of Black Lives Matter by saying, “All Lives Matter.” Her overblown melodramatic declaration won a huge audience – as was, of course, intended. However, her failure to consider “real life consequences” came into play when the video came to the attention of the company Deloitte US, a world-wide financial firm that had planned to give the graduate an internship later in the summer. Needless to say, the firm decided it wasn’t wise to employ someone who threatened to kill anyone who said something with which she personally disagreed – even if she was black!

In response to her sudden loss of opportunity, this “Harvard alum” posted a new video showing her weeping while curled in a near-fetal position and complaining how the world – and especially Deloitte – was unfair and hurtful to her. This video was posted for the world to “share” her pain. In the Woke culture, pain is supposed to be shared not so much to alleviate one person’s pain, but to assure that everyone is miserable. This strategy is analogous to the Marxist principle that the haves are to share everything with the have-nots so that everyone can feel good and “equity” can be obtained. Yeah . . .

Thus the Harvard harridan instantly became the poster girl for BAM, the current frenzied Black Adoration Movement, a new zeitgeist of black worship whereby blacks are said to have invented everything and can do no wrong for two reasons: first, because of the magical melanin in their skin that confers black privilege to the degree of its concentration – that is, the blacker the better! This results in  “hue” – black – “mans” individuals or groups getting away with criminal behavior against“humans” who are not so endowed – that is, whites!

The second reason arises from the unrelenting victimization throughout all history of all blacks by – naturally! – whites. Thus black violence is justified and the criminals remain unpunished. This stunningly stupid swill should cause millions of decent, intelligent Americans of all races to revolt against the destruction of our history and the communist takeover and ongoing transformation of our society including attacks on law enforcement and the outrageous behavior of the raging revolutionaries heretofore presented.

The main iteration of today’s male leftist “randy revolutionary” involves ongoing mindless pronouncements couched in vile profanity while having his pants located just above his knees. Add to this our “hero’s” endless taunting of the police and the use of spray paint to vandalize monuments of actual heroes of the Historic American Nation and you get a good idea of the type. Of course, the use of spray paint has for years done double duty by creating the “art” of graffiti, dubbed as such by a debauched culture. Nonetheless, the establishment recognizes that these rioters and looters have delicate egos and must therefore be handled with care as befits the fragile beings that they are, lest they suffer injury from the macro number of micro-aggressions that abound in their delusional world. Indeed, most of the middle class snowflakes melt away like butter on milquetoast anytime their bluffs, blusters, and banalities are in any way challenged.

Earlier generations of protesters, despite carping about “the system” did not incur mountains of debt but generally went to work, bought affordable homes and started families after their period of cultural revolt – albeit such families became increasingly dysfunctional as a result of our increasingly dysfunctional culture. Indeed, that culture eventually saw the very basis of civilization – the family – in extremis arising from divorce, contraception and abortion and the increasing temptation to do one’s own thing and “let it all hang out.” Over time,personal debt increased while savings shrunk to pitiable levels when compared with other Western countries. And of course, nothing flourishes in unrelieved debt, neither families nor nations, and so the consequences became obvious.

While all this was going on, the Cultural Marxists (i.e.communists) were taking control of the curricula in public schools and most private schools as well; indeed, they became the new Educational Establishment. Today, freedom of speech in the classroom depends entirely upon whether or not the Left agrees with what is being said while those on the Left are permitted to shout down all opposing and conservative views to prevent them from being presented and debated. Now college students and recent graduates are woke; that is, they are godless, arrogant, ignorant and violent, people who are wont to strut and demand, but who melt away when any heat is directed their way. They have degrees but are poorly educated. They are broke but have enough money to buy pot. They are ambitious but ignorant on how to plan for the future. These are the ingredients of rot, riot, and a retrograde revolution. Universities are amply funded by American tax dollars through student loans together with grants from multi-million dollar Foundations who ask only for ideological obedience – to the Left, of course!

But those same universities provide no educational foundations for their charges! Bachelor’s degrees have become the 21^st century equivalent of a high school diploma and are recognized merely as the first step in getting an education that may lead to professional careers! Why? Because much of what is “taught” in college is remedial education that should have been taught in high school. Nevertheless, those who obtain these pseudo BA degrees believe that they should be counted among the educational elite and all that that belief entails. When the BA no longer garners such intellectual gravitas, millions of debt-racked dolts have become conditioned for social discontent including looting,riots and vandalism. This situation is little different from the French peasants whose poverty and helplessness primed them for Revolution.However, unlike our present revolutionaries, the French peasants at least had real reasons for their discontent!

The “belea-gored” middle class, especially in the white suburbs, for the most part did not join the radicalized rioters and ghetto ghouls in their violence, looting and destruction especially as their businesses were targeted after their jobs were lost in the fake “plannedemic.” Small stores that had somehow endured two months of shutdowns could not survive the flames and looting that devoured entire city blocks in what remained of many blue, left-run minority favored, major metro areas. The nation’s wealthiest, from their fortresses in Malibu, Silicon Valley and other favored zip codes played the Jacobin role of cheering on violent protests, smug in the knowledge that they were exempt from the consequences of their follies as was illustrated when a BLM mob was tear gassed while trying to enter Beverly Hills! There are some things the most sensitive of liberals will not accept, even from blacks!

The absurdity and irony of this whole scenario is that the system these perps claimed they hated because they were being ignored and denied was in the process of being corrected and by the very president whom they despised because he was no longer a “celebrity!” Donald Trump’s policies had just begun to arrest decades of economic stagnation and was in the process of achieving record low youth and minority unemployment. As a result, the rioters covered over their own poor personal choices with a veneer of “cosmic injustice” and the damnation of a system that was already in the process of being co-opted by their Cultural Commie leaders with the fall of Trump, a fall they helped bring about. All that remains for our unhappy “youth” is a return to the poverty of the ghetto while their Leftist leaders grow ever wealthier at everyone’s expense – including theirs.

© 2021 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Bradlee Dean

“Whenever the people need a hero, we shall supply him.” -33 degree Mason, Albert Pike

Is anyone paying attention to the fact that with all of the said grillings taking place by the conservative talking heads of the day that nothing more than grilling is brought forth, just empty threats (Proverbs 25:14).

Apparently, these do not understand wounding what it is that they do not kill when it comes to justice (Amos 5:24).

The importance of this is that justice guards our liberties, which is on the back of the Supreme Court building under Moses holding the two tablets of God’s moral law (Exodus 20), and yet, justice is what is never brought forth.  These appeasers just talk a big game.

An appeaser is one who feeds the crocodile in hopes that it will eat him last.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

Why just the big talk?  It’s because it is designed to appease the American people and put them to sleep (Ephesians 5:14) by what is called “controlled opposition.”  In other words, they are put there in hopes that you will let them take care of the problems that they deceive you into believing that they are bringing resolve towards.

[Rumble Video]

Friends, these appeasers are not a threat to what Americans complain about when it comes to that of the establishment.  They are there fueling the narrative to prop it up.

Let me ask you, why is Michelle Malkin (Net worth 25 Million) bringing no resolve?  Why is Candace Owens (Net worth 3 million) called up to testify in Congress? What of anti-Christ (1 John 2:22-23) Ben Shapiro (Net worth 20-25 million)?

Again, they are not a threat to that establishment.  They are appointed to keep it erect in its design, advertently or inadvertently.

What of Senator Ted Cruz (Net worth 4 million) when grilling big tech for their illegal censorship? Ted is already in a position of incumbency to fight the illegalities of what it is that he pretends to fight against.  Keep in mind that his salary is $174,000 a year.

Senator Rand Paul (Net worth 2.5 million) caught Anthony Fauci in lie after lie (John 8:44) and what happened?  Rand Paul also receives a $174,000 annual salary.

Where is the justice, guys?

“When thy judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness.” -Isaiah 26:9

Is justice that guards our liberties prevailing with these?  Not at all, just the opposite.

“The wicked walk on every side, when the vilest men are exalted.” -Psalm 12:8

What of Representative Thomas Massie (Net Worth $6 Million) who warned of more gun control? His salary is $174,000 yearly.

What of Trey Gowdy grilling Hillary Clinton?

Then there is Jim Jordan dropping the bomb on treasonous Joe Biden administration and yet, no justice can be found, just more injustice!

By the way, there is not one individual in government that has drawn up the articles of impeachment and prosecution of treasonous Joe Biden (Article II, Section 4; Article I, Section 3, Clause 7).

Tom Cotton, Dan Crenshaw, Marjorie Taylor Greene, Daryl Issa, Jason Chaffetz, etc. are other appeasers.

The law is on our side.  The people are unified under that law and 330 million people save 1.7 % and yet, no justice.

These that have been named are doing nothing more than magnifying the crimes against the law (Isaiah 59:14), never bringing in resolve.  Yet, they are always selling lawlessness and fear-mongering to do another fund raiser in capitalizing off the ones for whom they claim to be fighting, and that is the people that they are fleecing. Wake-up friends.

As the wicked and evil Albert Pike stated: “Whenever the people need a hero, we shall supply him.”

[Rumble Video]

© 2021 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

Continuing from the end of Part 6, in Julian Barnes’ “U.S. Warns of Efforts by China to Collect Genetic Data” (THE NEW YORK TIMES, October 22, 2021), one finds that “Edward You, who is the national counterintelligence officer for emerging and disruptive technologies said the Chinese government was collecting medical, health and genetic data around the world….You said the genetic data of some Americans could be “transferred to the Chinese government.’ The counterintelligence center also highlighted investments by WuXi, which bought a Pfizer manufacturing plant in China, announced a production facility in Massachusetts, and made an investment in 2015 in 23andMe, the consumer genetics company. ‘They are developing the world’s largest bio database,’ You said of the Chinese government efforts. ‘Once they have access to your genetic data, it ‘s not something you can change like a pin code….it’s all about the data,’ You said. ‘There are national security implications we have to understand.'”

Concerning national security implications, don’t count on our intelligence community for help, because Julian Barnes followed his October 22 article with “Origin of Virus May Remain Murky, U.S. Intelligence Agencies Say” (NEW YORK TIMES, October 29, 2021) about a newly declassified intelligence report released on October 29 that concludes the virus was not developed as a biological weapon! This is incredible given the 261-page Chinese military document in 2015 describing exactly how coronaviruses could be used as bioweapons mentioned in Part 1 of this series. The editor-in-Chief of the document, Xu Dezhong, had written dozens of papers over several years outlining his belief that SARS-CoV-1 (that caused the 2003 SARS epidemic in China, etc.) was NOT of natural origin. And on June 28, 2021, Prof. Francis A. Boyle who drafted the “Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989,” emailed me the following: “I and others have publicly stated that SARS1 leaked out of a Chinese Biowarfare Facility and Program.” Fortunately, Congressman Brad Wenstrup on the House Intelligence Committee called for more examination of the Wuhan Institute of Virology’s work on creating chimeras, also mentioned in Part 1 of my series.

The origin of Covid-19 began with Gain-of-Function (GoF) research, and on October 7, Atossa Therapeutics founder Dr. Stephen Quay told “Fox Business Tonight” host Brian Brenberg: “If we do not, as a public, ask the scientists to tell us the gain—the risk and benefit of doing this called GoF research, if we let them do it and we keep it under their control, the next pandemic could be 20, 30, 40% lethality. So, just think about what we just went through with a 1% lethal virus, multiply that by 20, 30, 40. This is the most dangerous—I hate to use the word existential, it gets overused, but this is an existential threat to life as we know it on this planet.”

Of course, Fox News and all the other major media outlets treat Dr. Fauci as some kind of demigod, and they completely trust him when he has repeatedly denied that NIH and his NIAID has ever funded GoF at the Wuhan Institute of Virology. The White House press secretary, Jen Psaki (who on October 31 announced she had tested positive for Covid-19 even though she has been vaccinated), on September 9 also steadfastly defended Dr. Fauci against charges of lying about such funding, but on October 20, a top NIH official Lawrence Tabak of NIH admitted in a letter to U.S. Rep James Comer that a “limited experiment” was conducted to test if “spike proteins from naturally occurring bat coronaviruses circulating in China were capable of binding to the human ACE2 receptor in a mouse model.” I had written about this long ago, but was ignored (look at Part 1 of this series, paragraph 3 which begins with the words “According to,” where grant numbers are listed).

Relevant to the natural immunity that many Americans now have because they have recovered from Covid-19, Johns Hopkins University Dr. Marty Makary on October 7 said that blanket vaccine mandates are “ruining lives,” and he said “now we’ve got data from Israel showing that natural immunity is 27 times more effective than vaccinated immunity, and that supports 15 other studies.” Makary further indicated that vaccine mandates are “ruining the lives of people who are getting fired, Nurses, who are heroes are now getting laid off. Soldiers are getting dishonorably discharged. They’ve got immunity. It’s just not the type that our public health officials have sanctioned….” An example of what can happen appeared in an October 28 letter to the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors from Sheriff Alex Villanueva, who said: “If I were to follow your (vaccination) mandate, I could potentially lose 44% of my workforce in one day. I cannot enforce reckless mandates that put the public’s safety at risk.”

© 2021 Dennis Cuddy – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

Before mass leaders seize the power to fit reality to their lies, their propaganda is marked by its extreme contempt for facts as such, for in their opinion fact depends entirely on the power of man who can fabricate it. —Hannah Arendt, quote from The Origins of Totalitarianism

We must always take sides.  Neutrality helps the oppressor, never the victim.  —Silence encourages the tormentor, never the tormented.  Elie Wiesel

The history of man is the history of crimes, and history can repeat. So, information is a defense. Through this we can build, we must build, a defense against repetition. —Simon Wiesenthal, Baltimore Jewish Times, 1989

Communism is a system based around a theory of economic equality and advocates for a classless society. Fascism is a nationalistic, top-down system with rigid class roles ruled by an all-powerful dictator. Communism originated in Europe, but when it failed to take root, they immigrated to the “land of the free” in 1848.

Over 13 communists were high level officers in the Union Army.  Karl Marx wrote a number of letters to President Lincoln, knowing that the war would ultimately give the centralized federal government absolute power over the states, and we’ve seen this time and again with state laws being overturned by a federal court.

After Lincoln’s assassination, President Johnson also received letters from Karl Marx.  The Reconstruction Act of 1867  placed Southern governments under military rule for ten long years, and technically for the two years prior to the Act.  The South had to pledge to vote for Republican candidate, Rutherford B. Hayes as president in order to end reconstruction. Thousands of government officials were removed from office in the South and replaced with military commanders. It was a very brutal time for the southern population.

Punished With Poverty by James Ronald Kennedy and Walter Donald Kennedy explodes the myths taught in our government schools and tells the unvarnished story of the intentional policy of economic devastation and exploitation of the South which has affected all Southerners, both black and white, long after the close of the “Civil War” and “Reconstruction.” In fact, the sad legacy of these punitive policies continues to this very day.

The despotic seeds of tyranny were planted in America long ago and have now come to fruition.  Klaus Schwab’s World Economic Forum, Fauci’s filthy NIH, Bill Gates’ Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation, Soros Foundations and Big Pharma are making huge profits via the propaganda spewed by their comrades in our Pravda media.

Lobbyists for Big Pharma are filling the coffers of federal and state politicians to promote the lies of the FDA, NIH, CDC, medical journals and AMA on a virus 99.8% of the people recover from.  Billions are being made, but hard data proves Big Pharma knew Covid jabs would worsen and prolong the virus.

There are powerful forces at work, far more powerful than we can possibly know, who are influencing anyone in a position of authority.  History is repeating itself.  What we saw in the 20^th century is again rearing its demonic head in the 21^st century.

Hitler’s burgeoning power seemingly happened in a short period of years, yet strategy and planning were years ahead of the regime change and “insurrection.”

The parallel tactics used by the Third Reich (1920s through the mid-1940s) in today’s America are startling.  Hitler could have been stopped, but only a small contingent of German people truly understood his demonic intentions and the depravity and evil he had planned. Not until he genocidally murdered 13 million, and nearly half a million American soldiers perished, did this ungodly evil end.

Unless you first recognize evil, it will continue to have power and cause destruction.  Is America banal regarding the evil facing us; has she caved to the tentacles of treachery and turned a blind eye?  At all costs, even unto death, we must stand and fight and it must be done now!

The Rise of Fascism

Hitler’s rise to power took cunning and deliberate design; the few highlights outlined give an overview of the despotic groundwork and forethought.

In 1919, Benito Mussolini formed the National Fascist Party in Italy and it was a huge influence on Hitler especially when, after WWI, Germany was forced to sign the Treaty of Versailles which imposed strict sanctions on the country.  Reparations destabilized Germany for years and the country was in economic turmoil.  Later that year a socialist interim German government was replaced by the democratic Weimar Republic.

Hitler had joined the German worker’s party that same year as the military had sent him to spy on it.  He was enamored and became increasingly important to the party because of his speeches and by 1921 he had become their chairman, and it was renamed the National Socialist German Workers’ Party.

SA Brownshirts – In 1923, Munich held the first Nazi Party Congress and later that year, Hitler believed it was time for a coup.  With the aid of the SA brownshirts, he staged the Beer Hall Putsch, a failed takeover of the government in Bavaria.  (Hitler had organized these thugs into a paramilitary organization dubbed the Sturmabteiling (SA) which literally translates to Storm Unit.  This group, headed by Ernst Rohm, became a lure for those embittered unemployed Germans.)

The future Fuhrer was arrested and tried, but spoke so eloquently of his ideas during the trial that they became known across Germany.  He received a sentence of nine years and served five to ten months.  While in prison, he wrote the beginning of “Mein Kampf,” and after his release, he proceeded to reassert control of the party with the desire to pursue his course to power.  The naked and blind aggression had begun.

Leader Paul von Hindenburg was elected president of Germany in April of 1925, and in July, Hitler published his ideology in Mein Kampf.  The future Fuhrer actually formed a personal bodyguard unit separate from the SA, known as the SS or Schutzstaffel.

The Schutzstaffel – The “Schutzstaffel,” German for “Protective Echelon,” initially served as Adolf Hitler’s personal bodyguards, and later became one of the most powerful and feared organizations in all of Nazi Germany. Hermann Goering became head of the Gestapo (the secret state police) and Heinrich Himmler, a fervent anti-Semite like Hitler,headed the Waffen SS from 1929-1945 and expanded the group’s role and size.  Himmler was the organizer of the mass genocidal murder of European Jews in the Third Reich.

The 1929 stock market crash in the US played into a depression around the world; the German economy was dependent on the US by the Dawes Plan, the required German reparations for WWI.

In 1930, the Nazi Party became the second largest party in the Reichstag (the lower house of the parliament during the period of the Second Reich and the Weimar Republic, a meeting place for the federal assembly).  By 1932, Hitler’s support was growing with industrialists and by summer, they were the largest party in Germany.  In January of 1933, Hitler was given what he desired and made Chancellor.

Firearm Confiscation

Soon afterward, the right for the citizens of Germany to keep and bear arms for their own personal protection was removed.  If all firearms were not turned in, the perpetrators were shot.  The populace was quickly disarmed using Weimar laws leaving the Jews and Hitler’s “undesirable citizenry” as sitting ducks ripe for destruction. Link

Censorship – His first act was to introduce censorship.  Then with elections looming, the Reichstag is set on fire by an “alleged communist.”  Hitler declares the attack as evidence of a mass communist movement and passes a law ending civil liberties in Germany.  Hitler’s next act was to ban the communists, i.e., the Jewish citizens of Germany who were not of the “Aryan” race.  Next, he passed the “Enabling Act of 1933,” which allowed him to pass laws without the consent of Germany’s parliament. Although the Weimar Constitution technically remained in effect throughout the Nazi era from 1933 to 1945, it had been repealed by the Act and thus its various provisions and protections went unenforced for the duration of Nazi rule.

In 1933, Heinrich Himmler opened the first Nazi Concentration Camp in Germany, Dachau. It was to be for political prisoners.  That same year, Hermann Goring formed the Gestapo and in 1934, Himmler became head of the Gestapo.

Night of the Long Knives – In the summer of 1934, Hitler destroyed the SA in the “Night of the Long Knives,” or the “Rohm Putsch” and dozens were murdered for challenging his goals despite the fact they had helped him gain power and thought they were Hitler’s friends.  SA leader Ernst Rohm was executed in prison.  After Hindenburg’s death, Hitler merged the posts of chancellor and president and becomes the supreme leader, the tyrannical authoritarian dictator of Nazi Germany, Der Furher.

Nuremberg Laws – In September of 1935, Hitler announced the Nuremberg Laws.  The first law, The Law for the Protection of German Blood and German Honor, prohibited marriages and extra-marital intercourse between “Jews” (the name was now officially used in place of “non-Aryans”) and “Germans” and also the employment of “German” females under forty-five in Jewish households. The second law, The Reich Citizenship Law, stripped Jews of their German citizenship and introduced a new distinction between “Reich citizens” and “nationals.”

Education – In 1935, Christian prayer was removed from German education.  All children were urged to join the Hitler Youth, and after a while, it became mandatory.  Religious instruction was not yet prohibited, but it was limited to those who had been licensed by the state.  The dogmas of Nazism were substituted for the doctrine of the Bible.  German education was through the eyes of the regime.

Instead of prayers, children would stand with their arms outstretched and thrice repeat, “Heil Hitler” at the beginning of each day.

Hitler immediately made changes to the school curriculum. Education in “racial awareness” began at school and children were constantly reminded of their racial duties to the “national community.” Biology, along with political education, became compulsory. Children learned about “worthy” and “unworthy” races, about breeding and hereditary disease. “They measured their heads with tape measures, checked the color of their eyes and texture of their hair against charts of Aryan or Nordic types, and constructed their own family trees to establish their biological, not historical, ancestry…. They also expanded on the racial inferiority of the Jews.”

As Louis L. Snyder has pointed out: “There were to be two basic educational ideas in Hitler’s ideal state. First, there must be burnt into the heart and brains of youth the sense of race. Second, German youth must be made ready for war, educated for victory or death. The ultimate purpose of education was to fashion citizens conscious of the glory of country and filled with fanatical devotion to the national cause.”

The elimination of faith in God and the hatred of non-Aryan races was the prescribed education of the day.

Kristallnacht – Nov 7 1938 – Jewish youth, Herschelk Grynszpan shoots German diplomat Ernst vom Rath who was actually against Hitler.  He had thought Rath was one of Hitler’s men.  The assassination was used by Hitler to trigger Kristallnacht, literally “Crystal night” or the Night of Broken Glass, an anti-Jewish pogrom in Nazi Germany.  Synagogues were burned, Jewish businesses and homes destroyed, and many Jewish citizens beaten and murdered.  Psalm 74:8 was read by Pastor Dietrich Bonhoeffer and preached in one of his sermons.  “They said in their hearts, Let us destroy them together: they have burned up all the synagogues of God in the land.”  Zechariah 2:8 was included which stated, “For thus saith the LORD of hosts; After the glory hath he sent me unto the nations which spoiled you: for he that toucheth you toucheth the apple of his eye.”

Unfortunately, only a few German Christians saw the Jews as their brothers and sisters; only a few saw them as Christ; only a few stood against the devils of hell that were unleashed by a satanic leader.  Of those who stood with their Jewish brethren, many paid with their lives, including Dietrich Bonhoeffer.

Concentration Camps – From 1933 to 1945, Nazi Germany operated more than a thousand concentration campson its own territory and in parts of German-occupied Europe. Extermination camps such as Kulmhof, Belzec, Sobibor, and Treblinka were not part of the concentration camp system, and were operationally separate. These camps maintained only a minimal prisoner population.

In 1940, the first Allied confrontation with Nazi forces occurred.  Next up, Himmler established the Auschwitz Concentration Camp, the camp where the notoriously evil Dr. Mengele performed grisly experiments on prisoners and especially twin children with the support of interested corporations.

Hatred of God – Theodore Dostoyevsky was right when he said, “If God does not exist, everything is permissible.”  Hitler hated those who believed in the Lord God Almighty, considered them enemies of the state; many were imprisoned; many were murdered.  Nazi Germany was carried along by the Nazi tidal wave, but there were those who saw the one true God and were able to resist.  Catholics led the way, along with the “Confessing Church” of Lutherans.  Hitler said that a big lie is more easily believed than a small one.  If so, the biggest lie is that a man can be God.  Too many church leaders had joined with the enemy, afraid to stand for truth.

It was at this time that German Pastor Dietrich Bonhoeffer began to pray the psalms of vengeance, David’s imprecatory psalms.  Bonhoeffer was arrested and executed at the Flossian concentration camp, during the last month of the war.  The “Confessing Church” was a breakaway from the German “Hitler” church which Bonhoeffer helped form with Martin Niemoller.

The conflicts with National Socialism emerged out of opposition to the German Christians, a pro-Nazi faction within the German Protestant Church that sought to apply Nazi racial dogma to church membership in such a way as to bar so-called non-Aryans from the ministry and from religious teaching positions.

In April 1933, Bonhoeffer raised opposition to the persecution of Jews and argued that the Church had a responsibility to act against this kind of policy.

Bonhoeffer’s best friend was a Jewish-Christian pastor, and his twin sister was married to a baptized Jew.  Dr. Bonhoeffer was not only involved in the conspiracy to kill Hitler, he was also smuggling Jews into Switzerland.

Euthanasia

In the fall of 1939 the German government established, under the Reich Chancellery, the Euthanasie Programme.  It was named T-4 after the headquarters of where the operation was decided at Tiergartenstrasse 4, Berlin.

The concept of a white, blond-haired, blue-eyed master Nordic race didn’t originate with Hitler. The idea was created in the United States, and cultivated in California, decades before Hitler came to power. California eugenicists played an important, although little known, role in the American eugenics movement’s campaign for ethnic cleansing.

Eugenics was the racist pseudoscience determined to wipe away all human beings deemed “unfit,” preserving only those who conformed to a Nordic stereotype. Elements of the philosophy were enshrined as national policy by forced sterilization and segregation laws, as well as marriage restrictions, enacted in twenty-seven states. In 1909, California became the third state to adopt such laws. Ultimately, eugenics practitioners coercively sterilized some 60,000 Americans, barred the marriage of thousands, forcibly segregated thousands in “colonies,” and persecuted untold numbers.

In 1935, the Nuremberg Laws provided for the forced sterilization of the unfit. Not only did Hitler have in mind such “inferior races” as Jews and Gypsies, he also included unfit Aryans—the mentally defective, severely handicapped, the incurably insane and the incurably sick. Anyone considered “genetically inferior” was put to death to purify Hitler’s master race.

Between December 1939 and August 1941, about 50,000 to 60,000 Germans—children and adults—were secretly killed by lethal injections or in gassing installations designed to look like shower stalls. The actual numbers were in the hundreds of thousands.  It was a foretaste of Auschwitz. The victims were taken from the medical institutions and put to death.

Corporations, Money and Hitler – There is a very complex and dark history of German pharmaceutical companies during WWII.  IBM, Bayer, I.G. Farben, Hoechst, Agfa and many others were involved with Auschwitz’s Mengele in experiments on prisoners.  I.G. Farben produced the pesticide, Zyklon B, which was used in the gas chambers. Farben was a large profiteer in the war, plundering Austria, Czechoslovakia, Poland, Norway, Holland, Belgium, France and all other countries conquered by the Nazis.  There were 10 more companies involved, including the Associated Press, who in 1933 fired their German Jewish press to appease Hitler.

In January of 1942, Hitler laid out his evil vision of destroying God’s people for his Aryan Reich.  The Wannsee Conference was a meeting of senior officials of the Nazi German regime, held in the Berlin suburb of Wannsee. [Link] The war was on.

Conclusion

WWII ended in May of 1945, and by then millions upon millions of European Jews, political dissidents and Hitler’s “undesirable” human beings had been murdered.

Genocidal evil is again rearing its ugly head. The same demonic tentacles from the past can be seen in America and throughout the world today.

When will we object?

Part One, Part Two, Part Three

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Lex Greene

Make no mistake, all who refuse to stand against tyranny, will be responsible for our fall into unbridled tyranny and sooner or later, war. Those who refuse to unite in viable peaceful solutions, will doom us all to violence.

When all else fails, and the talking ends because it bears no fruit, violence is all that is left. Democrat President John F. Kennedy said it this way – “Those who make peaceful revolution impossible will make violent revolution inevitable.” When we arrive here, survival of the fittest will rule the day.

The reasons for your indifference and cowardice are entirely irrelevant. When all freedom, liberty and prosperity are lost, no excuse will be good enough for those who allowed it to happen. Everyone who refuses to stand up for freedom and liberty, while we can still do it peacefully, will be as guilty for the death of peace, freedom, liberty, and prosperity, as those who openly assault these things.

Millions of Americans are growing increasingly sick of the global socialist tyranny wrecking our country like a tidal wave of crime and corruption flooding our entire world.

But they don’t seem to accept any personal responsibility for allowing socialist indoctrination to exist for decades in our education system. They are upset that our younger generations believe Karl Marx is a hero, and our Founding Fathers are mere “white supremacists.” But they don’t accept responsibility for allowing generations to be taught this drivel in the schools they pay for and send their kids to.

We are supposed to be the land of the free, not the land of free stuff for some, paid for by others. We are supposed to be the home of the brave, not the land of cowardly sheep, going along, thinking we can get along with criminal Nazis. We are supposed to be a sovereign free nation, not the world’s socialist trash dump.

After allowing our government to lock us out of our lives for twenty-months, most Americans cannot afford to give up their paychecks to refuse government forced medical experiments. But folding like a cheap lawn chair isn’t the answer. Trying to save yourself while letting your fellow Americans be threatened, abused, and coerced, is unacceptable. In the end, if you don’t help save all of us, you won’t be able to save yourself.

To the “preppers,” what are you prepping for?

Are you really willing to let the United States of America burn to the ground, so long as you think you have properly prepped for the aftermath? Why is your focus only on saving yourself, instead of saving freedom and liberty for all? Do you really think you will be untouchable once our country has fallen? How many body bags do you think you can fill before you end up in one?

To the Article 5 Convention Scammers…

You already know that the U.S. Constitution can not be amended via a private pet project Convention of States, even though many of your followers do not know. You too, are misleading well-intended people into the abyss. Why haven’t you told your followers the truth? Two-thirds of the State legislatures can only “petition Congress” to open a convention for the purpose of proposing and voting on amendments, which must then pass a congressional vote, and then be sent to the States for three-fourths ratification, none of which will ever happen, nor should it.

Why aren’t you telling your followers that there is no way to control which amendments will be sent to the States for ratification, or who proposes what amendments at the convention? Have you told your followers that such an effort will take decades to accomplish, at the very best, or that it took 203 years to ratify the 27^th Amendment from 1789-1992?

To those who think they can turn things around in 2022 and 2024

How did you miss the reality of the 2020 election fraud? You honestly think Joe Biden won legitimately, who couldn’t even win his own party nomination without buying off Sanders and Warren…or even worse, Harris, who dropped out of the race with only 1% support within her own party?

You know that we do not currently have legitimate elections in the USA. You saw it again in the stolen governor’s race in California and you are about to see it again in the Virginia and New York governor races. But somehow, you think you can bet the farm on future fraudulent elections?

Are you really making a stand?

By wasting precious time and resources on utter nonsense, trying to create a false impression that you are doing something that matters, just like most politicians today, are you really making a stand for freedom, liberty, and justice?

Or are you playing worthless politics, just like the politicians you complain about daily? According to your precious Charters of Freedom, who is in charge of the USA…Biden, congress, the courts, the states, Doctor Fauci, Bill Gates, or YOU?

In the famous words of Dietrich Bonhoeffer, a Lutheran Pastor who was killed by the Nazis for resisting the regime, “Silence in the face of evil is itself evil: God will not hold us guiltless.”

When others have the courage and decency to make a real stand, we must make that stand with them. If we don’t, then we are no better than those they are making a stand against.

Make no mistake, all who refuse to stand against tyranny, will be responsible for our fall into unbridled tyranny and sooner or later, war. Those who refuse to unite in viable peaceful solutions, will doom us all to violence.

We stand together now, peacefully, or we will be forced to defend ourselves by any means available, while divided, hungry, broken, and fractured into small impotent groups, hiding in the woods until they find us and eliminate us.

The time to save our American Dream is RIGHT NOW! If not now, then it will be never, and every American is called to this duty.

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Paul Engel

November 1, 2021

• What is the purpose of qualified immunity?
• Do government actors deserve special treatment under the law?
• What happens when courts place their opinions above the supreme law of the land?

Governments protecting their own with a mock trial is nothing new. When our Founding Fathers published the Declaration of Independence, they listed 27 specific grievances against the king, including:

For protecting [the military], by a mock Trial, from punishment for any Murders which they should commit on the Inhabitants of these States:

Declaration of Independence

Today, courts are protecting law enforcement by mock trial from punishment for violating the law and our rights based solely on their opinion of what is “clearly established statutory or constitutional rights“. The Supreme Court recently opined on two cases where the question of a law enforcement officer’s “qualified immunity” was in question, but we really have to ask ourselves two questions. First, is it constitutional to provide government officials special treatment under the law? Second, do the courts have the legal authority to determine when “statutory or constitutional rights” have been established?

One of the most important rights we have is the right to petition our governments for a redress of grievances. While there are many ways to petition, one of the most common is to sue. After all, courts are one of the three branches of government. So when you sue someone, you are petitioning your government for a redress of some grievance. What happens though, when those courts shield government actors from the consequence of their bad behavior? That’s exactly what’s happening with the doctrine of “qualified immunity”.

In the United States, qualified immunity is a legal principle that grants government officials performing discretionary functions immunity from civil suits unless the plaintiff shows that the official violated “clearly established statutory or constitutional rights of which a reasonable person would have known”.

Qualified Immunity – The Free Legal Dictionary

Like so much of what goes on in the judicial branch of our governments today, “qualified immunity” is not a law. Rather, it is a standard made up by the courts for their own reasons. Originally, the idea of “qualified immunity” was based on two factors; the good faith and the reasonableness of the conduct in question. For example, if a law enforcement officer is given a warrant to arrest someone, most would generally believe that it has been legally issued. Therefore, if they executed the warrant and then it was found out at trial that the warrant was not legally issued and the defendant sued the officer for false arrest, “qualified immunity” would protect the officer. In this case, the officer made the arrest in good faith, with the reasonable belief that the warrant was valid.

In the 1982 Supreme Court case Harlow v. Fitzgerald, the court was concerned about the subjective aspects of a person’s state of mind. How are we to know if the agent was acting in good faith? That would require a trial, probably by a jury. The court expressed concern that these trials “[diverted] official energy from pressing public issues, and [deterred] able citizens from acceptance of public office”. So the court decided to change the standard for “qualified immunity” to the one quoted above. While the language used seems pretty straightforward, the problem comes with who the courts use to determine what is “clearly established statutory or constitutional rights of which a reasonable person would have known”. The answer is not the Constitution or laws of the United States, but rather the opinion of judges. This has not only led to some truly crazy and bizarre decisions, but some horrendous violations of the rights of the American people. Which leads me to the two cases the court recently opined upon. While the outcomes in both of these cases are reasonable, they show how the courts have replaced the supreme law of the land with their own opinions.

City of Tahlequah, OK v. Dominic Rollice

Officers were called to the home of Dominic Rollice’s ex-wife Joy after she called 911. Mr. Rollice was in her garage, intoxicated, and refused to leave. Joy led the offices to the side entrance of the garage, where they began speaking with her ex-husband. Mr. Rollice expressed concern that they were going to take him to jail. The officers assured him they only want to get him a ride. One officer asked Mr. Rollice if he could pat him down for weapons, which Mr. Rollice refused. Body-cam footage shows Officer Girdner gesturing with his hands and taking one step toward the doorway. Mr. Rollice reacted by taking a step back, turned around, and walked toward his tools, which were in the back of the garage. The officers followed Mr. Rollice, but maintained a distance of at least six feet. Mr. Rollice picked up a hammer, turned, and held the hammer as if preparing to swing or throw it at them, which prompted the officers to draw their weapons and yell at Mr. Rollice to drop the hammer. Instead, Mr. Rollice moved from behind a piece of furniture, giving him an unobstructed path to one of the officers, raised the hammer as if to charge or throw it. In response, two of the officers fired, killing Mr. Rollice. Mr. Rollice’s estate sued the two officers in federal court, claiming they violated his right protected by the Fourth Amendment to be free from excessive force. The officers moved for summary judgment on the grounds of “qualified immunity”.

At issue before the court was if the Tenth Circuit’s overturning of the District Court’s granting of “qualified immunity” was valid. In the court’s opinion the answer was “no”. Not because they believed that Mr. Rollice was the victim of excessive force or because they saw a violation of the Fourth Amendment. The court specifically stated in their opinion that they were not deciding either of those issues. The Supreme Court overturned the Circuit Court because they didn’t use the right precedent.

The Tenth Circuit contravened those settled principles here. Not one of the decisions relied upon by the Court of Appeals […] comes close to establishing that the officers’ conduct was unlawful.

City of Tahlequah, OK v. Dominic Rollice

Notice, it was not the law that determined if the actions of the officers was lawful or not, but the opinions of previous courts. And because the Supreme Court doesn’t think that the law clearly establishes the rights of the people, the estate of Mr. Rollice is denied his right to petition the government for a redress of grievance.

Daniel Rivas-Villegas v. Ramon Cortesluna

Union City, CA police officer Rivas-Villegas responded to a 911 call reporting that a woman and her two children were barricaded in a room fearing that the woman’s boyfriend, Mr. Cortesluna, was going to hurt them. Officer Rivas-Villegas and other officers commanded Mr. Cortesluna outside and on the ground. While handcuffing Mr Cortesluna, officers noted a knife in his pocket. While removing the knife, Rivas-Villegas briefly placed his knee on the left side of Cortesluna’s back. Cortesluna sued in federal court, claiming Officer Rivas-Villegas used excessive force in violation of the Fourth Amendment. The issue before the Supreme Court was whether Officer Rivas-Villegas was entitled to “qualified immunity”.

Interestingly, the District Court granted “qualified immunity”, but was overturned by the Circuit court.

The Court of Appeals held that “Rivas-Villegas is not entitled to qualified immunity because existing precedent put him on notice that his conduct constituted excessive force.”[…] In reaching this conclusion, the Court of Appeals relied solely on LaLonde v. County of Riverside

Daniel Rivas-Villegas v. Ramon Cortesluna

One judge dissented, stating the there was insufficient details in the LaLonde case to make it clear to every reasonable officer that what Officer Rivas-Villegas did was excessive force. The Supreme Court agreed with this dissent.

We agree and therefore reverse. Even assuming that controlling Circuit precedent clearly establishes law for purposes of §1983, LaLonde did not give fair notice to Rivas-Villegas. He is thus entitled to qualified immunity.

Daniel Rivas-Villegas v. Ramon Cortesluna

Qualified Immunity

In both cases, the issue before the court was not the use of excessive force, but whether or not the officers were shielded by “qualified immunity”. Looking at it from the other side, the Supreme Court was deciding if the original petitioners would be granted their right to petition the government for a redress of their grievances. In both cases, the court sided with the government. And, in both cases, the court based its decision not on the law or the Constitution, but whether prior courts had decided what the officers did was wrong in a sufficiently plain manner. Does that sound like the rule of law? Or the rule of a few?

That’s not all. How many of you have heard the phrase “ignorance of the law is no excuse”? Can you get out of a speeding ticket because you didn’t see the sign? Can you avoid the penalties or possible jail time because the IRS regulation you violated was not “clearly established”? Can you avoid a trial by simply claiming you had not been informed of some court opinion that found what you were doing was illegal? The answer to all of these question is “No” unless, of course, you are a government agent. Article VI, Clause 3 of the Constitution requires that the oath taken by all executive and judicial officers include that they support the Constitution of the United States. Yet the courts have claimed they only need to follow that oath if a previous court had clearly found that the specific actions of those in government clearly violated that document. Article VI, Clause 2 of the Constitution states that it, and the laws of the United States made pursuant to it, are the supreme law of the land. However, the courts have placed their opinions above the Constitution, and established themselves as the supreme law. And just to add insult to injury, how is a court supposed to establish that the specific actions of government actors are a clear violation if those cases are never heard by a court?

Conclusion

These two cases are more proof that the government in Washington, D.C. is now filled with criminals. Going to federal court for a redress of grievance today seems more like going to the Corleone house than a court of law. Your fate is no longer decided by the laws of the nation, but the the opinions of oligarchs in black robes. Once again, we see a government protecting their own from punishment by mock trial. So when do we redeclare our independence from tyranny? When will We the People realize that the people we hired to represent us in Congress have the legal authority to deal with this gross miscarriage of justice?

Not until We the People realize, as Abraham Lincoln said:

The people — the people — are the rightful masters of both Congresses, and courts — not to overthrow the Constitution, but to overthrow the men who pervert it

Abraham Lincoln, [September 16-17, 1859] (Notes for Speech in Kansas and Ohio)

© 2021 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 1, 2021

In this age of political corruption, worthless Congressional Critters, our president advocating for open borders, useless wars and political pundits…humor might keep you sane.  At least, if you’re laughing, you’ve got a chance to keep your sanity. Otherwise, you’d be reduced to balling your eyes out daily.  In a word, what’s going on in America is simply: nuts!

Okay, yes, I write serious commentaries twice a week.  My latest book causes distress if not depression because it’s not a happy look at your children’s future as to what’s happening to our country in and around 2050.  Yes, we can change that negative eventuality for America if we heed the contents and change course.  And yes, I’m still offering free E-book copies to every American. I’ve already sent out over 10,000 copies to you who asked for the book.  If more Americans understand our dilemma, we might stand a chance to start a national discussion-debate on what kind of a civilization we are bequeathing to our children.  If we remain on our present course, we’re headed over a demographic-resources cliff.

At the same time, I am a good-hearted, humorous guy who loves to laugh, tell jokes and I love to tell heartwarming stories that inspire.  If you’ll visit this website of the Colorado Serenity Magazine, you’ll see a heartwarming story about adventure, the loss of my dad when I was a teen, and what I did about it.  Visit: www.coloradoserenity.com  and look up “Grief is Circular: On the Long Ride” by Frosty Wooldridge on page 44. It’ll pop up on the front page.  I think you will enjoy the story of hope after grief and loss of a parent.  You might write the publisher Doug Kinzy to tell him how much you liked it: doug@coloradoserenity.com

At the same time, I’m inviting you to visit Foxnews.com and tap into a 15-minute FUNNY opening by Greg Gutfeld. It’s titled: Biden’s presidency so far! You’re going to laugh your head off!  It’s THAT funny!

Gutfeld holds the newest, largest audience in the nation as to political satire. He talks about Biden’s dementia.  He hits you square in the jaw with the fiasco in Afghanistan.  He calls Critical Race Theory what it is: pure and simply…stupid and inane…highly racist in content and downright dangerous to our country if pursued in academia.  He mocks stupid senators and House members.  Maxine Waters doesn’t stand a chance against him.  He’s got an open season verbal doe permit on Nancy Pelosi.

His guests include a funny blond named Kat Timpf.  Big wrestler Tyrus makes uncommon and penetrating comments throughout the show.  He brings on Judge Jeanine Pirro.   He said, “She drove all the way from New York.”  Then, he showed a car careening off the road into several containers and wiped out in the parking lot.  The audience went wild!

In Nashville on Tuesday, he introduced Larry Gatlin of the Gatlin Brothers as the Wild Bunch in the 1970’s, but now the brothers are all in their 70’s.  Today, they cut their coke with Lipitor.  They replaced orgies with orthopedics…and today, California Dreaming is a guy sleeping on your front porch while puking his guts out.  There’s over 100,000 homeless in California’s streets.

“Remember when we were told that ‘adults’ were taking back the White House?”  said Gutfeld.  “Instead, we got the Creature from the Black Lagoon.”  He showed a picture that resembled the Creature and Biden looking pretty much the same.

But more than the humor, Gutfeld painfully exposes the failures of 545 Congressional Critters who create crisis after crisis after crisis.  They solve little.  Right now, they’re on the road to causing our country to suffer default.  Will they correct our financial ship?  If they do, they will create another crisis in the months ahead.

As to humor, I loved George Carlin.  Same with Robin Williams.  Larry the Cable guy doubles me over with laughter.  Lewis Black kills me.  The late John Pinette caused me a sore face from laughing so hard.  Jeff Foxworthy with that skit on his “colonoscopy” caused me to laugh until I cried.  Check it out on YouTube.  You’re in for a heck of an uproarious laugh.

In reality, nothing happening at the national level today can be described as “funny, humorous or comical.”  We continue hearing lies, excuses, and justifications.  I mean, come on…that exit from Afghanistan equated to pure stupidity and incompetence.  Our own president invited the invasion of our borders that has left us with the loss of our sovereign nation.  And, we’re about to take care of 100,000 Afghanistan refugees with our tax dollars with God knows how many dedicated Jihadists among them.  I wonder how the mainstream media will spin the next 9/11-type attack caused by those refugees.  It could be big, or it might be one of us gets our heads cut off walking down the streets of Philadelphia or Detroit. It’s already happened multiple times in London, Montreal, Paris, NYC and the list grows.  At the same time, we’ve got millions of Americans subsisting in food kitchens, soup lines, food pantries, tents in the streets, Chicago as a war zone with so many killings, and dozens of other anomalies Congress and this president refuse to solve.

I have to tune into men like Gutfeld because I fear that I’m losing my mind as to what’s happening in Washington DC.  Do you feel the same?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

November 1, 2021

If you missed my October 25, 2021 column, Part 1, please read it first.  The reality of the supply chain disaster hasn’t eased up from that column.  The article below should be read to the end, but here’s just a small taste of the nightmare:

Supply chain woes worsen following Biden’s intervention, October 29, 2021 – “Two weeks ago, Joe Biden announced with fanfare that he was taking steps towards having our main port facilities operate around the clock to alleviate the supply chain snags that are causing so much disruption. Since then, according to the Washington Post, the backlog of ships anchored off the coast of Southern California has increased.

“For example, as of Monday, 73 container ships were anchored in San Pedro Bay. That exceeded the number present when Biden announced his initiative.

“According to Goldman Sachs, more than 30 million tons of cargo now sit aboard vessels idling outside of U.S. ports. It predicts that port congestion will not ease until the second half of next year.  The gridlock is fueling inflation and eating into corporate profits. It’s one reason why estimated third quarter growth in our economy is so disappointing.”

Unless you’re wealthy enough to have someone do your grocery shopping for you, we’ve seen the cost of items skyrocket over the past six months.  I purchased a bottle of organic mustard which has been $2 bux for years.  Two days later at the same grocery store walking by the condiments section, imagine my shock when I saw the same mustard bottle: $2.48!

Last year when the Polar Vortex hit here in Texas and some surrounding states, I was very lucky over the nine-days of life-threatening cold and snow, I had power.  Two of my best friends not so lucky as they had no power for five days.  My disabled brother lives in an apt, water pipes burst – no water for 20 days.  I gave him quite a bit of my water storage and then had to hunt for more.

The other day I finally broke down and purchased a generator. Allegedly, supposedly, the incompetence which caused so many deaths and misery last February has been “fixed” over at our state capitol in Austin.  No thanks.  I’m not trusting my life or my precious furr babies just because some bureau-rat says we’re good to go.

As a widow on a fixed budget, that type of purchase is a big deal for me.  I found what I needed after much research: $899.00.  Called the electrician to make sure it would be compatible for my house.  He called me back 2 hours later and guess what?  I went back to the web site and the price listed was $919.00! Seller jumped the price in 2 hours by $20 bux!  I called them and the reason I was told is they have few left in stock, don’t know when more will be coming in because of the real problems we have which is a severe shortage of long-haul truckers AND workers who can actually perform the work.  Not going to get any better if you buy Made in China.  Inflation steals from all of us and it all comes back around to the debasement of our currency and the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve Congress loves so much so they can keep borrowing to spend on unconstitutional agencies and programs.  Unpayable debt that’s going to implode.

The US Inflation Calculator web site starts with the year 1913.  If you enter 1912, 1911 or earlier, no data is provided.  So why start tracking inflation in the year 1913? The thieves and ignorant in Congress passed the “Federal” Reserve Banking Act of 1913.  It was signed into “law” by President Woodrow Wilson on December 23, 1913, two days before Christmas.

From 2017, page 9 of my Why A Bankrupt America booklet, “If in 1913 I purchased an item for $20.00, in 2017 that same item would cost $492.53.  Cumulative rate of inflation:  2,362.6%.  Writing this column, now try 1913 – 2021, same product costing $20 bux in 1913, today:  $554.16 with rate of inflation at 2,670.8%.  All due to the “Fed” manipulating our currency.

Bailouts: the wound that will keep on hemorrhaging,  Sept. 25, 2008 (Mine) – “This is one of my favorites from the Graduate School of Business, Indiana University for the St. Louis Fed. What this sterling little work doesn’t tell the reader is the real truth behind the Aldrich Plan “covered” on pages 4-6.

“While many believe Wilson later regretted his signature on the bottom line of the legislation creating this monster, according to John Milton Cooper, professor of history at the University of Wisconsin, author of several books on Woodrow Wilson, in an email to columnist, Andrew Leonard, “I can tell you categorically that this is not a statement of regret for having created the Federal Reserve. Wilson never had any regrets for having done that. It was an accomplishment in which he took great pride.”

“Why would Wilson regret it? He wasn’t stupid. Wilson knew what he was doing. He was a player. In an effort to inculcate the propaganda of the Fed and the wonder of fiat currency into the minds of all Americans, the Federal Reserve also distributes comic books for kids; see selection here.”  Yep. Brain-wash them at an early age.

America will NEVER be prosperous again as long as the central bank aka “Federal” Reserve is in operation.  The damage they have done runs into the trillions but now, over 100 years later, they’ve boxed themselves into a corner and We the People are going to pay dearly as there’s no way to stop the collapse which began in 2019.

In part 1 I focused on the destructive trade treaties starting with NAFTA, then GATT, CAFTA and another dozen or so.  Globalization, hooray!  Let me repeat again these words of wisdom that are now bringing America to her knees once again:

“He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or to be clothed in skins, and to live like wild beasts in dens and caverns.

“I am not one of these; experience has taught me that manufactures are now as necessary to our independence as to our comfort; and if those who quote me as of a different opinion, will keep pace with me in purchasing nothing foreign where an equivalent of domestic fabric can be obtained, without regard to difference of price, it will not be our fault if we do not soon have a supply at home equal to our demand, and wrest that weapon of distress from the hand which has wielded it.”  The Letters of Thomas Jefferson 1743-1826 to Benjamin Austin Monticello, January 9, 1816

That’s exactly what began thanks to globalist and former CFR (Council on Foreign Relations) member, Newt Gingrich, former speaker of the U.S. House.  He made sure NAFTA would pass peddling lies about how much cheaper everything would be by ensuring millions of Americans would lose their jobs because manufacturers here in the U.S. simply could not compete with the equivalent of $1.00 – $3.00/day wages in Mexico. GATT sealed our fate:  American companies simply could not compete with slave wages in Mexico, Communist China, Communist Viet Nam, India, Bangladesh and dozens more.

Pre-NAFTA most all the cotton grown in America was used by OUR factories making clothes and other products and the money stayed in America for Americans.  There were some exports but we were a self-sustaining nation building and manufacturing what WE needed with the money staying at home.

With thousands of factories that closed down after NAFTA, exporting huge amounts of cotton to foreign countries began. China, India and others then made clothes from our cotton to send back to us creating massive trade deficits and our money then went to enrich them.  The same with steel and other necessary construction components.

The same with fruits and vegetables. For crying out loud, grocery stores are stocked with fruits and vegetables from Guatemala, Mexico, Honduras and other countries in South America while we continue to lose those valuable family farms in favor of horrible gigantic ag corporations.  Watch The Meatrix. I haven’t purchased a single piece of fruit or any vegetable since NAFTA was signed into “law” not grown in the U.S. If I can’t find USA grown, I simply go without.

Let me give you another quote from a very wise man from his book, An Emeny Hath Done This (And, by the way- in a past column years ago someone sent my column out in email with big letters (SHE’S A MORMON.  No, I’m not, never have been and shame on people for being so deceitful in emails, but, alas, lying has become a way of life in America, sadly.)

The late Ezra Taft Benson was Secretary of Agriculture during the ’60’s. Mr. Benson was a great American.  His book, An Enemy Hath Done This was published in 1969. In his book, Benson said America will be destroyed from within by Americans for two reasons: (1) apathy and (2) The American public’s refusal to hold its elected public servants accountable because of party loyalty.  Benson, page 155 in his book:

               “Already, I can hear the chorus chanting “Isolationism, isolationism, he’s turning back the clock to isolationism.” How many use that word without having the slightest idea of what it really means! The so-called isolationism of the United States in past decades is a pure myth.

               “What is isolationism? Long before the current trend of revoking our Declaration of Independence under the guise of international cooperation, American influence and trade was felt in every region of the globe. Individuals and private groups spread knowledge, business, prosperity, religion, good will and, above all, respect throughout every foreign continent. It was not necessary then for America to give up her independence to have contact and influence with other countries. It is not necessary now.

“Yet, many Americans have been led to believe that our country is so strong that it can defend, feed and subsidize half the world, while at the same time believing that we are weak and “interdependent” that we cannot survive without pooling our resources and sovereignty with those we subsidize. If wanting no part of this kind of “logic” is isolationism, then it’s time we brought it back into vogue.” (End of quote)

There was also a lot going on just pre-NAFTA very few Americans knew about and sadly, too many had no understanding even if they did:  The UNCONSTITUTIONAL bail out of Mexico to the tune of over $40 BILLION in loans and yes, both Billy Clinton and Newt Gingrich were at the head of the scheme.  This is a long read, but it is history and important in understanding just how badly the American people were raped:  The Fall of the Peso and the Mexican “Miracle”

Remember Gingrich’s phony ‘Contract with America’ that got conservative Republicans so excited?  Let me take you back to my column, ‘Pledge to America’ – Despicable GOP Ruse, September 23, 2010:  “The much anticipated ‘Pledge to America’ was released today amid what can only be called high political theater pandering to desperate Americans.

“What despicable “leaders” like House Majority Leader John Boehner (who voted to kill millions of jobs) handed the GOP faithful during their big photo op is nothing more than clever word smithing. A marketing pitch for the mid-term pretend elections (vote fraud decides who gets elected). That so called pledge is nothing more than a repeat of the same deception pulled by Newt Gingrich and the Contract With America. I’m an old war dog with a long memory. For those of you who might not remember, let’s take a walk back into history.

“On November 13, 1996, I spoke with the Washington, DC based Roll Call to confirm the quote below from a popular magazine for conservatives that ran in their November 1996 issue. Roll Call confirmed to me during our phone conversation that they did indeed have the tapes cited below and that there was much more on these confidential tapes they managed to acquire and would be printing it in their newspaper.

“House Speaker New Gingrich has admitted that a hidden motive behind his ‘Contract With America’ two years ago was to control the large and stridently conservative freshman class that was expected to come into the house with the 1994 mid-term elections. ‘Nobody fully understand this,’ Gingrich explained in confidential tapes obtained by Roll Call, ‘but if you think of the Contract with America’, it was, in fact, a training implementation document masquerading as a public relations device.

“It was designed as a training implementation document for the freshmen when they arrived…It was guaranteed that from election day through April, early April, that the House Republican Party would have to behave in a deviant manner from what it would morally be expected to do.”

“Gingrich’s ‘Contract with America’ was a monumental failure as the Republicans outspent the Democrats once they took power (see chart here).

“Newt Gingrich is a slick, deceitful political animal. The so-called Contract with America was a lie, a farce. The Grand Old Party thinks so much of your loyalty, they treat you like cattle. Mislead you, lie to you, feed you, medicate you with “free prescription drugs,” and herd you into the desired direction using phony, glitzy headline grabbers, i.e., the Contract with America – introduced only six weeks before the election in 1994.”  Everything I said back then has come to pass or what still hasn’t been passed by any Congress to cut out the cancer.

Sean Hannity had his “great friend of 30years”, Newt on his radio show last week.  His great friend who was one of the top three people to get NAFTA shoved down our throats.  Newt was plugging his new book, Beyond Biden.  No doubt it will become a best seller because people like Hannity are promoting it.  Well, Get-rich Gingrich won’t get a penny of my money.

So you see, by outsourcing our industrial and manufacturing sectors to foreign countries, look what happened in 2020 and now again in 2021 when Americans are dependent on foreign countries for a HUGE percentage of items like toys, clothes, tools, chips for cars and trucks, everything from computers to vacuum cleaners.

If we were pre-NAFTA, GATT and now the worst, the USMCA trade agreement, we would still be manufacturing what WE need and the money stays here in OUR country, not enriching the God-less Communist Chinese Party, communist Viet Nam and others.  Fair trade is good, free trade, as so many of us have written since 1995, is a country committed to suicide.  Tariffs are what brings money into the U.S. and if countries want to trade with us, they will pay the price.  Pre-NAFTA just about every country on this planet wanted to trade with us and they paid.  Now, we’re at everyone else’s mercy.

Corporations can’t compete with such cheap wages that are paid in India, China, Philippines, Indonesia, etc., because Americans can’t live on $1.75 a day and this all goes back to forcing a minimum wage which I’ve written about so many times over the past three decades:

Solving the Minimum Wage Dilemma, April 16, 2003

Minimum Wage and Fascism, August 7, 2006

Raise Minimum Wage to $100.00 an Hour, Nov. 17, 2013 (Remember:  Today, the purchasing power of each dollar is worth 4 cents because of the “Fed”.)

Just think what would happen if Communist China, who manufacture 90% of medications used in this country (from pain medications from surgery to heart meds) decided one day to cut off the U.S.  A lot of medications are coming out of India creating jobs there.  China is our mortal enemy yet Congress and governors have continued to allow them to buy up our ports, businesses and MASSIVE amounts of land in this country.  Damn fools.

How many times have people like me warned NAFTA was the beginning of destroying our most important job sectors – ag, manufacturing, industrial – and turning our economy into entertainment based?  Now our enemies have us around the neck but we can fight back.  Keep buying Made in America.  Use a search engine.  There are still thousands of small to medium companies that do make their products here.  Like Mike Lindell’s My Pillow & all his great products.

Do as I’ve been doing for decades:  I tell retailers I can’t find Made in USA so I’ll find it on line or go without.  I tell them, politely.  Keep buying local keeping money in your local community.  Make America come first and Communist China’s junk can continue to sit on the shelves at China (Wal) Mart.  Get prepared as I covered in my October 11, 2021, column: Warning: True State of the Economy

Returning To Slavery: The Great Reset, Tracked & Traced, And A Cashless Society

Catherine Austin Fitts Full Interview Planet Lockdown

The dirty traitors in this country (the establishment elite of both parties) are trying to shove their great “re-set” down our throats.  They can’t do it without our cooperation. Talk to your friends, family, neighbors, anyone who will listen.  Send this column everywhere so that we can reach as many of our fellow country men and women as we can.

I can’t stress how important it is you get on the phone starting today and flood DC with calls or district offices (flood those with faxes) over the DemonRats $3.5 TRILLION dollar “human infrastructure” bill.  There is no such thing.  It’s the first floor of a ten-story building called the Tower of Communism.  I haven’t heard one single Republican come out and say:  100% of the Democrats so-called ‘human infrastructure” bill is unconstitutional and outside the legal authority for Congressional funding.  Not to mention it will kill millions of jobs, advance socialism on steroids as full-blown communism is ushered in the front door.

There is no money for that Democrat wet dream.  The other $1.5 TRILLION infrastructure bill can ONLY cover federal facilities, federal highways, land, courts, etc.  Where are the real constitutionally grounded Republicans in this Congress?  All I hear is more pointing the finger at the Democrats. When your checkbook is $30 TRILLION BORROWED dollars in the hole, how do you keep spending more trillions?  You borrow from the candy store aka “Fed” only this time, the whole damn scheme is going to come crashing down.

Come January incumbents and candidates will start flooding the boob tube with ads, making appearances and spewing the usual every two-years worn out slogans like “smaller government, less taxes” while the Democrat/Communist Party USA chants kill more unborn babies and save the planet from the big hoax:  Climate change.

It’s imperative YOU get involved in the primaries coming next year.  We’ve got to get rid of incumbents who refuse to abolish the unconstitutional, privately owned “Fed” and get us out of the USMCA as soon as the agreement allows.  President-Elect Trump knew how bad NAFTA was and vowed to get us out and replace it with a trade treaty that put America first.

Once again, listening to exactly the wrong people, like his then 80-year-old globalist billionaire buddy, Wilbur Ross, who became his Secretary of Commerce.  Those of us who understand those trade treaties and how they’ve destroyed OUR sovereignty knew Trump would be hood-winked yet again into signing another disastrous deal. If Trump had read the 1,809 pages of that agreement, I don’t believe he would have signed it.

But sign it he did and said, “Today, we are finally ending the NAFTA nightmare and signing into law the brand new US-Mexico-Canada Agreement,” the president said outside the White House. “The USMCA is the largest, fairest, most balanced and modern trade agreement ever achieved.

“For the first time in American history, we have replaced a disastrous trade deal that rewarded outsourcing with a truly fair and reciprocal trade deal that will keep jobs, wealth and growth right here in America,” he continued.”

That’s why there’s a couple hundred thousand cargo containers sitting in ships off shore.  U.S. trade deficit surges to record; shortfall with China keeps rising, May 24, 2021 – America’s demand for foreign goods?  It’s because we have few factories left and every damn thing you see in stores has a foreign Made In whatever country.

To understand just how bad that trade agreement is, take the time over coffee, lunch or the weekend and read from an attorney who knows what she’s talking about:

The USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government, Jan. 15, 2019

USMCA “Trade Agreement”, the North American Union, an Article V convention, and Red Flag Laws:  Connecting the Dots, Dec. 10, 2019

America became great because we were a self-reliant, independent, strong people and we can do it again.  Not without the massive pain coming but we can and we will.  Those working to destroy our republic are badly underestimating Americans who will fight for freedom.  Americans who are everyday putting elected public servants on notice, recalling them and hopefully defeating them next year during the primaries.

America:  Why do you keep reelecting the same incumbents from Congress to your state capitols that have destroyed this country, are now floundering and don’t know what to do?

Remember the battle cry:  2022 Candidates:  Audit the Vote.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related – Latest in October:

Celente – We Are In An Inflation Spiral That’s Unprecedented – “October 29 (King World News) – Gerald Celente:  Inflation, including food and energy, rose at the fastest pace since 1991. And we’ve got this little crap bag (Powell) spewing out his bullshit — going back to February — that it (inflation) is only temporary. Employment costs rose at the fastest pace in 19 years. Core inflation increased at the fastest pace in 30 years. We are in an inflation spiral that’s unprecedented.”

Greyerz – BUCKLE UP: This Global Crisis Is Going To Get Much Worse Than What We’re Seeing Today

Greyerz – Get Prepared For The Greatest Crisis In History That Is About To Be Unleashed

On The Road To Currency Destruction

Look At What Central Banks Are Doing, Plus Skyrocketing US Trade Deficit And German Inflation

CAUTION: “It’s Complete Chaos, This Is The Earliest Signs Of A Crack-Up Boom”

PIEPENBURG: The Situation Has Gone From Bad To Scary

By Roger Anghis

We first must look at the meaning of the word mandate.  Webster’s modern dictionary states an official order to do something. It also states that one of the meanings is: the power to act that voters give to their elected leaders. In the case of the ‘vaccine’, the latter is more important than the former.  Webster’s 1828 dictionary gives the meaning as: A command; an order, precept or injunction. From these definitions, it sounds like if the government decrees something that we are required to follow that command almost no matter what.  The problem with that mindset is that is the mindset of a dictator. Stalin, Castro, Chavez, and that ilk.

Americans have forgotten that we are a constitutional republic and a constitutional republic is a nation ruled by laws, not mandates. During World War II Germany did medical experiments on Jews, homosexuals, the mentally retarded, and many others.  These ‘experiments’ were done without their consent and many times were never informed of what the ‘experiment’ was.  Many of the ‘experiments’ were very painful and were done without pain medication. Injecting chemicals into the eyes while the patient was still awake, exposing them to anthrax and the list goes on and on.

I would hope that by the time we got to a quarter of the way through the twenty-first century we would have reached a point where we no longer experimented on humans. But that does not seem to be the case. In all the research I’ve done on the COVID 19 ‘vaccine’ I have learned that all the animals utilized in the testing died but not from the ‘vaccine’ but from covid when it was introduced to them, According to Dr. Lee Merritt,

What happened is all animals died… but they didn’t die of the “vaccine”. What they died from what used to be called “immune enhancement” and now they call it “antibody-dependent enhancement” (ADE).

Here’s what happens:

They make the RNA and you get the “vaccine” and you do fine. Now, you challenge the animal with the virus that you are supposed to be immunizing against.

So when they challenged those cats with SARS [a.k.a. SARS-CoV-1, is a coronavirus species], instead of killing the virus or weakening it, the immune response that they built into your system when out and codded the virus, so the virus came into the cat’s body like a Trojan Horse, unseen by the cat’s own immune system, and then it replicated without checking and killed the cat with overwhelming sepsis and cardiac failure. And that [also] happened in ferrets, that happened every time they tried this.

Let me just point out. We have never made it through an animal study successfully for this type of virus.

We have never done this in humans before… We don’t really have a track record of success.[1] I don’t know about you but I don’t want this ‘vaccine’. Studies do show that most of the hospitalized patients with covid have been fully vaccinated.  Not much of a vaccine if you ask me but this is what the Biden administration is telling us that he is mandating that we get the ‘vaccine’ or our travel may be restricted, our ability to attend certain public events like the ones where they are shouting “Let’s Go Brandon”, we may not be able to fly, travel on a train, and he’s even thinking about restricting our ability to travel from state to state without the ‘vaccine’.  If you’ve ever studied history study 1930s Germany and you’ll see an eery resemblance to what the Democrats are doing in America.

Now, with this information, we have to look at the laws of America. The first law we can look at is the Constitution and our Bill of Rights.  Democrats think that they are a Bill of Suggestions but our basic rights were instilled in that document. Our 1^st Amendment carries a large portion of the rights that the Biden Administration simply ignores.  It states: Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.[2] Part of our freedom of religion is not having to take a ‘vaccine’ that is made partly of aborted baby cells which most if not all vaccines contain. This has created a ‘market’ for aborted babies. Follow the money.  Journalist David Daleiden obtained video evidence of Planned Parenthood selling aborted baby parts which is illegal but Kamala Harris, California’s Attorney General at the time, charged David with 9 felonies but ignored the provable illegal actions of Planned Parenthood.

One of the most disturbing aspects of the 1^st Amendment that is being breached and ignored by our government is that of free speech. The government is supposed to see to it that these rights are not hindered in any way but the Big Tech corporations violate our free speech rights daily and the federal government does nothing. Some say they are private companies and can do what they want but they have public stockholders and the federal government has asked them to not allow certain articles that discuss the truth about COVID 19’s origins, preventive medicines, treatments, and other things that oppose the government’s position, Hunter’s laptop, Hillary’s emails, Biden’s dealing with Ukrain and the list goes on. When they comply with the requests of the government that makes them an agent of the government which in turn makes their actions illegal. If someone wants to publish information concerning their citizen’s rights to NOT abide by the mandate they are de-platformed, banned, and not allowed to express the rights our Constitution is supposed to guarantee. These are actions of dictators not of a constitutional republic. Even when people peacefully assemble to protest the forced mandates the government, specifically in blue states, will use the police to harass the protestors and arrest them for exercising their constitutional right to peacefully assemble. Police say two people were arrested during a “disturbance” outside Rhode Island Gov. Dan McKee’s home, where protesters were rallying against the state’s vaccine mandate for health care workers.

The two people arrested Friday night were charged with disorderly conduct, obstruction and resisting arrest, Rhode Island State Police said. Police did not provide further details about the disturbance or the reason for the arrests.

McKee announced in August that all health care workers would be required to be fully vaccinated against COVID-19.[3]

Keep in mind that the survival rate for this ‘plannedemic’ is 99.98%.  There is no logical reason to force anyone to get this proven dangerous ‘vaccine’. There must be other reasons that we would probably shoot them for if we knew what they really wanted to accomplish.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Dr. Lee Merritt in animal studies after being injected with MRNA technology all animals died upon reinfection
2. First Amendment
3. 2 arrested during vaccine mandate protest outside

By Rob Pue

In my last message, I shared with you the Globalist plan for planetary genocide — mass depopulation of the Earth, which has long been the dream of people like Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci, Klous Schwab, and Luciferian “elites” throughout the world, in preparation for their “Great Reset” which has already been launched.

Their method is the COVID so-called “vaccines,” which in fact, are not vaccines at all, but experimental DNA- and RNA-altering poisons. I told you how — according the the CDC’s own VAERS data — more than a half million people in the US alone have suffered severe and terrible side effects, including strokes, heart failure, blood clots, brain disorders, convulsions, seizures, paralysis, Bells Palsy, inflammations of the brain and spinal cord, autoimmune diseases, miscarriage, infertility, deafness and blindness.  I also shared that in addition to these “side effects,” more than 16,000 people have “officially” died as a result of these injections.

Of course, we must remember, if a person dies within two weeks of receiving a shot, health officials claim those deaths are mere coincidence, and have nothing to do with the injections themselves.  We also know that these are simply the CDC’s “official” numbers and that only between 1 and 10 percent of all adverse side effects are ever reported to the VAERS system.  Moreover, the CDC has, more than once, scrubbed hundreds of thousands of cases as they have “readjusted” the numbers released to the public. If anyone out there still trusts ANY “data” or “numbers” released by the CDC on anything, they ought to have their head examined.

We should also remember that the effects of these injections are especially targeting the reproductive organs rendering people sterile for life.  Several scientists have also asked the question: what about babies born of mothers who took the jab? Since we know these shots seem to specifically target the reproductive organs, will these babies, too, be sterile for life? The answer is, we just don’t know.

By now you have undoubtedly heard about the ABC news station in Detroit that posted the following on Facebook: “After the vaccines were available to everyone, did you lose an unvaccinated loved one to COVID 19? If you’re willing to share your family’s story, please direct message us your contact information. We may reach out for a story we’re working on.”

This station, WXYZ, was seeking stories of “unvaccinated” people who died because they refused to take the jab. They received more than 250,000 responses to their Facebook post, but the responses were not what they were hoping for.  Instead, all of the responses were from people who had severe horrific reactions to the jab, or loved ones who had died from the jab.  One person wrote: “I know people who died painfully from the vaccine.  Want those stories?”  Someone else posted: “I had an uncle and cousin die from the jab! My son-in-law’s aunt died from it and three more friends died from it.” And another person stated: “My dad flatlined after his second dose of Moderna.”  These are just a few of the comments. As I said, there were 250,000 more just like these, at last count. And this was a local Detroit news station.  Only God knows how many have died from the poison jab.

Personally, I had a long-time friend whose wife is a nurse and was required to get jabbed to keep her job. Shortly thereafter, my friend, her husband, just simply stopped breathing and died in bed next to her at 2 am. The cause of death was “undetermined” but we know those who have taken the jab are spreading some very weird illnesses to those they come in close contact with.  Another associate, in the prime of his life, at 38 years old, was one of the healthiest, strongest individuals I’ve known. He ran five miles every day, lifted weights, worked hard and had no medical issues whatsoever. But… he got the jab. One dose. And the next day he was dead, after a series of multiple strokes. These are just two stories of people that I can attest to personally.

Countless doctors, nurses, and other whistleblowers have shed even more light on the situation.  Hospitals are discouraging healthcare workers from reporting to the VAERS system, and they also follow a pre-prescribed protocol for those admitted to the hospital.  More about that later.

But understand this: it’s not the “unvaccinated” that are causing the mutations and “variants” that are making so many so sick right now.  The pestilence we’re seeing today is the result of those who have already taken one or more of the shots, as their bodies shed and spread the spike proteins the shots produce.

So what’s in these shots? It would be pretty difficult for anyone to continue to refute the fact that they most certainly contain Graphene Oxide. There have now been so many studies released by so many doctors, scientists and labs around the world showing that ALL the injections contain high levels of Graphene Oxide — some say up to 95% — that this is a fact that can no longer be hidden by the lying media. They still try. But the studies have been done — independently — and the data is in.

This alarming data has lead world experts, like the Nobel Prize Winner in Medicine, Dr. Luc Montagnier, to issue a grave warning that we are currently facing the greatest risk of worldwide genocide in the history of humanity.  Even the inventor of the mRNA technology, Dr. Robert Malone, warns against these injections. And former Pfizer vice president and chief scientist, Dr. Mike Yeadon, came forward to warn humanity against these extremely dangerous injections.

These and countless other doctors and scientists have found high levels of Graphene Oxide, as well as toxic nanometallic content with magnetic-toxic, cytotoxic and genotoxic effects as well as identified life-threatening parasites. These ingredients dramatically change blood cells and cause massive blood clotting, and they spread to every organ in the body.  There’s also “self-assembling” nanotech in some of the shots tested, while others show complex crystals being formed.  Not to mention the human genome is permanently modified.  In other words, these jabs forever change a person’s DNA.  An autopsy done on one vaccinated individual showed spike proteins in literally every organ of the person’s body.

There are trillions of dollars at stake here for Big Pharma and the hospital industry.  You may recall a recently leaked Zoom conference call between physicians and a marketing director at Novant Health New Hanover Regional Medical Center, which is a group of 20 hospitals and clinics treating patients in North and South Carolina. In the recording, Mary Rudyk, MD, tells Director of Marketing Carolyn Fisher and another hospital employee that she wanted to make the COVID situation “more scary to the public” by inflating the number of COVID patients, and by using messaging that falsely tells individuals, “If you don’t get vaccinated, you know you’re going to die.”

Meanwhile, Joe Biden has ordered all companies with 100 or more employees to force mandatory injections. The US military is mandated to get injected. Hospital and Nursing Home workers are mandated to get injected. Because, as Biden stated, “his patience is wearing thin” with those who reject the jabs.  Apparently, people aren’t dying fast enough for him and his handlers.  But interestingly, guess who’s NOT required to get jabbed? Of course, the US Congress and congressional staffers, the Judicial branch, the White House staff, CDC employees, FDA employees, Post Office employees, NIAID employees, Pfizer, Moderna and Johnson & Johnson employees, and illegal aliens.  Does that, in itself, not speak volumes as to what this is really all about?

Meanwhile, hospitals and nursing homes are doubling- and tripling-down on their jab mandates. Many are refusing any religious or medical exemptions from employees.  So now, across the country, there’s a mass exodus taking place among healthcare workers.  When faced with the choice between taking a proven deadly injection or losing their job, they’ve chosen to quit, or they’ve been fired.

But the hospital is NOT where you want to be anyway these days, no matter what.  Since they’ve been incentivized to list as many people as possible as “COVID positive,” if you go to the hospital, it’s very likely you’ll be declared “COVID positive.”  Then, their standard protocols begin.

From what I’ve learned from those with first-hand experience — and from some first hand experience of my own — if you go into a hospital with any type of upper respiratory problem, the one thing you will NOT receive is anything that will actually help you get healthy again.  Most doctors in the US have been forbidden to prescribe Ivermectin and Hydroxychloroquine — drugs that have been proven to be safer than aspirin, and have also been proven to be fast-working cures for COVID. These inexpensive, life-saving drugs have been all but banned in the US, and if do you manage to find a doctor willing to prescribe them for you, you’ll have a nearly impossible time finding a pharmacy that will fill your prescription.  Most pharmacies have corporate-wide policies in effect, stating that even with a doctor’s prescription, they will NOT fill orders for Ivermectin or HCQ.

If you go into a hospital with bacterial pneumonia, you’ll be told you don’t have “bacterial pneumonia,” you have “COVID pneumonia,” and you’ll be admitted. Once admitted to the hospital, even if your own family doctor has prescribed antibiotics for you, those will be immediately stopped and you’ll be started on the official “COVID protocol.”  This includes intravenous Remdesivir — a drug pushed by Fauci as the primary protocol once a COVID patient is admitted to the hospital.

But multiple doctors have stated that Remdesivir is actually a bio-weapon and extremely deadly.  It has a long list of adverse effects on the human body, the first of which is upper respiratory distress, quickly followed by kidney failure, followed by “cascading organ failure.” This causes the lungs to fill with fluid; then the patient is placed on a ventilator and suffocated to death.

There have been numerous reports from families with loved ones in hospitals who have essentially been medically “kidnapped.” The patients are not allowed to see their family members; family members are not allowed to have any input or authority over their loved one’s care, and patients are forbidden to have any access to other medicines.  If you attempt to get them discharged so you can care for them at home, you’ll be made to sign a form stating you’re doing so “Against Medical Advice,” and then warned that because you refused to follow medical advice, insurance won’t pay, medicare won’t pay, and you’ll not only have a dead loved one but be facing bankruptcy as well.

As I’ve done the research on this, in report after report after report, the hospital protocols seem to all be the same now, everywhere in America: 1) Pronounce the patient as COVID-positive, 2) cease any type of antibiotics or other medications, 3) immediately administer Remdesivir, 4) place the dying patient on a ventilator.  This may sound harsh and cruel, and it most definitely is. The families that have suffered through this scenario understand what I’m talking about.

Friends, DON’T take the jab — and stay out of the hospitals at all costs. Keep your immune system strong with regular supplementation of Vitamin C, Vitamin D3 with K2, Potassium Iodide, Zinc, N Acetyl Cysteine and Quercetin. You can still find these supplements available — get the best quality you can find. But don’t wait.  There’s already been talk of making these supplements available by prescription only, and you know, if it will advance the goals of the genocidal maniacs that are running things now, it may not be very long before that happens.

© 2021 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 338.

By Andrew C. Wallace

October 30, 2021

You Would Never Suspect for All Manner of Crimes

This is a definitive, yet succinct, explanation of how and why our Constitutional Republic has been destroyed from before its Founding to the present day.

Communists and the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) are attacking us with Deceit, Deception and Destruction using the Income Tax (TAX), Private Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), and Tax-Free Foundations (TFF).

Due to the failure of our Communist schools and media to teach the truth, I must put all of this into proper context…which will be a surprise to most people.

Few people realize that the Communists and the PSRRC have been attempting to take over our country since before its founding. Members of PSRRC at the time caused and profited from the Revolutionary War, Civil War, and all other wars. When the PSRRC and their minions failed in their early efforts to take over our country, they put their efforts into concentrating all power in the Federal government (controlled by the PSRRC) by unconstitutionally usurping Supreme Powers of the states. The federal government has constitutional power ONLY over Currency, Foreign Relations, Post Office, and Immigration; unrelated federal laws are unconstitutional, as is the government until we have a fair Constitutional election.

Again, the PSRRC and the Communists were not happy with just bleeding us dry, which they were doing; they wanted total control over all of the people’s resources. They were able to accomplish this with the Revenue Act of 1913 which authorized the “Private” Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), Income Tax (TAX), and Tax-Free Foundations (TFF). These are the three pillars of our absolute destruction. The FRB and the TAX gave Communists and the PSRRC access to unlimited amounts of fiat money (not possible with Constitutional money). This funded Communist social programs, no-win wars, boondoggles, graft, etc., and in the process was impoverishing the people.

The greed, sense of entitlement and avarice of the PSRRC and their minions has no limits as demonstrated by their use of Tax-Free Foundations (TFF). In simple terms TFFs are funding Communist professors and students, Critical Race Theory, Reverse Discrimination, Racism, control of corporations, government, politics, social programs, climate change, anti- family, anti-religion, anti-Constitution, population control, etc.

But, most importantly TFFs allow the PSRRC to control trillions of dollars” forever” without paying taxes, while the American people support and defend them. With this tax-free money each TFF can own 20% of the voting stock of a corporation, effectively controlling and directing it to support the burning of cities and the firing of employees for failure to get a toxic shot. As you would expect, TFF profits from corporations are not taxable. Of course PSRRC family members call the shots and their progeny can be employed by the TFF and enjoy corporate jets and first-class accommodations forever, tax-free. Not only can they steal the money, they can keep it forever, tax-free, while controlling the corporations which rule the government. Of course, this is a free translation of how it is done.

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation is the largest TFF with $50 Billion in assets. Some of their expenditures were $4 billion for Covid vaccines in poor countries, 20,000 scholarships for low-income students of color, $54 billion in grants to 135 countries, largest private donor to World Health Organization, etc. With only two of their programs, they sent $58 billion tax-free to foreign countries, which does our country no good. They practice reverse discrimination in their scholarship program.

The Ford Foundation gave grants totaling $656,159,375 in 2021. Some grants were for gender, racial and ethnic justice, civic engagement and government, natural resources, and climate change.

Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Funded 3,730 grants totaling $2,075,933,869. Grants were for higher education and public policy, etc.

If you want to know where Communism is being supported and promoted you need look no further than the Tax-Free Foundations that are funding Communist professors and students.

You can’t ignore the so-called endowments of the academic whores of higher education, especially the “Ivy League Colleges of Indoctrination”. Endowments for Harvard are $42 billion, Yale $31 billion and Princeton $25 billion. These private schools have an average tuition of $56,000.When Harvard would not allow students to attend classes they still required them to pay full tuition. Many foreign students receive scholarships with tax-free funds. Mike King’s article in RealHistoryChan.com on Oct 18th stated that annual appreciation alone would pay for tuition, room and board for Harvard students as their endowment is $3 million per student.. The Ivy League is the primary source of minions for the PSRRC. One example, 8 of the 9 Supreme Court Justices came from Harvard and Yale, so it was no surprise that they were compromised and refused to follow the Constitution and hear the cases on election fraud.

TFFs should not be confused with honest charities. As long as the Income Tax (TAX), Privately Owned Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and Tax-Free Foundations (TFF) exist, we are screwed. The income tax is not needed if the Federal Government would obey the Constitution, ignore Communist programs and not wage no-win wars for private profit.

Somehow the American People must learn that the FRB generates funding out of thin air that allows the PSRRC to confiscate the Peoples wealth; while the TFFs hoard the money without taxes, promote Communism, fund unpopular and useless programs, etc., and take care of trust-fund babies, in style, forever.

A major objective of the PSRRC is to deny us the ownership of property, ANY property. If you can’t own property, you are dependent on the state for everything and you are a slave. A major tenet of Marxism is to make people dependent, then they own them. PSRRC corporations already own 600,000 single-family homes, effectively denying the “American dream” to families.

The PSRRC, its minions in government and corporations in cooperation with the Chinese developed a Bio-Weapon (Covid-19), and released it into the world, an act of war to conquer the world, resulting in the deaths of millions. This was a crime against humanity. There is much evidence that the so-called vaccines have deadly results. Criminals who did this will do anything to further their causes.

Every single action, program or policy being taken by the PSRRC, their minions in corporations, government, education, etc., has one major objective: the complete destruction of the United States so they can rule the world. They call this the “Great Reset” and the “One World Order”. The PSRRC and the Communists have fought to take over our country for at least 250 years and I doubt they will surrender now… but neither will the patriots. Under the circumstances I expect a Dystopian state for a time and then a Pyrrhic Victory. To survive you will need a supply of emergency food, medicine, 12 gauge, AR-15 and plenty of ammunition.

I can understand how some Christians could see a connection between “The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse “ (Conquest, War, Famine, and Death) with Communism, TAX, FRB, and TFFs.

For hundreds of years the law-abiding American People have sacrificed and died defending this country, worked hard to build it, and provide for their families. All the while the Communist scumbags of the PSRRC and their minions in government have been stealing The People’s financial security, Constitutional rights, and the fruits of their labors, while living “High on the Hog” in luxury, disdainful of the people.

The tax-free money hidden in TFF must be confiscated and returned to the Treasury. Let the PSRRC minions and their children-of-privilege learn to appreciate The People by actually working to make a living. Terminating TFFs will stop most of the funding for Communist teaching and countless other anti-American schemes. Congress can quickly end TFF and the FRB. It will take longer to terminate the TAX, which is not needed if government is operating constitutionally.

I am perplexed as to why the PSRRC and their minions support common criminals, but the answer comes from an old saying, “sharks don’t bite lawyers because they have so much in common”.

This is such a powerful and complex subject that I could have written a book on it. But most people don’t read books on Economics so I wrote this article to inform as many people as possible as to the truth. If you want more information read one of the many available books on the subject. I also made a conscious effort to stay out of the weeds.
God Bless America.

ADDENDUM

Some readers may think my comments about the Tax-Free Foundations are too harsh and maybe even false, so I offer the following addendum as absolute proof of the validity of my words. Following is most of the introduction by Devvy Kidd, a most distinguished writer, who published it 20 years ago along with the Norman Dodd hearings that occured 44 years ago:

Excerpt from Devvy Kidd Article: https://devvy.com/utt_20020410.html

Think the term ‘American Soviet government’ is far-fetched? Better read these words: The following excerpt is from transcripts re: In 1978 the legislature of Illinois created a committee to study regional governance-one of the key mechanisms to erasing our sovereignty and bringing America into a Communist “New World Order.” There were three hearings, April 11, 1978, July 10, 1978 and September 26, 1978; the following statement is from the September 26, 1978 hearing.

This is the testimony of Norman Dodd, chief investigator in 1953 for U.S. Congressman B. Carroll Reece, whose committee investigated tax-exempt foundations run by the biggest traitors in this nation. This investigation eventually narrowed down to about 10 foundations, those chief among them for Un-American activities were Rockefeller, Ford, Carnegie and the Rhodes Scholarship Fund.

Transcript of Public Hearing, Joint Committee on Regional Government, September 26, 1978, Edwardsville, Illinois, Norman Dodd, page 51, “Mr. Chairman. After listening to the very able descriptions of how complex the question that is before the Committee is, I have been thinking in terms of drawing on my own experiences that relate to the development of the proposal called ‘regional government’…As a result of that investigation [into tax exempt foundations], experiences began to accrue and one of them stemmed from the entity – or the head of the entity – responsible for the proposition which you all now face called regional government. This individual was the head of the Ford Foundation, and this experience took place back in 1953. It took the form of an invitation from the President of the Ford Foundation to me to visit the Foundation’s offices, all of which I did and on arrival, was greeted by the President of the Ford Foundation with this statement:

“Mr. Dodd, we have invited you to come to NY and stop in and see us in the hope that, off the record, you would tell us why the Congress of the U.S. should be interested in an operation such as ours.” Before I could think of just exactly how I would reply, Mr. Gaither volunteered the following information, and these are practically in his exact words: “Mr. Dodd, we operate here under directives which emanate from the White House. Would you like to know what the substance of these directives is?” I said, “Indeed, I would, Mr. Gaither.”

“Whereupon he then said the following: “We here, operate and control our grant making policies in harmony with the directives, the substance of which is as follows: We shall use our grant making power so to alter life in the U.S. that it can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union.”

Page 53: “Now, the second experience that I would like to share with you, oh, and incidentally, it is the Ford Foundation’s grants which are responsible for the formulation of this idea of regional government, and also the idea that given regional government, we must, in turn, develop and accept and agree to a totally New Constitution which has already been drawn up, as was mentioned just a few minutes ago.”

[Editorial note: Let me leave Mr. Dodd’s testimony for a moment. I have a copy of the New States Constitution, developed many, many years ago and refined in 1978 by the Center for Democratic Studies, a Rockefeller funded operation. This New States Constitution is to replace ours. Ask former Senatorette Nancy Kassenbaum, now married to Howard Baker – she helped draft this document. However, first a Constitutional Convention must be called and the globalists are desperate to pull a con-con.

They tried and failed in 1994, they will try again. Did you notice during the 105th Congress, each session these people continued to call for a Constitutional Amendment for virtually every major piece of legislation, i.e. a balanced budget amendment to the Constitution, a balanced budget amendment [another meaningless, phony ploy], an amendment to the Constitution for school prayer, for victim’s rights, to fix the IRS? This is unprecedented in this century.

The last Constitutional Convention was in 1787. We’ve passed 16 Amendments to the Constitution without a con-con, so why all of a sudden do we need one for all the legislation listed above? We don’t, but it’s the only way they can throw out our Constitution and replace it with this Communist doctrine called a New States Constitution.]

Back to Mr. Dodd’s testimony beginning on pg. 53, Mr. Dodd is speaking about looking at the minutes and records of the Carnegie Endowment:

“Mr. Dodd, we have received your letter. We can answer all the questions, but it will be a great deal of trouble. The reason it will be a great deal of trouble is because, with the ratification by the Senate of the U.S. of the United Nations Treaty, our job was finished, we bundled up our records, spanning, roughly speaking, fifty years and put them in the warehouse.”

“I did send a member of my staff to NY to read the minute books of this organization since it’s inception in 1908. Now, we are back in the period of 1908, ad these minutes reported the following: The Trustees of the Carnegie Endowment bring up a single question, namely, if it is desirable to alter the life of an entire people, is there any means more efficient than war to gain that end? And they discuss this very question at a very high academic and scholarly level for a year, and they come up with an answer – there are no known means more efficient than war, assuming the objective is altering the life of an entire people.”

[Editorial note: Remember, Mr. Dodd is now quoting from the Carnegie Foundation’s own meeting minutes]

Page 55: “….oh, before that, the Trustees then answered the question of how to involve us in a war by saying, “We must control the diplomatic machinery of the U.S.”; and then that brings up the question of how to secure that control, and the answer is we must control the State Department. Now, at that point, research discloses a relationship between the effort to control the State Dept. and an entity which the Carnegie Endowment set up, namely the Council of Learned Societies.

[Editorial note: Later followed by the Council on Foreign Relations [CFR]. And through that entity, are cleared all of the appointments – high appointments in the State Department and they have continued to be cleared that way since then.]

“Now, finally, we are in a war. Eventually the war is over, and the Trustees turn their attention, then, to seeing to it that life does not revert in this country to what it was prior to 1914; and they hit upon the idea that in order to prevent that reversion, they must control education in this country. They realized that this is a perfectly tremendous, really stupendous and complex task – much too great for them alone. So, they approached the Rockefeller Foundation, with the suggestion that the task be divided between the two of them.

“The Carnegie Endowment takes on that aspect of education which is a domestic in its relationship. These two run along in tandem that way, disciplined by a decision – namely, that the answer lies entirely in the changing of the teaching of the history of the U.S. They then approached five of the most prominent historians in this country with the proposition that they alter the manner of the teaching of the subject, and they get turned down flatly; so they realized then they must build their own stable of historians, so to speak.

“They approach the Guggenheim Foundation, which specializes in Fellowships, and suggests to them that when they locate a relatively young potential historian, will the Guggenheim Foundation give that person a Fellowship, merely on their say-so and the answer is, yes they will…..And that becomes the policy which if finally picked up and manifests itself in the expression of collectivism all along the line, of which the dividing of this country into regions, using all of the logic which supports the ultimate idea that in order that regional government, in turn, be effective, there must be a new Constitution of the United States.” End of quote.
Entire article is at: https://devvy.com/dodd_20001221.html

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Lex Greene

It’s a shame that so much time has to be wasted on eliminating outright lies, just to arrive at truth today. The mere fact that George Soros is also pushing for an Article 5 Convention, should be all that needs to be said on the subject! But it isn’t…

People tend to believe whatever they want to believe, and facts usually have nothing to do with it these days. Most people are non-confrontational, especially since we are several generations beyond a time when anyone had to fight or die for freedom and liberty. Most prefer to believe “everything will be okay” no matter how bad things get. Most will never fight for freedom and liberty, until they don’t think they have any choice in the matter.

Even then, most prefer to believe that someone else will do the fighting for them, and that they won’t have to risk their own lifestyle to protect and preserve freedom.

Since the adoption of the U.S. Constitution in 1787, there has never been an Article 5 Convention of States, and for good reason. Instead, every existing amendment to the U.S. Constitution has been proposed and passed by Congress, without any States Convention.

Article 5 defines the two means by which the U.S. Constitution can be amended, neither of which is the ability of the States to amend the constitution at will, without going through the purposefully complex and time-consuming Amendment process. We MUST stop these lies, or we can never arrive at the truth! We must eliminate FAKE solutions, in order to focus on REAL solutions.

Reason #1 – We Have a Constitution and Bill of Rights now

The last Convention of States was held for the purpose of writing, proposing, and adopting the U.S. Constitution. That Constitutional Convention took place from May 25 to September 17, 1787, in the old Pennsylvania State House (now known as Independence Hall) in Philadelphia.

Once the U.S. Constitution was adopted, there was no longer a purpose for a Convention of States as all states were thereafter governed by the terms and conditions just adopted in the compact known as the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights. All that was needed from this moment forward, was an enforcement of what is in those two founding documents, which we as a people, have failed to do.

Reason #2 – That’s NOT What Article 5 says

Contrary to the lies being spread by profiteering political operatives today, Article 5 does NOT provide a means by which the States can amend the U.S. Constitution via a Convention of States. What Article 5 says is this, verbatim…

1. “The Congress, whenever two thirds of both houses shall deem it necessary, shall propose amendments to this Constitution,” which is how every existing Amendment to the U.S. Constitution was passed by Congress and Ratified by the States.
2. “or, on the application of the legislatures of two thirds of the several states,” which has never happened since the 1787 Constitutional Convention.
3. If and when two thirds of the fifty states file a petition (with Congress) to convene a convention for the purpose of proposing amendments to the Constitution, Congress “shall call a convention for proposing amendments,” at which time the States and Congress will be able to propose Amendments to the Constitution.
4. Nothing in Article 5 prohibits anyone, Congress, or the States, from proposing Amendments to the Constitution.
5. Proposed Amendments must then be voted on by Congress, and then passed to the fifty states for ratification by at least three fourths of the state legislatures.
6. “as the one or the other mode of ratification may be proposed by the Congress;”

So, under Article 5, there is no means by which the States can amend the U.S. Constitution without the direct involvement of Congress, nor can proposed amendments be limited to those proposed by the States only, and none of those proposed amendments can be presented for States Ratification until after being voted upon by Congress, in a convention convened by Congress, upon the application of two thirds of the State legislatures. In fact, Article 5 clearly makes Congress the “convening authority” over any effort to amend the U.S. Constitution.

Reason #3 – A Process that can take Decades to Accomplish

It’s never been done before, so we can only speculate about how difficult it might be and how long it could take to even attempt it, in addition to the reality that the States would lose control of the process the minute two thirds of the State legislatures petition Congress to convene.

The Convention of States movement was formed in Purcellville Virginia in 2013, eight years ago. It had been discussed by people like Glenn Beck and Mark Levin for several years before that. Both have personally made millions trying to sell this idea to people seeking a solution, who either had never read Article 5, or lack proper reading comprehension skills.

The States can indeed hold their own convention independent of Congress or anyone else, any time they so choose. But they cannot amend the U.S. Constitution independent of Congress or the Constitutional Amendment process, plainly described in Article 5 and explained above.

Anyone telling you any different, either doesn’t know, or doesn’t want you to know the truth concerning amending the U.S. Constitution. It has never been done and is likely to never be done, unless and until, the U.S. Constitution no longer exists at all.

Reason #4 – What’s the Point?

The only reason anyone is even discussing amending the Constitution today, is no one follows the Constitution today. No one adheres to the Bill of Rights either. The problem isn’t any lack of constitutional language. If anything, the Constitution has been amended too many times already.

Even if it could be done, which I am 100% certain that it cannot be done, amending the U.S. Constitution would be like trying to put fresh paint on a crumbling condemned building that will soon be nothing but a vacant lot.

People talking about “term limits” seem to be completely unaware of the fact that term limits for political offices already exist… a two year limit for the U.S. House of Representatives, a six year limit for the U.S. Senate and a four year limit for the Presidency, with a two term limit in that office.

People are simply looking for a silver bullet solution that doesn’t exist. There is no substitute for the American people, forever vigilant, well-informed, and always engaged in self-governance. The problem isn’t a lack of language (amendments), it’s a lack of enforcement, of, by and for the people.

We will NOT enforce any new amendments, anymore than we enforce the current text.

Reason #5–While you’re busy trying to do, What Can’t be Done

The reason politicos want us to focus on what can’t be done, is to prevent us from doing what can and must be done, enforcement of existing Constitutional protections of our Natural Rights, as endowed by our Creator.

To be certain, global Marxists functioning as unbridled Nazi’s today, have and will continue to use every means of division possible, because “a house divided against itself, cannot stand.”

But the most dangerous divisions in America today come from our own side of this battle for the preservation of freedom and liberty. People who we believe are on “our side” have divided “our side” by floating numerous alleged solutions that simply are not viable at all, such as the Convention of States.

Even the current hero of the political Right, Donald J. Trump, is currently leading his eighty million followers to certain slaughter by convincing them we can save a nation in a fraudulent election three years from now in 2024, when the nation is on course to be destroyed by Christmastime, 2021.

Despite mountains of real science indicating that the COVID “vaccines” (bioweapons) are far more lethal than any corona virus ever could be, Trump is still telling his fans to “take the jab.”

People do NOT “follow the science” and the Constitution. Instead, the vast majority of Americans are simply “following the herd,” all science and facts be damned. People just believe what they want to believe, and largely due to the fact that they want someone else to do something, rather than doing what only they have the power and authority to do themselves.

Reason #6 – Our Divisions will be our Demise

Most Americans have grown to be fed up with the laundry list of intentional divisions over race, creed, color, sexual orientation, competing ideologies, economic status, and social shaming, all created with purpose by the political left. They are beginning to throw off those shackles and realize that there is only ONE race, the human race, and only two types of people in America, those who love freedom and those who prefer free stuff.

The division that is keeping us from rising up together is coming from within our own ranks, at least, allegedly “people on our side.”

Three things must happen, before we lose everything…

1. Americans must be properly informed in TRUTH
2. All ideas that cannot work, must be eliminated from the discussion
3. The people must stand and move together as one, or divided, everyone will lose everything

The facts presented here will NOT stop political charlatans from pandering the scam Convention of States for profit. But it must stop well-intended Citizens from falling for this very dangerous scam.

No one can save America but the American people themselves. They will never do it, so long as they are shackled to lies, false solutions and divided by competing pet agendas.

The Convention of States will never happen, nor should it ever happen. Until we remove all that cannot be done from the table, we cannot focus on what can and must be done, what only WE can do!

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Joan Swirsky

October 29, 2021

Yes, Shakespeare said that of “a woman scorned.” But even the English bard could never have imagined the red-hot rage of multi millions of women who learned that the children they love and protect and would give their lives for were being taught by their local friendly teachers to hate themselves and hate their country.

As everyone now knows, there has been a massive eruption of nationwide protests as tens, no hundreds, no thousands of mostly Muslim women (and a few of their husbands) have descended on School Board meetings across the country to protest the fact that Critical Race Theory (CRT)is now being inflicted on their children, starting in kindergarten.

They are telling the powers-that-be how much they resent that their children will be taught that Muslims are evil and dangerous––going back to the problems President Thomas Jefferson had with the treacherous Muslim Barbary Pirates––and that this kind of information would be used to warp the minds of their innocent children.

These impassioned Muslim mothers (and some fathers) insist that they are upright and contributory American citizens who benefit America, have been elected to high public office, and pay their taxes. And they list the historical events they insist is their prerogative—and not the role of racist teachers––to explain to their children:

• The deadly bombing of Marine headquarters in Lebanon in 1983, in which 240 American Marines and 21 American seamen were annihilated, thanks to a Muslim suicide bomber.
• The September 11, 2001, attack on America, in which nearly 3,000 Americans were murdered by Muslims who brought down the Twin Towers, attacked the Pentagon, and sought to obliterate the White House.
• The thousands of Muslim jihadist attacks around the world, going back decades and continuing to this day.
• The existence––here in America––of female genital mutilation (FGM) performed on four- and five-year-old girls, ostensibly to suppress their sexuality.
• The existence––here in America––of Honor Killings (i.e., murder) to punish Americanized Muslim high school girls who dare to date an American schoolmate.
• The relentless propaganda their children are exposed to, for instance a cartoon that depicts the Koranic story of Jews being turned into apes.
• And just the other day, a 27-year-old Muslim man who murdered his mother because she converted to Christianity.

Who can blame these Muslim women (and some husbands) for protesting and even yelling at the School Board members and even “threatening” to take their children out of school for contaminating their innocent children with what they define as racist misinformation against what even American presidents have called “the religion of peace”?

AND THEY ARE NOT ALONE

Right by the side of these inflamed Muslim women (and some husbands) are Black mothers (and some husbands) who are furious that CRT is determined to “teach” their children equally harmful things, such as:

• Why, after over 70 years of Blacks voting Democrat and supporting unions like radical Randi Weingarten’s American Federation of Teachers (AFT), their offspring are empirically, objectively, pitifully on the very bottom rung of educated children, that immigrants who come to this country––not even speaking English––routinely outperform the Black public-school victims of male ducation. And they are furious to hear that Ms. Weingarten tweeted support for an op-ed that said parents don’t have the right to shape their kids’ school curriculum!
• Why cities run by Democrats are consistently, over decades, the highest in crime, unemployment, and widespread government dependency instead of prideful independence.
• Why their “leaders” are so consistently anti-American and anti-Semitic racists like Louis Farrakhan,  Al Sharpton,  Jesse Jackson, Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-MN), Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D-MI), Rep.Cori Bush (D-MO), anddozens of others, including their racist icon, Barack Obama! Not to omit Joe Biden’s clear contempt for Blacks and Jews, the latter of which I have documented in articles entitled “Joe’s Jews,” “More About Joe and the Jews,” and “The Oldest Hatred Now Fulminates and Flourishes at 1600.”
• Why teachers don’t concentrate on Martin Luther King, Jr., Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Jackie Robinson, Serena Williams, Quincy Jones, Justice Clarence Thomas, and other great black heroes and ground breakers, but instead make folk heroes out of Communist murderers like Cuba’s Che Guevara, career criminals like George Floyd, and anarchist destroyers like Antifa and Black Lives Matter, who do nothing but set cars on fire, smash storefront windows, engage in grand theft and petty larceny, assault innocent citizens, and contribute nothing!

BUT WAIT!

I left out the White parents who started what has now become a nationwide protest. The whole point of Critical Race Theory is to prove to innocent school children that the triple evils in America––the Constitution, Capitalism and Christianity––were all introduced by malevolent White men.

There may be Muslim or Black mothers (and some fathers) at these protests,but you can be sure that none of the above questions I’ve posed will ever be asked––or answered––in today’s left wing propaganda factories, aka public schools, precisely because these mothers are considered in the protected “victim” category.

What Critical Race Theory is really all about is destroying big, bad Whitey! Whether its tearing down statues or burning books or telling the children of 72 percent of our population that they were born evil racists and the products of generations of evil racists, the goal is to omit from the classroom the fact that the White men they are vilifying are the same White men who created the freest, richest, strongest, most generous nation in world history, the nation that multi millions of illegal aliens––at this very minute––sacrifice everything to come to and live in and experience the American Dream!

You know, the same White men who banished the curse of slavery, although admittedly other White men––all of them Democrats––also created the viciously racist Ku Klux Klan, the Jim Crow laws, and uniformly voted against the Civil Rights legislation in the mid-1960s.

Come to think of it, Critical Race Theory should be renamed Corrosive Racist Training and be described as a course in systemic Democrat racism and its disastrous effect on our country.

BETRAYAL!

Imagine how these protesting parents felt when they learned that Joe Biden’s pick of Attorney General, Merrick Garland, called these desperate mothers (and some fathers) “domestic terrorists” and ordered the Federal Bureau of Investigation to monitor them and punish them for exercising their Constitutional right to Free Speech and for the mortal sin of protesting peacefully!

Garland’s menacing directive to the FBI is what writer Justin O. Smith described as “a piece of real fascist garbage.”

Good to know that a government watchdog group has now launched an investigation of Garland for his threats against public school parents across America.

In addition, after grilling Garland in a Judiciary Committee meeting last week, a principled legislator, Senator Josh Hawley (R-MO), called for his resignation.

To add insult to injury, the parents then learned that Garland’s daughter is married to Alexander Tanner, the guy who co-founded––and is raking in multimillions of dollars from — Panorama, the company selling this racist junk to over 50 of the nation’s 100 largest school districts, or, as the company describes itself, as supporting “13 million students in 23,000 schools and 1,500 districts across 50 states.”

Talk about Garland’s conflict of interest!

Yet further evidence of the incestuous leftist push toward Communism that parents across the country are now protesting is provided by author and journalist Jack Cashill who reveals that a major essay for Panorama’s CRT “curriculum” was written by terrorist emeritus and Obama pal Bill Ayers!

PUSHBACK

This nationwide outrage of parents has been effective. As blogger Fred Miller documents, “It’s an encouraging sign that that the execrable National School Boards Association (NSBA) has blinked and apologized for joining Merrick Garland in villainizing anti-CRT parents as ‘terrorists.’

“Perhaps even awakened Democrat parents will be, in the long run, part of the most effective resistance we have against the Woke totalitarians. In the natural order of animals, vegetables &minerals, there is no more powerful force with which to reckon than angered Mama & Papa bears.”

The visceral anger of the separents is not only being expressed at School Board meetings across the country, but it has gone viral on social media.Even confirmed, lifelong leftists were horrified and disgusted when the far-left candidate for governor of Virginia, Terry McAuliffe, added his less-than-two-cents worth by stating: “I don’t think parents should be telling schools what they should teach”

Really? Here, Quisha King gets a standing ovation when she calls for a “mass exodus” from public schools.

HISTORICAL PRECEDENT

In 1982, in Lawrenceville, Georgia, Tony Cavallo was repairing a 1964 Chevrolet Impala when the vehicle fell off the jacks it was propped on and trapped him underneath. His mother Angela miraculously summoned up such Herculean strength that she was able to lift the car high enough and long enough for two neighbors to replace the jacks and pull Tony to safety.

There is actually a name for this kind of astounding display of superhuman strength––it’s called Hysterical Strength and it’s no surprise that it often involves mothers.

Why is that? It’s because bringing a child into the world––notwithstanding the creativity involved in law, medicine, architecture, astronomy, space travel, music, literature, art, gardening, et al––is the ultimate creative act. Nothing comes close.

Writer, editor, and international blogger Ruth S. King suggests the following: “Like other efforts which led to political victories, dissident parents should coalesce behind a new movement named My Child, My Choice!”

That’s exactly what is happening! Today, the mothers of America’s schoolchildren are now telling the powers-that-be that they will not allow their children to ingest the toxic, dishonest, racist brew of CRT.  They are telling the innovators of this theory, the teachers who purvey it, the Attorney General of the United States, the FBI, and the President of the United States: Don’t contaminate my child with your hateful, racist, anti-American, anti-White poison…. or else!

© 2021 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com

By: Devvy

October 29, 2021

WARNING:  Photos are horrible but the truth must be told and seen

Back on August 16, 2021, I pointed out in my column:  “There is NO need to abuse animals and subject them to extreme pain and cruelty to sell products (like spraying hair spray into the eyes of a bunny rabbit to see how the poor thing will react) and certainly not this but then again, I see Doctor Death as having no soul:  Anthony Fauci Approved the Systematic Torture of Dogs (8.5.21)  –  $424,000 of our tax dollars.  Beagles were tortured and endured months of horrible pain and then killed.”

Don’t know why it took so long, but over the past few days, suddenly, it’s all over the Internet.  Fauci under fire by beagle organization over alleged puppy experiments, October 27, 2021

“A bombshell report from the watchdog group White Coat Waste Project claimed that the agency spent $1.68 million in taxpayer funds on drug tests on 44 beagle puppies.“ Keith slammed the experiments, which allegedly also involve locking the dogs in cages with hungry sand flies so that the insects could eat them alive, as “unethical.” “Dr. Fauci, the evidence is clear: animal testing is outdated, flawed, cruel, unethical and harmful to both animals and humans,” she said.

When I first saw the beagle photos two months ago, I damn near, well, you can imagine.  Such barbaric experimentation using our tax dollars was hidden by doing the experiments over in Tunisia.   Further from White Coat Waster Project: “Bearing witness to what you and your organization does to these animals is nothing short of criminal. It is time to end it, and now the world is watching,” president and founder Shannon Keith wrote.

“If it does not end immediately, Beagle Freedom Project will make sure it becomes criminal and those who perpetrate it will be punished by law.”  She cited the FDA Modernization Act, a bipartisan bill that was introduced to end an outdated mandate that experimental drugs must be tested on animals.”

That bill, H.R. 2565 has been introduced session after session; Congress refuses to pass it.  As of today, the bill has all of 12 co-sponsors.  My congressman, Jodey Arrington is not one of them.  Arrington is very popular in this district but apparently torturing and killing innocent animals doesn’t seem to bother him.  But, that bill is watered down diarrhea.  “Allows an applicant” to stop torturing helpless animals? It should read:  Effective this date ALL animal testing will cease as other ethical and effective biology- based methods are available.

FDA Modernization Act of 2021

“This bill allows an applicant for market approval for a new drug to use methods other than animal testing to establish the drug’s safety and effectiveness. Under this bill, these alternative methods may include cell-based assays, organ chips and microphysiological systems, sophisticated computer modeling, and other human biology-based test methods.”

NIH (National Institutes of Health) is under HHS (Dept. of Health Human Services) headed up by another sociopath, Xavier Becerra [D].  The buck for spending stops at his desk.  $3 MILLION of our tax dollars went to fund heinous experiments at the University of Wisconsin-Madison where cats were drilled into their heads, deafened and then killed.

Fauci isn’t the only sadistic sanguivorous cretin receiving funding from your wallet.  This photo is USDA (Dept of Agriculture).

I am not anti-meat, foul or pork.  I eat meat, chicken and turkey. But, there is NO excuse for outright cruelty when it comes to slaughtering animals.  It’s not necessary to put pregnant pigs in gestation crates for months and months where they can’t move at all.  It’s not even against the law to simply burn them alive once their bodies wear out and can’t produce any new piglets.  The American people have no idea the horrors going on at big farming operations.

It would take pages and pages to describe how cows, chickens and other farm animals are tortured by big corporations while state legislatures look the other way.  What I don’t understand is how can their employees even look in the mirror every morning? Yeah, I can.  Sociopaths have no empathy for anyone, including animals.  Only for themselves.

Rise for Animals is another group who simply want to see totally unnecessary torture of dogs “for science” stopped.

“Marshall BioResources breeds tens of thousands of dogs for the sole purpose of being sold as research subjects.  Dogs are born into a life of cold cages, treated like disposable commodities… Just recently mixed hounds bought from Marshall were used in experiments that can only be described as medieval.  Temple University researchers cut the spinal roots of these dogs, sliced off their tails and implanted electrodes on their bladders.  Sometimes their bladders were then cut from their abdomens before they were euthanized.”  Sociopaths masquerading as researchers.

Petco, Drop Marshall!

“Marshall BioResources ships the dogs, cats, ferrets, and other animals they breed to research laboratories for unimaginably cruel experiments. Petco purchases and sells Marshall ferrets and products, directly supporting this cruel business. You can help shut it down.”

And Anthony Fauci’s NIH gives more than $15 BILLION dollars in grants every year for this monstrous industry with a large portion going to Marshall BioResources.  THIS is what you work so hard for to see your paycheck raided to pay for the deliberate torture of helpless animals.

NAVS (Advancing Science Without Harming Animals) is another hard working, dedicated organization trying to stop such evil.  August 27,2021 newsletter:  “Another Beagle bred to be tortured.  Her life spent in a cramped cage for all but 3 hours a week and what do they feed that innocent little doggie?  Pesticides to see how long it takes for her energy to fade away and kill her.

Physicians Committee for Responsible Medicine is a wonderful organization that educates Americans that using animals for science is NO LONGER NECESSARY (if it ever was), explains why and alternatives.  The one section they get an F on is COVID, but then with all the censorship hiding the truth, I’m not surprised.

But don’t throw the baby out with the bath water.  Want to fight hot flashes?  No need to torture helpless animals for more pills, there’s a better solution.  I highly encourage you to visit their site and read the truth about ethical science vs torturing animals.

Where does the blame for this go to?  Congress has oversight committees for USDA, NIH, VA & HHS.  They know this barbaric, monstrous torturing of innocent animals is going on and they approve of it because they fund it.  The bill above is toothless.  Those thieves in Congress continue to spend BILLIONS torturing animals for research.  Is this okay with you?

Tell your congress critter and senator:  We demand ALL animal testing at any U.S. government labs stop now – including farming out the research to foreign countries where they torture the dogs.  Not another BORROWED dollar to any labs who use animals for research because there are better alternatives.  Not another BORROWED dollar to any college or university who use animals for research for the same reason:  There are better scientific based alternatives to benefit mankind.

The same goes for your state rep and senator.  Tell he/she the same thing.  Not one more nickel to any labs, colleges or universities who torture animals for research.  I signed the petition to our state AG Ken Paxton to clamp down those who commit grotesque animal cruelty. Throw them in jail and send a clear message.

I have donated to the Beagle Freedom Project. They rescue those precious little muggers after being released from animal testing and research facilities. Just heart breaking. “Most were puppies when the torture began and had never even stepped on grass their whole miserable lives. BFP gives them rehabilitation and a safe and nurturing environment while they find new forever owners who will love and take care of them.”

The Kindness Ranch in Wyoming is also an animal sanctuary that rescues dogs and cats who’ve survived unimaginable torture while being experimented on by labs and universities – paid for by your state and/or federal income taxes.

The U.S. government is still allowing animal cruelty testing. The VA is one of the dirtiest culprits. It is NOT necessary to improve the lives of humans. E.P.A. Says It Will Drastically Reduce Animal Testing. Prove it.  No, it is not necessary to “safeguard human health”. Propaganda pure and simple. The same goes for the rotten, corrupt FDA (Federal Death Administration). It needs to stop, period.

And, don’t let me forget about cosmetics – a multi-billion dollar a year industry.  I covered this last Christmas:  That fur on your coat, ski parka and sweaters likely comes from dogs skinned alive by demonic sub-humans in China.  It’s just business they say.  The fur is routed through other countries to get around laws banning it like the U.S.

A long, long time ago I quit using any brand of make-up in any form that practices animal cruelty. Like spraying hair spray into the eyes of a bunny rabbit to see how it will react. I don’t want any product on my face, body or eyelashes that comes at the cost of torturing a defenseless animal.

Now, just because a cosmetic company says they are cruelty free does NOT mean they are because a little-known fact: If that company sells to the God-less communists in China they MUST use animals to test. China requires companies to torture animals to sell their products in their country.  That’s right and that’s why I use all-natural fruit-pigmented make-up from foundation to blush to mascara to eye shadow; silicone free.  All products. Dreamy!

Look, I know we have big serious issues killing this country:  Illegals invasion, vote fraud and the COVID-19 injections killing fields.  But, like hurting innocent babies, this torturing of animals is demonic.  There’s no reason for it when alternatives are being used with better results due to modern science.

I could have added a hundred more photos that would break your heart, but I hope you will make your voice heard on this and if you’re running for city council, county commissioner, your state legislature or Congress, make a promise you will work to stop such unnecessary and horribly cruel torture on helpless creatures.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Always hit them where it hurts the most:  $$

Cruelty-Cutter is cruelty-free shopping made simple! Cast away any doubts when purchasing items by using Cruelty-Cutter to scan an item and have an immediate response about its animal testing status.

What a Wonderful, Blessed Donated Surprise

By Devvy

As NWVs readers know, NewsWithViews depends on reader financial support.

Imagine Paul Walter’s surprise when a reader donated this stunning diamond ring!  What he needs to do now, because the company providing hosting/serving and other expenses don’t accept diamonds for payment, is sell it.

NewsWithViews is looking for a serious buyer and what a great time to get your shopping done for that special woman in your life for Christmas or perhaps anniversary.  Or, for yourself, ladies, for making it through a tough year!

The ring has been appraised by a licensed appraiser in San Antonio (Texas) at $14,000.00.  That gorgeous ring is platinum.  The center diamond is two carats; surrounding diamonds one carat.  This is a first-class ring.

Paul really needs to convert diamonds into cash for operating expenses so he’s open to reasonable offers considerably lower than the appraisal. Heck of a good deal and no supply chain problem! If you are interested in making him an offer, he will require a cashier’s check up front.

Paul will then send the ring UPS overnight with a copy of the appraisal.  If the buyer is completely satisfied, Paul will send along the original appraisal for insurance purposes.  If the buyer is not satisfied, buyer can return the ring and Paul will send back the cashier’s check.  But I don’t think that will happen because it is stunning.

So, if you are interested, give Paul a call at 1-800-955-0116 CST (Texas).

If you wish to help NWV you can donate here.

Devvy

by Lee Duigon

The Loudon County school district, in Virginia, is where the action is these days. Or to put it more simply, it’s a mess.

This week a juvenile court judge found a 14-year-old high school boy—who was wearing a skirt at the time, and claiming to be “transgender”–guilty of raping a female student in a high school rest room. And Loudon County parents and students are a bit ticked off that the school board’s first instinct was just to transfer the boy to another school…

Where he attacked another girl.

But that’s okay, because when the first girl’s father showed up at a school board meeting to demand an explanation—well, they had him arrested, didn’t they?

And meanwhile the National School Boards Assn. asked the federal government to declare protesting parents “domestic terrorists” and have the FBI—those are the guys who used to chase gangsters—“investigate them.”

Why? Because they didn’t like the schools’ curriculum—especially the Critical Race Theory (“All white people are born racists,” etc.) and the cheerleading for transgenderism. In fact, parents thought the board covered up the rape to protect its transgender bathroom policy.

So one of the board members has resigned. In addition to the aforementioned controversies, she was in hot water for violating the open public meetings law by organizing secret meetings via text messages. Don’t want the plebs finding out what the grandees are up to!

Also this week, students walked out of at least five Loudon County high schools to protest what they saw as school officials sheltering a rapist. “Loudon County protects rapists!” they chanted. Ya think?

Wait a minute! Couldn’t the school board ask the feds to brand these kids “domestic terrorists,” like their parents? Sure they could! Everybody knows that “educators” are wise and good and infallible and anyone who criticizes them should be hauled in by a squad of G-men.

Meanwhile, two more state school board associations, in Missouri and Ohio, have severed their connections with the National School Boards Assn. They don’t want to be judged by the company they keep.

All this fracas started because they closed the schools for The Pandemic and kids had to learn at home, via remote learning. Thus for the first time ever, parents saw and heard what their kids were being “taught.” And they didn’t like it! Then again, the Far Left teachers’ unions didn’t like parents being hip to the curriculum. They tried—but failed—to get parents to sign “pledges” not to listen in on their children’s lessons.

Never mind—all over America, parents thronged school board meetings to demand an end to Critical Race Theory and all the rest of the craziness in the curriculum. School boards tried to fob them off with feeble denials that they were teaching CRT; but at the same time, the teachers’ unions doubled down on it. “Shut up, you peasants! We’ll teach Critical Race Theory whether you like it or not—and you’d better like it, or else!”

The question is: Is there any limit to the abuse American parents will take from public school officials? What do they have to do to people to get their dander up? We, the undefended public, pay for those wretched schools. Every penny comes out of our pockets. But what do we have to show for it? Well, I’ll show you my FBI dossier if you show me yours!

Our public education system is now owned, operated, and weaponized against us by Far Left teachers’ unions—the Chicago union actually sent a delegation of teachers to Venezuela to “learn” how to teach socialism—lunatic “educators,” and the Democrat Party. They won’t listen to our objections, don’t give a hoot for our concerns, and pour our money into ideologies that hurt us.

The only meaningful response we can make, and the only effective one, is to pull our children from these schools.

Kill public education, and Far Left Crazy dies.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit—before the FBI grabs both of us. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

Most people don’t remember when the “junk food revolution” started, but I remember those 20 cent hamburgers at McDonald’s just off my college campus back in 1965.  Who didn’t carry a buck in their pocket for so much cheap “food”?  You could buy three burgers, a packet of fries and a Coke for less than a dollar.  If I had known better, I would have invested every dime in their stocks!

Not to be forgotten, that’s when the “throwaway society” began as customers tossed their cups, bags and paper burger wrappers anywhere and everywhere onto the landscape. Today, we’ve trashed our lakes, rivers, beaches and woods.  There’s not one clean highway in America. Every road in this country, every park, rest area, college campus and inner city stands eyeball deep in litter.

Once Micky D’s fast food caught on, Burger King, Burger Chef, Pizza Hut, Little Caesars, Papa John’s, Wendy’s, Chipotle’s, Q-Doba’s, Arby’s and dozens of other junk food joints spread like wildfire across the USA.

But something else “spread” across America: waistlines.  From normal 33-inch waists in 1965, today, men feature 43-to-53-inch waistlines.  Women carry more flab around their arms than Jabba the Hutt in the Star Wars movie.  Young children sport pot bellies before they reach their teens.  A full 2/3 of American society suffers from overweight by 40 to 50 pounds…and half of that number suffers morbid obesity.

From the 60’s to the roaring 20’s of 2021, this country faces an obesity epidemic among the baby boomers, X Generation, Woke Generation and beyond.

We’ve got 1,000,000 heart attacks annually. We’ve got another 1,000,000 cancer patients annually.  We’ve got runaway diabetes into the millions. Arthritis cripples millions. Little known or appreciated, mental cognitive decline, aka, Alzheimer’s Disease affects millions of fat people as their brains don’t enjoy oxygenated blood which hastens their mental decline.

Then, we’re talking knees and hips that wear out. Thus, steel knees and hips.  Our hospitals suffer packed crowds trying to maintain some kind of quality of life as they eat their way toward their morbidity.

Ironically, those fast-food joints spike their menus with MSG, a chemical that makes patrons eternally hungry…so they go back to the counter for another burger and fries.

Why am I writing about this situation?  Last week, one of my lifelong friends died of a heart attack. Only 60 years old!  But, 50 pounds overweight and a junk food junkie!  As brilliant of a wildlife photographer as he was, as highly educated as he was…he couldn’t stop eating junk food.  One day last week, I’m talking on the phone with Allen, and now, I’ll never hear his voice again.

Let’s examine America’s current addiction to fast food. Since the pandemic, we’ve raced to the junk food parlors.  A “Chick Fila A” near my home sees a constant 10 car lineup for their fast-food.

“Americans’ love affair with food has never been a secret. Whether it’s for a cheat meal or comfort food after a hectic day or coping up with lockdowns during the pandemic, the love for fried chicken, tacos, pizza and burgers has always been on the rise. Some are more in demand than the others; new data shows that America is eating more burgers than any other fast food during the pandemic.” Raji Ali

Here’s an offline GPS data of millions of Americans’ visits to the 20 largest fast-food restaurants in the nation across four main categories (Burgers, Mexican Food, Fried Chicken, and Pizza). The aggregate data was compared with visits from last year to arrive at the increase in percentage of visits to each fast-food chain.

Consider this:

54.4% increase in visits to Burger Chains in 2021.
32.1% increase in visits to Mexican Food Chains in 2021.
29.5% increase in visits to Fried Chicken Chains in 2021.
16.2% increase in visits to Pizza Restaurant Chains in 2021.

All those fast-food joints sell non-nutritious, unhealthy, chemicalized and over-caloried food stuffs.  Those “foods” do more damage to one’s body over the years because it’s a slow-motion process. The average American eats 140 pounds of white sugar annually. The amount of Coke, Pepsi and Mt. Dew screams off the charts.  You can’t feel it, but each year, as you slap on another three to five pounds, by the time you reach 50, you’re sporting a 40-to-60-pound pot belly.

Your waistline expands, your blood pressure explodes…and you don’t know what to do about it or where to start.  Essentially, you have been addicted to junk food and all the poisons inherent in that eating style.  If you’re eating TV dinners or other packaged foods, you’re ingesting endless chemical dyes, preservatives, sucralose, aspartame, dextrin and more funny name ingredients than you could ever pronounce.

At some point, each of us may choose to eat healthy foods.  We may choose restaurants that serve life-giving foods such as Modern Market Eatery, Mad Greens and Healthy Habits.

If you stay home, it’s easier to buy wholesome, nutritious organic foods at Natural Grocers, Whole Foods, Sprouts and other grocery stores that actually care about your health.

For those of you suffering from cognitive decline or any of the forms of Alzheimer’s Disease, I recommend two books: The End of Alzheimer’s—Stopping and Reversing Cognitive Decline by Dr. Dale Bredesen. Secondly, Brain Warrior’s Way by Dr. Daniel Amen.  He and his wife also published a cookbook to give you guidance on your way back to health—Brain Warrior’s Way Cookbook by Daniel and Tana Amen.

With my dear friend Allen gone, and another friend with Alzheimer’s, I hope this information will give you the courage to eat well, exercise daily, and move your life toward healthy longevity so you can enjoy your family, friends and grandchildren.  God bless and keep you.

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Bradlee Dean

“No one pushed the false narrative of Weapons of Mass Destruction against an innocent people more than this criminal.”

When you have treasonous and disgraceful Joe Biden, George W. Bush and Barack Obama singing your praises on and through the mainstream media, you know as well as I do that he was just as corrupt as the ones praising him (Luke 16:15), and in the case of Colin Powell, nothing could be truer.

No one played the Judas like that of Colin Powell (Luke 22:48). He sold himself out, as well as everyone and anyone else that would stand in the way of his climb up the political ladder regardless of who had to be sacrificed in the process.

Colin Powell pushed the propaganda narrative (weapons of mass destruction) for the Iraq war without any provocation on their part (John 8:44).

[Rumble Video]

Population-based studies produce estimates of the number of Iraq War casualties ranging from 151,000 violent deaths as of June 2006 (per the Iraq Family Health Survey) to 1,033,000 excess deaths (per the 2007 Opinion Research Business (ORB) survey). Other survey-based studies covering different time-spans find 461,000 total deaths (over 60% of them violent) as of June 2011 (per PLOS Medicine 2013), and 655,000 total deaths (over 90% of them violent) as of June 2006 (per the 2006 Lancet study). Body counts counted at least 110,600 violent deaths as of April 2009 (Associated Press). The Iraq Body Count project documents 185,000–208,000 violent civilian deaths through February 2020 in their table. All estimates of Iraq War casualties are disputed.

And American casualties, As of July 19, 2021, according to the U.S. Department of Defense casualty website, there were 4,431 total deaths (including both killed in action and non-hostile) and 31,994 wounded in action (WIA) as a result of the Iraq War.

[Rumble Video]

Put what General Wesley Clark said of this up against what it was that Colin Powell, Donald Rumsfeld, George W. Bush, Paul Wolfowitz and Dick Chenney had to say.

[YouTube Video]

Colin Powell was honored by Joe Biden, George W, Bush, and Barack Hussein Obama for lying to the American people and sacrificing their young men by sending them out into to a foreign nation to steal away their natural resources (Oil) (Proverbs 19:9).

Of course, after these warmongers here capitalize off their sacrifice in making them 34 billion dollars, they then admit that there were no weapons of mass destruction.

Remembering why American’s loathe Dick Cheney

[YouTube Video]

Conclusion: When it comes to the honorability of Colin Powell, there is no honor, but dishonor and disgrace (Proverbs 17:15).

If the American people had taken the time to know the truth of the matter, Colin Powell would have been tried for his war crimes against an innocent people, both Iraqis and American soldiers (Isaiah 26:9).

The good news is that he has now met his Maker and will now pay in eternity for his crimes for all eternity (Hebrews 9:27).

[Rumble Video]

© 2021 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Lex Greene

Most Americans think we are headed into some form of “civil war” between BLUE and RED states, as the nation is divided, angry, and motivated to fight, more than at any point in our history. But the simple truth is, there are no BLUE states in the USA. There are only a handful of BLUE cities, all of them run and controlled by democratic socialists, and all of them on the verge of total collapse from gross mismanagement.

If we did have a “civil war” today, that war would be 84% (RED) counties in this country verses 16% (BLUE), at best. Including the most massive election fraud in the history of mankind, Biden still only won 477 counties in 2020, 396 counties LESS than Obama won (873) in 2008.

By comparison, Trump won 2,497 counties in 2020, or 84% of the country, by county. Biden allegedly had the support of only 16% of the country, but mysteriously, claims to have received 12-million more votes than Obama, and 6-million more votes than Trump, who received 11-million more votes for his re-election, than his 2016 victory over Hillary Clinton.

The fact is…that Biden victory is mathematically impossible, and there are no BLUE states in the USA. There are only BLUE socialist cities, and only a handful of them even matter, the worst cities in our country, by any method of measure. Do they really think BLUE city folks are going to move out into this RED country and take it over?

WORST CITIES IN AMERICA

Washington D.C. (democrat controlled)
New York City (democrat controlled)
Chicago (democrat controlled)
Baltimore (democrat controlled)
Philadelphia (democrat controlled)
Los Angeles (democrat controlled)
San Francisco (democrat controlled)
Portland (democrat controlled)
Seattle (democrat controlled)
Boston (democrat controlled)

There are others, all of them a disaster zone and all of them “democrat controlled.”

Of course, these are also some of the most densely populated cities in our country. What we are experiencing as a nation is what a friend at TNALC.org labeled “urban nullification,”wherein the views and interests of 84% of America is being controlled by the 16% major urban city populations, due to densely populated areas of the country, all of which have severe problems.

10 MOST DANGEROUS CITIES 2021 (per capita)

1. Louis, Missouri
2. Detroit, Michigan
3. Baltimore, Maryland
4. Memphis, Tennessee
5. Little Rock, Arkansas
6. Milwaukee, Wisconsin
7. Rockford, Illinois
8. Cleveland, Ohio
9. Stockton, California
10. Albuquerque, New Mexico

Again, these are all heavily democratic socialist cities and most, if not all, have the toughest anti-gun laws in the nation. Still, these cities largely occupied by America-hating Marxists are being entirely destroyed by gross mismanagement under democrat politicians. The safest place to commit a violent crime of any kind, is a “gun-free zone.”

This 2020 County Election Map proves the point…

The BLUE specs on this otherwise all RED national map are the problem areas of our country. This is where most of the anti-American democratic-socialists live and vote, millions of them, illegally. These are the left-wing extremist zones that are responsible for driving our entire country into total ruin. These are the urban areas currently cancelling (nullifying) 84% of the nation.

Thanks to nine months of Obama’s puppet regime and their mismanagement on the national level, Biden and Harris have done more to convert Citizens into diehard Trump fans than another four years of Trump ever could have. More importantly, Biden and Harris are converting young public classroom educated socialists into future conservatives, thanks to their heavy-handed tyrannical insanity.

A “civil war” wouldn’t be much of a war, especially since all that RED territory is littered with Bible-reading gun-toting hunters and veterans, just about fed up with the tyrannical nature of those “tolerant liberals” busy trying to “cancel” everyone who isn’t just like them.

A second civil war? No…

But a collective uprising of all pro-American Citizens tired of being dictated to by mental midgets and public servants? YES! These BLUE cities are responsible for 90% of the election fraud in our country. Do we need a war to stop them from stealing elections in the future? Or do we just need to disqualify their districts due to their massive voting irregularities and election law violations?

Do we need to go to war to prove that no one has any right or authority to jab anyone with anything against their will? Or do we simply need to stand up together in mass and say “NO, not here!”

A war between the states? Why would we? There isn’t a single BLUE state anywhere in the country. They are all RED, except a handful of problem cities. How long could it take for RED BLOODED AMERICA to isolate these BLUE cities and let them collapse from the weight of their own decisions? Maybe that’s where we need walls…

If those BLUE specs on the map think they can cancel the rest of us, I issue this caution… Think hard, real hard, before you take that step. 84% of this country will not play with you. We’ve had it with Biden, Harris, Obama, Pelosi, Schumer, and all of you responsible for them. Chatter all you want but watch your step… FREEDOM is no game!

The conservative Right may hope and pray for peace, but the insane Left has declared war on 84% of America, like it or not. Personally, I like our odds… Evil makes war against Good, no matter how good people feel about it. Evil can only prevail, where good people do nothing to stop it!

“Silence in the face of evil is itself evil: God will not hold us guiltless.”These are famous words of Dietrich Bonhoeffer, a Lutheran Pastor who was killed by the Nazis for resisting the regime.

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

It’s telling that, in the Virginia race, Barack Hussein Obama is campaigning for the Democrat McAuliffe, and Trump is nowhere to be seen for the Republican Youngkin. Obama’s campaign pitch is that Democrats will protect Mother Earth but continue the carnage of murdering the unborn. This is the rallying cry of the modern Democratic Party.

In addition, McAuliffe is campaigning to keep parents out of schools, so that the Marxist Madrassas can continue their brainwashing.

Instead of bringing Trump into the state, former Vice President Mike Pence will be the featured speaker at an educational freedom event in Loudoun County, Virginia, on Thursday.

None of this means that Youngkin can’t win. He has a good chance. But even if he loses, his example will mean a lot. He made a lot of money in high finance but has returned to Virginia, where he grew up, to make a difference. He is a role model for all of those who want to see America return to an era of life, liberty, and respect for property rights.

Youngkin is not a Trump Republican and knows that Trump is radioactive in Virginia. Indeed, McAuliffe is running ads comparing Youngkin to Trump.

On one issue, however, Youngkin is following Trump’s lead –by strongly endorsing the Trump “Warp Speed” vaccines. Majorities of Democrats and Republicans now support the vaccines. Opposing them is a political loser in Virginia and nationally.

Youngkin’s personal story includes the fact that he has been married for 26 years to his wife Suzanne and is a father of four children.

His website declares, “Virginia is being tested. This has been a tough time, with loved ones lost, jobs lost, and a country divided.”

With “loved ones lost” being a reference to the pandemic, a Youngkin victory in Virginia will do nothing on a national basis to solve the problem of the release of a virus by Communist China that has taken over 700,000 lives. But here Youngkin has a solution – the Trump Warp Speed vaccines and their ability to immunize people against the dangerous and infectious contagion that the Chinese communists spawned.

The fact is, however, that Republicans who want to win have got to move beyond Donald J. Trump and disavow the QAnon crazies and New Age weirdos that showed up as Capitol trespassers on his behalf on January 6. Anybody associated with that fiasco, including former Trump adviser Steve Bannon, have to be relegated to the back of the bus, or even off the bus.

The Democrats have their own crazies, represented by Barack Hussein Obama and his ilk, but that is their problem. These people love abortion and all the human destruction it represents. They want to save a planet devoid of humans.

Communists and socialists operate openly in the Democratic Party, and Republicans have to point this out.

In order for Republicans to become the majority party in America they have to attract more people like Youngkin, who ran the high finance firm the Carlyle Group. This is, after all, the highest stage of capitalism, to use Marxist jargon, and America’s brains on Wall Street are one of the best things we have going for our future as a nation. Youngkin is a very smart man who understands basic economics and is appealing to people by opposing Democrat tax-and-spend schemes in Virginia.

The Communist Chinese thought they would end up on top of the world because of the human impact of the coronavirus. Their rulers could easily spare another couple million lives. But today it’s the communist Chinese economy that is in trouble.  It turns out the communists did not truly understand the mechanisms of a capitalistic economy. They are in too much debt. The communists did not have the knowledge of our capitalists. They have gotten themselves into a hole.

America can take advantage of this turn of global affairs in our favor by utilizing the expertise of smart capitalists like Youngkin. There s a chance now that America’s capitalist class and other elites can in fact rally the American people to the side of true progress and hope for mankind and send communism and socialism into the ash heap of history.

In order to do this, however, we have to stop the slide into socialism in America, and that begins in Virginia.

Obama’s “Permanent Revolution” of Marxist change is in jeopardy, and he knows it. That’s why he’s cutting ads for McAuliffe.

It is appropriate at this point to note that his book, Dreams from My Father, has now been adapted for young adults and released.  The book publisher says, “A revealing portrait of a young Black man asking questions about self-discovery and belonging—long before he became one of the most important voices in America. This unique edition includes a new introduction from the author, full-color photo insert, and family tree.”

Any honest treatment of Obama’s “family tree” should include his mentor and father figure Frank Marshall Davis, a member of the Communist Party who taught a young Obama how to hate white people.

It’s not to late to read the FBI file on Frank Marshall Davis to have some understanding of what’s happening to America.

Once you understand that America has entered the initial phase of becoming a socialist nation, you will have a desperate need to go back in history and learn what Frank Marshall Davis and his students, such as Obama, were all about. Obama’s real “family tree” leads directly back to Karl Marx. And this “family tree,” in today’s terms, can be viewed in all of its poisonous splendor on the website of the Communist Party USA.  The stories and columns from the party newspaper the People’s World read and sound like press releases from the Democratic Party.

This is not surprising. The CPUSA backed Obama for president in 2008 and his re-election in 2012.

© 2021 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Sidney Secular

Psychopaths, like those now in control of the USA, have a complete lack of empathy, and obsessive desire for dominance (as shown with COVID mandates), use psychological or physical violence to establish control and have an exaggerated need to appear superior to everyone else (accomplished by virtue signaling or bullying tactics). Their amoral, immoral, or pushy traits help them rise to the top of a society’s hierarchies and power structures. They aren’t loners either. They find others of their ilk and work with them as predators. A hierarchy develops among them as in organized crime, drug cartels, sex trafficking, online scamming operations and religious cults. They exploit other dysfunctional people and useful idiots to do their dirty work for them. The worst case scenario is where psychopathic behavior is rewarded while truth telling, honesty, morality and liberty are punished as we see at the present time. Presently, they are involved in the cults of socialism, social justice, fake environmentalism, climate change nonsense and leftist ideology.as their means of control. They find their way into the philanthropic organizations and foundations to co-opt them and eliminate transparency and oversight before using their assets for their own purposes. They employ nepotism and have each other’s backs If you examine current leftist and globalist movements, you see modernized versions of communism and psychopathic modes of operation.

The use of “gaslighting” as a weapon is a classic communist mainstay. This is the sophisticated manipulation of a person through psychological means into questioning their own sanity and motives.

Gaslighting has been developed in Communist China to an extreme level. Dissidents were compelled to stand before a large crowd of true believers in the communist “faith”. The crowd would browbeat them with exaggerated or false accusations of criminality or immorality. The victim bowed and gave in, begging forgiveness and to be allowed to live. The victim was made to believe he had sinned. Many victims had no idea why they were being punished in the first place. Gaslighting is perfect for public subjugation because it makes people who love freedom think they are evil and need to be controlled; it makes the natural desire for freedom appear selfish and anti-social. Psychopathic behavior is normalized by convincing people that morality is relative or a matter of perspective and that abusive and destructive behavior has to be tolerated to achieve a better world or at least temporary public safety. Once the population can’t differentiate right from wrong, they can’t coalesce into groups that would rebel against the “status woe”. If you wonder why spouses or family members stay with and even defend their abusers, it’s because gaslighting has been used to disarm them. If you accept yourself as crazy or morally deficient, you start thinking maybe you aren’t being abused at all or after all. If you lash out and defend yourself against the abuser, you are then perceived as a horrible person, a danger to society, or a terrorist.

This control tactic is being employed everywhere in the Western world right now. Millions of law-abiding Americans are abused by the establishment through lockdowns and censorship while BLM and Antifa thugs are allowed to run rampant without consequences. The media and the psychopathic fawning politicians are trying to convince us that the J6 event was an insurrection rather than a peaceful protest infiltrated by the Left to produce “crimes” then blamed on the innocent. The “respectable right” goes along with this characterization. The Washington Examiner and other Beltway bilge publications need to hang their heads in shame for the effrontery to go along with this false flag operation.

Under the scamdemic mandates, a vast portion of the US was shut down and hundreds of thousands of small businesses were lost. Anyone who disagrees with these measures is labelled a “tin-foil hat conspiracy theorist,” a danger to others, or even a “terrorist”. It is obvious the lockdowns were completely useless in controlling the spread of the imagined virus since states with the harshest mandates had the highest infection rates. We know that the masks are useless and actually harmful based on scientific studies and common-sense observation and thinking. Instead of “following the science,” Fauci and the bullies and psychopaths doubled down on their doom mongering and domination. The media completely plays along and continues to label and libel anyone who points out the REAL science as “conspiracy theorists” and dangers to society. Inventing and invoking imaginary “white supremacism” and “institutional racism” for what the “hue-mans” are doing is the latest application of gaslighting.

The race-baiting used by leftids for years now is a prime example of gaslighting–telling people they are evil or responsible for evils they have nothing to do with continues undiminished as an insane establishment narrative. No matter what happens, they will find a convoluted way to blame it on whites or conservatives. There are only 3 ways to stop the brainwashing and gaslighting: we give in, submit to, and embrace the false narratives as true and become psychological slaves; we separate completely from the leftist totalitarians and organized psychopaths and go our own way(we need to figure out how to do that pronto); or we remove the psychopaths from the picture and rebuild. Until one of these 3 things happen, the psychopaths, lefties, and globalists will continue to work at wearing us down. That is all they know to do—they have seen it work time and again and can’t believe it won’t work now.

© 2021 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Andrew C. Wallace

For more than one hundred years, since 1913, this  unconstitutional political construct has been transferring wealth from hardworking Americans to the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC). This unlawful organization also allows government access to unlimited quantities of unconstitutional fiat money (no backing or store of value) to finance wars, theft and boondoggles. This unconstitutional and heinous activity is designed to reduce the people to poverty and slavery throughout eternity. That is what Communism and the PSRRC has always done. Remember, we have been fighting the Communists and the PSRRC since our founding.

I call these people parasitic whores who are enemies of the people because, unlike working girls, they give nothing and take everything without a conscience or any loyalty to America.

I write for ordinary Americans, the salt of the earth, who defend the country and work. I don’t attempt to communicate with the ignorant, apathetic, or Lenin’s useful idiots. It is impossible to inform most compromised effete snowflakes, professors, officials in government and corporations, media, flag officers, DOJ, SCOTUS, et al; they will die as anti-American Communists. I gave up trying years ago. My language is too unpolished, common, direct and plain-spoken for the so-called elites. To encourage readership, I also try to stay out of the weeds.

The combination of an unconstitutional Privately – Owned Federal Reserve Bank and Tax-Free Foundations is destroying our country and forcing the working people into poverty, while transferring unlimited wealth to the PSRRC unto eternity. In simple terms the Private Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) produces the fiat currency out of thin air to fund the various scams used to rule the world and impoverish the people throughout eternity. Every time they turn on the printing press your cost of living increases with inflation.

There have been many books written about the private FRB, but I think Eustace Mullins in “The Federal Reserve Conspiracy” was spot on. He said there was a conspiracy among the Rockefeller family, Benjamin Strong, Paul Warburg, J.B.Morgan,  Edward Mandell House, Woodrow Wilson, Otto Kahn, and European and American bankers resulting in the FRB. Mullins said the FRB violates Article 1, Section B, Paragraph 5 of the Constitution.

Founders of the FRB listed by Mullins are also some of the members of the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), 1/4 of 1%. There is nothing legal or Constitutional about the FRB or its Fiat Dollars.

Our founders knew from brutal experience throughout history that a proper currency was required to have a stable nation, equity, and a prosperous economy. Our constitution stipulates for damn good reasons that only Gold and Silver will be used for currency because it is a “Store of Value”, “Unit of Account”, and “Medium of Exchange”. Our dollar today is not a “Store of Value”; it is Fiat, subject to dramatic changes in purchasing power due to uncontrolled printing, without any backing by gold and silver as required by the Constitution.

As an important point of fact, the Communists (who called themselves progressives at the time) and the PSRRC passed the laws authorizing the “Income Tax”, “Private Federal Reserve Bank” and “Tax Free Foundations” in 1913. Many say that all three laws are unconstitutional and must be repealed for our survival.

A good way to demonstrate the Fiat Dollar’s lack of “Store of Value” is to compare the $35.00  price of an ounce of gold in 1934 to the average cost today of $1,800.00 an ounce. In other words the cost of gold in fiat dollars increased 50 times by 100%  during this period ( compute it any way you please). During the 1950s, I could have purchased a new VW for $1,300 or a new Chevrolet for $2,000. This proves that unconstitutional fiat dollars are not a “Store of Value” You can see that the “Value of Gold” is relatively stable, but its price in dollars is not, because the fiat dollar is not a “Store of Value”. The fiat dollar is a risky and dangerous unconstitutional currency being used to benefit the PSRRC and Communists in government with major theft of the people’s  real wealth.

To  reiterate, our Founders knew that a Constitutional currency (store of value with gold and silver) makes it difficult for the PSRRC and its government minions to increase the quantity of  currency required to wage no- win wars and steal us blind in so many ways.

For any degree of economic stability, long term growth and equity, there must be a reasonable correlation between changes in productivity and the money supply. But remember that the FRB is private and owned by banks, for the benefit of banks owned by the PSRRC. The motto of the FRB must be “To Hell With The People”.

The FRB admitted to causing the Great Depression of the thirties by its handling of the money supply causing massive transfers of wealth to the PSRRC. They are doing the same thing today in a slightly different way that will result in the greatest economic collapse in history. First, money was made available to the government, which flooded the country with money, causing many people not to work. This was responsible for a serious decline in goods and services resulting in serious inflation. In the process, people were led to falsely believe that this was a precursor to a national income ( which is impossible ). People who work and object to supporting those who do not want to work are not racists.

The primary concern of the FRB is Wall Street and the Stock Market, not Main Street. FRB loans huge amounts of fiat money at low interest rates which ends up in the hands of the government and the stock market. The stock market is run by and for the big professionals (PSRRC) to finance all kinds of blood-sucking scams that harm working people, small business, America and our economy. I would need to write a book to list all of the scams made possible by the FRB, but here are a few perpetrated in the stock market with fiat money from the FRB:

Long-established companies with quality products are taken over, downsized, or sold for short term gains, sacrificing  customers, debt holders, long term stock holders, retirement programs and employees. This would not be possible without the FRB and Fiat money.

These FRB whores  and market manipulators are also responsible for trying to end “The American Dream of Home Ownership” and for one of the few opportunities for a family to accumulate wealth. This anti-American activity is accomplished by corporations using FRB funds for stock market manipulation, to purchase single-family homes for rental income. They effectively outbid families which raises the cost of housing and also deprives families of accumulated wealth. Even the Chinese have taken exception to this practice.

Larry Getlen (Commercial Observer) reported some of these Blood Sucking Anti-Americans. The Blackstone Group is the largest holder of residential real-estate. Warren Buffett, B.W. Hughes, and The Carlyle Group are also big players, among many others. 300,000 homes are owned by these anti-American pigs.( I should use stronger terms to describe such despicable acts). This would not be possible without cheap fiat money from the FRB.

The FRB and the PSRRC’s government minions are planning on instituting “Digital Currency” which would totally destroy all Constitutional freedoms and leave the people with nothing but their chains. With digital money you would no longer be able to have even a fiat dollar in your possession to pay the boy for cutting your grass. It would mean total control of the people, which is why China is doing it. There are even greedy corporations promoting this scheme.

Conclusion:  The Private Federal Bank is the root of all evil, it is unconstitutional and owned by the PSRRC. The FRBs ability to print unlimited quantities of Fiat Dollars permits all types of stock market scams, transfers the peoples wealth to the PSRRC, finances unjustified wars for profits of the PSRRC’s Military Industrial Complex, allows graft from aide programs, subsidizes government boondoggles, etc. The FRB is not The Peoples Bank.  It is the fox in the hen house, and a criminal enterprise.

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By: Amil Imani

The insidious similarity between the 2020 rigged US presidential election and the 2009 Islamic Republic of Iran sham election, is striking and quite mindboggling. How could America, the beacon of freedom, the leader and the envy of the free world have an election resembling the most repressive country in the world? Allow me to explain.

The Islamic Republic President Ahmadinejad, a veteran of the Islamic Republic’s repressive Revolutionary Guard, took office on August 3, 2005, after an unexpected win in a sham presidential election — there are no democratic elections in the Islamic Republic of Iran. All candidates are prescreened by the Guardian Council before they can run for office.  In practice, a president of Iran is already chosen through a farce process of giving the voters a chance to elect one of the men hand-picked from the regime’s functionaries, as was the case with President Ahmadinejad.

During the previous “election,” only a small percentage of the voters bothered to vote, since voting under the pre-screening and undemocratic system of the mullahs is more like selection than election. The result of staying away from the polls materialized in the person of the fascist Ahmadinejad. The votes, more than anything else, are protest ballots cast against the entire system, rather than indications of support for the so-called conservative-moderate coalition. It took less than 4 years for Iranians to realize that boycotting the so-called elections in the Islamic Republic of Iran can only bring to power an even worse bunch of Islamofascists.

On June 12, 2009, the Iranian people went to the polls, challenging not only the incumbent president Ahmadinejad, but the entire establishment of the Islamic regime. Iran’s elections are considered extremely unfair and the Islamist government does not allow international monitors to be present. The ruling clerics put their stamp on the elections from the very beginning by deciding who can run. It is really a joke.

More than 470 people sought to join the presidential race, but only Ahmadinejad and three rivals were cleared. However, the turnout was massive, a near record high 85 percent of Iran’s 49.2 million eligible voters. Based on the information from Mousavi’s website, a group of Interior Ministry employees have leaked out the following results which seem to be closer to reality than the one released by the establishment: Total eligible: 49.2 million participated in the election. Mir Hussein Mousavi was the front runner and received 45% of the votes. Mehdi Karoobi, 33%, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad 13%, Mohsen Rezai 9%. Cancelled votes: 3%.  It was clear that Mr. Mir Hussein Mousavi won the election by a large margin. Ahmadinejad came out third. But on Friday June 12, 2009, in the Islamic election (selection) something happened. Something beyond what anyone could have ever imagined. A daylight coup d’état by the elements of the establishment, particularly, the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC).

An Iranian journalist said, “The important event that took place in Iran is that it wasn’t an election; it was a coup d’état. [They] stole 24 million votes of the nation and took them away for themselves.”

The political chief of the powerful Revolutionary Guard warned it would crush revolution against the Islamic system by Mousavi’s “green movement” — the signature color of his campaign.

Briefly, the 25 million votes for Mir Hussein Mousavi was removed and placed in Ahmadinejad’s ballot box. Just like that.

History is full of ironies. What we witnessed in the Islamic Republic was repeated in the United States. On November 3^rd, 2020, over seventy-four million (perhaps a great many more) Americans cast their votes to re-elect President Trump for his second term.

The Democrats, under the pretense of Chinese virus hysteria, implemented a national, orchestrated drive to relax accountability in the voting process, and allowed massive mail-in ballots to pour in, which they evidently exploited with massive voter fraud that enabled them to flip a lopsided presidential election.

“The Navarro Report, assesses the fairness and integrity of the 2020 Presidential Election by examining six dimensions of alleged election irregularities across six key battleground states. Evidence used to conduct this assessment includes more than 50 lawsuits and judicial rulings, thousands of affidavits and declarations, testimony in a variety of state venues, published analyses by think tanks and legal centers, videos and photos, public comments, and extensive press coverage. “

“The matrix below indicates that significant irregularities occurred across all six battleground states and across all six dimensions of election irregularities. This finding lends credence to the claim that the election may well have been stolen from President Donald J. Trump.”

The release of a forensic audit of Dominion Voting Systems Software in Antrim County, Michigan has shown that the voting machines are “intentionally and purposefully designed with inherent errors to create systemic fraud and influence election results.” There is also an undeniable mathematical evidence the election was stolen.

In his recent rally in Georgia, President Trump said: “The people that are questioning the votes aren’t interested in the people that committed the voter fraud, they’re only interested in me and others because I bring voter fraud to the forefront in order to save our nation from corrupt elections and to make sure that this never, ever happens again.”

The 2020 election was stolen by longtime planning and a concerted effort by the previous administration, high tech companies, corrupt media, the “Deep State” and other actors. They exploited the coronavirus pandemic to purge laws that were put in place over the course of decades to preserve the integrity of the ballot box. The reason Obama never left Washington D.C. as all former presidents do, is because Biden for him is his third term. He worked hard behind the scenes with his friends in the CIA, FBI and other agencies to undermine President Trump first term and to enable this enormous election fraud.

This was a déjà vu for me, a reminiscent of a rigged election in Iran. President Trump won the election in a landslide. No question about it. The legislatures and courts ignored the evidence of fraud and the judiciary refused to even hear it. Like the Islamic Republic election, this one was also an orchestrated coup attempt to remove President Trump from office. Each of us will need to come to terms with the fact that 2020 presidential election was rigged in a massive scale. None of us can hide any longer from this fact and each of us will need to consider the ramifications to our children of the immorality of this action.

© 2021 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Paul Engel

• Gaslighting is the process of repeating a lie long enough and forcefully enough for people to believe it is the truth.
• We’ve been told that Congress set the size of the House of Representatives at 435 members. But is that legal?
• What would the House of Representatives look like if we actually followed the Constitution?

When you hear a lie so often you think it’s the truth, we say you’ve been “gaslighted”. That is just as true for government as any other part of your life. From early in the 20th century, Congress has been telling the American people the lie that they limited the number of members in the House of Representatives by law, even though that law is invalid and void. Yet the American people sit back and allow their employees in Congress to violate the law, and do so with blatant disregard for the supreme law of the land and their oath or affirmation to support it. We act like the people in the Hans Christian Anderson tale, “The Emperor’s New Clothes”. We nod our heads and go along with what we’ve been told our entire lives: That the House of Representatives legally has 435 members. I’m here to play the role of the small boy in the story and cry out, “The Emperor has no clothes.” Specifically, the House of Representatives has denied you the proper representation you are entitled to in Congress, and it’s about time we do something about it.

At The Beginning

Let’s start this tale where all good stories should start: At the beginning.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land. Only laws of the United States made in pursuance of (following) the Constitution are considered supreme as well. Any act of Congress that is not pursuant to the Constitution is repugnant (contrary) to the supreme law of the land. According to the Supreme Court of the United States, such an act of Congress is void (empty or vacant).

Thus, the particular phraseology of the Constitution of the United States confirms and strengthens the principle, supposed to be essential to all written Constitutions, that a law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and that courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

This idea, that the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land, is the bedrock to the rule of law, the concept of self-governances, and our constitutional republic. So when those in government violate the Constitution, they are not merely acting unconstitutionally, they are violating the law, exercising unjust powers, and stealing from the American people their ability to consent to the actions of their government. Which brings me to the Apportionment Acts that Congress has passed.

Apportionment

Representatives shall be apportioned among the several States according to their respective numbers, counting the whole number of persons in each State, excluding Indians not taxed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 2

Article I, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution was amended by the Fourteenth Amendment to remove the Three-Fifths Clause, which limited the counting of non-free persons for the purpose of apportionment. The reason the federal government conducts a census every ten years is because it’s required by Article I, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution.

To understand this apportionment of representatives, we have to understand why we have a bi-cameral national legislature. Many compromises had to be made in order for the Constitution to be signed and ratified. One of those compromises had to do with representation in Congress. Large states wanted representation based on population, which would give them an advantage in Congress. Smaller states didn’t like that idea and wanted equal representation among the states, which would give them, and their citizens, a greater say in legislation. The compromise was a bi-cameral, or two house, legislature, how their members would be chosen, and most important to this discussion, the role of those houses.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. 

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1

The very first legally binding line of the Constitution states that all legislative or law making power would be vested in a Congress consisting of a Senate and House of Representatives. To understand the role of these two houses, we need to read the first line of the section of Article I that creates them.

The House of Representatives shall be composed of Members chosen every second Year by the People of the several States,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 1

Members of the House of Representatives are chosen by the people, because their job is to represent the people. Since the population of a country changes overtime, the Framers of the Constitution allowed for those changes by requiring an enumeration every ten years so the representatives could be apportioned properly. More on that later.

The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each State, chosen by the Legislature thereof, for six Years; and each Senator shall have one Vote.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 3, Clause 1

On the other hand, the Senate was to be made up of an equal number from each state. Although the method of choosing electors was changed by the Seventeenth Amendment, the role of the Senate is obvious from the original method of doing so, by the legislature of the state they were to represent.

So the framers of the Constitution gave us this bi-cameral legislature, with one house chosen by the people and the other chosen by the states. One house was to represent the people, the other the states. To accommodate the changes in population that would inevitably happen, we enumerate the people every ten years so we can apportion the representatives properly.

Back to the apportionment. Today, we focus on how the 435 seats in the House are divided up among the states, which is the definition of apportion. However, the Constitution does not set a fixed limit on the number of representatives.

The Number of Representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty Thousand, but each State shall have at Least one Representative; 

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 3

The 2020 Census recorded a population in America of 331, 449, 281 residents. With a little simple math, that means that the House of Representatives should be have at least 11,049 members. So why doesn’t the House have eleven thousand members? Because of a “law” Congress passed early in the 20th century.

Apportionment Acts

In 1911, Congress passed a routine Apportionment Act, based on the 1910 census, setting the size of the House of Representatives to 433 members (up from 391), plus allowing two more members when the states of Arizona and New Mexico were admitted into the union. During the debate on this legislation, concerns were raised that the House was growing too large, making it unwieldy and difficult to manage. Then in 1920, for the first time, Congress failed to apportion membership in the House after a census. This led to The Permanent Apportionment Act of 1929 or at least I think it did. When I searched for The Permanent Apportionment Act, I was directed to 2 U.S.C. §2, but when I checked that statute, the text was omitted. There was only a note pointing to the 1911 law that set the size of the House at 435 members.

Impact

So why all of this concern over an almost 100 year old piece of legislation, of which I cannot even find the actual language? After all, if Congress cannot seem to get much done with only 435 members in the House, imagine if there were 11,000! Of course, there are plenty of people, myself included, who think life would be much better if Congress didn’t do nearly as much as it does, especially since most of what they do is illegal. To quote the Chairman of the House Committee on the Census in 1911:

Members are . . . supposed to reflect the opinion and to stand for the wishes of their constituents,… If we make the ratio [of persons per Representative] too large the idea of representation becomes attenuated and less definite. The personal interest of the voter in his representative becomes less important to him, and we may lose something of the vital strength of our representative form of government.

The 1911 House Reapportionment

While limiting the number of members in the House may make it easier for them to get things done, it also makes it harder for them to fulfill their constitutional duty of representing the people of their district.

When was the last time you tried to communicate with your House member? If you email or write a letter to your member, you’ll probably get a form letter in reply. If you call their office, you’ll get a staffer. And unless you have some serious pull, it’s unlikely you can get a face-to-face meeting. Why? While there are probably plenty of reasons for this, one of them is undoubtedly how busy your representative is. With over 331 million Americans and only 435 members of the House, means each member represents over 750,000 people. It also means that if they spent only five minutes with each of their constituents, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, it would take over seven years to meet them all. There just aren’t enough hours in the day for your representative to actually know your opinion on any particular subject, not to mention your chance to petition them for a redress of a grievance. If your House member only represented 30,000 people, you might still have a hard time getting a meeting, but at least time would not be as much of an issue. They could spend five minutes with almost every person in their district every year working only 9-5 five days a week.

There was an attempt to limit the expansion of the House of Representatives in 1789. One of the amendments Congress proposed to the states was never ratified.

After the first enumeration required by the first article of the Constitution, there shall be one Representative for every thirty thousand, until the number shall amount to one hundred, after which the proportion shall be so regulated by Congress, that there shall be not less than one hundred Representatives, nor less than one Representative for every forty thousand persons, until the number of Representatives shall amount to two hundred; after which the proportion shall be so regulated by Congress, that there shall not be less than two hundred Representatives, nor more than one Representative for every fifty thousand persons.

First Amendment Proposed for the Constitution of the United States

It seems that by 1929 Congress couldn’t be bothered with actually getting the consent of the governed. They thought that the House was large enough, so they simply passed a law. That brings us back to the foundation we laid at the beginning of this article.

Supremacy vs Convenience

The Constitution says we are to have one member of the House for every 30,000 people, and that has never been amended. Yes, Congress has apparently passed legislation limiting the size of the House to 435 members. Since that legislation is not pursuant to the Constitution, it’s therefore repugnant to it and, according to the Supreme Court, that law is void.

Thus, the particular phraseology of the Constitution of the United States confirms and strengthens the principle, supposed to be essential to all written Constitutions, that a law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and that courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

If the law limiting the size of the House is void, doesn’t that mean we should have over 11,000 members to represent us? So why don’t we? In short, it’s much like the people in the story of The Emperor’s Clothes; the American people are either afraid of, or ignorant of, the facts, and are therefore unwilling point out the obvious. I haven’t even found any evidence that this Permanent Apportionment Act of 1929 was even challenged in court, much less among the states. This lie has been going around for so long most Americans have been gaslighted into believing it’s true.

Conclusion

This is one more example of the government in Washington, D.C. being out of control. At this point I have no confidence that if the Permanent Apportionment Act were to be challenged in federal court, those in the judiciary would even recognize how repugnant it is.

Should the House of Representatives have over 11,000 members? I’m not sure. What I do know is that it’s not up to Congress to determine the size of the House, it’s up to We the People through our states. Yet we were never consulted, neither have we consented to this change. It seems almost everyone from those elected to federal offices to the average, everyday American, has come to believe that whatever Congress does is not only legal, but the supreme law of the land. So I guess I must accept the role of the small boy, pointing out that when it comes to the acts of Congress, those emperors have no clothes.

© 2021 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com). You can reach him at paul@constitutionstudy.com]

By: Devvy

Most Americans by now are aware of the supply chain catastrophe.  As of October 22, 2021, more than 100 ships off the So Cal ports are sitting and waiting – many for weeks.  More excuses have been offered up than one can count. This is just one of the real problems:

Trucker Explains the Manufactured Supply Chain Breakdown, Oct. 22, 2021, 12:36 video

This is the quintessential example of rank stupidity to support one of the greatest manufactured hoaxes foisted upon the world: climate change. Yes, this is germane to the issue of truckers to haul cargo. California mandates big increase in zero-emission trucks, June 25, 2020

So, let’s celebrate: Kenworth T680 Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle Powered by Hydrogen Featured in Washington, D.C., August 10, 2021 – “This was a great opportunity to provide a hands-on look at the T680 fuel cell electric vehicle..” Please note the important word – electric.

The ignorant brain washed climate change deranged out in California will stop at nothing to convert every single mode of transportation to electric. Those useful fools learned nothing from what happened in February 2021 when the Polar Vortex hit my state of Texas and beyond. Texas Disaster – What Americans Need to Know, Feb. 22, 2021, and Renewable Energy IS Causing an Environmental Wasteland, March 1, 2021

California Drove Truckers Out of Business. Now Store Shelves Are Empty, Oct. 24, 2021

There’s also the problem of California continuing to drive businesses out of my home state by their dangerous state legislature full of nitwits and, of course, the smarmy, still governor, Gavin Newsom.  California Trucking Association’s AB 5 lawsuit still pending with Supreme Court, Oct. 8, 2021

And this one from someone I assume is in the trucking industry:

“The NEWS says the California port situation is caused by a driver shortage. Not so fast: It is in part caused by a California Truck Ban which says all trucks must be 2011 or newer and a law called AB 5 which prohibits Owner Operators.

“Traditionally the ports have been served by Owner Operators (non-union).  California has now banned Owner Operators. Long term, truckers in California are not investing in new trucks because California has a law that makes them illegal in 2035.  The requirement is to purchase electric trucks which do not exist. And in the words of Paul Harvey, “Now you know the rest of the story”.

BUSINESS

“CARB to begin blocking certain trucks’ DMV registrations in 2020. Carriers domiciled in California with trucks older than 2011 model, or using engines manufactured before 2010, will need to meet the Board’s new Truck and Bus Regulation beginning in 2020 or their vehicles will be blocked from registration with the state’s DMV, the state has said.”

Backlogged shipping containers getting dumped in port neighborhoods due to lack of space — and one crushes car after falling off truck, Oct. 20, 2021

Ports from Savannah to LA are completely disabled – except Florida.  I’m sure most remember what started around mid-March last year with the supply chain and panic buying gripped this country for most of the year.  All unnecessary as there was no pandemic and there still isn’t. As usual, Michael Snyder reports what no one wants to hear but they need to pay attention:

Our Epic Supply Chain Crisis Just Hit Another Level, And Biden Is Considering Calling In The National Guard To Help, Oct. 19, 2021

Warning: True State of the Economy, Oct. 22, 2021

The supply chain for chips for cars and trucks has crippled the auto industry – chips coming from Taiwan.  Our local Ford dealership’s lot has been virtually empty for months.  A great percentage of new car sales over the past few months are pre-sales with waiting time two months or longer.  On the other hand, used cars and trucks in good shape have been cash cows for thousands.

Headlines warn Christmas is likely to be a bust for toys and all the other categories of gifts.  Why?  Because the majority are made in Red China.  Despite downplaying by the prostitute media, store shelves are empty in a lot of the major cities and is now starting to filter down to stores across the country.  It won’t be long before panic buying starts again.

And then we have one of the most outrageous statements to come out of the mouth of any elected official, this one from the illegitimate Biden Clown Club:

US Treasury deputy sec warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until EVERYONE is jabbed, Oct, 15, 2021

“Wally Adeyemo, the Biden administration’s second-highest official in the Treasury Department, appeared to publicly blackmail the still-sizable portion of Americans who have not been vaccinated against Covid-19 during a Thursday ABC interview, seemingly blaming them for the ongoing shortages of consumer goods that have led many to mock the president as ‘Empty Shelves Joe’.

“Despite viral photos depicting thousands of cargo ships lined up at the Port of Los Angeles ready to unload their goods, Adeyemo claimed that the supply chain issues plaguing so many US retailers are an international issue and will only let up when a sufficient percentage of the country has been vaccinated. (Emphasis mine.)

“Describing the disastrous economic conditions as “an economy that’s in transition,” Adeyemo acknowledged that “we are seeing high prices for some of the things that people have to buy.” While he praised the administration’s stimulus payments, he also pinned the blame squarely on the unvaccinated.

“The reality is that the only way we’re going to get to a place where we work through this transition is if everyone in America and everyone around the world gets vaccinated.”

What the hell does the number games of “vaccinated” have to do with moving goods from ships to trucks to destinations? Cargo containers are leaving heading for the U.S. so cut the crap.  China does have energy problems as they always do but allegedly China is 80% shot up.  Last week Florida governor, Ron DeSantis “…urged ships backed up outside California’s ports to make the trip through the Panama Canal to Florida — where ports are open and ready to unload goods.

“Year after year we continue to invest in our seaports, in infrastructure and in workforce education to make sure our supply chain is resilient,” DeSantis said during a speech at Jacksonville’s port complex, according to the American Journal of Transportation.”

Threatening the American people is the wrong path, Adeyemo.  He’s not alone as butt jumper, Mayor Petey had this to say:  Transportation Sec. Buttigieg Tells Americans to Get Used to Shipping ‘Disruptions and Shocks to the System’ – “In comments Wednesday, he indicated Americans will need to get used to delays and potentially seeing empty shelves for the foreseeable future.  “There are going to be disruptions and shocks to the system as long as the pandemic continues,” he said, according to Reuters.”

“Pete Buttigieg couldn’t organize a one car funeral.” —Sen. Tom Cotton

What’s the real problem and when did it start – aside from all of the above?  Dec. 8, 1993.  The day China’s other lap dog, Bill Clinton, signed the unconstitutional NAFTA agreement (No American Factories Taking Applications) into “law”.

“He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or to be clothed in skins, and to live like wild beasts in dens and caverns.

“I am not one of these; experience has taught me that manufactures are now as necessary to our independence as to our comfort; and if those who quote me as of a different opinion, will keep pace with me in purchasing nothing foreign where an equivalent of domestic fabric can be obtained, without regard to difference of price, it will not be our fault if we do not soon have a supply at home equal to our demand, and wrest that weapon of distress from the hand which has wielded it.” The Letters of Thomas Jefferson 1743-1826 to Benjamin Austin Monticello, January 9, 1816

“What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement [NAFTA] but the architecture of a new international system… a first step toward a new world order.” Traitor Henry Kissinger, member of the Council on Foreign Relations and Trilaterialist, July 18, 1993, LA Times

How many times have you heard on the boob tube, “Those are millions of jobs that will never come back”? Why the hell not? I’ll tell you why: Because the Outlaw Congress is corrupt and cowardly. Those poltroons are afraid of communist China and will do nothing to get us out of those destructive treaties and bring home millions of jobs for Americans. Because of big money from corporations buying the favors of Congress – both parties.

Of course, Americans are to blame, too. Before NAFTA and GATT were passed, 97% of all shoes were made here in OUR country. From toasters to hand tools, clothing to cars, we made our own products. We paid our workers good wages. Our factories hummed, our farmers and ranchers fed our people and millions around the world.  America under capitalism flourished and became the envy of the world.  After NAFTA, OUR people lost their jobs while tens of thousands of jobs were then created in Mexico and Communist China; the destruction of America began.  Jefferson’s warning ignored.

Our industrial sector made the steel, we kept the money and the jobs. America kept her wealth where it should be: in the pocketbooks of her people. Instead of buying Made in America those destructive “free” trade treaties absolutely decimated our textile industry and agriculture.  Cheap labor meant Americans by the tens of thousands lost their jobs in those critical sectors.

Within two years after NAFTA was shoved down our throats thousands of factories closed.  Good paying jobs.  Jobs done by your parents and grandparents who had job security for decades suddenly gone in favor of cheap labor championed by the anti-American workers, the U.S. Chamber of Commerce.

I know. Being on top of this issue back then, following NAFTA and my trips across the country, I saw for myself small towns and cities that used to provide thousands of jobs with our factories humming turned into ghost towns with a gas station and a few local businesses like burger joints. The destruction was heart breaking.  Families spread all over the place looking for work in big crime infested cities.

And yet, tens of millions of Americans continued to reelect the same incumbents in the U.S. Congress who voted for the destruction we have lived through and continue to live in a real time nightmare created by them and past presidents.  In reality what they’ve did was fire themselves. I know that sounds harsh, but it’s the truth.

Clinton signed the unconstitutional NAFTA in Dec. 1993.  In 1994 a full 90% of the same incumbents who destroyed millions of jobs were reelected to the U.S. House and 92% of incumbent senators. 

Did we have trade with other nations prior to NAFTA, CAFTA and GATT?  We did and we had tariffs. Fair trade is good. Free trade is financial suicide for any nation.  Congress said Americans want cheaper goods.  The destruction to our major sectors, ag, industrial and manufacturing has made We the People dependent on communist countries like China, Viet Nam and others for what WE used to produce and the MONEY STAYED HERE IN THE U.S. FOR OUR PEOPLE.

U.S. officials worried about Chinese control of American drug supply – “Basically we’ve outsourced our entire industry to China,” retired Brig. Gen. John Adams told NBC News. “That is a strategic vulnerability.” 80% from Communist China & India.

As for our farming families, the destruction began a long time ago when the outlaw Congress for the first time passed unconstitutional legislation regarding farmers and farming (Tenth Amendment Issue), the Agricultural Adjustment Act AND the ‘Federal’ Reserve.  A must read: The Fed and the Farmer, my column May 7, 2005.  NAFTA simply finished destroying ag in so many different ways.

Clinton signed the unconstitutional NAFTA in Dec. 1993.  The next major blow came with GATT/WTO (General Agreement on Tariff’s & Trade and World Trade Organization).  Ever since then we’ve been at the mercy of countries that hate us.  You can thank former U.S. Speaker of the House, drunk John Boehner and dementia addled Nancy Pelosi for making sure American workers come last.  Add Sen. Mike Lee [R-UT] who never met a foreign worker bill he didn’t love.

A bill was introduced in 2011 to finally get us out, never passed. It got zero attention from the old media. Forget FOX. Too many Americans pay little to no attention to bills sitting in the biggest whore house on the planet- Congress – except for hot button issues like abortion. There were too few of us to make it happen.

It’s War:  Stop the TPP and TAFTA, January 26, 2014 (Mine.)

H.R. 29: To provide for the withdrawal of the United States from the North American Free Trade Agreement

“NAFTA has done way too much damage, and we need to repeal it. NAFTA has cost too many jobs, eroded our industrial base and decimated towns and communities,” he said in a statement. “Enough is enough – we need to focus on creating jobs right here in the United States – not in foreign countries.”

“The bill currently has just 10 co-sponsors: Democratic Reps. Joe Baca, Lynn Woolsey and Bob Filner of California; Michael Capuano (MA), Peter DeFazio (OR), Marcy Kaptur (OH), Larry Kissell (NC) and Michael Michaud (ME). Two Republicans are also backing the legislation: Texas’ Ron Paul and North Carolina’s Walter Jones. The bill has to be referred to the House Ways and Means Committee, but no action has been taken on it since that time.

“Prior to the implementation of NAFTA, the U.S. held a small trade surplus with Mexico of approximately $10 million. By 2007, that surplus had turned into an astounding $91 billion trade deficit. With Canada and Mexico combined, the U.S. has taken a $24 billion trade deficit prior to NAFTA and turned it into a $190 billion deficit – a 691 percent increase.

“NAFTA was also supposed to usher in a new age of prosperity among the American people as thousands upon thousands of good-paying jobs were to be created through the increase in trade surplus that never quite came to fruition. As you can imagine, just the opposite happened. Each and every year more and more jobs are outsourced to Mexico where labor is incredibly cheap and environmental concerns are a mere afterthought. The raft of jobs outsourced to Mexico forced American workers into direct competition with one another and drove down wages for all.

“Now Americans are forced to compete, not only with one another, but also with Mexican workers who are willing to work for much less than the average American. In the U.S., the average factory worker makes roughly $18 per hour while his Mexican counterpart earns just $3 per hour. This has encouraged a “race to the bottom” in which American companies are frequently relocating production facilities across the border. Iconic American companies such as Coca Cola, Ford, RCA, General Motors, General Electric and Nokia have all opened up assembly plants in Mexico. In fact, GE employs 30,000 Mexicans in 35 factories in the country.

“This race to the bottom has had a devastating effect on America’s manufacturing base. Pre-NAFTA, the U.S. had 16.8 million people employed in the manufacturing field. By 2007, that number was down to just 13.9 million. That accounts for over 20 percent of America’s manufacturing jobs over the past 14 years. Those good-paying manufacturing jobs have been replaced by low-paying service sector jobs with little or no benefits.”

Twenty Years of NAFTA Sucking Sound
NAFTA: 20 Years of Regret for Mexico

Oct. 2, 2002:  “Back in 1994, a lame duck Congress voted on the hideous “free” trade treaty, GATT, whereby the united States of America totally and completely abrogated its sovereignty to a foreign body – the WTO. At the time of the vote, counterfeit U.S. Senator Bob Dole said, “Any way you cut it, we’re the big beneficiary.” Counterfeit U.S. Senator Ernest Hollings had just the opposite prediction, “…described the vote as ‘the gravest mistake the U.S. has ever made on economic policy.'”

“Hollings’ statement turned out to be right. Our nation has been plundered as a result of GATT and We, the People, our businesses, our commerce, and our livelihoods, have been under attack ever since, losing virtually every single challenge made by some foreign country. On September 26, 2002, counterfeit U.S. Senator Max Baucus said he was deeply troubled by the WTO dispute settlement process and “Things are looking more and more… like a kangaroo court against U.S. trade laws.”

“Funny thing about Baucus’ stand on trade. He’s a “free” trader. On his web site it states, “I’ve also been a leader in the successful efforts to open Chinese markets to U.S. products and to bring China into the World Trade Organization.” Lie down with dogs, get up with fleas. Do business with our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese? Remember, in October 2001, a video came out officially sanctioned by the Communist Chinese government which glorified the attacks on America last September 11, 2001, with the moderator chiming that we got what we deserved. That’s a fact.

“The vote on GATT was 76-24. Guess how many members of the entire Congress read GATT? One! Former counterfeit Senator Hank Brown (R-CO). He’s the only one who read this 28,000 page treaty and declared that in no way would he vote for it.

“During the hearings on this monster, French financier Sir James Goldsmith testified in front of Earnest Hollings’ committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market. The following are some quotes from the Washington Times, December 6, 1993; they accurately reflect Sir Goldsmith’s statements during the hearings, which I watched on TV:

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building it’s first ocean going navy in 500 years.”

“China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.”

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America….If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries.”

“We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.” Sir Goldsmith could see into the future, only it’s been far worse than he predicted. *End quote

The goal right now is to buy Made in America for everything you need.  Yes, there are tens of thousands of companies from small to large who still manufacture here and they want your business.  If you can’t find it, do without like I do.  Unfortunately, I had to purchase a new computer a couple of months ago and yes, it was made outside the U.S.  A lot of Americans don’t understand one of the basics here and that is our debauched currency and the constant demand for higher wages.  I’ll cover that in Part II.

America:  Communist China and other countries have us by the you-know-what.  The supply chain nightmare is going to continue for who knows how long.  If you can do your Christmas shopping now, try to buy at artisan outdoor events, search the Internet for Made in USA.  Buy family package tickets to one of the fabulous aquariums or museums.; a gift that gives all year.  Make family memories and support American workers.  Tell retailers you refuse to buy from communist countries like China, Viet Nam and socialist countries that treat their citizens like chattel.

Part II is going to deal with the biggest nightmare of all:  United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA) and how it affects you and your future.

“We are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of Nature has placed in our power… the battle, sir, is not to the strong alone, it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave.” — Patrick Henry

Just a plug here for parents with kids or grandparents and for full disclosure, I receive no compensation.  I just firmly believe teaching America’s children to read is the key to their success in life.  A great Christmas present are any of the children’s book selections at Hearty Household.  I purchased one set of four so I could read them.  There are four different sets of four books each.  I can’t recommend them enough for young children.  Parents reading to/with their child(ren) creates an everlasting bond.  Not to mention supporting American workers. Do visit their web site.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related: 

Joe Biden Pitches His Build Back Better Agenda in Scranton: “We Will Take, Literally, Millions of Automobiles off the Road. Off the Road” (VIDEO), Oct. 20, 2021

Biden Can’t Figure Out How to Unload Container Ships in LA – Now Price of Shipping a Container Is 4.5 Times What It Was Last Year, October 23, 2021 – Those costs will be passed along to consumers.

Governor Newsom Announces California Will Phase Out Gasoline-Powered Cars & Drastically Reduce Demand for Fossil Fuel in California’s Fight Against Climate Change, Sept. 23, 2020-  MILLIONS of cars and trucks are on California roadways and highways everyday.  Just imagine how many charging stations would be needed for all electric cars, trucks and buses – powered by electricity!  Yes, Newsom no longer has a functioning brain.

By Frosty Wooldridge

Joe Biden is a product of 47 years in Washington DC.  Clearly, as a U.S. Senator, he accomplished not much more than endless, meaningless speeches. Even more clearly, as you witnessed in last week’s nationally televised Townhall meeting with Anderson Cooper, Joe Biden lacks a grasp of what’s happening in America.

It’s as if he is the Captain of the Titanic, but he doesn’t understand that he’s racing toward that “iceberg” with no understanding of how to take control of his ship.  He lacks any mental capacity to slow down, change direction or bring the ship to a full stop to save it and all his passengers…that’s all of us Americans.

Did you see the Town Hall meeting?  If you did, you would shudder with exasperation as you watched a doddering old man attempt to give intelligent answers, but spun off into gibberish.

During his answers to Anderson Cooper, he made statements that contained no truth, whatsoever.  He wandered off into diatribes that left Anderson speechless.  In many exchanges, Anderson finished the sentence.

At this point, his handlers MUST know he’s suffering from onset dementia, where he goes in and out of the present.  His wife knows he’s declining rapidly, but she won’t report on his mental decline because as Lord Acton said, “Power corrupts and absolutely power corrupts  absolutely.”

Thus, our country continues steaming into a “black hole” of problems with few solutions.

President Joe Biden stands in violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution.  Instead of protecting our southern border from invasion, he welcomes it, facilitates it, and actively promotes it.  To date in October, in excess of 1.6 million illegal refugees have breached our borders and have been taken inland by Joe Biden. Not to mention another 100,000 Afghan refugees that we didn’t invite.  (Source: U.S. Border Patrol)

Is that the modus operandi of a rational, reasonable and credible president of America?

Journalist Madison McQueen reported, “Despite their so-called commitment to transparency, the Biden administration continues to hide how they are dealing with record numbers of illegal aliens crossing our border. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has begun flying unaccompanied alien minors (UAC) and family units to cities across the United States under the cover of night.”

One local news station, WRCBtv in Tennessee, obtained a video of planes arriving at Chattanooga’s Wilson Air Center “carrying migrant children who are being bussed to multiple southeastern cities during overnight hours.”

McQueen reported, “Two of the busses seen in the video were headed for Miami and Dallas. At least four planes landed at Wilson Air Center from May 14 to May 19. One source told the news station that “approximately 30 to 50 minors are transported at a time” and “the operation started in Dallas, Texas, but moved to small airports recently to avoid attention.”  (Source: www.immigrationwatch.org)

In other words, Joe Biden breaks our laws under the cover of darkness. He’s openly defying the U.S. Constitution.  Whomever is running this administration in the background does not want the American people to know what’s happening, why it’s happening and/or the end game.

While he promised to solve the Covid crisis, more people have died in 2021 than in 2020.

While he cancelled the Keystone Pipeline to fuel this country efficiently and maintain our energy independence, he watches our gas prices double in the past nine months of his administration.  Gas runs over $5.00 a gallon in California.  Biden has no answers or solutions.

It’s like he’s on a treadmill and doesn’t know how to shut it down.  Thus, he’s going to keep running until he collapses.

What about the 100 cargo ships waiting to unload in California?  Any solutions?  Poor Jen Psaki, his front lady, starts sweating 30 minutes before she must appear in front of  some very articulate correspondents who ask “point blank” questions that she can’t answer…so, like her boss Biden…she b.s.’s everybody.  They know it, she knows it and we know it.

What about all those 100,000 Afghan refugees living on U.S. bases?  Why do they get first rights to our tax dollars with housing, food, education, cars, rent payments, medical care—when 540,000 of our homeless citizens live on the streets of America?  What about our inner cities where gangs, drugs, shootings and violence remain a daily nightmare?  Does anyone dare live in south Chicago?

Why  didn’t he retrieve the reported 400 more Americans still trapped in Afghanistan?  Why did he allow 100,000 unvetted refugees to catch a free plane ride to our country when they  did nothing to help our military forces in that country?  Why not bring in the entire population of Afghanistan of some 38 million—to save them all from the Taliban?

Without a doubt, I could ask another two dozen questions about our country’s problems.  You can see our infrastructure falling apart.  In Denver, I must dodge potholes on I-70. Colorado’s roads are a driving nightmare. This summer, I witnessed gangs robbing cars in San Francisco. I saw 22 drugs stores go bankrupt from shoplifting in the City by the Bay. I saw the 62,000 homeless in LA, 11,000 homeless in San Francisco, 10,000 in Denver, and 6,000 homeless in Seattle.

Anybody in DC solving those problems?   Answer: not a single solution by those 535 brilliant, elected officials…starting with forever career politicians like Schumer, Pelosi, Waters, Jackson and the list dribbles onward.

This nightmare of Joe Biden will ultimately land on our heads.  If he keeps upright, they  will keep dressing him and pretending that he’s in charge and serving America. When in fact, he’s serving everyone else, BUT not serving Americans.

Within the next six months to a year, I see him suffering a stroke, heart attack, physical collapse, or even death.  That’s what 51 percent of the country voted into office when they knew he was in mental decline. Who in their right mind thought that a doddering 79 year old man could withstand the rigors of the office of president of the USA?

Whether he’s discharged as to Amendment 25 or he passes away, we will see our second “Post American” president take office in Kamala Harris who is an anchor baby from India and Jamaica. She will be like a person who can’t swim but jumps into the deep end of a swimming pool with no lifeguards to save her.

The end result: our country stands eyeball deep in trouble with few reasonable solutions. Why? Because those people in Washington DC do not, will not and have not served the American people for decades. It’s almost as if they can’t wait to destroy the fabric, the vitality, the honor of being an American and American citizenship.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By George Lujack

“We’re being exterminated.” – President Thomas J. Whitmore (Bill Pullman), Independence Day, 1996

The words, “We’re being exterminated,” of fictional President Thomas J. Whitmore in the movie Independence Day were in regards to an alien race of beings attempting to exterminate the human race and take over the Earth and its resources. What need do we have of aliens when we have terrestrial beings right here on Earth seeking exterminate the human race and destroy the Constitutional liberties enjoyed by freedom loving Americans?

Cancel culture is an easy, smooth way of saying that American freedom is being exterminated. Many people are no longer even being cancelled by feigned outrage from the Left, but are quitting their careers as a matter of conscience, refusing to go along with new job requirements that the Left imposes upon them.

“He alone, who owns the youth, gains the future.” – Adolf Hitler

Connecticut Teacher Resigns Over Critical Race Theory Curriculum

Jennifer Tafuto, a Manchester Public School teacher for six years, resigned over her elementary school district’s Critical Race Theory curriculum. “After 6 years as a teacher in CT, I decided to resign from what I thought would be my forever career bc I felt more like a political activist than a teacher in my own classroom.”

Teaching Critical Race Theory is just the latest installment of new American indoctrination values that the Left insists on imposing onto schoolchildren. There are many other stories of teachers being fired or quitting for distributing or possessing a Bible, quoting Scripture verses in school, refusing to teach the LGBTQ curriculum, etc.

Teachers are expendable and the Left will find replacement teachers who are willing to teach Critical Race Theory, as well as many other social engineering indoctrinating curriculums, to children.

Nurses: Last Year’s Heroes, This Year’s Zeros

Nurses across America are facing the prospect of receiving pink slips for refusing to roll up their sleeves and take the Covid death jab. Nurses, of all professions, should know a thing or two about vaccines, because they’ve seen a thing or two about what’s really going on in the hospitals. Nurses’ refusals to take the Covid jabs, and their possible loss of employment over their refusal, is further confirmation to critical thinking Americans who rightly reject the “safe and effective” sales pitch of the Covid vaccines and the “science” of the Left.

NY Governor Kathy Hochul, who is as radically extreme as Andrew Cuomo – the man she replaced, has warned that nurses throughout the state who refuse to get Covid-19 shots will face being fired and New York may recruit medical workers from the Philippines and other countries to replace unvaccinated staff at hospitals.

New York American citizen nurses are expendable and the Left hopes to find replacements for unvaccinated nurses from medical workers who they hope to recruit from other countries.

Jon Gruden Resigns Over Homophobic, Sexist, and Transphobic Emails

The National Felons League routinely has players under investigation for serious allegations of domestic violence and other criminal activity, but if you are a white male head coach and emails emerge from over ten years ago in which you call someone a faggot, a pussy, and show forwarded pics of bikini clad women to others, then the powers that be on the politically correct Left will let you know that it’s time to resign. Apologies for this kind of behavior are not acceptable. We know that in the NFL there is plenty of room for locker room talk, but not from white male head coaches.

White male sports coaches and commentators, you are expendable and will be replaced by politically correct persons who will speak appropriately at all times.

U.S. Military who Refuse Covid Vaccinations Face Being Court Marshalled and Dishonorably Discharged

The Pentagon has announced that it plans to require all military personnel to receive Covid-19 vaccinations. Anyone who refuses could face court marshal and dishonorable discharge from the armed services.

Military personnel are expendable and replacements are not a concern of the Leftists.

New York City and Chicago Police, Firefighter, and Municipal Workers Vaccine Mandate

Police officers, firefighters, and all municipal workers in New York City and Chicago have been ordered to roll up their collective sleeves and take the Covid shot as a condition of employment. New York City employees will also receive an additional $500 in their paychecks for getting the blood clotting vaccine.

“When we give government the power to make medical decisions for us, we in essence, accept that the state owns our bodies.” – Ron Paul

Medical privacy and sovereignty over medical decisions made over one’s own body take a back seat to the Left’s “We’re all in this together” and “The vaccines only work if everyone takes them” medical propaganda.

Judge Tosses Suit That Sought to Block Transgender Athletes

Female athletes across the nation must not only compete against other female athletes, but against biological men who ‘transition’ as transgenders and enter into women’s sports. This was all made possible by their political allies on the Left.

Isn’t it ironic that the Left wants us to recognize 57 genders, but when it comes to sports they only want to recognize two: male and female, then insist that female sports competitions accommodate biologically born males?

Anyone who suggests that biologically born men should compete against each other in a different gender category are criticized as bigots, but all that conservatives are requesting is that a transgender’s genders should be recognized as something other than male and female in competitive sports, just as the LGBTQ zealots would otherwise demand.

Sweeping New Vaccine Mandates for 100 Million Americans

President Biden wants to order federal workers and companies with 100 or more employees to require Covid vaccinations for their employees as a condition of employment. Biden’s executive order Covid vaccine mandate excludes members of Congress, other politicians, and federal workers, naturally.

What if 100 million Americans get long term illnesses and / or prematurely die from the dangerous, blood clotting experimental Covid vaccinations? American citizens are expendable and President Biden has been welcoming in the replacements, illegal immigrants from the Mexican border, who are not required to receive Covid vaccinations upon illegally entering and remaining in the United States.

Some may say Biden is doing a bad job, but that would be based on the assumption that he is working for the American people and the betterment of American society. Joe Biden is working with globalists, the communist Chinese, big tech, big pharma, and whoever else has greased the big guy’s pockets. He is doing a great job of destroying America’s conservative culture and traditional values for the Left.

HABAKKUK 1:4:
The law is powerless, and justice never goes forth. For the wicked surround the righteous; therefore perverse judgment proceeds.

The Deep State Strikes Back, Revenge of the Left

For a brief time, American greatness made a comeback.Political correctness and the march of the Left towards communist dysfunctional was put on hold

President Trump was impeached twice for made up offenses, while Usurper Joe Biden, who is guilty of stealing the election and treason, gets nothing but protection and praise from our corrupt, enabling, in the tank, leftist mainstream media. President Donald J. Trump was expendable and his replacement was ‘President’ Joe Biden.

The MSM are in on the dole and are totally complicit in the destruction of America as we once knew it. There was a time when the homosexual advocates asked, “Are you homophobic”? My answer was always a resounding,“Yes! I am homophobic. Not homophobic in the sense that I am afraid of walking down the street and being gang raped by a group of male homosexuals, but homophobic knowing that people who cannot accept their own gender and / or are attracted sexually to their own gender will be influential in society at the exclusion and detriment of traditional American values.”

My fear was well grounded, as we can see the fruit of the works of the LGBTQ activists.

“America will never be destroyed from the outside. If we falter and lose our freedoms, it will be because we destroyed ourselves.” – Abraham Lincoln

The Left is no longer interested in intellectual discussion and fair play. They are interested in total conquest. They are seeking victory by means of taking total control of every institution in America, as conservative Americans are either fired or forced to resign over conscience, eliminated, or otherwise taken out of the way. Either way, the Left is getting what they want: the systematic destruction of traditional America, which will inevitably lead to the total destruction of America.

© 2021 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

By Roger Anghis

There are some very suspicious actions being done by government agencies and the media for such a long time that I have come to the point where I very rarely believe anything they say especially when it comes to the almighty vaxx. There are people that are in excellent health that get the ‘vaccine’ because they are forced to choose between feeding their families and protecting their health or their job. The side effects of this fake vaccine have been deadly for over 200,000 people[1] which is surprising because after 50 people die from a vaccine, they stop using the vaccine. This ‘vaccine’ has killed more people than ALL deaths from all vaccines in our history combined. We’re not talking about a modest increase in death reports, something we might chat about in concerned voices over Chai tea and bagels at a company mixer. We’re talking about a huge and unprecedented increase—so massive that in the last 4 months alone, VAERS has received over 40% of all death reports it has ever received in its entire 30+year history. So massive it’s literally “off the chart.” The first chart in the pair below shows VAERS death reports from 2014 thru 2020. If you tried to add the 2021 data to it, it would be way, way off the chart. The second chart shows how much detail was lost when the 2021 data was squeezed in.[2]  But that number is only what they are willing to report. There was an article on the net a week ago that stated the CDC won’t count deaths of vaccinated as ‘vaccine deaths’ if they died after 14 days but that article has disappeared. Surprise, surprise.

If the ‘vaccine’ is supposed to protect us then why do we have more deaths from the ‘vaccine’ than from the actual disease? In a span of one week, the number of deaths due to COVID-19 vaccines reported to the government’s database outnumbered the official count of deaths due to the virus.

The government’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System, or VAERS, contains voluntary, unverified reports of adverse events following immunization with U.S.-licensed vaccines. But it’s estimated that only between 1% and 10% of the adverse events that occur are reported to VAERS.

The Gateway Pundit noted VAERS reported 2,043 vaccine deaths in the week prior to July 7 compared to 1,505 COVID-19 deaths.[3]

We are seeing healthcare workers fired because they refuse to get the ‘vaccine’ and that has to get your attention. If the ‘vaccine’ was effective and worked, why wouldn’t they get the ‘vaccine’. The statistics I stated earlier are the reason.  The ‘vaccine’ is more of a threat than the virus itself.  Jennifer Bridges loved her job as a nurse at Houston Methodist Hospital, where she worked for eight years, but she chose to get fired rather than inoculated against COVID-19, believing that the vaccine was more of a threat than the deadly virus.

Bridges was among about 150 employees who were fired or resigned rather than comply with the requirement at Methodist, which was the country’s first large health system to mandate vaccinations. About 25,000 other employees at the hospital system complied.

“I have never felt so strong about anything,” said Bridges, 39, who lives in Houston. She was terminated from her $70,000 per year post on June 21, the deadline for employees to get a jab. “I did not feel there was proper research in this shot. It had been developed very quickly.”[4] When the healthcare workers won’t take the jab I’m sure not going to. By the way, have you noticed that there are no commercials for ‘vaccine’?  The reason for that is in America you have to list the side effects. Death isn’t one of the best-selling points for a product. Add to that the fact that the CDC Director has even stated that the ‘vaccine’ will not prevent you from getting COVID even though that is supposed to be the purpose of a vaccine. CDC Director Rochelle Walensky said the COVID vaccine cannot prevent transmission during an interview with CNN’s Wolf Blitzer:

“So if you’re going home to someone who is not vaccinated…I would suggest you wear a mask in public indoor settings.”

This is a bombshell because it raises the question of why there are vaccine mandates if the vaccine can’t prevent transmission. Why is the COVID vaccine being mandated for jobs or school?[5]

There are other sources for the results of this ‘vaccine’ that the media refuses to report on that prove that the ‘cure’ is worse than the disease. When this information comes out Big Tech bans it, takes it down, restricts access to it because it ‘violates community standards’. What it really does is exposes people to the truth. As the data continues to come in regarding the experimental COVID-19 shots, it is abundantly clear now that pretty much EVERYTHING the FDA and the CDC have told the public about these shots is a LIE!

Dr. Gérard Delépine from France, whom we have featured often here at Health Impact News over the years, has just published a study based on public data from the countries with the highest vaccination rates that clearly shows that the COVID-19 shots are hospitalizing people and killing people at higher rates than countries who have adopted early treatment protocols without the use of vaccines.

This is the biggest scam and cover-up in the history of the human race. The voices of the millions who have suffered injuries and deaths of loved ones are being censored in the corporate media and in Big Tech social media sites.

Google this week purged many YouTube channels that contained much of this information that goes contrary to the corporate media, where channels that have been published for years just vanished overnight, including The National Vaccine Information Center, Dr. Joseph Mercola, Dr. Ron Paul, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., and many others.

The video of a well-known Trinidad Pastor, Marva Paschier, has gone viral this week as she mourns the death of her son just hours after he took the shot. She is crying and you can hear someone in the background also mourning and wailing.

Facebook took down her video, but locally doctors and health officials are allegedly looking into the boy’s death.[6]

With all the information that I have presented in this series, it is impossible to believe that what the government is doing is in ‘the best interest of the people’.  It is for one thing only and that is to gain as much control over the American people as they can. You’ll notice that only the blue states and the states run by RINOs still demand masks, vaccine passports and are willing to go to lockdowns again. The red stats have the lowest number of covid cases and the better economies. I read the other day “Some say “If you just wear a mask, the state could open up sooner”. I say “If you just voted Republican, it wouldn’t be closed”.

This exercise in socialism/communism is for attaining absolute control of us. They demand we get the ‘vaccine’, stay away from large gatherings, and don’t gather at church or sing if we do.  Democrat candidate for Governor of Virginia, Terry McAuliffe has stated that parents have no right to determine what their children are taught in public schools. Democrats want indoctrination, not education.

It is time to stand up and demand ENOUGH! This is our country, our freedoms, and they are supposed to represent us not lord over us like they are trying to do. The balls in our court. We must decide which direction we will take America. Freedom or communism.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. CNN takes another stab at my book
2. The deadly covid 19 vaccine coverup
3. Report: more vaccine deaths last week than from covid 19 deaths
4. https://www.insurancejournal.com/news/national
5. CDC director drops bombshell: vaccine can’t prevent transmission why have mandates video
6. Study: Covid 19 vaccines increase deaths and hospitalizations from covid 19 based on analysis of most vaccinated countries

Andrew C. Wallace

Oh, yes they are. Every Damn Governor, both Democrat and Republican is totally compromised by the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and Biden,”THE USURPER”

Every governor is the chief executive of a Sovereign State, which the federal government is not.

But cowardly and compromised governors have allowed the PSRRC to unconstitutionally centralize all power in Washington so they can control and impoverish the people. Most politicians at all levels are subservient to the PSRRC with the possible exception of a few “Authentic America First Republicans”.

Majority of federal laws are unconstitutional unless they relate to Defense, Currency, Post office, Immigration, or Foreign Relations. ( Only purpose of federal administration is to serve the states)

How in the hell can the American people obey unconstitutional laws or orders from criminals with no authority?

State Governors must kick the Federal Government out of the states as they are exercising unconstitutional powers usurped from the states and the people.

Some examples of unconstitutional federal laws are those in Education, Energy, Agriculture, Labor, Health, Housing, Urban development, Transportation, Law Enforcement, Welfare, et al. Of course after the Election Insurrection this is moot because the Federal Government its self now has no Constitutional Authority. none. However, our  Constitution remains as the Supreme Law of the Land and our states remain as powerful as ever. Governors must demand that federal government stay out of the states using powers reserved by the states.

Governors must refuse financial grants from the federal government and demand a return of at least 50% of taxes collected from their state.

Governors don’t have Constitutional power to deprive citizens of their rights and the faux federal government certainly does not. But governors do have the power under these Exigent Circumstances to do whatever is required to protect the people, if they are not compromised or too cowardly to act.

Neither state nor federal government has the authority to lock down business or people, demand people wear useless masks and get dangerous shots, prohibit peaceful demonstrations, restrict travel, meetings, and religious services, order people to be fired, control prescription authority of doctors, et al.

Presidential executive orders are only valid if legal and directed at federal government employees. Everyone else can tell Biden,”THE USURPER” to shove his Executive Orders.

Governors should exercise their Constitutional duties and responsibilities by using military force to close the borders and to apprehend and deport illegal invaders. Governors don’t stop and deport invaders now, because the PSRRC wants them here to destroy America to make way for the Communist One World Order Dictatorship.

The costs incurred by these invaders will cause starvation and death by destroying Social Security, Medicare, Retirement Programs, and all Government Benefits.

Citizens did not spend hundreds of years defending this country, building infrastructure, wiping out diseases, and educating the people, et al., just to have the American dream stolen by uneducated illegals and the PSRRC.

If governors continue to be gutless minions of the PSRRC and refuse to follow the Constitution they can expect the people to take action, and it will not be pretty.

These Compromised and cowardly governors can expect some version of pitchforks, tar and feathers.

Our Florida governor DeSantis is better than most, but that is very faint praise. I have written him numerous times without even a form letter response. I quoted the Florida Constitution in several letters to show him how to prevent our cities from being burned and to protect citizens from crooked prosecutors, no response. I have the impression that everything he does is for publicity and that he doesn’t give a damn for the people. Fox News is a stealthy associate of the PSRRC and they are promoting him, why is that not a surprise?

When our major Democrat cities were being burned to the ground last year the governors could have stopped it, but they did not. They did this for political reasons and to destroy small business competitors to large stores controlled by the PSRRC. Of course the fake media reported the lie of “Mostly Peaceful Demonstrations”.

Governors should but a stop to corporate purchases of single family homes which is pricing families out of the housing market and the American Dream.

California governor followed Obama’s lead and even outlawed zoning for single family homes. Communists want people to live in dangerous government housing projects in the cities using public transportation.

Governors need to use their power to protect the people from prosecutors financed by George Soros and other members of the PSRRC.

As I have written, our Constitution stipulates that the federal government has little or no authority in the states. Patriotic governors with courage would kick the usurping Federal Government interlopers out of the states, and arresting them if they persist. People don’t want a corrupt FBI (with no authority) arresting parents at school board meetings, and framing innocent Americans who object to Communism and Biden,”THE USURPER”. The Communists want a national police force, why else would they defund local police?

Governors  have incredible Power under the Constitution and if they don’t use it to protect and serve the people they are the modern versions of JUDAS ISCARIOT.

Our courts have failed us, even the Supreme Court. Governors have the power to protect the people and their Constitutional Rights, but so far they refuse to do so.

I refer to Biden, “THE USURPER” because it is descriptive, and the harm he inflicts reminds me of crimes done by Vlad,”THE IMPALER”

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Steven Yates

“The sign of an intelligent mind is the ability to entertain an idea without accepting it.” —Aristotle

“Convictions cause convicts: what you believe imprisons you.” —Robert Anton Wilson, Cosmic Trigger: The Final Secret of the Illuminati (1977)

“The Earth is a farm. We are someone else’s property.” —attributed to Charles Fort (discussion here)

“Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic.” —Arthur C. Clarke, “Hazards of Prophesy” revised version, Profiles of the Future (1973)

Mosquito: What if, like, we’re just these tiny things, and we’re just, like, part of this whole other huge universe that’s, like, so big we don’t even know it exists?

Ladybug: [chuckles] Man, that is so deep. —Antz (1998)

“Piercing the Veils” was one of my more popular and, I thought, better items on here.It garnered more emails than anything other than my debut, “The Real Matrix.” A few months ago a reader asked if I’d thought about revisiting it, given all that’s happened since. I said I’d think about it.

To say things have changed since I wrote “Piercing” (2012!)would be the understatement of the decade! We’re in a totally different environment now than we were then! Things that were speculation then should be obvious now to anyone with a functioning brain!

Based originally on this — I didn’t invent the idea — “Piercing the Veils” began by noting the different levels of cognitive awareness in the natural order of things.

Do you have pets? To them, you are godlike. They’ve no inkling of what lies behind your comings and goings. The world our two cats inhabit is inside our walls. While they’ve peered down corridors outside two places we’ve lived during their lifetimes, sounds from out there are scary. Their lives can be upended in ways unfathomable to them. Last year, we moved. Their sense of safety: gone, as they found themselves thrown into carriers, packed into a vehicle surrounded by ghastly noises, to emerge hours later in a strange new place: unfamiliar voices, sights, smells. They were terrified at first. Understandably.

Lower forms of life have no “apprehension” of us at all. Ants have none of the sidewalk they traverse as a sidewalk. It’s just part of the landscape. In that charming film Antz, the colony sees itself as the highest form of life, although film’s end depicts — perhaps as irony — a shadowy city scape in the background, following inexplicable (to the characters) events of the sort Charles Fort relished writing about.

To what extent is the human world like this? More than we think. Our cognition is more complex than that of a cat, of course. But there are parallels. Most of us see what we expect to see, are trained to see, and what our parents and teachers and mentors told us was real. We surround our minds with all manner of psychological protections for security. Even then, our lives can be upended by “acts of God.” We don’t like to be jolted from the familiar. NassimTaleb’s counsel about “antifragility” notwithstanding, most of us find sudden, unpredicted change deeply disorienting and paralyzing.

“Our”globalist, ruling-class oligarchs understand this fully. They’ve exploited it to the hilt over the past year and a half.

Most of America has not figured this much out.

So who knows what else is “out there” that we can’t apprehend at all?

The Veils.

Most of humanity lives and dies behind the first veil: 90 percent was my estimate (given Pareto distributions, it could be less, but not much). First veilers learn what they need to know to keep their lives together, not much more. They are not natural adventurers, restless risk-takers, or curious truth-seekers. They go off lifelong habits of thought and behavior. They trust authority implicitly and instinctively, whether it be scientific, political, theological, or that of a boss. What this means: first veilers are never truly in charge of their lives. They serve others’ wills and purposes, usually without realizing it.Sadly, they make good cannon fodder in wars. All the oligarchs who start wars have to do is put visions and symbols of an enemy on their TV screens to scare the pants off them, while invoking loyalty to “their” country or to“democracy” or simply promise them safety.

What makes this really unfortunate is that most do strive to be good people, and will be nice to you if you are nice to them. They tend to trust — want to trust — and may be devastated when they learn they can’t trust. Many are very good at what they do: crafts, farming, teaching, preaching, driving a truck, selling you clothing, repairing things, doing your tax returns, and a thousand other things that make up the warp and woof of a society that could not function without them.

The 10 percent or so who see past that first veil discover details of politics and policy, and begin to grapple seriously with public issues on their own, as an end in itself. They form opinions they can put in their own words, something more than mere habit. Second veilers tend to vote their interests, though, because although they become passionate about issues they are not necessarily truth-seekers, either. They tend to be party-line folks who don’t question first premises or investigate foundations, and don’t want you doing it, either.

Ten percent of this cohort will penetrate the second veil.

These folks discover the foundations of Constitutionalism and perhaps political philosophy generally. They reach into our Western heritage and learn the significance of, e.g., the Magna Carta and the English Bill of Rights. They may read John Locke and Edmund Burke as well as Washington and Madison and Jefferson. But there is much that third veilers fail to see.

But again, ten percent will see past the third veil. They will notice patterns that point to secret societies and agendas, especially involving financial institutions and powerful families that have used money and private networks to wield influence down through the ages. They may begin speaking darkly of, e.g., the Trilateral Commission, or the World Economic Forum, or even Freemasonry. We’re now talking about point-one percent of the human race: one person in a thousand. Which is why we encounter so many who don’t “get it.”

This is not about intelligence or aptitude, though. First veilers literally cannot see the forces circumscribing them, any more than they can see through an opaque curtain. And despite their often-extensive studies, many second and even third veiler university professors have political beliefs that are breathtakingly naïve. Trust me, I was there. What I saw and heard made me “get” why Thomas Sowell once stated that he’d rather be ruled by people chosen from the Cambridge phone book than Harvard faculty.

Those who penetrate the third veil understand how money power works — far better than those professors, stuck behind the third veil, who appear to believe that the many tragedies and disasters of past, recent, and contemporary times are simply bad decisions or unlucky accidents.

Thus Carroll Quigley — clearly a fourth veiler — could write in Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (orig. 1966):

“ … the powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of this system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations….  In each country the power of the central bank rested largely on its control of credit and money supply….” (p. 324)

“The growth of financial capitalism made possible a centralization of world economic control and a use of this power for the direct benefit of financiers and the indirect injury of all other economic groups….” (p. 337)

Elsewhere in that classic volume Quigley states how he knew of what he wrote. He had interacted with some of those players and studied their records. He believed them important enough on the world stage to be known, despite their wish to keep their activities secret.

Yet Quigley was not altogether above board. Nowhere does he mention the British Fabian Society (founded in the 1880s) or note its enormous influence. Given the very comprehensiveness of his work, and since he names several Fabians, he can’t possibly have not known about them. Maybe he thought them bit players. Maybe not.

So on one level, we see what we’re predisposed to see. Sometimes this is obvious. The geology student sees jagged black lines on white paper; his professor sees a depiction of a terrain. The physics student sees white lines in a closed container. His professor: subatomic events in a cloud chamber.

On another level, we see what our cognitive biases tell us is there. No more. Those who will say that “low-lifes” conspire to commit crimes and harm others somehow assume that the wealthy and powerful would never do this; only conspiracy nuts believe otherwise. Even though Adam Smith (of all people!) stated explicitly that wealthy businessmen would conspire against the public interest, given the opportunity. Even though there are dozens of statements by the oligarchs telling us openly what they are doing.

Behind the Fourth Veil….

Arguably the world’s oligarch “conspirators” are fourth veilers (at least). Some may be more than that. What happens to that next 10 percent, if we stick to the pattern so far, who see around the fourth veil?

Perhaps they see the world as the scene of an epic battle between good and evil, between godly forces and those “principalities … powers … rulers of the darkness of this age” Paul warned about (Eph. 6:12).

Then they choose sides! God or Satan! Cast in Christian-theological terms, those who penetrate the fourth veil do not merely mouth platitudes but actually perceivethe demonic forces behind such worldly manifestations as abortion-on-demand, genocide, sex trafficking, pedophilia, etc., as products of satanic evil.

Christians conclude that whatever tragedies and disasters befall this world, God is in control and is using them to work His will.

Others sell their souls to the other side, because they believe “the father of lies” (John 8:44).

The former requires (in this writer’s humble opinion) a certain measure of Stoicism. For it may go unrewarded, while the latter may lead to celebrity status and great monetary success. Ask Katy Perry.

The reason is to be found in Matthew 4:8-10. Satan is tempting Jesus. Satan offers Him “all the kingdoms of the world and their glory … All these things I will give You if You will fall down and worship me.”

Does Jesus tell Satan something like, “Those kingdoms are not yours to give”?

No. He just says, “Away with you, Satan! For it is written, ‘You shall worship the Lord Your God, and Him only you shall serve.’” (New King James)

Draw your own conclusion about who is running the show behind the scenes of this world, even if only temporarily — not according to me, but according to Scripture.

With all that said, there’s something that might make some of us hesitate.

Higher Veils?

Don Harkins (see above link), who developed the first version of this schema, claimed there were eight veils. Why eight?

I don’t know.

To the best of my knowledge, Harkins never elaborated or cited a source for his ideas, and as he passed away in 2009, we can’t ask him. There were odd circumstances surrounding his death, moreover. Foul play was never ruled out.

Are even the most astute Christian thinkers fifth veilers, behind the psychic equivalent of a yet-higher opaque curtain, predisposed against any effort to pull it back?

That query has given this author a few sleepless nights.

Do we have any reason to think there is a fifth veil, or something behind it? Higher veils?

That’s basically the same question asked by those third veilers who think those of us who use terms like super elite and GloboCorp are nuts, or see schemes to create a technocratic-totalitarian world government as dystopian science fiction.

This predisposes me to at least think about the matter.

I don’t think we can do more than guess at what lies behind higher veils, if by some chance they exist (I make no claims one way or the other).

Are we on a farm? Are we someone else’s property?

Many years ago — I was a student — I came across a copy of the infamous Book of Enoch in a used bookstore. My pastor warned me about it, calling it “evil.” He seemed unable to explain why (and Enoch is quoted favorably in Scripture; see Jude 1:14-15).

Enoch elaborates at length on the strangest passage in Genesis:

“Now it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born to them, that the sons of God saw that the daughters of men, that they were beautiful, and they took wives for themselves of all whom they chose…. There were giants on the earth in those days, and also afterward, when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men and they bore children to them. Those were the mighty men who were of old, men of renown.” (Genesis 6:1-2, 4; New King James)

Genesis bypasses further details, launching directly into a denunciation of human wickedness, how it grieved God that He had made man, and how the Great Flood then came about — but God found favor in Noah and his family!

Most do not realize it, but all over the world are stories or legends of a lost civilization in what we call prehistory, how it turned to evil and was destroyed in a great flood or similar catastrophe. A favored couple or family or small group was saved, and from them, the world repopulated. These tales come from peoples who couldn’t possibly have interacted with the ancient Hebrews, or with each other. This suggests we are talking about real events, not something religious storytellers made up.

Things get stranger if we pursue them. A few intrepid scholars, studying early Genesis in light of ancient writings from earlier cultures in the Middle East, discovered that much of early Genesis is echoed in those texts, but that they don’t refer to the Hebrew God (YHWH). Indeed, the Hebrew text sometimes uses the word Elohim, a plural word interpreted by Christians as meaning the Holy Trinity, although the text never says this explicitly. Ancient Sumerians wrote of contact with, and ruler ship by,“those who came from the heavens down to the Earth,” the meaning of Anunnaki. Some, such as authors Zecharia Sitchen and Paul Wallis, contend that the Anunnaki were extraterrestrials, although their seeming ability to mate with humans (the account that made its way into Genesis) renders this doubtful. They were probably as human as we are, possibly originating from an advanced civilization the location of which remains unknown. There appears to have been a dispute among them, involving us. Certain Anunnaki seem to have meant us well. Others wanted only slaves. Sounds human, all-too-human to me.

Was there such a civilization,elements of which survived into ancient historical times? How advanced was it?

Archeologists, professionals as well as amateur, have found artifacts and artworks that look startlingly like images of airworthy vehicles; a few devices appear to display a surprising level of astronomical knowledge. There are stone constructions which, if we are honest, we are clueless how they were built.

Does the UFO phenomenon fit in here somewhere? The U.S. government has as much as admitted that the phenomenon is real — just one more thing they’ve lied about for decades. But this, too, did not begin yesterday. People have long seen things in the sky they couldn’t explain, and what they see seems to reflect their culture — again, we see what we expect to see. Recent generations of Americans believe they have seen extraterrestrial spacecraft. In the late nineteenth and early twentieth century, people saw mysterious airships. In earlier centuries, they saw great ships navigating the sky. Middle Easterners saw flying chariots (the source of Erich von Däniken’s infamous title Chariots of the Gods?).

Again, I don’t know. There are a few fanciful accounts out there of what lies behind the “upper veils,” in some cases seeing not eight but nine. These speculate that those who penetrate the fifth veil see “God” and “the devil” as members of an advanced race, perhaps from another realm of existence — a place as far outside our perceptions as ours are beyond that of our beloved pets. Or perhaps the Antz analogy is more appropriate. Manifestations of vastly superior beings could be all around us — perhaps built into the physical systems of “matter” itself. We wouldn’t know what we were looking at, any more than does my oldest cat if looking at my computer screen.

Speculation, obviously. Credible?

Recall the math. Ten percent of the human race (roughly) penetrates the first veil. One percent gets past the second. Point-one percent sees around the third. Point-point-one percent peers beyond the fourth. That comes to one person in a hundred thousand able to see past the fifth veil. In a city of, say, 5 million, that’s 50 people. Where are they? There are between 7.8 and 7.9 billion of us. That ought to yield between 780,000 and 790,000 fifth veilers. Where are they?

The very question may seem to refute the whole edifice. But does it?

Who knows how many of these people — if they exist — were able to deal with what their minds seemed to tell them? In the past, asylums contained folks who claimed to have been spoken to and commanded to do things by godlike (or demonic) beings. How many such people are able to remain sane?

Or, perhaps when one reaches a certain level, one is schooled by those above, and among their schooling is advice just to leave us lower veilers alone.

We have abundant evidence of what happens when a primitive culture encounters an advanced one. Usually the primitive culture is destroyed. Ask the indigenous peoples of the Americas — or those in plenty of other places where industrial civilization has encroached, in its endless pursuit of resources, growth, and markets.

Perhaps there is a level of enlightenment that does not unleash destructive forces because its own systems prevent culture-destroying interactions.

A Prime Directive, if you will….

So what do we do with all this? Does it get us anywhere?

It doesn’t suggest new policies.

What it suggests to me is a need for humility in the face of all that we don’t know — an arena considerably larger than what we do know. Humility includes willingness to look carefully at our beliefs and what they commit us to. How secure are they, anyway?

Humility suggests being teachable, having a willingness to explore, and to always be learning new things. Even if what we encounter is sometimes disconcerting.

Sadly, those most in need of this counsel are least likely to take it seriously. Whether they be hard-nosed materialists convinced as they can be that, e.g., life came spontaneously from non life (a proposition without a scrap of supporting physical or experimental evidence), whether they be “accidentalists” convinced that all “conspiracy” investigators are nutjobs, or whether they be “fundamentalist” Christians who believe their understanding of Scripture is correct and complete because God speaks to them directly; thus their claims about His will are unerring.

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock) is available for purchase here and here. Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

© 2021 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is ‘not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com’, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

Donald J. Trump can still save America and he has taken a step forward in this direction. His “Truth Social” media platform represents putting some of his money where his mouth is.

Now please, Mr. Former President, stop bombarding me with text message pleas for money.

Trump will have to do what My Pillow’s Mike Lindell has failed to do with his “Frank Speech” platform – purge the anti-vax quacks and QAnon oddballs whose views alienate the vast majority of Americans.

Lindell’s platform has featured Lindell himself claiming that Trump would be back in the oval office by now, after the Supreme Court was supposed to rule 9-0 in favor of reinstalling him. Now Lindell has been reduced to getting names on a petition to be sent to the Court asking for a hearing on election fraud. The names will undoubtedly be used to sell more pillows, sheets, and slippers.

This is more than a guess since the time when I signed up as a viewer of “Frank Speech” I have gotten dozens of sales pitches through emails and text messages for various My Pillow products. I bought a pillow and a dog bed (my dog likes the dog bed but the human pillow is lumpy).

Lindell’s Cyber Symposium was another bust, as he failed to deliver on promises to prove Chinese cyberwarfare involvement in the November 3, 2020, presidential election.

Hosts of “Frank Speech” shows have to makes sales pitches for the products. Lindell’s website is plastered with pictures of Lindell carrying American flags and wearing Christian crosses. No wonder they also call it “Lindell TV.”

This is not a channel or a network but a never-ending commercial.

Trump can change all of this with his new platform. He should make sure it is a vehicle for true conservatives and that the channel promotes ideas, not personalities.

To begin with, let’s hope that the hosts of his shows do not spend endless hours attacking the highly successful and effective Trump Warp Speed vaccines.

In the spirit of General George Washington, who ordered the smallpox inoculation of the Revolutionary Army, turning the tide against the British, then-President Trump launched Operation Warp Speed to turn the tide against the Red Chinese with the release of SARS-CoV-2. The result is that 187 million Americans are vaccinated and stand little chance of dying from COVID. The vast majority, over 700,000 of the deaths from the virus in America, are among those who died early on, before the vaccines were available, or afterward through their own foolish choices, deciding to remain unvaccinated.

Other factors, of course, were politicians crowding senior citizens into nursing homes in close proximity to the deadly disease.

Another thing Trump has to do with his new platform is make sure that the QAnon New Agers stay completely away from it. These people are not traditional conservatives. They are the people represented by the Shaman wearing horns and face paint during the January 6 pro-Trump demonstration at the Capitol.

Trump’s other problem is former Trump adviser Steve Bannon, whose“Real America’s Voice” show is now featured on the Lindell network, where he rants incessantly about election fraud. This is a legitimate issue but his campaign has convinced some conservative voters not to show up at the polls in Virginia or elsewhere because they think their votes will not count.

In Virginia, with the gubernatorial election on November 2, there is hope, since the Republican candidate Glenn Youngkin has been strongly promoting the Trump Warp Speed vaccines. Vaccines are a big issue there and the Democrat Terry McAuliffe has been running against Trump – except on the vaccines.

This time around, Trump has to avoid people like Alex Jones, the Texas-based talk show host who leads people astray on such varied topics as 9/11, Sandy Hook, and the Russian threat. Jones can get an audience, only because he entertains people with news of the weird and bizarre, but frustrates progress toward the goal of an informed America.

Another thing: stay clear of selling pillows, vitamins and dietary supplements.

By making his new platform into an authentic conservative voice, Trump can avoid the stigma of being a fringe character.  He should be able to attract legitimate advertisers.

In this context, shouting it to the rooftops that he was the American president behind the Warp Speed vaccines that have saved millions of lives can re-establish his authority as a credible figure on science and health matters. After all, he got COVID, survived, and took the vaccine. He has repeatedly advised his followers to take them, too.

But because conservatives are suckers for disinformation and propaganda, many have refused the vaccines, generating ghoulish data showing that there are higher rates of death from COVID in Trump country.

Nationally, of those who have died from this dangerous and contagious disease, about 7,000 have died from “breakthrough” infections. In other words, they were already vaccinated. About 6,000 of these tragic deaths were among those over the age of 65.

Again, these are compared to the more than 700,000 who died without being vaccinated.

The numbers are a vindication of Trump’s decision to use the “Warp Speed” process to bypass the federal bureaucracy and develop and get these vaccines to people in record time. Trump’s new media platform should shout this news to the world. For this achievement alone, he deserves a second presidential term. Without these vaccines, millions more would be dead.

He has to point out that Joe Biden’s heavy-handed and incompetent vaccine roll-out has resulted in more deaths from COVID in 2021 than last year.

Trump should also note that in Israel, the largest study ever done shows that the vaccines work and save people from serious illness, hospitalization, and death. Israel knows something about survival.

Ironically, Mike Lindell’s “Frank Speech” platform has denounced this great accomplishment as the “Mark of the Beast,” in the words of his host Brannon Howse. Lindell, wearing his Christian cross, repeats these outlandish claims, designed to scare people, attract viewers, and sell pillows.

The pandemic is not over. We are still in a war with China over COVID and many other issues. Here, again, Trump has the credibility to stand tall, as he recognized the China threat early on and started the process of challenging the communist behemoth in such areas as trade and 5G communications networks.

Trump can move away from all of the dangerous nonsense now being sold as conservatism to the masses. The country is depending on him.

*Cliff Kincaid is president of American’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Lex Greene

If you have put on a mask in the past 20-months, you did so voluntarily. If you put yourself under solitary home arrest, you did so voluntarily. If you social distanced for the past 20 months, or have taken one of the “unapproved” experimental fatal mRNA injections, closed your business, or given up your career in the past 20 months, you did that voluntarily too…

NO one has “forced” you to do anything. No one even has the legal right or authority to “force” you to do any of this, or much of anything else, certainly not any “public servant of the people” paid by YOU! Allowing any of these servants to order YOU around is like letting the house maid order the homeowner around. It’s just plain stupid!

If you think otherwise, it’s because you don’t know what it means to live in a FREE Constitutional Representative Republic, wherein ALL political power is inherent in us, THE PEOPLE, not any public servant! You must have overlooked the constitutional guarantee of a “republican form of government” in the Constitution.

Unlike any other nation on earth, The United States of America is controlled by the people, not their public servants!What happens in the USA is entirely up to us, not them.

Yes, I know your public education classroom taught you that you live in a “democracy.” They taught you a lot of other garbage that isn’t true, either. If you went to college, you likely know even less. To understand the FACTS on this matter, CLICK HERE.

In brief… Key Takeaways: Republic vs. Democracy

• Republics and democracies both provide a political system in which citizens are represented by elected officials who are sworn to protect their interests.
• In a pure democracy, laws are made directly by the voting majority leaving the rights of the minority largely unprotected.
• In a republic, laws are made by representatives chosen by the people and must comply with a constitution that specifically protects the rights of the minority from the will of the majority.

In our case in the USA, three documents are the SUPREME LAW OF THIS LAND, known as The Charters of Freedom, including the Declaration of Independence, the U.S. Constitution, and the Bill of Rights, all of which are being grossly violated all day every day under Obama’s puppet regime in Washington DC.

Contrary to what the Nazi news media has been telling us for 20 months, Biden is not the supreme dictator of the USA. His tyrannical sounding wish list (EO’s) have no force of law whatsoever, beyond employees of the Executive Branch.Even then, his unlawful, or unconstitutional dictates have no force of law over that group of citizens either.

However, in any dumbed-down society of moral and mental misfits, people are easily conned, coerced, threatened, frightened, and, or bribed into “voluntary compliance” with even the most egregious of governmental abuses of power.

How cheap will the average American sell their soul, their lives and freedom, and that of their children? Well, the average USA income today is $36,000 per year, down over 25% from 2019, due to ongoing governmental destruction of our economy. Anyone who has been “forced” (coerced) to take a fatal injection to keep their job, sold out themselves, their kids, freedom, liberty, and life itself, for an average of $700 per week…gross!

The UNVAXXED are the REAL (intelligent) Americans. They couldn’t be conned, coerced, threatened, or even bribed into compliance with Biden’s unlawful orders…and while we’re at it…

The Supreme Court, lower courts, State courts, State public servants, OSHA, The Health Department, your employer…none of them have any lawful right to inject you with anything against your will, make you wear a mask, or lose your income, over any so-called “medical mandate.”

Now, only three things have allowed this destruction of our country and its Citizens to continue for 20 months… GROSS IGNORANCE–COWARDICE – and a fatal LACK OF UNITY among more than 330-million American people, all races, creeds, and colors.

It was Thomas Jefferson who famously wrote that “if a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state of civilization, it expects what never was, and never will be.”

The ONLY way Obama’s puppet regime continues its open assault on ALL Americans, young and old, is if 330-million Americans remain ignorant, cowardly, and divided.

The very minute that we ALL stand up together, this thing is OVER! There isn’t a power anywhere on earth that can force 330-million Americans to do anything at all. God is on our side of this fight, the Creator and grantor of Free Will. That which God has given, no man has the authority to take!

[Eitor’s Note: A couple of weeks ago SouthWest Airline cancelled most of their weekend flights. The company required all of their pilots and support staff to be vaccinated. They refused, stood together and called in sick, resulting SouthWest to cancelled most of their flights. The company backed down, drop the vaccine mandate for now, and the pilots won. The lesson here? “United we Stand, Divided we Fall”]

United, FREEDOM WINS!

Divided, WE WILL LOSE EVERYTHING!

It’s just that simple!

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Cherie Zaslawsky

When describing the evils of the Nazi regime, we tend to focus on Hitler himself. And though we can place the responsibility for the Holocaust squarely on his shoulders, he could never have accomplished his genocidal plans without the full cooperation of hundreds of underlings who carried out his orders. Here are some names that most people won’t recognize, but who kept the engine of the Third Reich running at full tilt: Walter Funk, Joachim von Ribbentrop, Albert Speer, Karl Donitz, Erich Raeder, Wilhelm Keitel, and Martin Bormann.

Similarly, as we face encroaching fascistic tyranny in America today, the draconian orders coming down from on high would die on the vine if not for the participation of hundreds—make that thousands—of bureaucrats and petty officials who willingly violate all sense of ethics and morality, not to mention the rights enshrined in our founding documents, to enact cruel and unusual mandates against We the People.

AMERICA’S COVIDIAN HENCHMEN

Let’s take a look at just of few of our own homegrown henchmen.

Among the many treasonous, traitorous Congressional, state and county officials—not to mention our demented Usurper-in-Chief and his staff of sycophantic Marxists, all of whom have jettisoned the Constitution and our protections under our cherished Bill of Rights—let me call your attention to three less well-known men of special note. They are Warren Newton, MD, President and CEO of the American Board of Family Medicine; Richard J. Baron, MD, President and CEO of the American Board of Internal Medicine; and David G. Nichols, MD, MBA, President and CEO of the American Board of Pediatrics.

These three medical office holders—men in key positions of leadership in the medical establishment who are bound, along with all our physicians, by the Hippocratic Oath to do no harm—have issued a Joint Statement threatening any doctor who speaks out about Covid vaccine dangers, injuries or deaths.

SLEEPY JOE FORGETS “THE THING”—THE CONSTITUTION

Meantime, back at the ranch—I mean the Offal Office—here’s what ol’ senile Joe had to say: “I understand your anger at those who haven’t gotten vaccinated.” And regarding the governors in the so-called red states: “If they will not help, if those governors won’t help us beat the pandemic, I’ll use my power as president to get them out of the way.”

Um…Joe, exactly what power might that be? Monarchical power over the sovereign states? You mean we’re not in America anymore? Got it!

Here’s Jeffrey Tucker’s take, from Gilder’s Daily Prophecy: “This is essentially a declaration of war. I’m sorry to put it that way but that’s where we are. It’s red vs blue, a war to the knife over power. Already 19 governors have signed up to sue the federal government. That’s great, provided that the American court system still works and that the Biden administration gives a flying fig about what the courts say.”

And here’s what Mat Staver of Liberty Counsel has to say: I have been warning against this tyranny for months. Joe Biden’s recent speech was divisive—scapegoating the “unvaccinated,” saying, “This is a pandemic of the unvaccinated.” Remember, Hitler blamed the Jews for disease and the “Black Death.”

COUNTIES IN LOCKSTEP

Apparently this tyranny is trickling down to our counties—or perhaps it’s trickling up from them. In any case, the county of Santa Clara, home to Apple Computer, Google, and neighbor to Facebook in San Mateo County, has published very specific instructions for contact tracing for Covid exposure that sure sounds tyrannical to me:

CLOSE CONTACT of a COVID-19 positive person =  someone who was within 6 feet of the infected person for at least 15 minutes at any time beginning 2 days before the infected person had symptoms or tested positive. Close contacts include people who had 15 minutes of continuous contact with the infected person, as well as people who had repeated short- duration interactions with the infected person. Being considered a close contact does not depend on whether the contact or the infected person was wearing a face covering during their interaction. (emphasis mine)

Hmmm… So face masks don’t prevent transmission, eh? But you still insist we wear them? Seems our “health” officers have a lot of ‘splainin’ to do. I guess we have to be tracked and traced in case we forget who that woman was in the grocery store who stood too close to us while inspecting the melons and who may have had a positive bogus PCR Covid test two days later, right?

SAN DIEGO COUNTY TAKES AIM AT HEALTH AND LIBERTY AND FIRES

Not to be outdone, San Diego County recently went full-on Orwellian with it’s new policy, proposed by Supervisor Nathan Fletcher. Here’s the subject line of his resolution:

FRAMEWORK FOR OUR FUTURE: DECLARING HEALTH MISINFORMATION A PUBLIC HEALTH CRISIS

Hmmm…see that first clause, “framework for our future”? Does that mean from now on San Diego intends to ban any health information it deems, um, incorrect? How about information on vitamins like D3, or recommendations to take vitamin C? Off limits in perpetuity? Just wonderin’.

And here’s a brief sampling of San Diego’s thought-police directive for persecuting an erstwhile free citizenry:

San Diego County’s policy directs the county’s chief administrative officer to implement Murthy’s recommendations with the following strategies:

• devote resources to identify and label health misinformation and disseminate timely health information to counter misinformation that is impeding the county’s ability to keep the community safe;
• partner with federal, state, territorial, tribal, private, nonprofit, research and other local entities to identify best practices to stop the spread of health misinformation;
•  identify resource gaps to combat health misinformation and work with state and federal partners to meet ongoing needs; and
• work with the medical community and local partners to develop a website that will serve as a central resource for combating health misinformation in the community. (emphasis mine)

TYRANNY MARCHES ON

Inspired by San Diego’s attempt to quash free speech lest the truth be told, the Monterey Board of Supervisors followed suit, framing their benevolent attempt to protect us from our own supposed poor judgment as follows: “Ceremonial Resolution declaring COVID 19 misinformation a public health crisis.”

This is the template they’ll all use, as these folks are committed to “lockstep.” In fact, Las Vegas stepped up to the same plate in short order: Clark County Commission declares COVID-19 misinformation public health crisis.

San Diego and Monterey counties have been no doubt following orders from on high to safeguard us poor benighted people who can’t figure out truth from falsehood ourselves, so we need their expert iron-fisted control of information and censorship of what they don’t want us to see.  Does this remind anyone besides me of Orwell’s novel 1984, or of the Soviet Union back in the day, or of Communist China?

Surprise, surprise! Upping the ante, in September, the California State Assembly passed a measure declaring that…wait for it…medical misinformation is a public crisis!  To the myriad insidious ways the CA Legislature has found to tread upon our rights, we can add this one: they’re dutifully following the elites’ program to stifle free speech and keep up the fiction that the Covid vaccines are “safe and effective” while tens of thousands die from the shots, or are rendered seriously ill or impaired from their “vaccines”.

While all these feckless public saboteurs—I mean public servants—obviously follow the same marching orders and don’t even bother changing the “misinformation crisis” wording, actually, I agree with their title. There is a public health crisis as a result of Covid misinformation! It’s just that they got it exactly backwards.

It’s their misinformation—the government’s, the CDC’s, the FDA’s, the County Health  Officers’, Dr. Mengele Fauci’s, Beijing Biden’s, and that of paid-off Big Pharma doctors, etc., who’ve created a public health crisis of gargantuan proportions.

This is Ronald Reagan’s warning writ large: “I’m from the government and I’m here to help.” With friends like the heavy-handed bureaucrats in our State Assembly riding roughshod over our sacrosanct rights, who needs enemies?

First San Diego County. Then Monterey County. Now the California State Assembly. And as California goes, so goes the nation.

FDA SPILLS THE BEANS

Here’s an excerpt from a Lancet article  that would have undoubtedly resulted in the ousting of two top officials at the FDA—Director and Deputy Director of the Office of Vaccines Research, Marion Gruber and Phillip Kause— who contributed to it. They were smart enough to gracefully exit by the back door before the jackals could hound them out of office for daring to question the official medical narrative:

“…there could be risks if boosters are widely introduced too soon, or too frequently, especially with vaccines that can have immune-mediated side-effects such as myocarditis, which is more common after the second dose of some mRNA vaccines, or Guillain-Barre syndrome, which has been associated with adenovirus-vectored COVID-19 vaccines.”

Hmmm…our top vaccine experts just admitted that Covid vaccines have “side effects” such as the very serious myocarditis—inflammation of the heart—that can result in heart failure, and Guillain-Barre syndrome, which causes muscle weakness and can result in paralysis. But I thought these vaccines were “safe and effective”!

If they’re “effective” why would we need boosters at all, let alone a mere six months later? And if they’re “safe” why are they damaging people’s hearts and causing paralysis, not to mention deaths?

Unless what Snake Eyes Fauci, the NIH, the CDC et al. really mean is they’re “effective” at making multi billions for Big Pharma and everyone on its gravy train, and they’re “safe” from lawsuits.

I guess we just have to learn to read between the lines.

MEDICAL TYRANNY FROM THE TOP DOWN

We can thank the CEOs of the Medical Boards mentioned earlier, Messieurs Newton, Baron and Nichols, for their respective organizations’ draconian statement that prevents your doctor from telling you the truth.

And I quote:

The Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB), which supports its member state medical licensing boards, has recently issued a statement saying that providing misinformation about the COVID-19 vaccine contradicts physicians’ ethical and professional responsibilities, and therefore may subject a physician to disciplinary actions, including suspension or revocation of their medical license.

… Spreading misinformation or falsehoods to the public during a time of a public health emergency goes against everything our Boards and our community of board-certified physicians stand for. The evidence that we have safe, effective and widely available vaccines against COVID-19 is overwhelming. We are particularly concerned about physicians who use their authority to denigrate vaccination at a time when vaccines continue to demonstrate excellent effectiveness against severe illness, hospitalization and death. (emphasis mine)

Ironically, American doctors are not only prevented from using life-saving therapeutics, they can’t even talk about them without risking their licenses! So the powers-that-be have co-opted both free speech and the American medical profession in one fell swoop.

This means our brave doctors and researchers—the ones standing up for truth, freedom and personal autonomy, and proclaiming the real facts and figures about the dangers of these experimental injections, aka Covid “vaccines”—are now officially silenced. Thankfully, that hasn’t stopped heroes like Dr. Peter McCullough from speaking out.

Another hero, Dr. George Fareed, who saved the lives of many—including elderly patients with co-morbidities—by treating them early with therapeutics, closed his address before the Italian Senate with these words:

“…when doctors are prevented from treating their patients with life-saving medicine, we know that something sinister is going on.”

And that “something sinister,” while ostensibly launched by Gates, Fauci, and their cadre of elite pals, is enabled by men such as Dr. Warren Newton, Dr. Richard J. Baron, and Dr. David G. Nichols—men who’ve been entrusted with key positions as CEOs of powerful medical boards, whose duty it is to insure Americans get excellent medical care.

If and when we have our own Nuremberg trials for high crimes against the American people under the guise of “protection” from Covid, let’s remember their names, in addition to those of all too many others.

© 2021 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

by Lee Duigon

Imagine it as a scene in a movie. General George Patton is up late at night, laboring to plan the relief of Bastogne. Can he get there in time, before the Germans overrun the town? It’s the Battle of the Bulge, and the situation is critical. How about the weather? Will his combat aircraft be able to fly support missions? Work, work, work!

He is interrupted by an aide who enters with a woman in a chic suit.

“Excuse me, General, but this message comes straight from Army Headquarters! Sir, this is Col. Suzy Woozy, from the Pentagon. She has been assigned to you as your gender adviser. She will help you to address the gender needs of people and minorities in war or conflict zones.” The aide flees as the general’s hand creeps toward his holstered pistol.

And Bastogne falls as the general has to take time out to address… gender needs.

Today our new woke military, having been run out of Afghanistan like children caught shoplifting, has a new mission, one involving some 13,000 Afghan refugees distributed among nine military bases. Does it concern food, water, or first aid? Housing, maybe?

Nope, none of those. This is a mission that requires the services of… gender advisers. Whatever they may be. Somehow I’m afraid to ask.

See, there’s this new law, passed in 2018, that “mandates the US military to address the gender needs of people and minorities in war or conflict zones.” What do they mean by “people and minorities”? Are they two different things? Maybe we’d better go upstairs to the US Indo-Pacific Command office and ask the “chief gender adviser.”

While you try to figure out what, exactly, are your gender needs, let us ask a simple question: Is this tragedy or farce? Sometimes the line is thinly drawn. What’s comical and ridiculous in a position of safety can quickly turn grim and dangerous when the bullets start to fly.

How funny is it that there are actually high-ranking jidrools in the Pentagon who think this is all a good idea? Like, how did Admiral Halsey ever get through World War II without a gender adviser on his flagship? How did Washington hold his army together at Yorktown without a clear idea of its gender needs? We want to laugh at this foolishness; but in that it takes time and effort that would be better used in trying to win a war instead of losing it, it’s not so funny.

It’s too bad Donald Trump never got around to weeding Obama-era wokies out of high positions in the military. We are lumbered with generals who think Climate Change and “white supremacists” (all twelve of them, plus their pickup truck) are a much bigger threat than hostile foreign powers will ever be. They should have all been fired. Now we’re paying the price for that omission. Really, we should have known the problem was getting serious when they had ROTC cadets marching around in high-heeled pink shoes. That was in 2015 at Temple University, in case you missed it first time around. That really should have clued us in, big-time.

So now we’re gonna teach 7^th-century Afghans to be 2021 gender-hip—like they’re just dying to glom onto modern feminism. Think they’ll go for that transgender stuff? Yeah—with a lot of gender counseling, they’ll turn into characters from a 1960s Swedish movie.

Who dreams up this stuff? What loony bin did they raid, to find them? What nimrods in Congress inserted this garbage into our defense budget?

We are in a very hazardous period in our country’s history, governed by thieves, liars, lunatics, mountebanks, and fools. And if this woke general staff ever has to plan a battle, let alone a war, we’re finished.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit, while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Dave Daubenmire

This is not a shot across the bow of Christianity.  Christianity is doing just fine, thank you.  It has survived and thrived through persecution over the past two thousand years and it is not going to be thrown on the dust-heap of history just yet.

In fact, we are heading in to the greatest reformation that the church world has ever seen.  Millions are going to come to Christ over the next few years and the ever-expanding Kingdom of God is about to flex some muscle.  Jesus Christ is KING…right now…right here…and He told us that His Kingdom was without end.

So, no matter what it looks like on the outside, the Kingdom of God is expanding in the hearts of men.  That’s where it is, you know…on the INSIDE of men.  It is a Spiritual Kingdom that dwells on the inside of men.  Jesus Himself told us the “the Kingdom of God is within.”

Yes, my friends.  Christianity is thriving around the world despite the onslaught of persecution.  In fact, persecution is fertilizer to the Kingdom of God.  “The more they afflicted them the more they multiplied and grew.”Pushing back against persecution produces Spiritual muscles.  The Kingdom of God is getting ready to flex its muscles.

But the American Church is the 98-pound weakling that Charles Atlas used to talk about. At some point Christians are going to have to hit the weight room and fight back against the Luciferian bullies.  Getting one’s ass kicked does not make one more Holy.  Fighting pressure does.  In fact, it is often called “resistance training.”  At the heart of resistance training is the act of pushing back.  The American Church has been taught that “pushing back” is un-Christian. That is a socialist LIE. Standing up to and resisting evil builds character.

That is because the American Church is broken.  It is time to pour new wine into new wineskins.  The old way of “doing church” is outmoded and ineffectual.  The American church system has made the American male weak and dependent.  It has turned men into mice, lions into pussycats, and sharks into feminine evanjellyfish.  The American church is broken.  Let me explain.

Imagine if you will that you were an athletic individual and you decided that you wanted to become a football player. You had seen games on TV but you had never played.  You searched the want ads for a place where you could be trained in the ways of football.

You found a trainer at a beautiful health spa and you started to attend workouts.  The trainer was a muscular guy, and he clearly knew all of the ins and outs of football.  So, you, and a few of your buddies, started attending weekly sessions with the “coach.”  You asked him if you needed to bring workout clothes and he assured you that you did not…only a manual that he would give you

At first, the workouts were interesting as the Coach trained you on the safety aspects of football.  He taught you what each piece of equipment was used for, how it protected you.  He explained the different positions on the field and what responsibility each position had.  He taught you the history of football, who the greatest players in history were, and even spoke of the exploits that the individual players had performed.  He was especially good at teaching the rules.

He was very thorough, even doing hour long series on each of the football techniques.  At the end of the day, he gave you a football manual and explained to you the importance of reading the manual…and encouraged you to teach football to your family and friends.

“Everything is explained in the book,” he told you.  “Read it everyday and you will become a much better football player.” 

Finally, the day of the first game arrived.  Your team was scheduled to play the Luciferians, a much more experienced team.  Your team got creamed because the opponent had been taught HOW to play the game while your coach had merely taught you ABOUT football.  Your coach had never taken you out on the field where you actually practiced what you had been taught.  When you tried to “rebuke” the Luciferians they steam rolled right over your weak, sorry butt.

Great coaches teach by DOING.  Every play run during the game had been repeatedly run during practice.  Good players not only know what position the play, they actually know how to execute a variety of plays.

Today’s Pastors, (Coaches) never take their teams to the field.  They spend hours pontificating on the POWERS of football but never take the individual players to the practice field where the crucial techniques are taught.  How can you stand up and speak at a school board meeting if you have never been to one?  Why doesn’t the coach lead them to the field and show them how it is done?  The Devil’s kid’s run the schools because they actually engage in the battle.  Christians lose by forfeit.

Share this with your pastor.  Ask him why he never takes his team out on the practice field and shows them how the game is played?  How can you possibly play effectively if your coach has never put you into the game?

The American church system is broken.  Theoreticians are training the troops.  We need bold, experienced Generals.

A friend told me a story about teaching his grandson how to drive a zero-turn mower.  He sat him on the mower and showed him how every switch on the column worked.  He explained how the turn levers worked, how to fill it with gas, what the gauges meant, and turned him loose in the back yard.

About 15 minutes later the grandson showed up in the garage and said, “Grandpa, the mower isn’t mowing the grass.It runs great but none of the grass is shorter when I get to the end of the yard.”

My friend walked over and looked at the mower.  He shut it off and had the boy go through all of the steps of starting and driving the mower.  The mower started up, the young man took it for a test ride, and brought it back to his grandpa.

“It still doesn’t mow.”

My friend leaned over the mower and pull on the toggle switch to engage the blade.

“What’s that sound, Grandpa?” the young boy asked as the blades began to whirl.

The American church is broken.  It is time we stopped learning ABOUT Christianity and actually started practicing it. Won’t someone please show the Christians how to engage the blades?

© 2021 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

“If a political party does not have its foundation in the determination to advance a cause that is right and moral, then it is not a political party.  It is a conspiracy to seize power.”  President Dwight D. Eisenhower, March 6, 1956

Right now, in Washington DC, we the American people, no matter what our political persuasion, face a greater threat to our freedoms, our Constitutional Republic, and our way of life than ever before.

This president continues to break our laws.  He ignores our Constitution. He refuses to enforce and/or secure our borders from invasion. Article IV, Section 4.  He blindly, if not stupidly, or via his dementia, ignores what’s really going on in our country. Or, is he doing it on purpose?

As you read this column, Kenneth Moton of ABC News, Sunday October 3, 2021, reported that 60,000 new migrants continue slugging their way through Mexico to storm our borders.  That’s on top of the 18,000 who just invaded Del Rio, Texas and are now being bussed all over the country.  Biden allowed 1.4 million illegal migrants to invade our country in the past nine months.  He supports and facilitates their lawlessness.  But our welfare systems are paying for them on our tax dollars.

He’s drowning us in $3.5 trillion in debt with God-only-knows what kind of insane pork that inhabits his “build back better” bill.

Biden does not know how many unvetted jihadist terrorists he imported into our country with 100,000 Muslim refugees.  He lacks any intellectual understanding of what kind of terrorist seeds he is sewing throughout our country.  Even in Kabul yesterday, one of those suicide nut bombers blew up a mosque in the city.  For the love of common sense, why did he just import 100,000 of those people and their violent religion?  We already suffer dozens of Islamic Training Camps from New York to Michigan to Oregon to California.  Biden feeds more terrorists into those camps.

We’ve got 25 million illegal aliens within our borders as documented by the Yale Report of 2018.  We’ve got another 800,000 DACA illegals ready to be given citizenship.  Then there’s the 100,000 Afghans that we know nothing about.  It’s like Biden and Congress keep “seeding” our country with invaders…their cultures…their customs…their languages.  Why?  Is Biden an elected tyrant?

Does he have the right to force us to take injections of an experimental drug?  Can he force foreigners into our country to displace us from our rights? Well, he’s doing just that!

Aristotle explains the ruthlessness of tyrants: “Another mark of a tyrant is that he likes foreigners better than citizens, and lives with them and invites them to his table; for the one are enemies, but the Others enter into no rivalry with him.”

At 330 million of us in this country, and roughly 50 million of us are foreign born…with another 30 or 40 million of their offspring…is it possible that Congress and the presidents—who have allowed this invasion over the past 40 years—want to destroy our country and our way of life?

Right now in France, one of the hottest politicians, Eric Zemmour, wrote a best seller:  Le Suicide of France.  He spoke of the onslaught of Muslims creating their own nations within France with 90 “no go zones” where no French people dare enter. He spoke about the thousands of Muslims raping French women at will. He spoke about Muslims filling French prisons at over 80 percent of prisoners.  He’s on course to not only overtake Marine la Pen, but Zemmour is slated to beat President Macron in the next election.  The French people are beginning to gel to the new movement: Identity Solidaire.  They are sick of Muslims tearing their country apart.

With all those Haitians invading our country, are we ready for their religious rituals like Santeria where they take animals and cut them to bleed them out in parks and on beaches? And they bathe themselves in the blood!  Can we allow that barbaric scene to be seen by our children? Can we support endless female genital mutilation and honor killings in our country?  At what point do we too, sink into a barbaric third world country?

And exactly what are we going to do with the projected 100,000,000 (million) more people added to our country, net gain, within 29 years?  Most of it caused by legal and illegal immigration, and their birth rates.  You have any answers to that question?

What Are We Going To Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

What are we Americans going to do when there are no solutions to all the problems that Congress and Biden heap upon us?  At some point, when the numbers reach beyond sustainability, we will dissolve into the realm of irreversible and unsolvable problems.  Once at that point, we are screwed.

Those 545 Congressional Critters trip, stumble and mumble into each day without a clue as to the long term ramification of what they are doing to us, the citizens of this country.

Last week, “Progressives for Immigration Reform,” Executive Director Kevin Lynn interviewed me on my book:  America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations.  He caught me in my office wearing my ball cap and glasses. The interview is one hour long.  If you watch it, the interview will give you a crystal-clear understanding of what’s going to happen to our civilization if we fail to stop mass immigration.  Forward it to all your networks.  Thank you, Frosty

Here is the link to the podcast with Executive Director Kevin Lynn and Frosty Wooldridge:

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Servando Gonzalez

On October 14th, 1962, a CIA analyst show President Kennedy photos taken by U-2 which, he claimed, proved the presence of Soviet nuclear missiles deployed on Cuban soil. Kennedy initially had trouble seeing the missiles on the photos, but he was eventually convinced of it. A few days later, on October 22nd, President Kennedy spoke to the nation about the crisis in a televised address. This initiated what was later known as the Cuban Missile Crisis.

After the crisis was over, a veritable barrage of books and articles with scary titles have been written allegedly proving how close we were to the brink nuclear Armageddon. Nevertheless, there are many things about the crisis difficult to explain, because they simply do not add up. I will show below a few examples.

1) According to what was reported at the time, Kennedy and his close associates were surprised and shocked with the unexpected discovery of strategic Soviet missiles in Cuba.

It seems that their surprised was faked, because as early as August, 1962, the word was out in Washington that the Soviets were building missile launchers for weapons already in Cuba. Between August 31 and October 12, 1962, Senator Kenneth Keating made ten Senate speeches and fourteen public statements about the developments in Cuba. He was merely saying publicly what the American intelligence community, apparently his source of information, was muttering as loudly as they could.

Moreover, Cuban refugees, leaving the island in drones, had been reporting sightings of Soviet army trucks carrying extremely long cigar-shaped objects covered by tarpaulins. Some of the refugees strongly suspected that the cigar-shaped objects they had seen riding on Soviet trucks on Cuban highways were not Siberian Cohibas for Castro. But, instead of paying attention to the growing concern, White House press secretary Pierre Salinger criticized the television networks for giving Keating the air time to express his concerns.

2) According to most book and articles, in 1962 we were closer to the brink than ever before.

But there are some things difficult to explain. During the crisis President Kennedy ordered to defuse the nuclear warheads of the American missiles in Turkey, allegedly to avoid an accident. It was also reported that, even during the most dangerous moments of the crisis, Kennedy didn’t alert the civil defense or show any curiosity about learning how to use the secret codes to unleash a nuclear attack. Strange behavior indeed for the commander-in-chief of a country at the brink of a nuclear attack.

But one of the most striking things of the Cuban missile crisis is that the Soviets never placed their troops, nor the civilian defense, under alert. This astonishing fact is mentioned in most of the early accounts of the crisis. Later declassified top secret CIA documents confirmed the fact. At 10:00 in the morning of Tuesday the 23rd of October, CIA Director John McCone reported a strange thing to the ExComm: no signs of a general alert of Soviet forces in Cuba or around the globe had been reported.

A top secret CIA memo of October 25 clearly states that “We still see no signs of any crash procedure in measures to increase the readiness of Soviet armed forces.” A top secret memo of October 26 gave the first indications of a state of alert, but in some European satellite countries, not in the Soviet Union. As late as Friday, October 26, American intelligence sources reported from Cuba, from Moscow, and from the United Nations, that the Russians were not ready for war. It is only on October 27 that a top secret CIA memo clearly acknowledges that “No significant redeployment of Soviet ground, air or naval forces have been noted. However, there are continuing indications of increased readiness among some units.”

Surprisingly, even at that late date, the Soviets had made no attempt to mobilize their civil defense nor to prepare the population for the eventual use of fallout shelters. This was quite significant, because the Soviets had devoted considerable effort to instructing their civilian population in civil defense and had invested considerably in fallout shelters.

3) Now it can be told: we were even more closer to the brink than most people may think.

In January, 1992, during a three-day meeting that took place in Havana with the presence of Cuban, Soviet, and American scholars and officials, among them Robert S. McNamara, new declassified documents of the crisis from the different parties involved were made available to the scholars. It was during this meeting that a Soviet official, Army General Anatoly Gribkov, who allegedly was responsible for planning the operation in 1962, dropped a bombshell when he confirmed the presence of both strategic and tactical nuclear warheads on Cuban soil. However, Gribkov provided no evidence to support his claims.

Nevertheless, notwithstanding Gribkov’s unsubstantiated claims, one has to be very naive to believe that the Soviet Union could commit nuclear suicide in defense of a small island lost in the Caribbean whose leader was an unstable, self proclaimed “Marxist.” That would have been a totally foolish decision. But Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev —a.k.a. the “Butcher of Budapest,” and the “Hangman of the Ukraine”— was anything but a fool.

4) According to some sources, in 1962 the Soviets had deployed 32 nuclear warheads in Cuba.

The American intelligence never confirmed the presence of nuclear warheads on Cuban soil. They never found evidence of nuclear warheads in Cuba and Kennedy gave specific orders about not verifying the extraction of nuclear warheads by boarding and inspecting the Soviet ships leaving Cuba after the crisis.

Lately, perhaps enticed by juicy grants from American foundations, ex-Soviet officials engaged in a fierce competition to tell some Americans what they love to hear. In 1989 Gen. Volkogonov revealed that 20 nuclear warheads were in Cuba. In 1992, Gen. Gribkov raised the number of nuclear warheads in Cuba to 48. In 1996 Lt. Col. Anatoly Dukuchaev raised the ante to 162 nuclear warheads in Cuban soil in 1962. Like rabbits, the nuclear warheads in Cuba keep multiplying. In that fierce competition, kept heated up fueled by American money, some funny Russians were close to claim that there were more nuclear warheads in Cuba than the number the Soviets actually had at the time.

The main force behind this concerted effort in proving that nuclear warheads were in Cuba was Robert McNamara, whose main goal was finding justifications for his absurd policies as Secretary of Defense during the Kennedy administration. Later, McNamara found support for his theories from none other than his former executive action target, Fidel Castro, and from a group of Russians, among them, Sergei Mikoyan, an old KGB hand. But McNamara, Castro, and the ex-KGB operatives were very questionable sources of intelligence.

5) Did the Soviet officers in the field in Cuba had an open hand to use nuclear weapons without further authorization from Moscow?

According to Gen. Gribkov, Gen. Pliyev, the Soviet military commander in Cuba, had been given authorization to fire nuclear devices against an American invasion force if he considered it necessary, without further authorization from the Kremlin.

However, it is very difficult to believe, as some American researchers and retired senior Soviet officers later claimed, that Russian field officers in Cuba had been authorized to use tactical nuclear warheads without further authorization from Moscow. Such an action would have been tantamount to mass suicide, since a single nuclear warhead fired by Russian troops in Cuba against the U.S. would had been equivalent to a declaration of nuclear war between the United States and the Soviet Union. One has to be very naive, or have had as many vodka bottles as Gribkov, to believe that the Kremlin, whose zeal over the control of nuclear devices bordered paranoia, would have committed such act of sheer madness.

6) According to generalized opinion among American authors who have studied the crisis, the plan was Khrushchev’s idea to protect Castro from an American invasion.

Apparently, their main source was Nikita Khrushchev. In his Memoirs Khrushchev claimed that the main reason for deploying strategic missiles on Cuban soil was because Castro feared an American invasion and he wanted to protect the Cuban leader. But it is very difficult to believe that Khrushchev planned to install missiles in Cuba to protect Castro just a few days after Khrushchev had tried to overthrow the Cuban leader by force by a coup d’etat. Actually, in April of 1962, after Castro discovered and neutralized the plot, he expelled from Cuba Soviet Ambassador Kudryatsev (who also moonlighted as a senior GRU officer) and a group of his embassy KGB thugs.

Moreover, simple logic dictates that no great power is going to give missiles to any newcomer who just asks for them. The USSR installed missiles where it wanted, and nowhere else. When Mao asked for missiles the Soviets turned him down flat. Neither before 1962, nor after, did the Soviets deploy nuclear warheads beyond their borders. It was not until many years later, only after they had developed reliable devices to control its arming, that the Soviets allowed a limited number of nuclear warheads to cross their borders, and always under strict control of KGB’s special Spetnatz troops. If the Soviets didn’t trust their own army, why, then, would they risk placing nuclear missiles so close to the unstable, trigger-happy Castro? If anything, what Khrushchev would have loved was having the Americans doing the dirty job he failed to accomplish, by invading Cuba and helping him getting rid of the unreliable Fidel Castro.

He had strong reason for it. The Soviet commitment in Cuba had proved to be a calamitous failure. As seen from the Kremlin, Castro was unpredictable, volatile, undisciplined, and often nonsensical. His wholesale executions, mass arrests, and terrorist adventures against his Latin American neighbors, together with the sight of hundreds of thousands of Cubans attempting to flee his rule, raised the very Stalinist specter Khrushchev was trying to dispel with his recently announced doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence. Moreover, Castro was making a shambles of the Cuban economy and neglected to pay attention to “suggestions” coming from Moscow

In such circumstances the sensible course for Khrushchev was to cut his losses and get out of the game, particularly considering that the Soviet lines of supply to Cuba were long and extremely vulnerable. But leaving Cuba voluntarily would have been tantamount to an admission of failure and would had involved substantial loss of face. If, however, Castro could be eliminated as a result of American “aggression,” then Khrushchev and the USSR could retreat from Cuba, their honor relatively untarnished. After an American invasion of the island the failure of Communism in Cuba could be blamed not on deficiencies in Soviet-style communist management of Cuban affairs, but on “Yankee Imperialism.”

7) Another disinformation appearing on most books about the crisis is that the Soviets had deployed the missiles with cunning and stealth.

In shipping the missiles to Cuba, Americans accused the USSR of using stealth and deception. This accusation of deceit runs throughout all official US statements. The evidence indicates, however, that Soviet stealth and deception were faked. The available record suggests that, in fact, the Russians went to great pains to let the Americans discover the missiles. There is evidence that the Soviets sped up their pace of work and camouflaged the missiles only after they were sure the American U2 planes had discovered and photographed them.

The plan to set up the missiles was carried out in such a way that they would inevitably be discovered by the Americans. If one assumes that the anti-aircraft Surface to Air Missiles surrounding the bases were intended to protect the installations of the strategic missiles, then they should have been installed and ready to shoot the US planes before the strategic missiles arrived. Actually the SAM’s and other associated anti-aircraft nets only became operational when the construction of the strategic missile sites was well advanced, and the Soviets employed almost no camouflage at all to hide either set of weapons. In any case, since the SAM’s could not shoot down planes flying below 10,000 feet, these anti-aircraft missiles would not have been useful in the event of an American invasion.

Moreover both the Medium Range Ballistic Missiles and the Intermediate Range Ballistic Missiles were above ground and located in soft terrain, very vulnerable to any type of enemy attack. Although a single installation of MRBM could be built in a matter of days, the Russians were progressing very slowly in their installation. They seemed not to be in great hurry, and worked only during daylight hours.

The Cubans were concerned about the role of the American intelligence surveillance, but the Russians dismissed their concern and gave the matter no importance. The Cuban intelligence services were also aware that the CIA was interrogating Cuban refugees at the Opa Locka military base in Florida. The large number of refugees arriving in Miami was providing the CIA with a great deal of information. Castro proposed to stop the emigration flood by eliminating all available means of escape from the island, but the Soviets proposed to leave things unchanged. In that way, reasoned the Russians, the CIA would obtain a lot of contradictory information and soon stop relying on the credibility of the refugees. Many of the departing refugees had seen missiles, but, in most cases, these were just antiaircraft SAMs. To the Cubans’ dismay, the Soviets even suggested that, instead of trying to hide evidence of the missiles, it was better to let it be obvious. For the first time the Cuban personnel working at the antiaircraft missile sites were granted leaves.

The Cubans knew the quality of the American air surveillance technology. On several occasions Castro asked the Soviets to give him SAMs, and let his people operate them, but the Russians were reluctant. Although most of the Cubans assigned to the missile bases were engineering students from Havana University, the Soviets only allowed them to operate the radars.

By the beginning of August the Russians complained to the Cuban government about the lack of discipline and seditious demonstrations of the university students at the missile bases. Apparently the Cubans were frustrated by the Russians’ inaction in the face of overflying American U-2 planes. Castro himself had to make an inspection visit to the bases in order to calm down the Cubans there. Apparently Castro convinced everybody, with one important exception: Che Guevara. Major Guevara said that he would only change his opinion if somebody convinced him that the American spy planes flying over Cuba were not jeopardizing the operation. But he finally opted to accept Castro’s orders.

Contrary to the opinion of most American analysts, almost all SAM antiaircraft sites in western Cuba had reached operational status by the beginning of August, 1962. From that early date the Soviets could have fired on the American spy planes if they had wanted to.

On the morning of October 14, 1962, a U-2 entered Cuban air space and flew over the province of Pinar del Río. The Cubans watched the plane on the radar screens, appalled as the Russians did nothing. Later Castro complained bitterly about the Russian inaction. Why were the Soviets allowing the American planes to discover the missiles? It was not until the meeting with the President the morning of the 23rd of October that CIA Director John McCone reported that the Russians were beginning to camouflage the missile sites. Nobody could explain why they had waited so long to do so.

8) Finally, the CIA smelled a rat, Kennedy approved the U-2 flights, and Major Anderson photographed the missiles.

According to most American analysts, what initiated the crisis were the U-2 photographs of Soviet missile sites in Cuba on October 14, 1962. US leaders might have received information three weeks earlier if a U-2 had flown over the western part of Cuba in the last week of September. But, quite unexplainably, the U-2s were prevented from flying over that part of Cuba, precisely where intelligence reports indicated that the missiles were most likely to be.

On August, 1962, a U-2 returned with photographs of Russian SAM antiaircraft missiles being unloaded at Cuban docks. More U-2s came back with fresh pictures of more SAMs. But President Kennedy insisted there was no evidence that the Russians were moving in offensive missiles that could threaten the United States.

Though all evidence pointed to the province of Pinar del Río in the western part of Cuba as the most likely location for missile sites, a very strange thing happened: after September 5 no U-2 flights were directed over that part of the island. It was not until October 14, that a U-2 plane, reportedly by chance, took the now famous photographs of the sites under construction. Yet, the word that there were Russian missile sites in Cuba was so widespread that even Time magazine ran an article on September 21 showing a map of Cuba clustered with Soviet ground-to-air missiles, mainly in the western part of the island, west and south of Havana.

In retrospect it is clear that both the Americans and the Russians were playing a subtle cat-and-mouse game, the Russians trying, by every means, to get the Americans to discover the missiles, and the Americans trying not to discover them.

9) According to most American analysts, a US invasion of Cuba would have brought nuclear war with the Soviet Union.

The day after the Bay of Pigs invasion began, Khrushchev sent President Kennedy a message appealing to him to stop the aggression. The tone of the message, however, was not in accordance to the man who some months earlier had boasted with apocalyptic visions.

“As for the USSR, there must be no mistake about our position. We will extend to the Cuban people and its government all the necessary aid for the repulse of the armed attack on Cuba. . . We are sincerely interested in the relaxation of international tensions, but if others go in for its aggravation, then we will answer then in full measure.”

The reality, however, was quite different. When the invasion began Castro wired Russia for urgent help or at least for open solidarity, but Khrushchev ignored him until the Cuban militia had definitely beaten the invaders.

Khrushchev’s “missile rattling” about Cuba was not the first case of such bluffings. He had before threatened with rockets over Suez, over the landings in Lebanon and Jordan, and over Berlin. Khrushchev also threatened Britain and France with long-range missiles at the time of the Suez crisis, but not before he was certain that the crisis was effectively over. When the Matsu-Quemoy crisis of the fall of 1958 erupted, Soviet support came in the form of two threatening letters from Khrushchev to Eisenhower. But Khrushchev’s guarantees and promises of help to Communist China were extended only after it had become clear that the United States was not going to intervene in the affair and the threat of war was gone. Therefore, it is safe to assume that, at most, an American invasion of Cuba would have brought a strong condemnation from the USSR delegate at the UN, and a barrage of threats in the Soviet press for internal consumption only, and nothing more.

10) Another never-ending myth of the CMC is that, after the crisis was over, Khrushchev and Kennedy signed a secret pact guaranteeing the non-invasion of Cuba.

But the evidence to this is missing. In 1970 Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, disturbed over the submarine base the Soviets were building in Cienfuegos, a port on the Southern coast of Cuba, ordered his assistants to hunt through the State Department’s files looking for the written agreement he was sure President Kennedy had signed with Khrushchev. They found, to his utter amazement, that there was none.

Moreover, if the agreement ever existed, it has the dubious honor of having being applied retroactively, because the American harassment of the anti-Castro Cubans in the US began just after the Bay of Pigs invasion, a year and a half before the Cuban Missile Crisis. If American presidents from Kennedy on proved unwilling to get rid of Fidel Castro, it is not because a non-existent pact forbade them to do so, but because of some other secret reasons unknown to us.

11) Most authors who have written about the crisis depict General LeMay was a mad warmonger out of control.

General Curtiss LeMay, Air Force Chief, argued forcefully with the President that a military attack was essential. When the President questioned him about what the Soviet response might be, General LeMay assured him that there would be no reaction at all. Later the Kennedys and their buddies, as usual, made derogatory comments of General LeMay’s statements behind his back.

But LeMay was not a mad warmonger as he was depicted in a well-known film, nor was he alone. Former Secretary of State Dean Acheson made his arguments that an air attack and invasion represented the only American alternative to the US. He added that the President of the United States had the responsibility for the security of the American people and of the whole world, that it was his duty to take the only action which could protect that security, and that this meant destroying the missiles in Cuba.

Shortly before his TV address to inform the nation of his decision to impose a blockade on the Soviet ships bound for Cuba, President Kennedy met with the members of the Cabinet and informed them of the crisis for the first time. Then, he met with leaders of Congress. According to Robert Kennedy, this was the President’s most difficult meeting. Many congressional leaders were sharp in their criticism. They complained that the President should take a more forceful action -—a military attack or an invasion of Cuba–, and that the blockade was far too weak a response.

When Senators Richard Russell and William Fulbright were informed of the situation in Cuba and the presidential decision to blockade the island, they argued that a blockade could not be effective in the short time remaining before the missile sites became operational. In fact, if one assumed that the nuclear warheads were already in Cuba, as it was logical to suppose at the time, a blockade of the island seemed to be a foolhardy decision.

Dean Acheson, one of the most notable critics of President Kennedy’s decisions during the crisis, wrote later that, though the American strategy during the crisis was wrong, it succeeded in obtaining the withdrawal of the missiles simply by “dumb luck”. Acheson’s recommendation for decisive military action, namely an air strike over Cuba, was flatly rejected by Kennedy. And Acheson was not the only one with little praise for Kennedy’s decision-making abilities. General Douglas McArthur, though crediting Kennedy with political cunning, called the President “just dumb when it comes to decision making.”

12) On October 28, 1962, a missile battery under Soviet command shot down Maj. Rudolf Anderson’s U-2 while flying over the Eastern part of Cuba.

But that is not the whole truth. According to Seymour Hersh, there is strong evidence that, on October 26, 1962, a Cuban army unit attacked and overran a Soviet-manned SAM base at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, killing many Soviets and seizing control of the site. This was the very base that later fired the SAMs which destroyed Anderson’s U-2. Hersh based his article on information partly drawn from an interview with former Department of Defense analyst Daniel Ellsberg, who was himself citing classified material from a post-crisis study of the event. The speculation was based on an intercepted transmission from the Soviet base at Los Angeles indicating heavy fighting and casualties. Adrián Montoro, former director of Radio Havana Cuba, and Juan Antonio Rodríguez Menier, a senior Cuban intelligence officer who defected in 1987 and was living in the US, seemed to confirm Ellsberg’s thesis.

Though both Castro and the Russians have categorically denied that the attack took place, Raymond L. Garthoff, Special Assistant for Soviet bloc Political/Military Affairs in the State Department during the Kennedy administration, claims that, in fact, from October 28, the Cuban army did surround the Soviet missile bases for three days. It is evident that, whatever really happened, Castro was itching for a nuclear shoot-out between the Soviet Union and the United States.

Messages exchanged between Castro and Khrushchev on October 28, 1962, indicate that something very fishy happened that day. In his message the Soviet premier accused the Cuban leader of shooting down the American plane. Then, Khrushchev warned Castro that such steps “will be used by aggressors to their advantage, to further their aims.” In his answer to Khrushchev Castro explained that he had mobilized his antiaircraft batteries “to support the position of the Soviet forces.” Then, Castro added this cryptic remark: “The Soviet Forces Command can give you further detail on what happened with the plane that was shot down.”

Evidently, many lies have been written about the Cuban Missile Crisis, but there is a single truth.

Even disregarding the fact that photographs can be faked and doctored, nothing is so misleading as a photograph. According to the information available up to this moment, the photographic evidence of Soviet strategic missiles on Cuban soil was never confirmed by American agents working in the field. The missiles were never touched, smelled, weighed. Their metal, electronic components, and fuel were never tested. Even more important, the radiation from their nuclear warheads was never recorded; their heat signature was never verified.

Despite all recent claims on the contrary, CIA reports at the time consistently denied the presence of nuclear warheads in Cuba. Also, American planes, flying low over the missile sites and the Soviets ships, never detected any of the radiation that would be expected from nuclear warheads. The technology to detect radiation existed at the time. In the 1960s the NEDS 900 series of radiation detectors had been developed and deployed in the Dardanelles as a way to monitor the presence of nuclear weapons aboard Soviet warships transiting the strait from the Black Sea.

The Soviets were masters of deception and disinformation, and Maskirovka was an important part of the Soviet military tactic and strategic doctrine. Some western intelligence analysts suspected that, as late as 1960, not only most of the missiles parading in Red Square were dummies, but even some units of the newly created Soviet Strategic Rocket Forces were not getting real missiles. The Russians have a long tradition in the deception business. One must bear in mind that it was count Grigori Aleksandrovich Potemkim who created the first Hollywood-style cowboy film sets.

Actually, the Cuban Missile Crisis was the first mega PsyOp whose true goal was to scare the American people into accepting losing freedom in exchange for security. The Cuban Missile Crisis was a key event on the Cold War. In 1961 President John F. Kennedy initiated the Community Fallout Shelter Program. As soon as the crisis was over, CFR conspirator Nelson Rockefeller was frantically pushing the idea of building nuclear shelters in every American building, and American schoolchildren were hiding under their desks rehearsing for a coming nuclear attack. The time for Americans to live under a permanent state of fear had arrived.

The Cold War was not only a good tool to keep the American people terrorized, but it was also very profitable for the military-industrial-banking complex. But the unexpected implosion of the Soviet Union in 1991 created a vacuum, which the conspirators had to fill.

The second mega PsyOp, whose only purpose was terrorizing even more the American people in order for them to accept the losing of freedom under the name of security, was the 9/11 operation which unleashed the so-called War on Terror and was used as a pretext to create the Office of Homeland Security, the TSA and other similar aberrations.

Currently, were are suffering the effects of the third mega PsyOp disguised as an effort to protect us from an invisible virus. As in the previous two, this one will result in more loss of freedom and more government control over the American people.

For the whole story you may read my book The Nuclear Hoax: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis. It reads like a Tom Clancy thriller.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

By Bradlee Dean

“If ye were of the world, the world would love his own:” -John 15:19

First, there Was Billy Graham, the evangelical pope, the ecumenical (oneness) preacher who has stood with every president and their corruptions since the 1950s.

[Rumble Video]

Political pawn Billy Graham, before passing away, received a star on Hollywood Boulevard.  He was honored and adored by witches, warlocks, Satanists, pedophiles, sodomites, adulterers, fornicators, in short, the demoralizers of culture (Luke 6:36).

[Rumble Video]

Then we have Franklin Graham, who also allies himself with presidents at every given cycle as a mere pawn to keep the sheep in line just like his father (1 Kings 13:33).

Mr. impotent neutralizer of the faith himself, Franklin Graham tells his followers to pray and yet, says nothing about doing (James 2:14-26). Faith without works is dead!

Don’t forget that recently Franklin also told the blind and ignorant in the American Church to love your neighbor as yourselves because Jesus would have also taken the deadly experimental jab.  Blasphemy (Hosea 4:6)!

Then we have the new up and coming hireling grandson of Billy Graham (John 10:12), Will Graham, who is carrying on the tradition of preaching another gospel (Galatians 1:8) just like that of his predecessors.

This last week, Will Graham thought it to be cute somehow to teach the biblically illiterate (Malachi 2:6) that which is not biblical. Will said ‘sin is fun’ but living for Christ is ‘more fun.’

The Christian Post reported:

Billy Graham’s grandson Will Graham told hundreds gathered for prayer and worship over the weekend in Iowa that while sin can be “fun,” the gratification one receives from it eventually wears out and leaves them searching for a more permanent gratification and purpose in their lives.

Iowans gathered in from Friday to Sunday in Des Moines for one of Graham’s “Celebration” evangelistic outreach events, where they heard performances from singers like CeCe Winans and Aaron Shust, as well as a message from the 46-year-old evangelist.

Graham, the son of Franklin Graham, has hosted about three dozen Celebration crusade events worldwide since 2015.

“Sin is fun, but then you have to do it again tomorrow, and then you have to do it again to keep it up,” Graham, executive director of the Billy Graham Training Center at The Cove in North Carolina, said.

“It just wears off. And then, all of a sudden, you realize it never satisfied. But, when you give your life to Christ, [satisfaction] never wears off,” he added. “I never met a person who gave their life to Christ that regretted it. I’ve had more fun being a Christian than I ever could not being a Christian.”

I cannot find in Scripture anywhere that “sin is fun,” but I did find in Romans 6:23 “For the wages of sin is death.”

I did find in James 1:13-15:

“But every man is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust, and enticed. Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin: and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death.”

I did find in Revelation 21:8 that on the day of judgment, which applies to all of us, that the “the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whore mongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.”

Sin is fun? Really!

[Rumble Video]

One thing that Will forgets to tell these people is that their sins are before God, that they need to repent (Acts 20:21) and put their faith in Christ, and to bring forth fruit the fruits of repentance (Matthew 3:8) in taking vengeance upon the sin that put Christ on the cross (2 Corinthians 7:10-11), and living for Him who died for them (2 Corinthians 5:15).

And that Hell is the place for people that reject Christ!

One more thing I would like to add to Will’s lack of biblical understanding.  Will said but living for Christ is ‘more fun’ Hmmm.

Eleven of the 12 disciples were martyred.

Jesus was crucified. After His resurrection He tells those that will follow him:

“And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another.” -Matthew 10: 22-24

In Acts 14:22, the Bible tells us: “Confirming the souls of the disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.”

Jesus told us in John 15:17-19: “These things I command you, that ye love one another.  If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.”

In John 20:20-21, after His resurrection, we are told: “And when he had so said, he shewed unto them his hands and his side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the LORD. Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you.”

Fun? Will is preaching a different gospel, friends (Galatians 1:6).

Jude warns of such:

“Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints.  For there are certain men crept in unawares, who were before of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ.”

And what of the apostle Paul, the one responsible for penning 2/3 of the New Testament? Was it “fun” for him to serve Jesus? Let’s go to 2 Corinthians 11:23-28.

“in labours more abundant, in stripes above measure, in prisons more frequent, in deaths oft. Of the Jews five times received I forty stripes save one.

Thrice was I beaten with rods, once was I stoned, thrice I suffered shipwreck, a night and a day I have been in the deep;

In journeyings often, in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils by mine own countrymen, in perils by the heathen, in perils in the city, in perils in the wilderness, in perils in the sea, in perils among false brethren;

In weariness and painfulness, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness.

Beside those things that are without, that which cometh upon me daily, the care of all the churches.”

[Rumble Video]

Conclusion: Friends, when thoroughly vetting the Word of God over and over, you will find (2 Timothy 2:15), stark contrasts and blatant contradictions as well as things that have been merely found to be nowhere in the bible by these enemies of the cross (Philippians 3:18).

God loves you and has a wonderful plan for your lives-Someone please show me that. Love is always found in demonstration, not with lip service (Matthew 15:8).

The Grahams have never been, in the past or in the present been found preaching out against the sins that are promoted by corruption in the government – Abortion, homosexuality, illegal indoctrination in public schools etc… on the contrary, the Grahams have stood alongside the corrupt in the process.

The Grahams are not a threat in any way to the corrupt establishment in the church or in the government and that alone should show you who it is that are (2 Corinthians 11:13-15).

[Rumble Video]

The good news is that the Grahams are not the ones that we are to look to or to emulate (Hebrews 13:7), Jesus Christ is.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

© 2021 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Karen Schoen

LIFE WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE IS DEATH IN DISGUISE

Remember: The issue is never the issue. The issue is always the REVOLUTION.

Have you wondered why so many companies were so quick to go WOKE and destroy America?  Could it be that as companies became GLOBAL, America became irrelevant?  Global Corporate CEO’s and VP’s took money, tax rebates, grants, subsidies etc.  from the American Taxpayer and many purchased multiple residents all over the world.  America was just another country, nothing special. In addition, the highly skilled American worker was too expensive and cut into their profitability. So as their choice, they screwed the American worker. The criminals in the government made up rules and regulations to eliminate competition of their favored company. Lastly let us not forget that by eliminating competition the “market” is favorable for investing in government favored companies so congress could make a fortune on insider trading, investing and creating new companies that will comply.

OK the pieces were beginning to fit.  Thanks to Karen Bracken’s incredible research on ESG (Environmental, Social ‘Justice’ Governance), the woke actions of these companies are evident and finally make sense. On Nov 8, 2019, Forbes had an article introducing ESG to the business community in 2020.  What is ESG?  ESG is the Environmental, Social and Governance score given to a business to determine how well they “follow the government message”  In other words go WOKE, “Hate America and hate the American citizen who votes against the DNC communist message.”  Apparently grading individuals on Social Credits is not enough for the communist Democrats. Limiting mobility, purchases and services based on how well individuals score by supporting everything the government does is not broad enough.  The corporations must follow orders as well.  Why would a corporation intentionally destroy their base?  Because once the world has opened as their customer, Americans are no longer the only game in town. Money, Money, Money!!!

ESG refers to a company’s commitment to do more than make a profit, such as actively strive to contribute positively to the environment or social causes and to conduct themselves responsibly. Why would a company do that?  Because ESG is now the way that investors rate the corporation for investment funding. Bad score= no money.  Trash America = more money. By forming Public Private Partnerships the government is now involved in business and can “suggest” certain actions or else no government contract, no access to grants or low interest loans and tax subsidies. Since many smaller middle class companies are totally private and do not rely on the government they must be destroyed. No Competition or dissention allowed. Covid accelerated this plan. We now have an answer to the question, is the government trying to destroy America? The answer is YES.

More money is made with global customers than American customers.

What is a PPP (PUBLIC – PRIVATE PARTNERSHIPS)?  A PPP is a way in which a corporation, through a new entity takes control of Government Assets.  The government, made up of unelected bureaucrats, people, make laws to regulate companies into the desired path.  The ESG (Environmental Social Governance) score keeps the corporations in line. Corporations are woke and must use the CRT method for reprogramming its workers.  They must get a good score or no government contracts. You can call it Global Corporate Fascism, reinventing government, transfer of wealth, but it is really a new structure of communism. The public pays, the private profits. This is a massive form of wealth redistribution. Once again the public gets screwed.

Let’s break this down.

The Rules:

* Public – (government) all levels of government, Local, State, Federal, Foreign, and of course the United Nations.

* Private – Big power Corporations, National Corporations, International Corporations, Universities, Foundations, Associations, any entity with big money.

* Partnerships – Business arrangement, which public and private combined together.

* NGO’s – Non government organizations, any organization with environmental interest, like the Sierra Club, The Nature Conservancy, Florida Forever, etc. that takes control of assets. This would be in land acquisitions, conservation, land corridors, Greenways, Parks, Preserves, permanent easements, etc. It would be on coastal waters, lakes, rivers, streams, another means of taking assets, owning and having full control. With no representation to the people, the goal is profit. Sound familiar? It should by now it’s called the United Nations Sustainable Development, Agenda 21/2030/GND/Global Reset. The United Nations promote PPP’S, they play a very important role in their personal agenda making it easier for government to control businesses.  PPP are in direct opposition to any free market system. If a company needs government money, why are they still in business?

PPP’S are heavy into infrastructure because it crosses county and state lines which gives the government more control over local elected officials. With this economy, state and local governments do not have the money for roads, tolls, bridges, energy, water, and restoration. People do not want their taxes raised, as they are already tax enough.  When our elected representatives vote to empower appointed groups of people who are not accountable to the public, they are voting for Communism. That’s how Communism works. It is unelected groups of people who are authorized to make public policy using the agenda of some unseen apparatus in the background, coupled with the power of government to enforce it. In the case of the United States the transformation to Communism agenda is coming from the United Nations.

In Florida, PPP’s are abundant. PPP’S, Enterprise Florida, Public Service Commission (PSC), Workforce Florida, Inc. Duke Energy, Florida Power and Light, Progress Energy, ( Smart Meters) Florida Chamber of Commerce, and all of these promote Regionalism in Florida. Governor Scott signed H/B 85 to expand Public – Private Partnerships.  He was the same Governor that said there would be No Agenda 21 in Florida, more Lies.

Every county board, county administrator, city council, and manager in Florida works with PPP’S. All of Florida’s regional planning councils, (unconstitutional ) Sustainable Development Planners, Florida Association of Counties, due the bidding of PPP’S. But that’s not surprising since they work with U.N. organizations to implement the Agenda..

PPP’S are a Soviet structure. What is a Soviet… An elected governmental council in a Communist country.  Alliances are the PPP’S and they are implementing the socialist agenda thus transforming the United States into a Communist Country. The Public – Private Partnership (PPP) is yet another ruse of big government to steal your wealth and private property or other assets and, in the process, “fundamentally change America” and plunder the productive members of society.  A PPP is the essence of Marxism and crony capitalism. Elected government officials and their bureaucracy favoring corporations who support the political agenda of the ruling class, so both can profit at the expense of our individual freedom.  Why did Biden give up Afghanistan? Here is your reason…Money, Power and Control.

Communist are Technocrats, they seek to plan, organize, and streamline all aspects of life through central planning. (like unconstitutional regional planning councils). Thus people aren’t considered as discrete independent individuals.  Rather, people are considered assets of the state, factors of production, “human capital, human resources, human infrastrucure” to be managed by  the owner of the state and the elite minions and useful idiots who administer the system.

September 13, 2013, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Secretary Tom Vilsack and Coca-Cola Americans President Steve Cahillana announced a PPP to restore and protect damaged watersheds on National lands. Cahillana said to create healthier, more Sustainable Communities. This opened my eyes. United Nations Sustainable Communities, Agenda21 stated goals of controlling all forms of water supply. Today Biden’s unelected secretaries, including newly appointed Tom Vilack and local mayors collude with Chinese Communist party on Agriculture policy.

United Nations Agenda 21 from the U.N. Bruntland Commission in 1992 says that No private enterprise should exist, only PPP’S.  Business is evil, should be controlled by the community, while the owner is responsible, and pays taxes. These ideas are tenets of Socialism/Marxism.

“ESG (Environment-Social(Justice)-Governance) Credit Score system that is replacing the traditional Credit Score system we have always used in the past.  This new credit score system will score businesses on how well they tow the globalist line.  WELL, what a coincidence….Biden(Obama) just announced he wants to do away with all the traditional credit bureaus.  Of course he said this is necessary because there are racial disparities in the current system.  But of course never mentions it will be replaced with ESG Credit Scores coming from the fascist government. There are several major banks that already use ESG and it is part of the Great Reset and the new economy, stakeholder capitalism (fascism).  Individuals that are patriots, conservative, vote Republican will end up on the low end of this system and will not be able to get a mortgage loan or a loan for any reason.  Again, this is why you are seeing businesses fighting states on their laws.  Business in bed with government ends up making slaves out the tax payer and destroys our Constitution and states rights. Again, using race to drive the Great Reset agenda.” —Karen Bracken

Note: In the Infrastructure Bill of $3.5 Trillion, grants will be given to companies that comply.  Hefty penalties will be placed on companies that don’t demand their employees or customers vax, while rebates are given to those who buy union autos.

When your local government authorities start to exceed their constitutionally granted powers by working with Private International and National organizations through PPP’S, they no longer represent the people, the U.S. Constitution, freedom, and their oath of office. These are people that are so self centered with their own careers, self worth, and power status, that they have sold their souls to the communists.

Is America Worth Saving?

Will you make sure you research every candidate that you vote for? This is what we have to do as Americans to save our country, and to make sure our children are not made slaves to an un-Christian Nation of corruption.

Will you pay attention, run for office and attend meetings in your local community?

Will you share the truth with others who may not be like minded but want to hear the truth?

Will you contact your legislature and voice your opinion?  House 202-225-0911, Senate 202-224-0911, or contactmypolitician.com

G-d Bless America, and Her People.

© 2021 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

It does not take a majority to prevail… but rather an irate, tireless minority, keen on setting brushfires of freedom in the minds of men. —Samuel Adams

If the freedom of speech is taken away then dumb and silent we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter. —George Washington

Among the natural rights of the colonists are these: First a right to life, secondly to liberty, and thirdly to property; together with the right to defend them in the best manner they can. —Samuel Adams

Better to fight for something than live for nothing. —Gen. George S. Patton.

If you missed Cherie Zaslawsky’s amazing article on NewsWithViews, Preaching Beyond the Choir, she has been busy writing to local newspapers in order to reach people who never hear the truth.  I took her suggestions to heart.

Last week, I called a local radio program to tell them about the studies regarding ivermectin, and that it’s not just a horse dewormer, and it’s certainly not just a monthly heart worm treatment for dogs.  I told them that over 30 studies have proven that ivermectin has a 100% prophylactic prevention of acquisition of Sars-coV-2.  The wonder drug that originated in Japan doesn’t just treat parasites or worms in animals, it actually cures River Blindness.  It also has 22 mechanisms of action against Sars-coV-2, has seven or eight anti-viral mechanisms and it has multiple immune modification mechanisms.

When I hung up, the radio host said to the audience that this is not medical advice, and to check with their own doctors.  We know the majority of physicians are following the NIH, CDC, FDA and AMA protocols and will not prescribe this life saving drug for fear of losing their licenses. Another caller stated it’s better for us if we get the jab and be safe.  And the program ended.

Group think, lemmings and sheep…how do we get them to see the truth?

Dr. Michael Yeadon, former top scientist and VP of Pfizer said we have to share to get the ball rolling, and you don’t need to be a scientist or give an essay on science, you just need to tell people that things don’t feel right.  Talk to people on the street, your neighbors, your friends.  If you don’t, he says, “Eventually there’ll be a knock on your door and someone will be there saying, ‘You have to be vaccinated.’ And I’m frightened of that.”

Mass Censorship

Dr. Robert Malone, the inventor of mRNA vaccines, says he was branded a “terrorist” by the media in Italy and warns that physicians who echo the truth are being “hunted via medical boards and the press.”  Despite concerns regarding adverse effects and even death from the Covid jabs being regularly voiced by doctors, the Federation of State Medical Boards announced in July that it would consider pulling medical licenses of doctors who traffic in “misinformation” about Sars-coV-2.

There are a large number of physicians and scientists who have spoken out about the virus.  Our Pravda media and Big Tech networks have censored every one of them, but it hasn’t stopped the truth.  We know who these courageous men and women are and we pray for each of them knowing that they are being hunted by the press, branded as terrorists and threatened with the loss of their licenses.  We’re already aware of the massive losses Dr. Peter McCullough has suffered, including a lawsuit by a former employer.

These men and women are warriors for truth.  (AFLDS.org and FLCCC.net)  Pay Pal recently shut down FLCCC’s platform.

Physicians and Scientists Speak

In the following 45-minute video, eight prominent physicians and scientists talk about  inoculations for Sars-coV-2.

Dr. Pierre Kory is a pulmonary and critical care specialist and the President of Frontline COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC.net). He has testified in Congress about the effectiveness of ivermectin as both a prophylactic and a Sars-coV-2 early cure.  Dr. Kory said, “I don’t believe there’s anyone who died (from Covid) who got effective early treatment.”

Dr. Richard Urso, a scientist and ophthalmalogist and the Former Director of Orbital Oncology at MD Anderson Cancer Center, stated, “People don’t die of the virus, they die of inflammation and thrombosis.  And we have drugs for inflammation that are not off-label, as well as drugs for thrombosis.”

Dr. Robert Malone has exposed the dangers of the mRNA Covid jab.  A major contributor to the invention of mRNA technology, Dr. Malone is highly qualified to discuss the potential side effects of mRNA injections.And he has spoken about the dangers of this foolish mass vaccination program. Link

Thirty peer reviewed studies show the efficacy of natural immunity, being denied by the fools who listen to Fauci and his buddies who want you vaxxed…their pockets are enlarged and the vaxxed are sick or dying.

Malone previously warned about the risk of Antibody Dependent Enhancement (ADE) that causes the virus to become more infectious. He has even called for a stop to the COVID-19 jab rollout. The latest podcast featuring Dr. Malone helped dispel another mainstream media lie regarding the “Pandemic of the Unvaccinated” narrative that Biden repeats. Unvaccinated individuals are called “super-spreaders” and blamed for the latest wave of infections. According to Dr. Malone, the opposite is true. In fact, the fully vaccinated are the “super-spreaders.”

Harvard research confirms what we’ve been saying for months.  There is not evidentiary correlation between cases and vaccination rates.

Dr. Ryan Cole is a Mayo Clinic board certified clinical and anatomic pathologist and Chief Medical Officer and Laboratory Director of Cole Diagnostics, a full-service medical lab in Boise, Idaho.  The Idaho Medical Association asked the state board to stop Dr. Cole from prescribing ivermectin.  He has refused to use the “accepted protocol” from the FDA, CDC, NIH, AMA and other state agencies that deny the decades old parasitic medication to patients.

Cole Diagnostics processes and reports out approximately 40,000 blood and biopsy patient samples annually.  In the last year, the lab has handled over 100,000 Covid testing samples.  It is the biggest independent testing lab in Idaho and has described how the mRNA shots have caused serious autoimmune disorders.

Cole explained that two types of cells are required for adequate immune system function: “Helper T-cells,” also called “CD4 cells,” and “killer T-cells,” often known as “CD8 cells.”  According to Cole, in patients with HIV, there is a massive suppression of “helper T-cells” which cause immune system functions to plummet, and leave the patient susceptible to a variety of illnesses.

He describes that what we’re seeing post-vaccine is a drop in killer T-cells in your CD8 cells.  And what do those cells do?  They keep all other viruses in check. Cole explains that as a result of this “clot-shot” induced “killer T-cell” suppression, he is seeing an “uptick” of not only endometrial cancer, but also melanomas, as well as herpes, shingles, mono, and a “huge uptick” in HPV when “looking at the cervical biopsies of women.”

The unvaccinated are looking smarter and smarter every week. Link

Dr. Mark McDonald, a double board certified clinical psychiatrist told of the damage to our children. Dr. McDonald said, “We’re not in a medical pandemic, we’re in a fear pandemic.”

He believes that what is driving the fear now is propaganda.  He said that children, unlike adults, don’t just bounce back; that children will not regain their psychological health.  As a child psychiatrist, he treats children all day long.

He stated, “The developmental stage children need to go through, babies, toddlers, young adults is being foreclosed on them.  Brown University Department of Pediatrics published a study in mid-September that found that babies born after January 1^st, 2020, when this whole pandemic started, had an IQ point drop of 20 points compared to babies born before January 1, 2020.  That’s huge!  Why?  They don’t see faces, they don’t play, they don’t have exposure to friends, they don’t go to school.  They’re basically locked in their homes looking at their parents for a year and a half and their brains have not developed.”

“My concern is that we are building a generation of young people who are so traumatized that they will never fully recover from this.  Even if we give them therapy and treatment, they’re always going to be damaged from this and be scarred emotionally.  I don’t mean for it to be depressing, I mean for it to be alarming so that everyone can finally say, ‘STOP.’ We’ve got to stop the damage and then figure out what to do about it.”

It’s way past time to acknowledge what has been done wrong.  However, the biggest problem I personally saw was masks on children who rarely get or pass the virus.  To close their faces off from their peers and to wear face diapers in public is a developmental atrocity to our youth; I see it as child abuse.  Many parents home school, and those children have no social disabilities, but masks are a blockage that destroy interpersonal relationships and change the lives of these children for decades to come.

There is hope! 

The Gateway Pundit reported that Nebraska AG, Doug Peterson issued an opinion on physicians prescribing hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) and ivermectin for Sars-coV-2 treatment will not face any punishment.  “Allowing physicians to consider these early treatments will free them to evaluate additional tools that could save lives, keep patients out of the hospital, and provide relief for our already strained healthcare system,” AG Doug Peterson wrote.

The Office of AG pointed to multiple medical journal articles, research, and case studies. They mentioned the study from Lancet that was later retracted because of its flawed statistics regarding the use of HCQ.

Airline pilots are walking out, refusing the jab, the Sheet Metal, Air, Rail and Transportation Union (SMART) is walking away from the mandates, TSA employees have joined the anti-jab movement, nurses are leaving their professions and physicians are taking early retirement.  The CEO of Delta Airlines flat out says he opposes the mandate and doesn’t need one to get his employees jabbed.

In the following 10-minute video from The Hill, violent protests throughout Europe show the world is over Covid-19.

Liberty Counsel has filed a class action lawsuit along with a motion for a temporary restraining order and injunction against Joseph R. Biden, U.S. Secretary of the Department of Defense Lloyd Austin and U.S. Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security Alejandro Mayorkas on behalf of members from all five branches of the military — Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, and Coast Guard — federal employees and federal civilian contractors, who have been unlawfully mandated to get the jabs or face dishonorable discharge from the military or termination from employment.

Dr. Stella Immanuel, one of America’s Frontline Doctors from Houston, believes that the whole “pandemic” is a Trojan Horse for vaccines designed by Bill Gates to depopulate the earth.  She also said, “Fauci is the epitome of evil.”

US Treasury deputy secretary warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until everyone is jabbed.  When there aren’t enough folks left working to run the country, there will be even more shortages, but to stop the tyranny and authoritarianism, Americans must take a stand.  So stock up now!

The International Criminal Court

Alex Newman, the Senior Editor of the New American Magazine recently interviewed Dr. Richard Fleming, PhD, MD, JD.  The people responsible for weaponizing and releasing the Covid-19 bio-weapon against humanity are facing a criminal complaint on “crimes against humanity” at the International Criminal Court.

The 20 minute interview is loaded with information.

Dr. Fleming mentions Dr. Peter Daszak who seemingly pushed for the notion that C-19 was not man-made early on in the pandemic.Daszak, president of the New York City-based EcoHealth Alliance, secretly organized a statement issued by the influential British medical journal The Lancet in February 2020, according to Vanity Fair.A total of 27 scientists — including Daszak, 55, who trained as a zoologist — signed the statement, which expressed “solidarity with all scientists and health professionals in China.”

During Daszak’s efforts to arrange the Lancet statement, he reportedly emailed two scientists, including Dr. Ralph Baric of the University of North Carolina, who’d worked with the lead coronavirus researcher at China’s Wuhan Institute of Virology, located at the epicenter of the coronavirus outbreak.

Barik was one of the most overlooked figures in the gain of function research that many believe may be the source of Sars-CoV-2 and the resulting Wuhan Virus pandemic. Dr. Baric whose research and collaboration with the Wuhan Institute of Virology spells out how to modify SARS with a spike protein so as to better infect human cells.

“Gain-of-function” is the euphemism for biological research aimed at increasing the virulence and lethality of pathogens and viruses. GoF research is government funded; its focus is on enhancing the pathogens’ ability to infect different species and to increase their deadly impact as airborne pathogens and viruses. Ostensibly, GoF research is conducted for biodefense purposes.  These experiments, however, are extremely dangerous. Those deadly science-enhanced pathogens can, and do escape into the community where they infect and kill people.

Dr. Fleming states that these two men, Daszak and Baric, and Shi Zhengli at the Wuhan Institute of Virology have spent decades manipulating viruses to make them more infective and cause them to shut down our immune system.  These people have been working together with the AIDs Foundation, the Department of Defense, the Rockefeller group, and all the people who are also connected with our universities who are putting in big money and have massive control over universities where we’re supposed to be training people to be scientists.

The federal government and the DOD made more than half the contributions financially and provided advisors to Peter Daszak at Eco Health who then paid Dr. Ralph Baric and Zhengli to play with these viruses.  There was no “accidental escape,” Sars-coV-1 was developed and this is an upgrade of it.

The International Criminal Court (ICC) is the ultimate criminal court on the planet.  The US signed but did not ratify but a lot of other countries did.  The United Kingdom, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and France have filed a joint suit.  Japan’s Dr. Kevin McCairn, France’s Dr. Luc Montagnier and Dr. Fleming submitted affidavits of information to the judges, including Dr. Fleming’s book.  The court still has the case.

A group of Nazi concentration camp survivors sent a letter to the ICC in support of a joint “Request for Investigation” by lawyers who have submitted evidence, alongside sworn affidavits from Professor Luc Montagnier and Dr. Fleming, alleging governments worldwide and their advisors are complicit in genocide, crimes against humanity, and breaches of the Nuremberg Code.

The former prisoners of war in Nazi concentration camps actually walked their letters over to the ICC.  They have stated what is happening now is more reproachable than what happened under Hitler and Nazi Germany.  It’s important to note that there were people who wanted to sign this document that are so afraid of reprisals that they did not, including one person who was a personal friend of Anne Frank.

Dr. Fleming says, “Now that tells you what we’re dealing with on planet earth, so anyone who thinks this is a game or that there are not some serious consequences going on here, when you have Nazi prisoner-of-war camp survivors hesitant to sign something, and they knew Anne Frank and everything she went through because they are afraid of reprisals, it will tell you the courage that these three people had to have just to sign their name on the dotted line and insist upon this.  This is more emphasis for people to become aware that this is moving forward.  We have other people we are now working with thatshould the ICC falter for whatever reason, theseindividuals working around the world and attorneys working in international law, are already placing the foundations for an international tribunal to be in effect.”

Just because the United States did not ratify this does not mean the people Dr. Fleming included in his statements will not be held accountable, i.e., Anthony Fauci, Bill Gates, et al. Hiding inside the USA doesn’t mean it’s a safehold for them.

Conclusion

The rights of the people are only surrendered when the people allow it to happen.

General Washington had only a small number of Americans who joined him from 1775 to 1783 in the War for Independence from Great Britain, but that small army gave us liberty and freedom.

It’s time to fuel those brushfires once again. Never surrender.

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Michael Peroutka

What is the recourse for a patriotic citizenry when those who are entrusted with upholding the law conspire together to use the law to break the law?

The answer for our Founders – and for us – is the Doctrine of Interposition.  The Declaration of Independence is a document of interposition.

Under that doctrine, the local magistrate is duty bound to defend against the oppression of the tyrant by interposing on behalf of the people he represents.

[Rumble Video]

The good news (that the “Fake News” won’t tell you) is that across America, local officials such as sheriffs are starting to do this.

For example, on September 10^th, Sheriff Chris Brown of Cleburne County, Arkansas issued a statement regarding covid mandates which said in part:

“As law enforcement officers, our first duty…is to support the Constitution of the United States, and…of the State of Arkansas. In that defense, the Cleburne County Sheriff’s Office has not, and will not, mandate the COVID vaccine for any of our employees…The choice to get vaccinated or not is theirs and theirs alone..

I am not pro-vaccine, and I am not anti-vaccine. I am pro-freedom, and I am for each person’s ability and responsibility to decide for themselves.

I am appalled at…the…things we are seeing from the Federal Government, and several of the State Governments. It is absolute tyranny, and completely abhorrent.

It’s time for our politicians and other public servants to stand up and remember that their first responsibility is to protect people’s rights, not to run their lives.”

Thank you, Sheriff Chris Brown.

Sign up for a FREE U.S. Constitution course with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution.

© 2021 Michael Peroutka – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Peroutka: Michael@theAmericanView.com

By Paul Engel

Most Americans believe they have a right to privacy. Many Americans also want governments to protect them from “bad actors”. So what happens when our right to privacy collides with our desire for government to protect us? A recent Supreme Court case out of California involves the question of how far government can go to protect us. Specifically, is it necessary for governments to collect data about citizens in order to find criminals? As William Pitt (the Younger) said “Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom.” While this case deals with California law, we should be asking a bigger question: Does “government interest” trump our rights, the Constitutions of our states, and of the United States?

If you run a charitable organization and you wish to solicit donations, there are plenty of tax regulations with which you have to comply. If your organization is in California, there’s an extra regulation, one that was challenged by Americans for Prosperity Foundation and the Thomas More Law Center.

The Attorney General requires charities renewing their registrations to file copies of their Internal Revenue Service Form 990, a form on which tax-exempt organizations provide information about their mission, leadership, and finances. Schedule B to Form 990—the document that gives rise to the present dispute—requires organizations to disclose the names and addresses of their major donors.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Donta

Since 2001, these two charities have submitted the required documentation, though they redacted the donors’ information to protect their anonymity. In 2010, California increased their enforcement of the law requiring these disclosures (Cal. Code Regs., tit. 11, §301), and the Attorney General threatened them and other charities with suspension of their registration as a tax-exempt organization. Both Americans for Prosperity Foundation and Thomas More Law Center sued in District Court, alleging that the disclosure of their Schedule B’s violated their First Amendment rights and the rights of their donors. In both cases, the District Court granted a preliminary injunction prohibiting the Attorney General from collecting the plaintiff’s Schedule B information. The Circuit court then vacated the injunction and remanded those cases back to the District Court. The District Court held trials in both cases, where they found for the charities. The Ninth Circuit again vacated the District Court’s injunction, this time remanding the case back to the District Court in favor of the Attorney General. The cases were eventually merged, and heard by the Supreme Court, which is why the case only carries the name Americans for Prosperity Foundation. The Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the Ninth Circuit, but it’s worth looking at their reasoning.

Opinion of the Court

THE CHIEF JUSTICE delivered the opinion of the Court with respect to all but Part II–B–1, concluding that California’s disclosure requirement is facially invalid because it burdens donors’ First Amendment rights and is not narrowly tailored to an important government interest. Pp. 6–7, 9–19.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

The court found that the California law violated the First Amendment rights of the donors. Specifically:

The Court reviews the petitioners’ First Amendment challenge to California’s compelled disclosure requirement with the understanding that “compelled disclosure of affiliation with groups engaged in advocacy may constitute as effective a restraint on freedom of association as [other] forms of governmental action.”

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

While disclosing personal information does have a negative effect on freedom of association, as I’ve said so many times before, this cannot be a First Amendment issue since Congress did not make this law.

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

It is, however, a violation of Article I, Section 3 of the California Constitution:

The people have the right to instruct their representatives, petition government for redress of grievances, and assemble freely to consult for the common good.

California Constitution, Article I, Section 3

What the court did focus on is what level of “scrutiny” the court should use in reviewing this case.

NAACP v. Alabama did not phrase in precise terms the standard of review that applies to First Amendment challenges to compelled disclosure. In Buckley v. Valeo, the Court articulated an “exacting scrutiny” standard, which requires “a substantial relation between the disclosure requirement and a sufficiently important governmental interest,” Doe v. Reed,

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

What is this “standard of review” and “exacting scrutiny” the court is talking about? Basically, it’s a question of how hard the government has to work to infringe on your rights.

Standard of Review

In law, the standard of review is the amount of deference given by one court (or some other appellate tribunal) in reviewing a decision of a lower court or tribunal.

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

The standard of review for questions of constitutionality fall under three levels.

Rational Basis: Generally, the Supreme Court judges legislation based on whether it has a reasonable relationship to a legitimate
state interest.

Intermediate Scrutiny: Under the Equal Protection Clause, when the law targets a “quasi-suspect” classification, such as gender, the courts apply intermediate scrutiny, which requires the law to be substantially related to an important government interest.

Strict Scrutiny: If a statute impinges on a fundamental right, such as those listed in the Bill of Rights or the due process rights of the Fourteenth Amendment, then the court will apply strict scrutiny. This means the statute must be “narrowly tailored” to address a “compelling state interest.”

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

Notice what all three of these standards of review have in common? They all place a government or state interest above the Constitution and your rights. In the 1976 Supreme Court case Buckley v. Valeo, the court added a new term called “exacting scrutiny”, which requires “a substantial relation between the disclosure requirement and a sufficiently important governmental interest,”. What does this mean for the law in question?

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

The Constitution states that Congress shall make no law abridging your right to peaceably assemble, but the Supreme Court claims that’s only true if there isn’t a “sufficiently important governmental issue”. Put another way, they have said government has the authority to infringe on a right protected by the supreme law of the land.

Reasonable Search

While the lawyers and the courts focused on the question of whether or not California’s interest in finding fraud warranted infringing on the rights of charitable organizations and their donors, nobody seemed to pay any attention to the actual violation of the Constitution of the United States.

The Court does not doubt the importance of California’s interest in preventing charitable fraud and self-dealing. But the enormous amount of sensitive information collected through Schedule Bs does not form an integral part of California’s fraud detection efforts.

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

I don’t doubt the importance of California’s interest in preventing fraud. Unlike the Supreme Court, however, I recognize that the people have a right to be secure against unreasonable searches.

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

Is it reasonable for the government to search your records without probable cause? Doesn’t the idea of searching someone’s papers and effects for potential wrongdoing drift dangerously close to a writ of assistance?

a writ used especially in colonial America authorizing a law officer to search in unspecified locations for unspecified illegal goods

Writ of Assistance – Merriam-Webster Dictionary

In effect, California is issuing a writ of assistance, allowing their law enforcement officers to search the records of charitable organizations for some unspecified illegal activity. California is not only interested in the possibility of illegal activity at charities that operate within their state, but also want to know who are the large donors. That means California is effectively claiming the need to search at least some of the records of those donors without any probable cause that they’ve done anything wrong. Doesn’t anyone else see a problem with this?

Dissent

Usually, the dissent in these opinions provides some very interesting insight, not only into dissenting justices, but the way the court views the Constitution and their role in the Republic.

Although this Court is protective of First Amendment rights, it typically requires that plaintiffs demonstrate an actual First Amendment burden before demanding that a law be narrowly tailored to the government’s interests, never mind striking the law down in its entirety. Not so today.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta – Dissent

I would question how protective the court is of the First Amendment. As I’ve already shown, it seems more interested in protecting the interests of government than the rights of the citizens. This is borne out later in the dissent.

In so holding, the Court discards its decades-long requirement that, to establish a cognizable burden on their associational rights, plaintiffs must plead and prove that disclosure will likely expose them to objective harms, such as threats, harassment, or reprisals. It also departs from the traditional, nuanced approach to First Amendment challenges, whereby the degree of means-end tailoring required is commensurate to the actual burdens on associational rights. Finally, it recklessly holds a state regulation facially invalid despite petitioners’ failure to show that a substantial proportion of those affected would prefer anonymity, much less that they are objectively burdened by the loss of it.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta – Dissent

According to justice Sotomayor who wrote the dissent, in order for the court to protect your rights you must first show that you may suffer harm other than the loss of your rights. Justice Sotomayor also notes that the court has traditionally treated infringements of the rights protected by the Constitution as something to be nibbled away at based on how much damage they see. Worst of all, according to Sotomayor, it’s the responsibility of the people to prove a burden other than the infringement of their rights, rather than the state having the burden to show why they should be allowed to violate the Constitution.

Conclusion

While we should be happy that the Supreme Court did reverse the judgment of the Ninth Circuit Court, there are plenty of issues with this opinion. Not the least of these problems is the continuing position of the court that your rights are less important than the interests of government. This case though, should also open an interesting discussion.

We are left to conclude that the Attorney General’s disclosure requirement imposes a widespread burden on donors’ associational rights. And this burden cannot be justified on the ground that the regime is narrowly tailored to investigating charitable wrongdoing, or that the State’s interest in administrative convenience is sufficiently important. We therefore hold that the up-front collection of Schedule Bs is facially unconstitutional, because it fails exacting scrutiny in “a substantial number of its applications . . . judged in relation to [its] plainly legitimate sweep.”

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

If the up-front collection of Schedule Bs if facially unconstitutional for the State of California, why is it not also for the United States? The answer appears to be less about the Constitution and more federal supremacy.

For one thing, each governmental demand for disclosure brings with it an additional risk of chill.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

Since the federal government is already collecting Schedule Bs, which might have a chilling effect on donors, the court doesn’t appear to want another government entity collecting that data. This is where the viewpoint of the court comes into play. If the up-front collection of this data violates the rights of both the donors and the charity to be secure from unreasonable searches, then it’s unlawful for a state or the United States to do so either. However, if it merely has a chilling effect on the donors, then all the court wants to do is limit that effect.

This case is just another example of why we need to read and study the Constitution for ourselves, because those who’re supposed to be upholding it are not doing so. Until We the People understand the limits we have placed on governments and require them to abide by those limits, then those governments are not exercising just powers. The Declaration of Independence states that governments receive their just powers from the consent of the governed. Instead, the people today are exercising powers at the consent of government.

© 2021 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).]

By Frosty Wooldridge

In Norway last week, a Muslim man who was unable to procure a weapon, decided to use a bow and arrows to shoot four women dead and injured two others—all in the name of Allah.  Right now, in Oslo, Norwegians flee as that city suffers 36 percent middle eastern immigrants brought to them by their president of Norway. Oslo faces the same future as Paris, France with over 90 “no go zones” where Islamic Law rules over France’s free republic.  They imported over five million of them…so much so, they can’t stop Sharia Law from being implemented among those Islamic followers.  It’s a modern-day self-inflicted throwback into the 6^th century.

British author Douglas Murray chronicled it in his best-selling book: The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam.

Last week, at Fort McCoy in Wisconsin, a female U.S. Army sergeant suffered a sexual attack by an Afghanistan male refugee, one of 100,000 brought over to the USA by Joe Biden.  Or, at least, by his handlers…the ones making decisions for him. Note that rape in the Islamic world is standard operating procedure. Women do not possess any rights.

Now, we’re seeing the results of mixing a 6^th century culture/religion with a 21^st century first world country: Big, Big, Big mistake!

The headline reads, “Biden didn’t withdraw from Afghanistan. He brought Afghanistan to America.”

Biden dumped 13,000 of those refugees into Sparta, Wisconsin. The mayhem, chaos and insanity of this importation of 6^th century males will continue to mount as their numbers accelerate.

Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism.

He said, “The Afghans who have overrun the Wisconsin base are the ones whom the Taliban, for their own reasons, decided to allow through their checkpoints. And they’re living up to the high cultural standards of the Taliban. The problems began with the toilets. Then there were issues with the rice, the sexual abuse of young boys, and Afghans simply leaving on their own despite promises of taxpayer cash.”

“Afghans were confused and upset by hygiene practices,” a Wall Street Journal article said. “Every toilet on base was Western style, with a seat and toilet paper. But Afghans are accustomed to restrooms that allow them to squat so they don’t have to physically touch the toilet. It led to some cases of Afghans relieving themselves outside.”

“This shouldn’t have surprised anyone after two decades in Afghanistan,” said Greenfield. “But political correctness has mostly suppressed accounts of even the most basic facts about the beneficiaries of our great nation-building project leaving Americans confused by the behavior of the new arrivals.”

A Czech journal article from the Department of Military Hygiene said, “Afghan people in rural areas were found to defecate almost everywhere according to convenience. It is important to observe that particularly the rural population does not use toilet paper.”

More accurately, Islamic law is held to ban the use of toilet paper.

“You should consider very carefully shaking hands during the contact with the local population,” the journal article warned.

Unfortunately, their local population is now entrenched in every city that accepts Biden’s new refugees.

“While great care is taken by Muslims to keep their clothes clean so that they are not “impure” during prayers, bathrooms can be left in a horrifying state because they’re already unclean,” the WSJ report said.

Muslim tradition teaches that toilets are possessed by demons and as a result, followers of the religion may be reluctant to make contact with them because they have been taught that “Satan plays with the backsides of the sons of Adam.” Islamic teachings encourage squat toilets and forbid men to urinate standing up because Mohammed “only ever used to urinate sitting down.”

At Kandahar Air Base, the toilets, as an officer noted, “When they use our port-a-potties, they stand on the seats and it causes quite a mess. I think it’s just a cultural thing.”  There are a lot of these cultural things. Many of them far worse than the toilets.

Greenfield said, “Although when dealing with a group “90% of the population are infected by a parasitic disease” and which routinely goes around with fecal matters on its hands, it is an issue. Democrats insist that 2-year-olds should wear masks, yet invite in a population that doesn’t understand the concepts of toilets, toilet paper, or disease transmission.”

But the toilets were the least of the problems at Fort McCoy.

Personnel at Fort McCoy were complaining about “multiple cases of minor females who were presented as ‘married’ to adult Afghan men, as well as polygamous families.” This wasn’t too surprising since the child marriage in Afghanistan stands at 57%. Like the toilets, it’s a cultural thing.

Mohammad Haroon Imaad was also arrested after his wife accused him of choking her. He had also allegedly threatened to “send her back to Afghanistan where the Taliban could deal with her” and also told her “that nine women have been killed since getting to Fort McCoy and that she would be the tenth.” An estimated 87% of Afghani women face domestic violence.

“For example, in six weeks in Operation Allies Welcome, in a population of 53,000, there have been eight reported cases of robbery and theft.”

Forget the ‘Forever War’ and get ready for the ‘Forever Refugees’.

“Meanwhile, Fort McCoy is near capacity. American soldiers are back to patrolling Afghan streets and trying to win their hearts and minds by asking them to use toilets and not to abuse their women and children,” said Greenfield. “But the scenes of American soldiers trying to keep the peace among Afghans and communicate American values to them are no longer taking place in Kandahar, but in Wisconsin, and in other states with the misfortune of housing Afghans.”

Did we withdraw from that useless 20 year ‘forever’ war?  Now, we just imported that ‘war’ back into our country.  It cost us $6 trillion for 20 years. Can you imagine what it’s going to cost us with 100,000 refugees out of the 6^th century?

An Army veteran said, “Americans are funding three Halal meals a day for tens of thousands of Afghans, our bases are full of mosques, our soldiers are trying to keep Afghans from killing and abusing each other, and we are on the hook for every dollar in welfare spending lavished on the Afghans while Americans struggle. As the Afghans leave Fort McCoy, the occupation of America will begin.”

Biden didn’t withdraw from Afghanistan. He brought Afghanistan to America.  Read it and weep!  Did any of us Americans ask for this?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

Never in my life time have I seen what’s been going on with those COVID injections.  The resistance here in the U.S. and around the world is unprecedented.  Tens and tens of millions of Americans refuse to get injected even at the cost of their job.  You won’t be at your job if you die from those injections or spend the next few years drowning in severe medical issues leading to premature death.

Maine Hospital Fired So Many Unvaxed Employees They Had to Close the ICU  //  Southwest Airlines “sickout” protest spreads to Amtrak, which is canceling trains due to employees refusing covid “vaccination”  //  National Security Alert: Thousands of U.S. Special Forces and Combat Troops Discharged as Total Force ‘Vaccination’ Decimates Military Readiness  // Boeing employees planning #Freedom Flu sickout Fridays in response to covid “vaccine” mandate

Delta Airlines CEO takes defiant stand against vaccine mandates, praises ‘respecting’ employees — not forcing them to get vaccinated  //  A CONTAGION of COURAGE is spreading across America as pilots, police, firefighters and other workers say, “Take this JAB and SHOVE it!”  // 40% of TSA agents unvaccinated as mandate deadline looms – “Meanwhile, the Sheet Metal, Air, Rail and Transportation Union, known as SMART, announced on behalf of its 203,000 members that it is standing against forced vaccination.”

The hysteria by those who support COVID injections (which are not vaccines) continues to escalate.  Individuals who have zero information on what’s in those injections, the death count and the fact that they do not work continue screeching at the un-jabbed. This is a 2:11 second video which speaks for itself.  Wish they didn’t flash the numbers so quickly but 100% efficacy drops down to 39%.

Study: COVID-19 Vaccines INCREASE Deaths and Hospitalizations from COVID-19 Based on Analysis of Most-Vaccinated Countries

Kill Shot: “According to one of the top virologists running this program, you NEED the booster shot, because your immune system is now failing as a result of getting the two previous shots.”

As the months have gone by, the public has been able to see those injections not only don’t work, they either kill you or put you on a path to severe medical conditions leading to an early death.  The prostitute media, Fauci the Faker, Biden, Ho Harris and all the rest of them keep vomiting up lies:  Those injections protect you, they protect your family, they’re safe, they work.  Really?  Tell that to these victims.  So many pages, heartbreaking.

They don’t work and never will no matter how many “boosters” one receives.  SARS-CoV-2 is not a virus – at least it hasn’t been proven to be a virus.  I’ve written about this before but for new readers, certain diseases are not treated with a vaccine, i.e., cancer, measles, hepatitis C. Dr. Stefen Lanka, using actual modern medical equipment and protocols proved measles is not a virus and based on his experiments, neither is COVID-19 a virus (Here & Here).

Additionally, the CDC has been lying and doing a con job on the American people for decades:  “These written requests were made by Ms. Christine Massey to CDC/ATSDR FOIA Chief Officer Mr. Robert Andoh, to locate and deliver ANY records, research and/or findings for ANY “viral” isolation and purification (by anyone, anywhere, anytime in the World) from a patient sample via maceration, filtration and/or the use of an ultra centrifuge or what is called the ‘Gold Standard’ for isolating and identifying a pathological micro or nana organism.”

All the CDC’s responses are posted here – they have none.  But, the problem remains:  Koch’s Postulates (1884) and River’s Postulates (1937) were blown out of the water by Dr. Lanka’s experiments.  You don’t put square tires on a car and expect it to drive properly. Is SARS-CoV-2 a disease?  There are literally dozens and dozens, if not hundreds of scientists and doctors who state unequivocally SARS-Co-V-2 is a bioweapon developed in a lab.

This is all learning for me so I’m not going to pretend I know all the medical and scientific definitions.  I think it’s helpful to understand the difference between a virus and a disease.  This is what makes Dr. Lanka’s research based on actual experiments so important, just like putting a square tire on a car.  Treating this SARS-CoV-2 with a vaccine declared a virus will never work because it isn’t a virus.

If you haven’t seen this, take the time.  I know.  But, one link at a time, a couple a day; some are short, some not.  Moderna Admits Jab An Operating System To Program Humans

Ultra-Vaxxed Israel Now Has Highest CV Case Rate In The World; Sweden Bans Travelers From Israel – 80% of their population jabbed – “The Pfizer mRNA jab efficacy at preventing infection appears to be approaching zero now in Israel. The CDC claimed last week that vax efficacy at prevention infection had plummeted from 91% to 66% in America (it’s undoubtedly much, much worse).”

Dr. Nathan Thompson: “My jaw dropped when I tested someone´s immune system after the 2nd jab”  Video

Important:  Bombshell: Nobel Prize Winner Reveals – Covid Vaccine is ‘Creating Variants’

Flashback to July:  “Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of “Permanently-Damaged Hearts“, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – “Dr. Hoffe sent an open letter shortly after in April 2021 to the Provincial Health Officer in BC enumerating all his concerns and questions, something he describes on the Laura Lynn and Friends show.

“Dr. Charles Hoffe has found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine.  He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections.  This is a must watch short video. This is a very frightening prediction:  Those who took the injection likely will die within three years.”

Reports of teens developing myocarditis shortly after getting injected are so many, one can’t keep up.  Lives ruined and they’re just kids. Sweden, Denmark Restrict Use Of Moderna Jab Over Risk Of Heart Inflammation, Other Side Effects, Oct. 6, 2021

And, deaths in the teen category continues to rise while the manufacturers of J & J, Moderna and Pfizer want to kill or maim 5-11 year-olds and up.  Not medical advice, but I strongly believe everyone regardless of age who has taken one or more of those injections needs a D-Dimer test to see how much damage has already been done to their heart and blood vessels.

I haven’t had any shots (flu, pneumonia) or vaccines since age 5 and I certainly would never get one of those experimental ones, either.  I do believe in preventive regimes so I would add that I considered Ivermectin.  Many have found it difficult to get a prescription by doctors who don’t have a clue or pharmacies that refuse to fill the prescription.  It can also be very pricey depending on how you obtain a prescription.

For months (and this is not medical advice) I have been taking L-Lysine with zero side effects which are minuscule. Because I have difficulty swallowing horse pills, I use the powder form. If you’re a person who takes medications check with your doctor.  Shush! – don’t tell “Dr.” Fauci:

Lysine Therapy for SARS-CoV-2

“No trend was noted between sexes, ages, or co-morbidities in relation to lysine treatment. Approximately 80% of acute stage Covid-19 sufferers given lysine displayed aminimum 70% reduction in symptoms in the first 48 hours (not including long term symptomatic subjects). Excluding long term subjects, treatment times vary from 2 days to 3.5 weeks, with many variables at play.

“Patients who started lysine in the hospital were discharged an average of 3 days after starting treatment. Treatment should be continued regardless of negative results, until low dose lysine is reached, and no symptoms are observed. Even when lysine was in short supply, subjects on 2 grams on day 1, and 1 gram the following days, while adhering to the dietary restrictions, had slightly delayed but timely recoveries.”  The useless PCR test is mentioned, but the important point is Lysine works. 10 Amazing Benefits of L-Lysine.

I have watched many of his presentations.  Dr. Ardis is someone to listen to because he is very thorough in his research.  Take his warnings seriously.  Dr. Bryan Ardis – Hospital Protocol is what is Murdering Covid / Flu Patients

The horror stories of deaths and permanently disabled individuals who have been living in pain for five, six months or more since being injected now seem endless.  Not a single governor despite the staggering number of dead and maimed has stopped distribution within their state.  Lot of politics involved here with the primaries coming next year.  Lot of denial, too.

Old Uncle Joe, the criminal impostor playing president, has lost his temper telling Americans his patience is wearing thin.  If you don’t think these maniacs will stop at anything to force every American to get those injections, think again.

US Treasury deputy sec warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until EVERYONE is jabbed, Oct. 15, 2021 – “The deputy secretary at the US Treasury has put Americans on notice that the only way to end the plague of empty shelves around the country is for every resident to be vaccinated. The frank warning came off as a threat to many.

“Wally Adeyemo, the Biden administration’s second-highest official in the Treasury Department, appeared to publicly blackmail the still-sizable portion of Americans who have not been vaccinated against Covid-19 during a Thursday ABC interview, seemingly blaming them for the ongoing shortages of consumer goods that have led many to mock the president as ‘Empty Shelves Joe’…

“Adeyemo did the Biden cabinet no favors by adding fuel to the conspiratorial fire, explaining the primary reason Biden continued to push for everyone to be vaccinated was that only then could the White House “provide the resources the American people need to make it to the other side” of the supply chain problem.”

Resources people need – like food and clothing?  German State Allows Food Stores To Ban The Unvaccinated, Oct. 16, 2021 – if they don’t comply, starve them.

Sen. Rick Scott (R-FL) introduces legislation to BLOCK interstate travel checkpoints the Biden Regime is trying to set up with SS/Marxist vaccine passport requirements – “The legislation, titled the Prevent Unconstitutional Vaccine Mandates for Interstate Commerce Act lays out how it would prevent all kinds of illegal travel interrogations by the Department of Transportation, Amtrak, Surface Transportation Board, TSA, NTSB, Federal Maritime Commission, and the Department of Commerce. See what’s happening here?

“The Biden Regime is about to set up Nazi vaccine passport police everywhere, to stop automobiles, commerce trucks, boats, trains, buses, planes, everything.”  Here’s the bill introduced 8/29/2021 with a measly 4 cosponsors in Congress.  Really?  Where are the other 208 Republicans?  Why haven’t they become a cosponsor?

To repeat myself (COVID-19 Patents: State Little RICO Acts Prosecution?, July 19, 2021), unless the law goes after the major players, this war will continue.  There are so many lawsuits now I can hardly keep up.  One judge rules one way, another Judge Flapdoodle rules just the opposite for the same issue regarding mandatory injections or your job or school.

Soldiers File Lawsuit Over Vaccine Mandate Seeking Exemption for ‘Natural Immunity’  // 2 Navy SEALS, 4 Marines, Air Force major all sue Biden – Class action case challenges COVID-19 vaccination mandates  // Pentagon Faces Class-Action Lawsuit Over Vaccine Mandates on Military, Federal Employees and Contractors  // Southwest Airlines Asks Court to Reject Effort to Block COVID-19 Vaccine Mandate

Court Sides With Unvaccinated Michigan Athletes in Mandate Case

New evidence, including a sworn affidavit from Prof. Luc A. Montagnier, has been submitted to the International Criminal Court alleging World Governments are complicit in genocide and crimes against humanity, August 22, 2021 (Nobel Prize, Physiology or Medicine for his discovery of the human immunodeficiency virus.)

Holocaust survivors join Lawyers, Dr Fleming, and Prof Luc Montagnier in demanding the International Criminal Court Charge World Governments with Crimes against Humanity, Genocide and breaches of the Nuremberg Code

Relief from COVID Vaccine Tyranny will NOT Come from the Courts as U.S. Supreme Court Denies Right to Refuse Shots by NYC Teachers

Yes, the courts are corrupt but I’m not talking about just any court.  It has to be a State Attorney General or state prosecutor to file a RICO.  Forget Congress and their WORTHLESS committee hearings.  They all start out with campaign speeches, usually some witnesses and then trade spit.  They get on the boob tube with their indignation it’s the other side’s fault, blah, blah, blah.  Remember Benghazi and the endless hearings?  Result:  Nothing.

The families of our four dead Americans killed remember every day for the rest of their lives as do the families of the dead killed during call sign Extortion 17.  More dead military, another cover-up. We have no Federal Department of Justice.

The evidence is overwhelming this is a conspiracy.  Once again, this interview with Dr. David Martin is critical because it lays out the legal basis for a RICO case.  Martin is a doctor and lawyer.  Under the video is a synopsis that is a must read.  Do I believe DARPA is involved?  Yes.  Do I believe Fauci has known all along about treatments that would be effective but instead condemned them in favor of the massive billions to be made from vaccines?  Absolutely.  But, you have to have evidence and it’s all there.

If you read the Omega Brief which I covered in my Sept. 13, 2021 column, it’s all laid out and any prosecutor worth his/her salt can see criminal acts for profit.  The dedicated Americans who put together the Omega Brief delivered copies to every member in our state legislature here in Texas, to our governor and overnight mail to our Attorney General Ken Paxton.

This coming week I’m going to make every effort to get a sit down with AG Paxton.  Unfortunately, winter is just about here because what we need are thousands at state capitols for rallies and a nice tri-fold hand out describing why we are demanding our AG file a RICO.

If a RICO was filed it would be like a hydrogen bomb dropped on those who planned this so-called pandemic. The ripple effect to the injection manufacturers, the FDA and CDC would be stunning.  Lawsuits will continue to be filed against the airlines, members of the military against the jab and the list goes on.  Not to mention going after PCR test manufacturers.  Go for the jugular vein.

Can the CDC, FDA, Fauci & NAID Be Sued for Fraud?

BOMBSHELL: Pfizer whistleblower says vaccine ‘glows,’ contains toxic luciferase, graphene oxide compounds

Biden BUSTED As Pfizer ADMITS There’s No Vaccine Approved By FDA In The U.S. In Recorded Call  (Listen 2:12)

Whistleblower: FDA and CDC ignore reports of serious Covid-19 vaccine injuries from highly credentialed pro-vaccine ICU physician, Oct. 12, 2021:  “Dr. Lee is not describing sore arms.  She is describing serious harms, including quadriplegia, organ failure, and brain blood clots.  As Dr. Lee explains in her letter to the FDA, it is “statistically improbable that any one physician should witness this many Covid-19 vaccine injuries if the federal health authority claims regarding Covid-19 vaccine safety were accurate.”

Thousands of doctors around the world have been warning for the past ten months NOT to take those injections.  They have put their reputations and jobs on the line while politicians demand Americans take the injections which have clearly proven to be deadly. For God’s sake:  Are they all conspiracy nuts?  Incompetent?   Video you should watch.

Doctors are being hunted down with threats to cancel their privileges at hospitals if they speak out and tell the scientific truth about those injections or stripped of their medical license.  Too many have been fired.  For the love of God, how absolutely insane is all this?? 

USC Law School dean tells students to snitch on classmates who DRINK WATER in violation of covid restrictions, Oct. 16, 2021  // CDC Shares Easy Ways You Can Divide Unvaccinated Family and Friends From Those Who’ve Been Vaccinated Over The Holidays  //

Colorado Nonprofit Hospital Refuses To Perform Kidney Transplant On Unvaccinated Woman And Her Donor  //  NYC Judge Restricts Unvaccinated Father From Visiting His 3-Year-Old Daughter in Ongoing Custody Battle

Last year California gov, Gavin Newsom, ordered people to eat Thanksgiving dinner outside which didn’t go over too well in the Sierra Nevada mountains covered in snow with temps around 20 degrees.  “All gatherings must be held outside. Gatherings that include more than 3 households are prohibited. As much as possible, any food or beverages at outdoor gatherings must be in single-serve disposable containers.

“If providing single-serve containers is not possible, food and beverages must be served by a person who washes or sanitizes their hands frequently, and wears a face covering. Attendees may go inside to use restrooms as long as the restrooms are frequently sanitized. Gatherings should be two hours or less.The host should collect names of all attendees and contact information in case contact tracing is needed later.” Frickin’ lunatics.  And pray tell, who was supposed to enforce such bull manure throughout the entire state of California on Thanksgiving Day?

No, it’s long past time to go for their throats and only We the People can make that happen.  Those responsible for this diabolical scheming, killing and maiming people need to go to prison and throw away the key.  Otherwise, we can just keep writing columns, reporting more deaths and injuries until people become numb.

Winter will soon be here.  Me and so many others have written this “new novel” coronavirus hit at the peak of the influenza flu season.  That the symptoms were almost identical.  I knew towards the end of 2020, this whole SARS-Co-V-2 was nothing but a big, fat lie.  Most certainly Americans were dying in huge numbers just as they do every flu season.  This winter influenza flu will again magically turn into COVID with another round of possible lockdowns, the masks and nonsense called social distancing unless we stop it.

Your group or organization can put all the evidence into a coherent report and do everything you can to get an appointment with your state attorney general or a state prosecutor even if you have to hire a lawyer to represent you.  Elected officials always sit up and take notice when they get contacted by lawyers.

Surely there is at least one state prosecutor who will listen and review the evidence or a state attorney general?  There are a huge number of citizen groups here in Texas who could lobby for an appointment.  Or in your state, lots of ordinary Americans actually know their state rep or senator.

It’s up to us or this nightmare will never end. Endless testing shoving those swabs up your nose to use a test that doesn’t test for any virus.  Threats of being fired.  STOP THE INSANITY. Please share this far and wide so we continue to get the truth out there.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related and this is just another short list

One BILLION people have now watched Plandemic which was released May 4, 2020

Pfizer Execs Warn Staff: Don’t Tell Public About Use of Fetal Cells in Vaccine Testing

This will floor you:

Did Klaus Schwab and World Economic Forum Admit The COVID Vaccine Injects Traceable Markers? Their Promoted “COVIDPass” Blood Test Requires Them

READ:  “Viruses Can’t Be Isolated, But Isolation Is Unnecessary”; Another Ridiculous Claim From Those Who Insist on Saying SARS-Cov-2 Exists

With ‘Mayor Pete’ on Paternity Leave, Biden Chooses Navy Climate Change Expert with No Commercial Shipping Experience to Address Shipping Crisis – Sexual deviant Pete Buttigieg has been off the job canoodling with his fake “husband” since August paid for with the sweat off your back.  Those twin babies don’t stand a chance.

How many more?

21-Year-Old Fully Vaccinated Student Dies of COVID, as Breakthrough Cases Continue to Climb, October 14, 2021

Julia Ann Whalen: 32-year-old Pennsylvania woman diagnosed with Guillain-Barré Syndrome three weeks after Moderna mRNA injection; “can’t be the mom or wife I used to be”, October 15, 2021

Attorney Says Denver Cop Coerced Into Getting COVID Vaccine Now Hospitalized with Stroke Symptoms – He can’t walk

New:  Nearly 50k Medicare patients died soon after getting COVID shot: whistleblower – ‘They are lying. There is no question they are lying,’ said Attorney Renz. ‘The mantra of ‘safe and effective’ must stop after today’s information.’

UK:  EXCLUSIVE – 81% of Covid-19 Deaths in September were people who had been vaccinated according to Public Health data

Dr. John Littell: IVERMECTIN – ‘I have never seen so many patients being denied basic treatment’ They do not want Covid treated!

COVID deaths significantly higher among vaccinated individuals in Scotland

COVID Tyranny: Health Dept. Gets Court Order to Force Healthy Unvaccinated Wisconsin High School Student Into Quarantine Under Guard Despite Previous Infection

The Vaccines Are 1000% More Deadly than COVID-19

Ontario doctor resigns over forced vaccines, says 80% of ER patients with mysterious issues had both shots

Doctor who has been analyzing blood for 30yrs looking at vaccinated blood

Delta Airlines CEO takes defiant stand against vaccine mandates, praises ‘respecting’ employees — not forcing them to get vaccinated

They have names:  Victims of those injections.  The dead and permanently injured student athletes.

Other Causes for 80 Percent of ‘COVID Deaths,’ German Expert Claims – “One way he backed up his argument was highlighting that around 3.8 million people in Germany have survived a coronavirus infection, according to official numbers. “Mathematically, about 100 of these recovered people die every day from regular causes of death,” he explained. If you count these deaths as a result of covid-19, the numbers end up being skewed.”

COVID: If There Is No Virus, Why Are People Dying?

UPDATED. ‘If you get the Pfizer vax, you’re more likely to get COVID’: Industry analyst flags FDA study  /

Senator: Data prove COVID vaccines are not working as advertised

Study: Fully vaccinated healthcare workers carry 251 times viral load, pose threat to unvaccinated patients, co-workers

Johnson & Johnson: ‘Kids Shouldn’t Get A F**king [COVID] Vaccine;’ There are “Unknown Repercussions

Reminder from last year:  FOIs reveal that health/science institutions around the world (116 and counting!) have no record of SARS-COV-2 isolation/purification, anywhere, ever

BOMBSHELL: British Funeral Director John O’Looney: Deaths Skyrocketed ‘300%’ After Covid Vaccine (Video)

Undercover video catches Pfizer scientist saying COVID shot ‘doesn’t work’ sometimes

This is an hour long interview you should listen to. I know you can bring up web sites on those fancy mobile phones so listen while driving:  Reiner Füllmich: The pandemic is a global coup d’etat

Undercover COVID – “Some of these reports have been used in hearings before governments across the world. Others have been translated into seven different languages. Some have gone before Congress and the Senate at the federal level and have advised developments on COVID that have been global in scope.”

Two Military Brothers Harassed for Choosing Not to Take the Vaccine Are Now Facing Dishonorable Discharge from the Biden Gang

Farmers Warn of Dire Turkey Shortage: One Operating at Only 7% Capacity Ahead of Thanksgiving

By Butch Paugh

There are countless lessons to be learned from God’s Holy Book, the authorized KJV Bible.  And it’s a sad and sorrowful fact that not many, even of those who call themselves born-again believers, learn, but very few of them in a lifetime.  Mostly because they are too lazy to do what His Word instructs them to do in II Tim 2:15 “study to show themselves “approved” unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the Word of Truth.”  Therefore, almost all of those who called themselves the “called out ones”, the Church, have been extremely easy for the great deceiver and father of lies to deceive and destroy the authority, power, duty and witness of His people.  Hos 4:16 clearly states this fact and includes a curse on the children of the lazy and apathetic.  Stop and look around you.  Are the children following a Godly path?  How about your children and grandchildren?  Although we are promised in Prov. 22:6 that if we take the time to teach them God’s Word, statutes and laws that when they become adults, they will stay in them.  But of course, this means that the parents must know and obey them themselves!  Obviously, we didn’t and still have not!  Enough said on that point.  The next verse helps us understand how we let God’s law slip from us.  The more we have “increased”, prospered materially, the more we forget God and His Word!

Now, we are going to look at what has to be one of the most important lessons that we have forgotten and allowed to be stolen from us.  The wonderful birthright that has been given us through the saving grace of Jesus Christ our Savior!  You will notice that I didn’t say Savior and Lord simply because, for the far larger part of those who trust Him for salvation, He is not their Lord!  At least not in entirety!  We say He is, we give Him “lip” service, but our lives show differently!  I know that I have been guilty of this simple truth in the past and I’m certain that in some areas, through ignorance, still am.  We can claim His precious grace for our ignorance!  But know this!  Once we are enlightened with the truth and continue in “open, knowing” sin, grace becomes of none affect without a heart-felt repentance and turning away from that sin! (James 4:17/ Heb. 10:26-31).  So, if you don’t want to be accountable for what you are about to learn, stop reading now.  Of course, then you will be guilty of being willfully ignorant.  (Rom. 1:18-22/ II Pet. 3:6)

Let’s begin to reclaim our stolen and forgotten birthright!  In Gen. 25 we are told that Esau “sold” his birthright for a piece of bread and a bowl of lentil soup!  The Scriptures tell us that he “despised” his birthright, which means that he disesteemed and scorned it!  In Gen. 27 and Heb. 12 we are further told that when he came before his father Isaac to receive his birthright, which was rightfully his for being the eldest son, he could not and did not receive it.  Although he repented and wept bitterly, it was too late for him!  He had made an

intentional agreement (contract or covenant) with Jacob that was lawfully binding, so there was no room for repentance!  What a loss for a “temporary” pleasure just to please his flesh!  (Heb. 11:25)

In John 10:10 we are told that the thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy.  The rest of the verse tells us that Christ came that we might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly!  Unfortunately, we have allowed (given authority) for the thief to steal the knowledge of our birthright purchased for us by Christ through our ignorance and apathy!

In John 1:12 we are given such a wonderful promise and gift by adoption into God’s family through Christ that we simply no longer understand and claim.  We are given “power” which means permission and authority to exercise for God’s glory.

Rom. 8:14-18 we are told that as many as are led by the spirit of, they are the sons of God.  We have received the Spirit of adoption, whereby we can call Jehovah God our Father!  The Spirit bears witness with our spirit, that we are the children of God, joint heirs of God, and joint heirs with Christ!  If we are willing to suffer with Him!  A promise of birthright!

Oh, the precious promises and blessings that are ours through Christ.  If we only would understand and claim them!  In Col. 1:12-14, when we come to the saving knowledge of redemption in Christ, we are then delivered from the power of darkness, and translated (moved into) the Kingdom of His dear Son!  We are now under the authority of our new King!  His Kingdom law system must hold our total allegiance if we expect His blessings!

We must understand and accept the fact that when you change kingdoms and law systems, you automatically become the enemy of the kingdom you left!  (John 15:18-19)  We are warned that when you are redeemed and placed into Christ’s Kingdom, that obeying him will lead to persecution!  (II Tim 3:12)  We are given another precious promise in Rom. 8:18 that whatever we may suffer for the glory of God, that those sufferings are not worth counting in being compared with the glory that will be revealed to us!  Praise God!  Let’s remember that Peter said in Acts 5;29 that we ought to obey God rather than men and that we should rejoice that we are counted worthy to suffer shame for Christ’s name (Acts 5:41).  As a matter of fact, another blessing is that our persecutions and tribulations that we may endure is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God that we may be counted worthy of the Kingdom of God, for which we may suffer.

Let’s look at one more very important verse and precious promise given to His redeemed!  This promise definitely nails the fact down that we are not subject to any man, kingdom or government that will require us to disobey a godless mandate or law!  As we have already stated, when you are “born again” by grace through faith in Christ you become a Child of God!  A joint heir with Christ!  Translated from the kingdom of darkness into Christ and His Kingdom of Light!  And now for the most powerful proof of all!  And don’t forget, that with these blessings comes great duties and responsibilities!  In Phil. 3:20 it says, “For our “conversation” is in Heaven; from whence also we look for the Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ.”  I feel most certain that 95% of readers of this verse has no real idea of what the word conversation actually means.  Folks, in the Strong’s Concordance Webster 4175, it says we are citizens of Heaven!  Citizens with all the birthrights, blessings, promises, protections and duties of citizenship!  Now “ain’t” that beautiful and powerful?!  Let’s live like who we are supposed to be!

One final very important point to make in closing, is found in the last chapter of Ecclesiastes, the last two verses of the chapter.  After a man of great wisdom discussed just about all matters and areas of life, he came to his final answer for all issues of life.  Here it is, “Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter:  Fear God, and keep His commandments:  for this is the whole duty of man.  For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil.”

Reclaim your birthright in and through Christ and oppose Satan’s kingdom, governments and minions!  Speak up, stand up and confront and rebuke evil!  Ephesians 5:11

© 2021 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

By Roger Anghis

Keep in mind that since the ‘vaccine’ came out they have told us that it is 100% safe. Most reporting says the opposite but when people don’t research anything all they do is believe what MSM is telling them. New VAERS numbers should scare the daylights out of anyone who is considering getting the jab. There have been 701,559 adverse events, 60,741 hospitalizations, 80,393 urgent care, 6,637 heart attacks, 5,765 myocarditis, 1,862 miscarriages, 19,210 disabled, and 14,925 deaths. More people have died from the COVID ‘vaccine’ than all other deaths from all other vaccines combined. Remember that these are just America’s numbers. In my last column, I reported that the European Union has reported 26,041 deaths, 2,448,362 injuries.[1] Why is the government demanding that the whole planet gets the ‘vaccine’? It surely isn’t for our health as it seems we’d be a whole lot healthier NOT taking the jab. You’ll also find out that any mention by MSM about these adverse effects is not allowed. This administration does not want the public to know about them.

It is being reported that in many places that there are high numbers of COOVID patients who are fully vaccinated: Israel: “85-90% of the hospitalizations are in fully vaccinated people”[2]  Scotland: 70% of Covid deaths and 58% of hospitalizations are fully vaccinated.[3] The illegals coming across our southern border are testing up to 20% positive: Over 20 percent of illegal immigrant unaccompanied minors and 18 percent of family units who recently crossed the U.S.-Mexico border have tested positive for COVID-19 prior to being released from U.S. Customs and Border Protection custody over the last several weeks, according to a Department of Homeland Security document prepared for President Joe Biden and reviewed by NBC News Saturday.

The document also said some flights being used to deport illegal immigrants had over 25 percent of the passengers test positive before leaving, forcing Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to remove the sick illegal immigrants and place them in quarantine.

“In the last 2-3 weeks, the percent positivity rates among all demographics has increased,” the document says.[4] Biden isn’t requiring them to get the ‘vaccine’ but he’s demanding that the border patrol get it or get fired.  Biden is also shipping the infected illegals to red states with low numbers of cases. Tell me again Biden is demanding people to get the jab for our health’s sake and I’ll have to call you a liar. It’s more proof that the Democrats hate America and will do anything to bring her down.

In an article from the Washington Post, there is a call for anyone traveling from one state to another to show proof of vaccination. Requiring vaccination for travel is hardly radical. The U.S. government has been considering a mandate for people flying into the United States from foreign countries. It’s already required for Americans to fly internationally if they don’t want to quarantine for 10 or more days in Germany, Britain, and other destinations. These policies have allowed international travel to resume. More than a month ago, Canada announced a vaccine mandate for interprovincial travel on all forms of public transport. We should follow our neighbor’s lead.

Such a mandate would be straightforward to create, based on protecting federal employees from the infection risks created by unvaccinated travelers. Transportation Security Administration staff are exposed daily to thousands of unvaccinated people who pass through security checkpoints.

Of course, there will be pushback. But cries of “freedom” and “personal choice” are hollow and politically motivated. Our freedom is not unlimited.[5] This sounds like 1930s Germany with security checkpoints at the border. Notice that they mock our demand for freedoms and personal choice.

Rand Paul questioned Xavier Becerra recently about the science behind the ‘vaccine’ and Paul destroyed Becerra’s defense of demanding everyone get the ‘vaccine’ with common sense but Becerra held to the left’s narrative. Paul even stated that it was obvious that they were just demanding that we comply and ask no questions. The following article, ‘Ignoring the Science’: Sen. Rand Paul Exposes HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra for ‘Lying To People About Natural Immunity’ for COVID-19, was first published on Big League Politics.

Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY) grilled HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra on Thursday for “lying to people about natural immunity” to COVID-19 as well as “ignoring science.”

“Mr. Becerra, are you familiar with an Israeli study that had 2.5 million patients and found that the vaccinated group was actually seven times more likely to get infected with Covid than the people who had gotten Covid naturally?” Paul asked the health bureaucrat during a Senate Health Committee hearing.

“I’m not familiar with that,” Becerra said in response, feigning ignorance with the well-publicized study.

“I think you might want to be if you’re going to travel the country insulting the millions of Americans, including NBA star Jonathan Isaac, who had Covid, recovered, look at a study with 2.5 million people, and say, well, you know what, I should make the decision. Instead, you’ve called Jonathan Isaac and others, myself included, flat earthers,” Paul clapped back. “We find that very insulting… Are you a doctor or a medical doctor?” the liberty-loving senator asked.

“I have worked for over 30 years on health policy,” Becerra said.

This is when Paul went in for the killshot on the paid shill for Big Pharma.

“You’re not a medical doctor. Do you have a science degree? And yet you travel the country, calling people flat earthers, who have had Covid, looked at studies of millions of people, and made their own personal decision that their immunity they naturally acquired is sufficient but you presume somehow to tell over 100 million Americans who survived Covid that we have no right to determine our own medical care,” Paul said.[6]

There is more and more evidence coming out that this is more than a health issue. It’s is obvious that the left is making a power play to get all the power they can. Even the Supreme Court is completely ignoring our constitutional rights and their constitutional obligation.  They ignored their responsibility to review the evidence of voter fraud and on October 1^st Sotomayor denies New York school teachers the right to make medical decisions for themselves about their own health. Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor has denied a request by a group of New York City teachers to block the city’s vaccine mandate for Department of Education staff.

Sotomayor did not request an additional briefing and also did not refer the request to the full court. 

As the Supreme Court Justice overseeing the Second Circuit, Sotomayor has the discretion to address emergency applications on her own.

Four New York Teachers had claimed in a petition that a vaccine mandate had violated their right to due process and equal protection. 

The roughly 148,000 school employees in New York City had until 5 p.m. Friday to get a least their first dose of the COVID-19 vaccination or face suspension without pay when schools open on Monday.[7]

The fourteen days to flatten the curve has turned into almost twenty months with no end in sight, lockdowns, mask mandates, vaccine mandates, and the loss of our right to work and shop unless we take what has been proven to be a very dangerous gene therapy shot not a ‘vaccine’. If we don’t stand now we won’t have that right in a very short time. The Democrats will see to it.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. 26,041-deaths, 2,448.362-injuries-following-covid-shots-in-european-unions-database-as-slovenia-suspends-jj-shot-after-death-of-20-year-old-student
2. Israel-85-90-of-the-hospitalizations-are-in-fully-vaccinated-people
3. Scotland-70-of-covid-deaths-and-58-of-hospitalizations-are-fully-vaccinated
4. Illegal-immigrant-coming-into-us-have-covid-19-report-says
5. Biden-must-mandate-vaccines-travel
6. Sen Rand Paul exposes HHS secretary Xavier Becerra for lying to people about natural immunity for covid 19
7. Justice Sotomayor-denies-nyc-teachers-request-to-block-vaccine-mandate

By Cliff Kincaid

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

Does it make any sense that, during a war that has already taken more than 700,000 American lives, the American people would abandon one of the best weapons of self-defense? That’s the case with America versus the China virus. Many are still scared of the vaccines and dying because of that fear.

Equally significant, those who refuse to defend themselves with life-saving vaccines are mostly in the Republican Party, usually considered to have a superior position on national security. It is one of the most mind-boggling developments I have witnessed in my 40 years in Washington, D.C. as a journalist covering conservative and Republican politics.

In the article, “How Conservatives Must Respond to China and the Virus,” Professor Renato Cristin argues that we must understand the Chinese origin of the virus because of its geostrategic implications.

People who claim the vaccines are more dangerous than the virus are not only scientifically wrong but helping China escape blame for the deaths of millions, They need to revisit history, when General George Washington, in another war, ordered the Revolutionary Army to get inoculated against smallpox. This decision helped turn the tide against the British.

Personally, I have never been totally pro-vaccine. I ran the Committee to Protect Medical Freedom and held a national news conference opposing a mandatory HIV/AIDS vaccine. That vaccine was not needed because changes in lifestyle were sufficient to avoid the dangerous virus, contracted mostly through intimate sexual contact and intravenous drug use. The HIV/AIDS vaccine was a pet project of Dr. Anthony Fauci but it was never developed because none of the vaccine candidates produced antibodies against HIV.

The difference in the case of the SARS-CoV-2 virus released by China is that you cannot avoid the disease through basic lifestyle choices. The virus is very contagious. In this case, thanks to the leadership of President Trump, a new vaccine technology called mRNA was used and has been shown to be effective in creating antibodies. Ordinary people exposed to the virus can be protected by simply taking the shots and the booster.

Even the Democratic Attorney Generals Association admits, “The COVID-19 vaccines are a massive scientific achievement. It’s remarkable that we were able to develop three safe and effective vaccines so quickly…” Of course, they don’t give Trump any credit for this.

In my view, the Trump “Warp Speed” vaccines are miracles. They were made possible by a refugee from communist Hungary, a scientist by the name of Katalin Karikó.

These miracles are still being made in the fight against the virus. But some Christians are refusing to avail themselves of them.

In terms of what is called the “End Times,” in which the state of Israel figures into Bible prophecy, it is significant that Israel has moved ahead with the vaccines and the vaccine boosters from a company, Pfizer, whose CEO Albert Bourla, is the Greek-born son of Holocaust survivors.

In the largest real-world study of COVID-19 vaccine safety, based on more than 2 million Israelis, “Findings show that the vaccine is safe, while coronavirus infection is associated with numerous serious adverse events.”

Sadly, it’s too late to give the results from Israel to the conservative talk show hosts, including Phil Valentine and Marc Bernier, who were skeptical of the vaccine, got COVID, and died.

At the same time, Israel has recognized that the dangerous virushas re-emerged in people already vaccinated because of waning immunity, and has authorized millions of booster shots.  This is America’s future as well.

I got my booster shot on Friday. I consider it not only a way to save lives but a message to the Chinese Communist dictatorship that is killing Americans.

However, the kind of “green pass” based on vaccination status used in Israel to reopen the economy and let people return to a normal life faces opposition here.

Appearing on Mike Lindell’s “Frank Speech” channel, for example, Brannon Howse claimed that the vaccine is laying the groundwork for the “Mark of the Beast” and the emergence of the anti-Christ predicted in the Bible.He will undoubtedly attack an internal COVID-19 vaccine passport like the Israeli green pass as the actual “Mark of the Beast” and scare even more people away from the life-saving vaccines.

Lindell has made the same ludicrous claim. But that didn’t stop his induction into the Christian “Hall of Fame” at an October 9 event.

It’s because of the impact of this kind of apocalyptic nonsense that I have become a reluctant supporter of life-saving vaccine mandates.

As Americans and Christians, we have an obligation to save lives and save our nation. We are at war. We have to win it.

© 2021 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvval.org

By JW Bryan

In view of the horrific amount of documented evidence which grows daily, thousands of deaths in addition to millions of serious injuries are happening all over the world, it becomes crystal clear that the various “vaccines” are purposely designed to kill or seriously injure people causing a slower, yet ultimate death.

“The people cannot be all, and always, well informed. The part which is wrong will be discontented, in proportion to the importance of the facts they misconceive. If they remain quiet under such misconceptions, it is lethargy, the forerunner of death to the public liberty. What country before ever existed a century and half without a rebellion? And what country can preserve its liberties if their rulers are not warned from time to time that their people preserve the spirit of resistance? Let them take arms. The remedy is to set them right as to facts, pardon and pacify them. What signify a few lives lost in a century or two? The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots and tyrants. It is its natural manure.”

This quote was included in a letter by Thomas Jefferson which he sent to someone here in America while he was in France. I often reflect upon his words when viewing our national situation,especially as it relates to the crises, we are confronted with concerning the contrived covid-19 “pandemic” better known as the Plandemic. And as we pursue the history of how it all came about; it becomes completely clear that what is happening with these contrived crises has been planned for more than a decade.

In view of all the daily evidence which continues to accumulate that the Covid jab being injected into millions of people across the globe, was purposely designed to kill people to depopulate the earth to half a billion.So, why are people continuing to line up to get this inoculation?

Propaganda and Misinformation

Part of it, of course, is that there is so much misinformation and media propaganda.Couple that with all the prevailing ignorance which has resulted in a partially lethargic population, and how they have responded is natural.

The constant brainwashing with propaganda and outright lies our people are constantly confronted with is over the top.  Everywhere you travel are billboards telling us, “Get vaccinated – vaccinations are safe and effective.”

Nonsense…if we’re only getting one percent of the deaths and adverse effects reported on the Vaccine Adverse Effects Reporting System (VAERS), then the death statistic is probably one and a half million.

Many vaccinations used to be effective, but not in the way they are perceived to be. And according to all evidence, none of them are really safe.

Biden is telling the unvaccinated that they shouldn’t travel during the upcoming holidays. Implicit in this is an assertion, as well as a confirmation that vaccinated people have nothing to be concerned about — for they are protected. But the unvaccinated are at risk so they need to stay home. All of this is nothing more than a dang lie — a lie that is damned by God, which of course, is the only way something is damned.

We can be forgiven for lying if we haven’t rejected God to the point that He has turned us over to a reprobate mind, which is what has happened to all these forces behind this madness. There is no way anyone can initiate and support the action we are caught up in unless God has turned them over to a mind which can no longer discern between right and wrong and belong to the forces of evil.

This is, of course, not a blanket assertion which would include all those who have been caught up in all the propaganda supporting forced vaccination of the masses. Many have become victims of what is happening out of fear, misinformation, ignorance, and making the choice not to become informed about what has been going on for at least the last hundred years. Changing our country from one which protected the individual rights of all people, to one which had no regard for the people has been the goal from our nation’s inception. In fact, not only do governments have no regard for our freedoms or liberties, but the depth of their contempt, their scorn, their complete revulsion for the people and for our individualityis infinite.

They ignore the immutable principle that came into being with creation, “All choices result in consequences.” This is a given, i.e., inadvertent there is no way to avoid it. When we make a choice, either for good, or for bad, and follow up with action for bringing it to fruition, the results are imminent.

We are now having to adjust our mode of living in order to survive the consequences of the choices, especially those built upon, or supported by an agenda of lies made by so many over 165 years ago.  The thinking and beginning of the plan for what is happening now goes back to the advent of the Illuminati in 1776.

But lying is merely a way of life for those that are involved in bringing the goals of “The New World Order” to fruition. For example: the Center for Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) now rules that anyone who dies within 14 days after being vaccinated is to be listed as unvaccinated.  And if they’ve only had one shot, and now haven’t had the booster, they too are listed as unvaccinated.

This falsely projects the view that it is the unvaccinated who are dying, and covers up the fact that those dying inside of 14 days after the jab likely all died as a result of being injected with the so called “vaccine” which according to mounting evidence is nothing more than a concoction designed to either kill or severely injure people.

Moreover, this ruling by the CDC sets the stage for placing the cause of the continuing “pandemic on the unvaccinated.” According to Health Impact News: Official Government Stats on Covid Vaccines: 13,627 deaths, 2,926,646 injuries, 1,429 fetal deaths in pregnant women, and this was over a month ago…remember too, this is only one percent that is reported, multiply times 100.

Think of the misery and heartbreak these numbers represent. Also, the number of lives which have been shattered across the globe to never be recovered.According to Brighteon, “Under Covid tyranny, U.S. hospitals have become murder factories.”  It is because of the false protocol to protect the vax as the only course for health…when in fact there are multiple applications of safe and cheap medications to make people well.

Across America, hospitals have been transformed into murder factories where people are falsely “diagnosed” with Covid via a fraudulent PCR test, then put on miss calibrated, made-in-China ventilators that blow out their lungs and kill them. Safe and effective medical interventions that actually save lives among covid victims, such as ivermectin, especially as a weekly prophylactic, are strictly prohibited in nearly every hospital in the country.  Obviously,this is part of a malicious medical scheme to exterminate as many patients as possible and drive up the “pandemic” death numbers.

What was once a system of medicine has become a system of deliberate murder.

Then there’s this: Booster shot plans are accelerated to kill the masses before the awakening of the fraud spreads…

According to Natural News…For anyone paying attention, it is abundantly obvious now that the entire covid “Plandemic” scam is a global depopulation scheme to scare people into taking spike protein bioweapon jabs that will kill them over time. What the globalists didn’t anticipate however, is the rapid awakening to the truth that is now spreading like wildfire across the landscape of medicine and science.

We have arrived at a tipping point. Humanity is awakening at an accelerating rate, so now the globalists are trying to exterminate people as rapidly as possible to stop the spread of truth.

Here is a link to an article recently published in NewsWithViews by Kelleigh Nelson. I highly recommend it as a must read.

What she covers in this article would take me three or four, maybe five articles to even approach what she so fantastically explains. Additionally, a recent and very excellent article by Devvy Kidd, “COVID-19: The Omega Brief” also published in NewsWithViews is a must read.

Anyone reading these two articles, and especially if they check the links, will get an education relative to the “pandemic” many times over those in the public listening to the Pravda media.

Consider this: of the nearly 3 million injuries, many of them have had the quality of their lives massively affected by 50% or more ultimately their very existence is threatened.

Conclusion

All of this plays into United Nations Agenda 21/30 which is the Great Reset.  We cannot begin to imagine how people will have to adjust in order to survive or to live.

In contrast to what we are experiencing with these totally contrived crises in which the combined forces of evil are involved in implementing a program exterminating much of the world’s population and causing an untold amount of suffering for those who remain, God is still on the throne, He still answers prayer and He loves us.  Please work to expose the truth and pray for guidance and help in doing so.

God loves truth, and He loves it when we share it and help others.  Having done all, we must stand…for the truth and for our Creator.

© 2021 JW Bryan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail J.W. Bryan: alliejwbryan@gmail.com

By Andrew C. Wallace

I have determined that one possible way to help free us of Communists is to exercise my Freedom of Speech Rights to inform Biden,”THE USURPER” and his Insurrectionists of how much they are hated and despised by Americans. They are unlawfully ruling against the desires and best interests of the country. The resentment and hatred of the insurrectionists by citizens is so powerful that they can never win a fair Constitutional election. The Communists have exercised their only option for control, raw power and the barrel of a gun.

I believe that never before in our history, not even during our Revolutionary War and Civil War has the anger of the people been so inflamed. People are now so enraged because they feel they may have no other alternative but violence. All other options have been denied.

People actually hate and despise Biden (THE USURPER) and his Superiors, the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and their Chinese Communist partners.

People also despise actions of the corporations, media, banks, elected officials, bureaucrats, judges, military flag officers, and all compromised government employees, et al., controlled by the PSRRC.

My feelings are so intense that I can’t even tolerate seeing the PSRRC’s Loathsome Lying Corrupt Biden, (THE USURPER) on TV, without cursing him out loud.

Most men I know do the same thing. The Ignorant, Apathetic and Lenin’s Useful Idiots don’t know or feel anything, as they help the Communists lead them to their own destruction.

When The PSRRC and their puppet, Biden, “THE USURPER” had millions of workers fired , they created an army (lager than U.S, Military) who hate them for damn good reasons and are armed to the teeth. The USURPER went too far this time. If he wanted a backlash that he could attack, then he will get more than he can handle. The proper response to retaliation by THE USURPER would be guerilla actions that no military has ever been able to defeat, and certainly not with our compromised Flag Officers who have not won a war in 75 years. These same military officers with support of most politicians have been eager to sacrifice the lives of our Armed Forces to profit the Military Industrial Complex, when critical issues of National Security were not evident.

Administrators and many Faculty of our Universities are advocates of Communism, Critical Race Theory, Climate Change, Illegal Invaders, Green New Deal, A National Income, Reparations, et al. They advocate everything that will destroy the Republic. These are not stupid people, but they are venal, demonic and ignorant of reality. Academics think they are superior to the rest of us. Public funding of most non professional university programs is not justified, or in the public interest. Funding of fun, games and debauchery is unconscionable; when we are in need of infrastructure and many of our citizens are in dire need. The negative quality of education at all levels is driving the demand for “School Choice” which Biden, ‘THE USURPER’ is fighting.

Most Blacks are good people. But when it comes to slavery, many never seem to learn that Democrats were responsible for the institution of slavery in the South, and continue to support slavery to this day in the Democrat Inner City Plantations. This ignorance of many Blacks and poor people is the result of fake schools and fake media, also controlled by Democrat Communists who they voted into office.

The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), 1/4 of 1%, and their “Richly Rewarded” and “Above the Law” Minions act as if they have the God Given “Divine Right of Kings”. This arrogance of attitude, superiority, and entitlement has earned these venal parasites the utter contempt of the people.

Chinese Communists in cooperation with our PSRRC controlled government and corporations declared war on the world with the Corona Virus, killing millions. This was the biggest “Crime Against Humanity” in history. It was used to beggar the people, destroy small business competitors, gain political advantage, and control the people with fear and brutal unconstitutional power. Every Faux authority involved in these crimes has lost all credibility and incurred wrath of the people.

Our military is very unhappy. It is being destroyed by Critical Race Theory, incompetent and anti-American Flag Officers ( who have not won a war in 75 years), forced vaccinations, reduced standards, Soviet style political officers, dangerous rules of engagement, et al. No one should want to serve or die in no win wars of no critical importance to the United States except for the profits of the PSRRC’s Military Industrial Complex.

American people are really enraged by Biden, THE USURPER’s open borders, support of illegal invaders, and efforts to take away our right to keep and bear firearms. Its simple, INVADERS are destroying Medicare, Social Security, American Dream, Voting Rights, all government benefits and increasing crime and diseases. There is no upside, none. We have no need for uneducated illegals, possessing no skills, who don’t speak English, many are criminals or diseased and we must support, or deport them, look at European experience. If we lose our right to keep and bear arms, we will be slaves overnight. Observe Canada, Australia and every Communist dictatorship.

The PSRRC has been sucking the life Blood out of our people since the inception of the Unconstitutional Private Federal Reserve Bank and Tax Free Foundations in 1913. Our dollar is unconstitutional Fiat, and unlimited printing is transferring the productivity and wealth of the working people to the wealthy and those who choose not to work. You are not a Racist or a Domestic Terrorist if you object to these Communist ideas which have failed every time they were tried. By definition, money is a store of value, our dollar is not. It was designed with no Constitutional backing so it could finance no win wars, transfer workers resources to the PSRRC and cause economic collapse on cue. Like the Chinese, the PSRRC want digital money for total control. Tax Free foundations have allowed the wealthy to control everything into eternity at the expense of the people.

Every part of the faux government is corrupt and controlled by the PSRRC and their Communist minions. We can never have a Constitutional Republic without the Constitution and “Rule of Law” being enforced, which is impossible so long as the rotten FBI exists.

Our founders came to America to escape life in European cities, now our cities are much, much worse than in Europe. Our citizens are enraged by this reality.

A majority of the Federal Government was unconstitutional before the Election Insurrection, now it is all unconstitutional and has no authority, none.

Citizens of both parties realize that Democrat and Republican elected officials are incompetent, corrupt and cowardly. BOTH parties are controlled by the PSRRC. People have heard about the old days when these criminals could expect pitchforks, tar and feathers. Now the people can see no alternative to violence because there are no other viable options.

I believe it is my Constitutional and Christian obligation, duty and right as a citizen to do everything possible to prevent the bloody destruction of my beloved country.

Those of us who have served our country and survived, will not allow our honored dead to have died in vain; we will fight the PSRRC and their Communist minions, which includes Biden,”THE USURPER”, until we die.

We would get the added Bonus of a return to Freedom and Prosperity when the PSRRC, Communists and Biden, “THE USURPER” are defeated.

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Kelleigh Nelson

Our great democracies still tend to think that a stupid man is more likely to be honest than a clever man, and our politicians take advantage of this prejudice by pretending to be even more stupid than nature made them. —Bertrand Russell

It’s not an endlessly expanding list of rights — the ‘right’ to education, the ‘right’ to health care, the ‘right’ to food and housing. That’s not freedom, that’s dependency. Those aren’t rights, those are the rations of slavery — hay and a barn for human cattle. —Alexis de Tocqueville, French aristocrat, diplomat, political scientist, political philosopher and historian.

Socialism is an alternative to capitalism as potassium cyanide is an alternative to water.  —Ludwig von Mises

The following 13-minute video was recorded in Shelby County, Tennessee which includes the incorporated cities and towns of Memphis, Arlington, Bartlett, Collierville, Germantown, Lakeland and Millington.

The recording shows people being restricted from entering a school board meeting by police, many because they are not masked.  It so reminds me of the East German Stasi who were ordered to kill those who tried to climb the wall, tunnel under or balloon ride to freedom to West Germany.  No, it’s not that bad, but this is how it starts.

The Rumble Video can be seen here.

There are a number of folks gathered outside the building and one officer speaks to them several times.  Throughout the video, he touches and adjusts his face diaper time and again.  Every time he touches that mask, he infects it with more bacteria and then breathes it into his lungs.  Dr. Richard Urso who spoke at America’s Frontline Doctors White Coat Summit commented that he wished masks worked, but there are zero randomized control trials in the last four decades that masks stopped the spread of respiratory illness.

This officer stated that school security is in charge of who comes in and who comes out.  What?!  Every parent who wants to attend the school board meeting should be allowed to.  Folks with medical exemptions for masks were not even allowed to enter.

The section for public comment at this public meeting has been disallowed to the people who will not follow and obey the orders of the hierarchy of Shelby County.  Many of the officers actually turned their badges around so you could not read their names or their badge numbers.  When asked for their names and badges, they walked away.  When police were inside the building, they were told to adjust their cameras and turn off the audio so the parents outside could not hear what was being said.

These parents were denied entrance to a public meeting that affects their own children.  And just who created the mask mandate?

Police Officer Thornton told the people he was going by the executive order of the Health Department of Shelby County.  Therein lies the truth.  This officer is just taking and following orders to keep his job, despite the order being constitutionally false.  We are seeing clearly throughout the country and even in Red States, control by those who were never elected.

In Charlotte Iserbyt’s 1999 book, The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America, on page 134, she exposes the truth of communism and the unelected powers who rule.  (NewsWithViews.com has only 10 copies of this valuable book left.)

Her book states the following:

The Daily World of November 8, 1975 carried a very interesting article entitled “Planning is Socialism’s Trademark” by Morris Zeitlin.  The Daily World(newspaper of the Communist Party USA) was formerly known as The Daily Worker and was founded in 1924.  The importance of this article lies in its blatant admission that regionalism, which is gradually becoming the accepted method of unelected governance in the United States (unelected councils and task forces, participatory democracy, public-private partnerships, etc.) is the form of government used in democratic socialist and communist countries.

I beg of my fellow Americans to wake up and smell the decay of our Republic…we are dying.  The only thing that will save us is if more people like the folks in this video stand up and demand the freedoms God gave us and our founders recorded in both the Declaration of Independence and our Constitution and especially our unalienable Bill of Rights.

Stand for freedom, or ultimately, we’ll be on our knees in slavery.

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Lex Greene

By now, most Americans should have figured out that everything going on in our country, and indeed the world today, is strictly about global control of all Money and Power, not public health, peace, or freedom.

Two can play that game!

You don’t have to watch what’s going on in Australia today for long, to see just how far global Marxists are willing to go to achieve their goal of stealing the world’s wealth and freedom from every living soul. You also don’t need to see too many examples of citizens rising up all over the globe, and on U.S. college campuses against their socialist governments, to know that Americans are far from alone in this battle.

The simple fact is, people have figured out that Joe Biden and the rest of Obama’s puppet regime in D.C., have zero respect or regard for any Citizens, here or abroad. Their unquenchable thirst for total wealth and power over all people has driven them to every extreme measures to accomplish the evil goals of only a few. Beginning with the unbridled fraud in the 2020 election and continuing daily with ever increasing tyrannical dictates uttered by an expendable mindless fool, placed in power due to his total incompetence, the beat goes on as our nation and world is being forced into total collapse.

But…it’s all about nothing more than money and power. That’s what drives these pathetic psychopaths to do the evil they are doing. With help from the world’s most dangerous billionaires and mad scientists, they prefer a world free from any and all opposition, even if they have to drive humanity to the brink of extinction.

That’s the bad news…

The good news is…all we have to do to defeat them is steal their money and power. We have to take from them, everything they are determined to take from us. We need to break their backs, before they break ours.

Of course, alone, none of us has the resources to accomplish that. This means that we have no choice but to work together, united as one people, one voice, one nation, under one God, for Liberty, and Justice for all…especially the criminals currently in power.

As Thomas Paine once said…

They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power. The millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston! The war is inevitable–and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace– but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms!” Thomas Paine 1775…

Without these all-inspired and ordained words, our Founders may never have united in the confrontation with Britain that gave birth to the freest most prosperous nation ever known to mankind. Without a critical mass rising up together to declare our freedom as an independent nation, no American would have ever tasted freedom and liberty.

We are there again, these too, are the times that try men’s souls.

“Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offense, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the Majesty of Heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings.”

“Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power.”

United, we WILL prevail once again!

Those who cannot resist the demonic urge to seize dominion over all people, must be stripped of any and all power. They must be ruined, destroyed, so that no such evil will dare raise its ugly head again in the Land of the Free and Home of the Brave.

We can no longer act as though we have any choice in this matter, for inaction, divisions among the people, silence, indifference, and cowardice, will doom us all, for all posterity.

We MUST Take Their Money

…this is from which they draw all of their evil power.

• If you work for the government, resign, and join your fellow Americans for freedom’s sake. But do it together!
• If you are in the Military or Law Enforcement, lay down your weapons, strip off your uniform, and join the people you are sworn to protect, in defense of the Constitution you are sworn to uphold and defend. But do it together!
• If you work for a major corporation involved in forced medical mandates, clock out and go home, never to return until all such unlawful mandates end. But do it together!
• If you need a job, seek one with small independent businesses who desperately need your talents, and will not comply with any unlawful orders against you. Do it together!
• When you shop, do not shop anywhere unlawful mandates are being forced upon employees or customers. Force their doors to close! Do it together!
• When you seek a restaurant, seek one that serves all Americans, and does not discriminate against those who stand forever opposed to socialism and unlawful medical mandates. Do it together!
• Until Airlines stop their unlawful mandates, don’t fly anywhere for any reason. Do it together!
• Until your local, state, and federal “public servants” serve you, stop supporting them and stand in their faces (as Obama once said), until they have no choice but to serve you. Do it together!
• Until we return to free, fair, legitimate elections, opt out of the election scam altogether. It no longer matters which criminal from which party wins by fraud. Do it together!
• Never accept force, coercion, bribery, intimidation, or threats as a means of stripping you of your individual God-given and Constitutionally protected Rights! Do it together!
• Use these principles daily, everywhere in your life and DO IT TOGETHER!

Yes, these things are inconvenient, but they are not deadly. To strip tyrants of their power, we must strip them of their money! Divided, we cannot… but UNITED, WE CAN!

They are NOT in control of what happens next, WE ARE!

They have only appeared to be in control, while Americans were divided by them, silenced by them, demoralized by them, frightened by them, and nearly cancelled by them.

We the People run this country, or nobody can! All political power is derived from us. We don’t work for, or take orders from, any “public servant.” We the People issue the orders!

“There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave.”

“Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God!”

Clueless Biden thinks he is in total control and totally untouchable… Britain once thought that too!

Since everything is all about the money, that’s where we have to hit them, in their wallets. For this, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we must mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes, and our sacred Honor.

Don’t spend a penny you don’t have to spend. Now is not the time for frivolous notions. We cannot raise or eliminate our individual debt limits; the way Democrat Marxists and cowardly Republicans have forced us all into national bankruptcy with frivolous debt spending for many years now.

This is our line in the sand… this is when it all ends! This is now in YOUR hands. It’s up to YOU whether or not you are part of the problem, or part of the solution. This is your only peaceful solution now… DO IT! …Or even God himself, will not save us from ourselves! YOU are the solution, or there isn’t one!

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By: Devvy

The most frequent question I get asked is what can we do?  The courts are corrupt.  Career politicians, both parties are corrupt.  The prostitute media are merely an extension of the Democrat/Communist Party USA.  Big-tech giants have monopolies choking free speech while promoting and funding the destruction of our constitutional republic.  They want to take away our guns.  The decades long human invasion at our southern border is long past dangerous.

What can we do?

First, dump the defeatist attitude I read in emails.  Defeatism Insures Defeat: “This is just too much. But what can American patriots who refuse to resign themselves to unconditional surrender do about this situation? First and foremost, they can recall that “God helps those who help themselves”. They can stop complaining about their weaknesses and start taking an inventory of their strengths. They can stop whining that nothing can be done to save this country and what used to be called “the American way of life”, and instead figure out what they can accomplish with the moral, political, and especially legal resources at hand.”

Second, every person has to decide:  What am I willing to sacrifice?  I should write a book about my three decades long journey because there’s been so many ‘unique’ and memorable moments in time.  One I shall always remember.  It was in late March 1996.  I was invited to speak in Puyallup, Washington.  My good friend, former CID agent for the IRS, Joe Banister, was also an invited speaker.

As we stood talking at a table, two men came up to tell Joe how much they admired him, his courage.  Joe quit the IRS when he found out the truth about the misapplication of the federal income tax and who it does not include. Not many will walk away from an $80,000 a year career job because they know the truth and cannot continue to be part of the lies.

Both of these men’s clothes were high-end.  One said to Joe, I couldn’t do what you did, I have too much to lose.  That guy had an expensive gold chain around his neck, couple of rings and shoes that easily cost a couple hundred bux even back then.

I felt nothing but contempt for both of them.  Let someone else take the risks.  Those men should read a little history so they fully understand those who took up the fight for freedom which eventually led to the Revolutionary War, sacrificed everything for all the future generations to come – including theirs.  (Emphasis mine below.)

The Signers of the Declaration of Independence

“All of the colonies were represented in Philadelphia to consider the delicate case for independence and to change the course of the war. In all, there were fifty-six representatives from the thirteen colonies. Fourteen represented the New England Colonies, twenty-one represented the Middle Colonies and twenty-one represented the Southern Colonies. The largest number (9) came from Pennsylvania.

“Most of the signers were American born although eight were foreign born. The ages of the signers ranged from 26 (Edward Rutledge) to 70 (Benjamin Franklin), but the majority of the signers were in their thirties or forties. More than half of the signers were lawyers and the others were planters, merchants and shippers. Together they mutually pledged “to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor.” They were mostly men of means who had much to lose if the war was lost.

“None of the signers died at the hands of the British, and one-third served as militia officers during the war. Four of the signers were taken captive during the war and nearly all of them were poorer at the end of the war than at the beginning. No matter what each of these men did after July 1776, the actual signing of the Declaration of Independence which began on August 2 ensured them instant immortality. The following gives a bit of information about each signer AFTER the signing of the Declaration of Independence.”

Another time I was on AMTRAK on my way to DC from Sacramento, CA.  In the dining car were two couples.  All four well fed.  I couldn’t hear their conversation but at one point one of the men spoke loud enough and said he’d put in his time in the military and life from here on out was for good times, “I’ve already done my part”.  Judging by his age it was at least a couple of decades ago he got out.

Well, fella, you go right ahead and spend your days eating and having a good time because that was 21 years ago and look where we are today.  While ya’ll were eating and playing, the evil doers were ploughing ahead with their diabolical plans.  You took an oath but “good times” apparently take precedence over country.

Judicial system

Those not reduced to zombie status know both state and federal judiciaries are rotten and corrupt.  Not every single judge but a large percentage.  For decades judges have become increasingly partisan, ignoring both their state and U.S. constitutions.  What can be done?  Not the same thing over and over and expect different results.

How many of the 80 million Americans who voted for Trump are lawyers?  How many of them consider themselves very patriotic and are fed up with disgusting rulings by judges in their local area, i.e., county, state, federal?

Okay.  What we need are all those thousands of lawyers to run for openings on any court in all the states.  Texas is a huge state so we have lots of them.  It differs by state but some judges are appointed.

“Selection of state court judges in Texas occurs through partisan elections at each court level. Term lengths vary, but all judges must run for re-election at the end of their terms.  Across the state’s appellate and trial courts, there are nine supreme court justices, nine criminal appeals judges, 80 appeals court judges, and 448 district court judges.”

Federal judges are confirmed by the U.S. Senate as is the U.S. (Un) Supreme Court.  We can all see how that’s worked out the past few decades.  The bottom line is Congress refuses to impeach rotten federal judges because the American people haven’t demanded Judge Rotten be impeached for trampling the Constitution.

Voters continue to reelect the same incumbents back to Congress who hold worthless judiciary committee hearings that accomplish nothing and so now, the wound has festered to the point of complete rot.

Registration for upcoming elections by candidates is closing in; many states have a drop-dead date to register as a candidate so check with your Secretary of State. I know running for any office is time consuming, draining and cuts into income in certain cases, but we’re on the edge of the abyss.

Muslims on the bench.

Only someone who knows NOTHING about the political party called Islam would ever vote for a Muslim no matter what public office. Islam is not a religion; click here and go to page 5.  That manual is found in mosques throughout this country.  They are gaining footholdsat all levels of office in this country and it has to stop.  The consequences will be deadly if we don’t.

In 2018 a shocking number of Muslims were not only elected to the bench in states, but also DA’s.  This is damn dangerous because they have a game plan that’s being carried out right under the noses of Americans.  Read this column when you can, it’s very important. Mosques are teaching hate.  They are breeding grounds for sleeper cells.  If you don’t have time right now, come back and listen to this interview of an individual who knows first hand what’s going on and more.

Remember the photos a year or two ago of illegals smuggling high power rifles on horseback across the border?  Who knows if they were Mexican or from Pakistan, Iraq or Afghanistan?  I tell you no good is going to come from the flood of humans invading us.

Soros threw huge money into getting George Gascon elected as the new District Attorney of LA County.  A far-left piece of scum who thinks he’s some sort of totalitarian dictator.  Ignorant voters voting for their own demise.  To sum up, we desperately need constitutionally grounded lawyers in this country to run for judges and DA’s and work to get them elected.  We won’t be successful in LA county, but by God, we can be across this country.

State legislatures

Same thing.  Our state legislature here in Texas is GOP controlled but infested with RINO’s who need to be defeated in the upcoming primary next year.  There’s a lot of hay about red states with conservatives holding the majority in state capitals.  Horse puckey.  Not when they turn out to be more blue than red once they’re in office.  They need to be defeated in the primaries, not reelected and the same goes for weak, sissy GOP governors.

What it takes is becoming a candidate, getting boots on the ground and volunteers to fill those boots.  It takes sacrificing time from work and family, only unlike the signers of the Declaration of Independence, we have the Internet and social media to saturate districts as well as TV & radio ads.  We need constitutionally grounded Republicans in state houses, not more RINO incumbents getting reelected.

This is OUR government, OUR country.  Self-governance means We the People fulfilling our duty make sure freedom and liberty dominate and that takes candidates who actually know what the U.S. and their state constitutions say and mean.  City council, county commissioners, school boards, state commissions, you name it.  Most are elected although some like PUC (Public Utility Commission) are hand picked by a governor.

This is what Democrats are so good at:  Getting candidates on the ballot.  The Republican Party is also a well-run machine in the states, but we simply don’t have enough Americans willing to run for office.  Yeah, politics is a blood sport, just ask Donald Trump.  But we cannot let that deter us from winning.

Independents:  I know you don’t want to register with the Republican Party (I haven’t been since 1996), but you have to get on the ballot and get elected.  That’s just the way it is for now, so please don’t send me emails lecturing me on the two-party system.  I’ve been at this for the past three decades full time.

Congress

Republicans are wetting their pants with anticipation they will re-take the U.S. House and possibly the U.S. Senate.  That will NOT happen unless, and I’ve harped on this for decades:  Candidates MUST audit the vote.  I don’t care if it’s city council, school board, state rep or senator or Congress –if you lose, file to stop certification of the vote until an audit is done.  I guarantee you numbers won’t add up in 90% of the voting precincts in this country.

Even the most rudimentary audit will turn up discrepancies:  More people voted than registered.  Voter registration cards (and this happened decades ago with B52 – Bob Dornan’s race) with the name A. Martinez, B. Martinez – M. Martinez – all at the same address only to find out only two or three people reside at that address.  Addresses that turn out to be broken down empty houses in a bad part of town or office buildings – only discovered after an election is certified.

Election fraud

The Lord works in strange ways they say.  There’s no question President-elect Trump is just that – he’s never conceded.  Neither his team nor state legislatures were ready for the massive fraud last November 3, 2020.  I say state legislatures because many of the swing states have a GOP majority in their House and Senate.  They knew rules were being changed, dirty deals made with the Democrats and had the power to stop it before November 3^rd.

The other problem was legal challenges and I’ve covered this before as have others about Rudy Guiliani.  How DJT Lost The WHITE HOUSE, Chapter 1 by Patrick Byrne – “First, in the 90 minutes between 11:30 PM and 1 AM, Mayor Giuliani imbibed three triple scotches on ice. Nine shots of alcohol. Those relating this story could not vouch for what he had drunk before 11:30.”  Too many comments by people who know Guiliani say he’s sauced by 2:00 every afternoon.  He should never have been on Trump’s legal team.

As someone who has been hammering on vote fraud since 1993, it occurred to me that maybe God used Trump again (the first time in the WH to buy us some time) only this time to for once and for shove vote fraud down the throats of Americans.  That it’s real and not conspiracy theories.  All these decades myself and countless others trying to expose massive vote fraud every two years while most of the country had no interest.  Oh, sure, the usual jokes about voting in Chicago and cemeteries, but few were interested in stopping it.

The shadow government using the morally bankrupt and corrupt Democrat Party tried to pull off the biggest vote fraud heist in history last November.  Only this time voters – nearly 80 million of them from both parties and independents – were fierce about seeing walking corpse, Joe Biden, defeated even if they didn’t like Donald Trump.  Well, it backfired and drove home to tens of millions that yes, a presidential election (and down ballot) was stolen.

Vote fraud underway – what candidates must do, Nov. 4, 2012

Look at the numbers.  Candidates Must Audit the Count, 2006.  If you’re not sure how to do a forensic audit, contact AZ state senator Wendy Rogers who has been in the fight in AZ for the past ten months.  I’m sure her office can help.  Also, here’s the phone number:  (602) 926-3042.  Jovan Pulitzer Reveals It’s Not The ‘Watermarks’ On The Ballots – It’s Better [Video]

Keep hammering on your state legislature if you live in GA, AZ, PA or MI to decertify the 2020 election.  Don’t let them give you the excuse they can’t call a special session to get it done.  They can and must.  Just three of those states puts Trump over the top which he legitimately won.  The 2022 primaries will be here before you know it.

Will America re-hire the same “conservatives” back to their state legislatures and Congress who have NOT killed the cancers killing this country and your state?  If you don’t oust an incumbent during the primary, it’s back to hold your nose and vote in November.  Doing the same thing over and over that produces the same outcome.  I’ve seen excellent constitutional challengers to Congress allegedly lose in primaries against RINOs.  Makes me sick.  These were very educated individuals who stand for the unborn, getting rid of the Fed, getting us out of the UN, abolishing unconstitutional cabinets and agencies and what did voters do?  Reelect the same incumbents.  Stab yourself in the back, America.

Let me say again:  Priorities vs importance.  The future of this republic and the future of our children and grandchildren is at stake here.  I know many states including Texas have passed ‘voter integrity’ laws this past year but it’s not enough.

Why bother to vote?

I’ve heard this or read it in columns and email for years.  Why bother to vote?  What’s the alternative?  You want a shooting war?  It’s not voting, it’s the fraud and the only way to stop it is if every candidate who allegedly loses audits the vote.

You’d be surprised at just how many people are running for office in 2022.  If you can’t run and I know it’s a big commitment, find out who is running, what they are running on regardless of what level of government and then support them. As I’ve written before:  It takes volunteers to help a candidate get elected, not just money.  You’d also be surprised how many individuals have won public office even though the incumbent outspent them by huge amounts.

Wear a message

In college sports stadiums across this country and even car racing events, crowds are roaring  F-Joe Biden.  Some partisan brain-dead reporter at one of those events said, oh, no, you didn’t hear F*ck Joe Biden, it was “Let’s go Brandon”.  That set this new meme off on every social media flat form and it’s all over the country and Internet.

I’ve got a better one that should become the hottest selling tee-shirt, sweat shirt or meme on the Internet:  2022 Candidates Audit the Vote.  I’m not in the tee shirt business but if I were, I’d sell that one and add bumper stickers.  Saturate the country.  Candidates will see them.  That will not only drive the left crazier than they are, it will send a big message:  We will NOT sit by and see our vote stolen again.  (If you do sell a tee shirt with that message, let me know.  I’ll buy one and spread the word to my friends and family and mention in a column.)

So, you ask what you can do for your country?  I’ve just outlined it.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related links:

Re-electing the Band Aid Brigade, May 18, 2010

Electing New Band Aid Pushers, May 23, 2012

GOP Incumbents Will Betray America End of Year, Feb. 11, 2014 (They did.)

by Servando Gonzalez

One of the things that characterizes totalitarian societies of both the left and the right is the existence of a single party. This was a key feature of Nazi Germany and Communist Russia, as it is in today’s China, North Korea and Cuba. But the globalist conspirators who have controlled the invisible government of the United States since the beginning of the past century created something much better to fool the people: two parties which actually are the two sides of the same counterfeited coin.

A very important, long-term goal of the current ongoing PsyOp against the American people is to make gullible, brainwashed Americans believe that the Democrat and Republican parties are opposing entities with different goals and ideologies and that, just by changing the puppets in Washington D.C., things will change for the better. This is what I call “the two party charade.”

But this is nothing new. As early as 1968, after running as a third party candidate opposing Republican Richard M. Nixon and Democrat Hubert H. Humphrey, Alabama’s governor George Wallace put it very clear terms: “There ain’t a dime’s worth of difference between the Republicans and the Democrats.” He was absolutely right. Unfortunately, today there is not a penny’s worth of difference between them.

Governor Wallace was not the only one who saw the ruse. His words already had been confirmed by the scholar that best studied the CFR’s inner workings: Georgetown University professor Carroll Quigley. In his book Tragedy and Hope, Quigley told the truth about the American two-party system. According to him:

“The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea, acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election, without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. . . [E]ither party in office becomes, in time, corrupt, tired, unenterprising, and vigorless. Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of those things, but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies.” [1]

But Quigley blew the whistle on the CFR conspirators not because he disagreed with their agenda. Actually, the naive professor believed that the conspirators’ secret machinations only deserved praise, and should be made known to the American public. This explains why in his book he wrote about the existence of this conspiracy in friendly and praiseful terms:

“There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right believes the Communists act. In fact, this network, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so. . . . The Council on Foreign Relations is the American Branch of this network … and … believes national boundaries should be obliterated and one-world rule established.” [2]

An objection could be made that, if this group of conspirators is so secret, how come they authorized Quigley to publish a book exposing its existence? Well, it seems that they didn’t authorize it. But Quigley, who actually admired them and had no objections to their secret plans, took the liberty of publishing his book without their authorization.

Quigley’s Tragedy and Hope was first published in 1966, but just a few weeks after it appeared in the bookstores, the remaining unsold copies were withdrawn and the publisher refused to do a new printing, allegedly because the plates had been destroyed.

Since the publication of the book, Quigley’s fortunes quickly turned sour. Perhaps a key to the source of his misfortunes is the title of an article about Quigley The Washington Post published in March, 1975: “The Professor Who Knew Too Much.” Two years later, Professor Quigley passed away in obscurity.

The process of fusion of the two parties has continued uninterrupted until our days, when it has become evident except to the most brainwashed or ill-intentioned Americans that the two parties are actually the same one, which I call the Repucratic Party. The only difference, if any, is that one of them is the party of the enemy and the other one is the party of treason. Which one?

Well, if you are a true conservative who loves this country the Democrat should be the party of the enemy and the Republican the party of treason. The only way to continue believing that there is a difference is by applying double standards to judge them.

However, despite the fact that the two parties are a fiction, it seems that just a few years ago the CFR conspirators were still not fully satisfied. In 2004, CFR agent Peter G. Peterson wrote a book under the highly deceptive title: Running on Empty: How the Democratic and Republican Parties are Bankrupting Our Future and What Americans Can Do About It. [3] According to Peterson, the two parties were too polarized. His solution to the problem: make them even more “bipartisan.” [4] In the conspirators’ lingo, “bipartisan” actually means “CFR-controlled.”

Many professional brainwashers go every day and do their work conditioning the American people like rats in a psychologist’s labyrinth. With their constant efforts, they guarantee that Americans will never feel the curiosity to take a look above the labyrinth’s boundaries the conspirators have set for them.

Among the main brainwashers that have been for long years actively participating in this ongoing two-party PsyOp are Noam Chomsky, Amy Goodman, Fareed Zakaria, Keith Olbermann, Michael Moore and other disinformers of the Left. Their main goal is to keep lefties and liberals convinced that evil Republicans are responsible for everything that is wrong in America, and the only solution to the problem is replacing them with Democrats.

They are not different from Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Ben Shapiro, Bill O’Reilly, Ann Coulter, David Horowitz and Michelle Malkin, just to mention a few of the more important ones whose job is exactly the same, but in reverse. According to these disinformers of the Right, stupid Democrats are responsible for everything wrong in this country, and just by replacing them with clever Republicans everything will be okay.

Currently, Republicans are pushing the Kool-aid that everything will be solved in the next election when they put Trump in the White House again. But you have to be very gullible to believe that the party in power who allowed the presidential election to be stolen will have the power and the will to win the next election.

Further proof of the Republican – Democrat collusion is that, the same way Democrats, with the exception of Representative Cynthia McKinney, never questioned the Republicans’ obviously false narrative of the 9/11 PsyOp, currently, Republicans never question the Democrats’ obviously false narrative of the Covid PsyOp.

Very recently, former President George W. Bush, in theory a Republican, in a speech commemorating the 20th anniversary of the 9/11 events, shamelessly likened American patriots who peacefully protested at the capitol to foreign terrorists. According to Bush, violent extremists in the U.S. and abroad are “children of the same foul spirit,” adding, “There’s little cultural overlap between violent extremists abroad and violent extremists at home.”[5]

The former president said domestic and foreign extremists share a “disdain for pluralism,” a “disregard for human life,” and a determination to defile national symbols. Strangely, he was not showing his mischievous smile or making the devil’s sign with his hand as he usually did during his speeches when he was president.

Evidently, Republicans have fully accepted the Coronavirus lie for the same reason Democrats accepted the 9/11 lie. But that proved to be a double-edged sword for Republicans. Currently, Democrats are using the very draconian measures implemented by Bush to attack Republicans who complain about political indoctrination and sexual aberrations in public schools.

In a recent article, an author blames Democrats for calling angry parents complaning about school indoctrination “domestic terrorists.” [6] But he conveniently ignores the fact that the category of “domestic terrorist” was the invention of Republican George W. Bush when he created an aberration called the Office of Homeland Security as a result of his “war on terror.”[7]

So, if this trend continues, everything indicates that, according to Mr. Bush’s and his new leftist friends’ logic, very soon Guantanamo will begin receiving a different type of terrorists — those formerly called “American patriots.”

The Founding Fathers of this country chose to give Americans a Representive Republic, a system of government guided by laws, where your vote elected people to represent you in the government, but this has changed dramatically. Now your vote elects corrupt politicians whose main interest is pushing their Communo-Facist political ideology while becoming rich in the process. So, currently your vote only legitimizes a corrupt process that is destroying the very foundation this country was based on.

A long time ago I reached the conclusion that, while the Democrat is the party of the enemy, the Republican is much worse, because it is the party of treason. But, as John Harington advised long time ago in his famous epigram, “Treason doth never prosper: what’s the reason? Why, if it prosper, none dare call it treason.” And it seems we have allowed the Republican’s treason to prosper for too long.

But this is very dangerous, because, as Marcus Tullius Cicero expressed it in very clear terms:

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist. A murderer is less to fear. The traitor is the plague.”

So, what are you waiting for? The time is ripe for getting rid of the two-party charade as a first step to save America from totalitarian tyranny.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

1. Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (New York: Macmillan, 1966), pp. 1247-1248.

2. Quigley, Op. Cit., pp. 950, 955.
3. Peter G. Peterson, Running on Empty: How the Democratic and Republican Parties are Bankrupting Our Future and What Americans Can Do About It (New York: Farar, Straux and Giroux, 2004).

4. In June of 2003, Peterson had published an article in The New York Times Magazine along the same lines, entitled “Deficits and Dysfunction: How the Republican and Democratic Parties Are Robbing Our Future.”

5. Rich Mendez, “Former President Bush Likens U.S. Extremists to Foreign Terrorists,” CNBC, September 11, 2021.
6. Lex Greene, “Under Democrats, Parents Are Now the New Domestic Terrorists”, NewsWithViews, October 7^th, 2021, https://newswithviews.com/under-democrats-parents-are-now-the-new-domestic-terrorists/
7. As expected, the so-called “war on terrorism” was a total failure, because terrorism is a behavior, and you cannot fight a behavior. You may fight the terrorists, but apparently that was never the purpose of the War on Terror.

by Lee Duigon

Is there anything about this so-called presidential administration that isn’t phony, pandering, condescending, and false?

Somehow, when she’s supposed to be minding our southern border, alleged Vice President Kamala Harris found time to make a little video for NASA—you know, those guys who once used to send men to the moon. In “Get Curious,” Ms. Borders frolics with a pack of cute, enthusiastic, bubbly “children.”

I put “children” in quotes because they’re all professional child actors reading lines written by others.

It’s always disgusting when adults exploit children for political ends. (Have I mentioned that Doddering Joe Biden has a fake White House set for filming some of his blather? What’s wrong with the real White House?) Political animals have always done this. When I was a reporter I covered teacher strikes. Inevitably the teachers’ union trotted out coached children to plead for their beloved teachers—“Oh, please give them more money so we can go back to our beloved school!” You could just heave.

But of course the big dog-and-pony show so far has been the National School Boards Assn. getting our corrupt, politicized FBI to “investigate” alleged death threats made by parents who throng school board meetings to complain about the curriculum—Critical Race Theory which teaches children racial fear and hatred, cheerleading for transgenderism, and highly questionable presentations of… well, they call it sex.

Not one of these “threats” has ever been carried out, but the FBI broke all speed records in doing the school boards’ bidding.

I wish I had a dollar for every one of these “threats” that turned out to be perpetrated by the so-called victim. They write hate mail to themselves. They vandalize their own property. They make stuff up. Let one example, out of thousands, suffice: in 2018 a “student journalist” at an Ohio university got caught manufacturing “threats” against herself and wound up getting charged with a criminal misdemeanor. This happens so often that we’re tempted to say it always happens. The threats just about always turn out to be phony.

Yeahbut, yeahbut! Don’t we want the FBI investigating parents, just in case they’re really hateful? Cast a wide enough net, often enough, and you just might catch a fish! Do we really want G-men chasing gangsters, when Critical Race Theory in the schools is on the line? Don’t we want white children “learning” that they and their families are evil racist monsters? Don’t we want minority children “learning” that all the whites are out to get them and only a Far Left Democrat government can protect them?

Some of this phoniness is so heavy-handed, so blatant, that it’s almost funny. At a recent art show at a Los Angeles gallery, Doddering Joe’s toweringly corrupt offspring, Hunter Biden, sold five “reproductions” of his paintings at $75,000 each. The originals sell for up to half a million! We are told Hunter has no idea who’s buying them. Honk if you believe that’s true. What do you want to bet The Big Guy—that would be Daddy-O in his mockup of the White House—knows exactly who bought them? But of course he would never, ever, do any special favors for anybody nice enough to shower Hunter with cash…

We wish, oh, how we wish, that we could laugh this off. If it were only just a movie, it’d be hilarious. I mean, really, you can’t be that corrupt!

Oh, yes, you can. If your name is Biden.

A commenter on my chess forum, though, was able to name a few things about this administration that are guaranteed genuine: “Their greed, fascism, and contempt for the little people.”

I think he got that right.

I have discussed these topics and others throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit—while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

With this massive infusion of two to three million refugees into America under the direction of the Biden in 2021, can America’s European-Culture withstand our radically changing demographic? Anybody wondering about the eventuality that America will never be the America we grew up in from 1950 to 2000?  What exactly will it be like to morph into a minority, minority, minority “cultural quagmire” of a society?

Who stands to gain from America’s changing into tribal factions such as you see in India, Mexico and/or today, in Europe?  Why would such rich and powerful men want to destroy our highly successful civilization—and turn it into a poverty-stricken multicultural morass?  Who will benefit?

A concerned reader wrote a penetrating letter to me this week…enough so, that I read it several times.  What do you think of his analysis of our situation here in the 21^st century?

“Mr. Wooldridge, I just read your latest article. I have written to you before about previous articles, and especially wanted to write you about this one.  Frosty, there is NO DOUBT IN MY MIND that there is a very, old, plan to exterminate European Americans to make way for *prole-like* minority races with limited IQ’s and easily controllable.  

“Why? Because Europeans have built Western civilization that all Americans enjoy (soon to be dis-enjoyed the way things are going). Caucasians are a threat to ‘The Creators’ of ‘The Plan’ due to many factors, but ironically ‘The Plan’ was cooked up by Elite Whites.

“It’s not a secret.  There are many books, whitepapers, famous quotes, etc., that point to a demonic collusion of literal Monsters walking around in “People Suits.”

“Of course, this plan involves the liquidation of massive numbers of Blacks and other non-White Races as these elites want to keep their future proles manageable by limiting their numbers, which harkens back to the European-Japanese hybrid Richard Kalergi’s quote. ‘The Eurasian-Negroid future race, outwardly similar to the ancient Egyptians, will replace the diversity of peoples with a diversity of individuals.’”

I pondered this man’s words before writing this column.  The Kalergi Plan was/is a mandate to destroy Western Civilization.  It tears out the very essential aspect of the “rule of law” and an “educated and ethical” citizenry.  We’re losing both right now.

Last night on the CBS, NBC and ABC, the talking heads all noted the incredible crime wave raging across America.  Videos show shooters blowing away people walking down the street. Others snatch babies. Another black lady shoved a white lady to her death in front of a New York City subway. All on video!  I watched the lawlessness in San Francisco this summer with 30 second “smash and grab” tactics by black gangs.  That city lost 17 Walgreen’s to bankruptcy from shoplifting this summer, and tonight, reports showed five more Walgreen’s in San Francisco filed for bankruptcy from shoplifting.

Are we a “moral and ethical” society with $52 billion in shoplifting annually in the USA?  What happens when it’s $100 billion in shoplifting annually?  Can we survive by defunding the police and degrading them at every juncture?

As reported earlier this summer, San Francisco cannot stop its crime wave. It doesn’t employ enough police. But the same stands true in Los Angeles and Seattle.    As you know, Chicago, NYC and St. Louis accelerate as killing zones in America.

The writer said, “Unless an Act of God literally takes place, I believe the people causing such lawlessness will be successful in their foul plot. I do not place any faith in the so-called ‘Patriots’ of ‘The Right’ for example, to pose any challenge to The Plan, as they are just the opposite side of the same coin, and the same goes for the ‘Alt-Right rock stars’ such as Steve Bannon, who in my opinion are vainglorious pastiches of O’Brien from 1984 or analogous to ‘President Coin’ from The Hunger Games series.”

Whomever is bent on fracturing America, I’d submit that I haven’t seen this country this dramatically divided since the Vietnam War.  Worse than that, as we import millions more incompatible cultures, languages, religions and welfare leeches into our midst, we don’t stand a chance of remaining the United States of America.

“THE ONE ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN WAY OF BRINGING THIS NATION TO RUIN, OR PREVENTING ALL POSSIBLITY OF ITS CONTINUING TO BE A NATION AT ALL, WOULD BE TO PERMIT IT TO BECOME A TANGLE OF SQUABBLING NATIONALITIES.” President Theodore Roosevelt, 1904

Teddy Roosevelt pretty much sums up what’s happening and what’s coming.  I’d say that if mass immigration continues, we don’t stand a chance of remaining a viable, sustainable and intact society.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Cherie Zaslawsky

Those of us who write for NewsWithViews and assorted Conservative and Libertarian journals are essentially preaching to the choir, which, by the way, I believe is absolutely necessary, as the choir doesn’t leave the church during the sermon, but is inspired by it. Yet sometimes we need to reach out to the heathen as well.

That’s what I’ve been busy doing for the past few months, both before and after California’s Recall election, as I endeavored, here in the heart of Silicon Valley, to reach Democrats who might be disenchanted with Governor Gruesome and his tyrannical diktats, and might be ready to oust him and his fascistic policies.

Some people believe the recall passed and Larry Elder actually won the governorship, but the Dems’ cheating machinery is so well-oiled and powerful we’ll likely never know.

In any case, within a single month, I had four letters to editors published in local papers, and had also submitted a “guest perspective”  piece that was supposed to appear in one of these papers, but mysteriously disappeared from the queue with no explanation from the editor.

Below are my attempts at preaching beyond the choir to the great unwashed—i.e. Democrats—because we have to tell the truth to the other side.

Published in PA Daily Post August 30^th, 2021

Dear Editor,

On his website, San Mateo County Supervisor David Canepa [the President of our Board of Supervisors] pledges to work toward “ending discrimination in all of its forms.“ Yet he proposes unprecedented discrimination against those who choose not to take part in a mass clinical trial of experimental Covid vaccines. He would deny his fellow residents the right to eat in restaurants, attend movies, go to the hardware store, shop for clothes and otherwise participate in normal life.

Forcing 100% of people to take the same medical treatment is not about health or safety: it’s about totalitarianism.

In San Mateo County, 90% of the population has been vaccinated. That’s extraordinarily high. Yet Canepa and the Board of Supervisors apparently won’t rest until they force the remaining 10% to take the shot or be shunned by all businesses. Mr. Canepa crows: “No shoes, no shirt, no shot, no service!” This is not only insulting, it’s insane. Consider the 10% as the control group for this experiment in our county.

Medical interventions are never one-size-fits-all. These vaccines are contraindicated for a subset of the population, including those who’ve had Covid and whose superior immunity would be downgraded by a vaccine.

Not only is Canepa’s plan unconstitutional, it is grossly unethical and utterly unconscionable.

He needs to be recalled as he is a disgrace to the community he was elected to serve.

Published in the San Mateo Daily Journal in late August, 2021

Dear Editor,

In her column on August 16^th, Sue Lempert [Former mayor and council member of San Mateo who writes a weekly Leftist column in the Daily Journal that makes your teeth hurt] blames those who haven’t taken the Covid vaccines for the Delta variant.

It takes Ms. Lempert only a few sentences to get from “stop coddling” the unvaccinated, to mandating that they “cannot fly or use public transit; cannot attend restaurants, concerts, movies, “ etc. This kind of persecution is shockingly callous and has no place outside of fascist or Communist dictatorships.

Ms. Lempert claims the unvaccinated are spreading the Delta variant.  However, according to a number of top scientists, she has it backwards. They say we’re witnessing well-documented but unintended consequences of insufficiently effective vaccines that inadvertently pressure the targeted virus to mutate. The relevant technical terms are “leaky vaccines,” and “antibody-dependent enhancement.” This sets up the vaccinated to become incubators and super spreaders of variants.

In fact, a recent study in the prestigious medical journal Lancet found the vaccinated carrying 251 times the viral load of Covid in their nostrils as the unvaccinated.

So if Ms. Lempert wants to ban a group of people from shopping, traveling, dining out, and more, perhaps that should be the vaccinated, who may well be transmitting this variant to the unvaccinated after unknowingly producing it in their own bodies.

Ultimately, however, whether the Delta variant—which is thankfully less virulent than Covid-19—is being spread by the vaccinated, the unvaccinated, or in some other fashion, we’d do well to respect one another and one another’s equal rights to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.

Published in the Palo Alto Daily Post on September 8^th, 2021

Dear Editor,

Why the sudden flurry of calls for vaccine passports?

The Delta variant, though contagious, is much less virulent than Covid—which 99.9% of healthy people under 70 survive. But even if it were more virulent, you don’t deprive people of their civil rights on a “safety” pretext.

Besides, variants actually emerge in the vaccinated, as the targeted virus mutates to avoid what has turned out to be a “leaky”—or inefficient—vaccine.

Perhaps some among the vaccinated wrongly assume the vaccine passport will only hurt the unvaccinated, whom, as a result of incessant media fear-mongering, they’re all too willing to sacrifice.

But a mandatory vaccine passport is a devil’s bargain that strips you of your birthright. You may be permitted to eat out, but the State will own you. You might as well be living in China.

Published in the San Mateo Daily Journal 9/13/21

No Vaccine Passports

Dear Editor,

Here’s the main reason to vote Yes to recall Governor Newsom: He’ll almost certainly mandate vaccine passports. Why is this bad? It will not only hurt our already weakened businesses, but even those of us who are vaccinated will lose the liberty and rights we’ve always enjoyed.

If the State mandates and enforces vaccine passports, it’s goodbye freedom. The government can always up the ante later by mandating a booster shot, then another, and then ID2020 that has all your medical and financial information on it, etc.

This is what turned into the “Social Credit Score” in Communist China. The Chinese government has complete control of its people through this surveillance program, as the state watches everything they do. It can turn off people’s access to their money, and more.

And the same is very likely to happen in California unless we oust Newsom, replace him with Larry Elder–Gavin’s strongest opponent, who vows to end Covid mandates—and refuse to be bullied into accepting these passports to serfdom.

My last one is a “Guest Perspective” –a longer piece that the Daily Journal was planning to run, and then, well, apparently had second thoughts. Never made it into the paper. And this is the one I was hoping would help the naïve to open their eyes to the assault on our liberty that the rest of us see all too clearly. And since the paper declined to print it, I took the liberty of adding a sentence or two to the original.

Hidden Dangers of Vaccine Passports

What do magicians and pickpockets have in common? They both keep your attention fixed in one spot, while they do their trick in another.

Similarly, while our attention has been carefully and continually fixated on Covid, magicians have tricked us, and thieves have reached into our pockets and stolen our businesses, our freedom, our rights under the Constitution, and everything that has made life good in America.

They say those who don’t know history are doomed to repeat it. But history never repeats exactly—it’s the pattern that repeats.

The tried-and-true formula which has led to the most heinous crimes in history operates by stirring up fear in the masses, then scapegoating and demonizing the targeted group.

In 1930s Germany, the outcry was against the Jews, who were subsequently stripped of their rights and banned from normal life.

In 2021 in America, the outcry is against the “unvaccinated,” who, we’re told, are jeopardizing the health of the vaccinated, so they should be stripped of their rights and banned from normal life.

But isn’t this time different? Don’t we need to be saved from the unvaccinated, who are spreading the Delta variant? Aren’t they endangering our lives?

That’s what the magicians and thieves want us to think. But the reality is that variants only emerge in the vaccinated, as the targeted virus mutates to avoid what has turned out to be a “leaky”—or inefficient—vaccine.

Furthermore, the Delta variant, while contagious, is much less virulent than Covid—which 99.9% of healthy people under 70 survive. But even if it were more virulent, there is never a justifiable reason to deprive citizens of their Constitutional rights. Using “safety” as a pretext brings to mind Ben Franklin’s famous quote: “Those who would give up essential liberty to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither.” Regardless of what they may deserve, the larger point is that they end up with neither. And the next stop on this slippery downhill slope has already emerged.

At present, although the pandemic arguably ended many months ago, there’s a mysterious clamor for vaccine passports. Out of nowhere, city after city, county after county, and sneaky Assembly bills seek to foist mandatory vaccine passports on us.

In San Mateo County, Supervisor Dave Canepa opined, “No shoes, no shirt, no shot, no service!” This in a county where 93% of the residents have been vaccinated! And as with all medical interventions, these vaccines are contraindicated for many people—including those who’ve recovered from Covid and therefore have superior natural immunity.

Here’s what Don Lemon blurted out on national TV:  “I’m sure a lot of people are not going to agree with this, but [if you] don’t get the vaccine, you can’t go to the supermarket.”

Clearly, most people locked out of restaurants and grocery stores would starve to death! Can any American wish this on his neighbors?  Only extreme and irrational fear could bring anyone to condone such evil—shades of the tried-and-true scapegoating formula at work.

Many among the vaccinated assume the vaccine passport will only hurt the unvaccinated, whom, as a result of incessant media propaganda, they’re all too eager to sacrifice.

But the minute you accept your vaccine passport, you’ve exchanged your unalienable rights to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness for the “privilege” of dining out and attending football games—surely a devil’s bargain. You’ve inadvertently granted the State absolute power over your life. You might as well move to China.

For if your government can insist you get a Covid vaccine in order to live a normal life, it can also insist you get a booster shot—as has already happened in Israel.  And another. And a “Carbon Credit” passport. And a “Social Credit Score” and constant monitoring and surveillance to make sure you do as you’re told by a tyrannical government that is the opposite of everything America has always stood for.

Welcome to Technocracy, where the totalitarian State can turn off your access to your soon-to-be-implemented “digital currency” at will.

This is the price you’ll pay if you accept the Vaccine Passport agenda.

And who are the magicians? They’re the talking heads in our media, the plethora of “experts” who keep us running scared, and planners behind the scenes. The thieves? They’re politicians and government officials along with Big Pharma and assorted elite profiteers.

The agenda? To turn America into a carbon copy of Communist China with its “Social Credit System” through implementing 100% government surveillance and control. From there it’s but a small step to the World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset” and One World Government.

The vaccine passport is not the way back to normal, as the magicians and thieves want us to believe, but the downward path to a wretched dystopia.

If you think I’m exaggerating, check out Australia. Citizens are under house arrest, tracked, hounded, bullied—with no rights left. This is why we must push back now—while we still can.

© 2021 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

By Andrew C. Wallace

Our courts are so corrupt that after the Election Insurrection by Biden “THE USURPER”, they ignored the simple definitive words of the Constitution, or claimed lack of “Standing”, which was false. The courts invented “Standing”, as they have many things, so they could ignore the Constitution and do as they please. The concept of “Standing’ can be legitimate, but in too many cases it is used to ignore an issue.

One of the primary objectives of the Constitution was to protect the People from a mostly corrupt government (all governments are inherently corrupt). The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) own the government and Biden, ”THE USURPER”, lock, stock and barrel. The founders gave us our “Great Constitution” to guarantee our rights, which included “Firearms”, “The Militia of the Several States”, “Grand Juries”, and the right to “Petition” government to protest actions by government. All government officials everywhere are inherently corrupt, requiring citizen vigilance to keep them honest (this is true throughout history).  What could you expect when many are lawyers taught to be mendacious and obfuscate; many are graduates of Ivy League Indoctrination Centers like Harvard and Yale ( 8 of 9 Supreme Court Justices?). Most citizens (victims of propaganda) are ignorant and apathetic; they just don’t give a damn. But unfortunately for the traitors there are millions who do care, more than enough  to fight. If the PSRRC and their Communist minions including Biden”THE USURPER”persist, there will be bodies in the streets from coast to coast resulting from guerrilla warfare .

The right to keep and bear arms is the MOST important Constitutional right that we were given in the Constitution. The Communists and the PSRRC are doing everything to take away our firearms. We will not allow them to do so. We know what happened to Canadians and Australians after they took away their firearms. The British lost their right to own firearms and have been subservient to their PSRRC ever since. People living under dictatorships have no weapons; we may be the last free country in the world because of our firearms.

The Constitution gives citizens the right to Petition government for redress of wrongs. But the Constitution didn’t include a provision for enforcement, so no one gets any satisfaction from government minions of the PSRRC.

Then we have the Grand Jury which is supposed to protect citizens from false legal actions. But the Grand Jury has been taken over completely by judges and prosecutors for their own purposes. There can be no justice when prosecutors have been bought by the PSRRC and many judges think they make the law.

“Firearms” and “The militia of the Several States” (Militia) are the most important weapons that the founders gave us in the Constitution to protect us, and the Republic from criminals in government. Using the Militia to protect our rights is preferable to using firearms because then we have a bloody destructive Pyrrhic Victory. But, the choice is clear when the options are either freedom in our Constitutional Republic or degradation, brutality, fear and slavery in a Communist state run by the PSRRC.

It is common knowledge by anyone who is not as ignorant as a box of rocks that many in the DOJ, FBI, SCOTUS, Military Flag Officers, Courts, et al, are guilty of treason, and the rest are cowards. Most of them ignored the Constitution and supported the insurrection of our Constitutional Republic by Biden, “THE USURPER”. If these Communist minions of the PSRRC had honored their oaths to the Constitution, the government overthrow would not have been possible. These fellow travelers are below contempt.

You can never control corruption because the FBI is the most corrupt, incompetent, and expensive so-called police force in the world. Even if we had effective law enforcement, we would still be at the mercy of the PSRRC because our courts are compromised. To get our country and freedoms back we must abolish the FBI and establish alternate courts until honest Constitutional courts can be reestablished.

Our Constitution stipulates that the “Militia of the Several States” (Militia) will enforce laws of the union. I think the FBI was brought into power by hook or crook (read how it was started and grew) because it could be controlled; whereas the Militia would be more difficult to control. Powers of the Militia seem to be very broad and would encompass oversight of officials and I think the ability to form alternate courts. Officers of the Militia are appointed by the states. I firmly believe that the FBI, Courts, Military Flag officers, et al, committed treason when they refused to support the Constitution and prevent the election insurrection. They must be replaced or we will be at war.

I am an Economist, not a legal scholar, so the details of the actions required must be researched by scholars of Constitutional Law.  Much of what I have learned about the Militia of the Several States was obtained by reading  the Constitution and comprehensive articles in NewsWithViews.com by Edwin Vieira Jr., AB, MA, PhD, JD.

I hope that experts will take on the task of telling us how to use the Militia to oversee officials, replace the FBI and give us alternate courts.

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Bradlee Dean

Hiding Behind Teachers To Protect Themselves Against The People They Are To Serve!

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances. —Amendment I of the Bill of Rights to the US Constitution

When I saw the headline coming from the Daily Mail, I knew that it was the criminal politicians that were hiding behind these criminal board members. In the end, they could use it to safeguard themselves against the people that they are to serve.

Here’s the headline:

“Teachers call angry parents terrorists: School officials beg Biden to send in the FBI to protect them from ‘extremist’ parents angry over vaccine and mask mandates and say it should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’”

What is happening here is that the federal and the state governments would like to have their way with your children regardless of if it is illegal or not (Exodus 22:23).

After speaking at 364 high schools in 25 different states, I have heard principals tell me that the “science and the history books are being changed every 3-7 years” (Hosea 4:6).

[Rumble Video]

They are attempting to make your children prey to the sodomite agenda (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13), including child porn, which is a felony in this country (Luke 17:2).

This is how the peoples representatives should be upholding the law against all crimes video

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

According to this report:

♦ The National School Boards Association urged the president in a letter Wednesday to mobilize federal agents to protect them from protesting parents

• NSBA President Viola Garcia and Interim Executive Director and CEO Chip Slaven penned the complaint, which was also published online
• The correspondence states that outbursts from ‘extremist’ parents irate over vaccine and mask mandates should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’
• The letter to the US president requests ‘immediate assistance’ for school staffers and board members, who they say are under ‘immediate threat’

An institution representing more than 90,000 school officials across the US begged Joe Biden Wednesday to send FBI and Secret Service agents to protect them from ‘mobs’ of angry parents irate over vaccine and mask mandates forced upon their children – asserting their protests should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’ by ‘extremist hate organizations.’

In a letter penned to the president and published online, the National School Boards Association implored the US government to take a stand against these vexed parents, stating that teachers and other school staffers are under ‘immediate threat’ because of their burgeoning ‘acts of malice, violence, and threats.’

The complaint, signed by NSBA President Viola Garcia and Interim Executive Director and CEO Chip Slaven, called upon Biden personally to and use his executive power to mobilize FBI and US Secret Service agents to guard school officials.

There were 11 pages deep of the propagandists striking at the same time. Translation: They are trying to defend themselves concerning the crimes they are intending to commit.

Conclusion: “Domestic terrorists” are protecting their children from those who are indoctrinating, from predators and those that are illegally mandating masks and experimental jabs. Who are the actual domestic terrorists, the parents or those in the federal government?

The criminals in the federal government are wanting to use agencies against the people in transgressing the law that they all swore that they would uphold.

Furthermore, maybe these fools, and fools they are, should take the time and read the 1st Amendment of the Bill of Rights which states:

“Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.”

Parents have every right given unto them by God to confront corruption wherever it may be (Psalm 94:16).

This is nothing more than an attempt to garner more control over the lives of the children while playing the victims. Nothing new here (Ecclesiastes 1:9).

© 2021 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

On September 9, President Biden delivered an address to the nation in which he announced that he will have the Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) mandate that private companies with 100 or more employees implement vaccine mandates or require negative tests.  However, prominent immunologist Dr. Hooman Noorchashm then stated that because of Biden’s decision, the immunologist “regretted voting for him.”  Noorchashm has held positions at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and Harvard Medical School, among other places.  Regarding the president’s forced vaccine directive, Noorchashm stated: “To mandate vaccination of any Covid-recovered American against his/her will is unscientific, unethical and illegal.  White House, you have overstepped and are operating in dangerous territory when it comes to already immune Americans. Cease and desist !”

THE WESTERN JOURNAL on October 7 published “Denmark and Sweden Halt Use of Moderna COVID Vaccine for Everyone Under 30,” in which one  reads: “After reviewing research from Swedish and Nordic data sources, the Swedish Public Health Agency noted there was an increased risk for inflammatory  conditions like myocarditis and pericarditis in young people who received the second Moderna shot….The country said roughly 81,000 people born after 1991 have only received the first dose of the Moderna vaccine and will not be offered the second dose for the time being.  According to Reuters, Denmark has followed suit and will not use the Moderna vaccine while more information is gathered….In 2020, the Swedes avoided lockdowns, tension inside retail stores, beach arrests, children being tormented by isolation and mandatory mask-wearing.  Its people throughout the coronavirus pandemic have more or less lived life as normal.”

While the government is pushing vaccines even to the extent of saying businesses should mandate them, precious little time is being spent on developing and promoting treatments for Covid-19.  For example, a physician friend of mine in Michigan got Covid-19, treated himself with hydroxychloroquine, and easily got well.  However, he said he and pharmacists in Michigan had received letters from the Attorney-General’s office ordering them to not prescribe or fill prescriptions for hydroxychloroquine under penalty of possibly losing their licenses.  This is despite the fact that on July 2, 2020, the INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES published a peer-reviewed study by the Henry Ford Health System (HFHS), which showed hydroxychloroquine cut the death rate significantly in Covid-19 patients.   The warning about hydroxychloroquine had been that it could cause heart-related problems.  However, in the HFHS study, there were no heart-related side effects.

The study was a large-scale retrospective analysis of 2541 patients hospitalized between March 10 and May 2, 2020 across the HFHS’s 6 hospitals.  The study found that 13% of those treated with hydroxychloroquine alone died compared to 26.4% not treated with hydroxychloroquine.  None of the patients had documented serious heart abnormalities, and patients were monitored for a heart condition routinely pointed to as a reason to avoid the drug as a treatment for Covid-19.  The vast majority of the patients received the drug soon after admission to the hospitals (82% within 24 hours and 91% within 48 hours).  All patients in the study were 18 or over with a median age of 64 years; 51% were men and 56% African-American.

HFHS epidemiologist Samia Arshad said: “We attribute our findings that differ from other studies to early treatment because of careful cardiac monitoring.    Our dosing also differed from other studies not showing a benefit of the drug.  And other studies are either not peer-reviewed, have limited numbers of patients, different patient populations or other differences from our patients.”  Dr. Marcus Zervos of HFHS further stated: “Considered in the context of current studies on the use of hydroxychloroquine for Covid-19, our results suggest that the drug may have an important role to play in reducing Covid-19 mortality.”    Dr. Steven Kalkanis, HFHS Chief Academic Officer pronounced: “Our analysis shows that using hydroxychloroquine helped save lives.  As doctors and scientists, we look to the data for insight.   And the data here is clear that there was benefit to using the drug as treatment for sick, hospitalized patients.”

Think about all the people who have died since July 2020 (including my mother)  because the medical profession has blocked the use of hydroxychloroquine as a treatment for Covid-19 !    Also think about how many people have died because the medical profession and the press have said Ivermectin should not be used.  On August 21, THE NEW YORK TIMES said, “Ivermectin should not be used to treat Covid-19, according the the FDA.”   And on September 5, THE NEW YORK TIMES published “Some Americans ignore warning against using Ivermectin to treat Covid,” in which the newspaper used a Centers for Disease Control extreme example of a person who took 5 pills a day for 5 days as a reason why Ivermectin could be harmful.  The article also indicated that on September 1, “alarmed health experts from the American Medical Association, the American Pharmacists Association and the American Society of Health-Systems Pharmacists called for ‘an immediate end to the prescribing, dispensing and use of Ivermectin for the prevention and treatment of Covid-19 outside of a clinical trial.'”

However, if one looks at a September 15 online article (including news from THE HINDUSTAN TIMES) titled, “HUGE: Uttar Pradesh, India Announces State is Covid-19 Free Proving the Effectiveness of ‘Deworming Drug’ IVERMECTIN,” one reads that “COVID cases are plummeting in India thanks to a new rule that promotes Ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine to its massive population….The recovery rate has increased up to 98.7%….According to THE HINDUSTAN TIMES, the positivity rate came down to less than 0.01%….The active caseload which was 310,783 in April has reduced by 99%….This state has a low vaccination rate of only 5.8% fully vaccinated compared to the U.S. that has 54% fully vaccinated….Both Uttar Pradesh and Delhi have seen an incredible drop in COVID-19 cases because they use Ivermectin (12 mg pills) early and preventatively.    Whereas Kerala, a tiny state located in southern India that is over-dependent on vaccines and less dependent on Ivermectin, has been reporting a significant increase in COVID-19 cases.”

And do the mRNA vaccines (Pfizer and Moderna) have any effect upon pregnancies?   According to “Preliminary Findings of the mRNA Covid-19 Vaccine Safety in Pregnant Persons” (NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, April 21, 2021), in a study of 827 pregnant women receiving the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines, spontaneous abortions (miscarriages) occurred in 104 cases, 96 (92.3%) of which were in the first trimester.  A total of 700 participants received their first eligible dose of the vaccine in the third trimester.  And of the 127 pregnant women who did not receive their first vaccine dose in the third trimester, the 96 miscarriages in the first trimester represents 76%.    In early October, the VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System) reported 1969 fetal deaths following Covid-19 vaccinations, but the CDC is still issuing a health advisory saying all pregnant women should be vaccinated !

So, what may be coming in the future?  I previously indicated that my when mother got Covid-19, her hospital nurse had worked in Wuhan, China, and said “The Chinese Ministry of Health assigned me where to go.”  It may be that the nurse did nothing to harm my mother.  However, it may also be that mom’s nurse and other Chinese nurses in the U.S. are part of the Chinese genetic profiling research.  In “Biden Letting China Get Away with the Crime of the Century” (August 31, 2021) by Gordon Chang, the author stated that China is already working on the next generation of pathogens, with a “determined campaign to collect genetic profiles of foreigners….Its National Defense University, in the 2017 edition of the authoritative SCIENCE OF MILITARY STRATEGY, mentioned a new kind of  biological warfare of ‘specific ethnic genetic attacks.'”

Chang’s analysis follows Elsa Kania’s and Wilson Vorndick’s (August 14, 20129) “Weaponizing Biotech: How China’s Military Is Preparing for a ‘New Domain of Warfare,'” in which the authors pointed out that  “in 2015, then-president of the Academy of Military Sciences, He Fuchu, argued that biotechnology will become the new ‘strategic commanding heights’ of national defense, from biomaterials to ‘brain control’ weapons….Zhang Shibo,a retired general and former president of the National Defense University, concluded that ‘modern biotechnology development is gradually showing strong signs characteristic of an offensive capability’ including the possibility that ‘specific ethnic genetic attacks’ could be employed….(One might watch) BGI, formerly known as Beijing Genomics, Inc., which is Beijing’s de facto national champion in the field.  BGI has established an edge in cheap gene sequencing, concentrating on amassing massive amounts of data from a diverse array of sources.  The company has a global presence, including laboratories in California and Australia, and partnerships with the University  of California and the Children’s Hospital in Philadelphia on human genome sequencing.”  Also relevant to this issue, one might look at “China’s Biological Warfare Programme: An Integrative Study with Special Reference to Biological Weapons Capabilities” by Col. Dr. Dany Shoham in JOURNAL OF DEFENCE STUDIES, vol.9, no.2, April-June 2015, pp.131-156.

© 2021 Dennis Cuddy – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

By Lex Greene

Twenty-months into the most bizarre so-called “pandemic” in the history of the world, “expert“ opinions and advice remain as scattered and useless as a teleprompter president who can’t even do that right.

Those of us who turned off broken-record Biden and his complicit media, and did a little real research ourselves, now know a few things about this insanity that we didn’t know twenty-months ago.

1. According to the government and their fake news machine (news and social media), the USA has seen 45,204,373 (13.6% of our population) COVID cases since January 2020. But we now know that the PCR test used was highly inaccurate, with more than 80% of “cases” being “false positive tests,” stopping the use of that test. The real number of USA COVID cases is less than 9,040,874, or 2.7% of the USA population.
2. Contrary to the fake news numbers still being used by the Biden administration and his fake news machine, stating 733,575 (0.22% of the population) COVID19 deaths as of this writing, we know that 96% of these deaths were NOT from COVID19. Instead, the real “death by COVID19” number is approximately 29,343 – only 0.0088% of the U.S. population.
3. After more than nine-months of COVID19 vaccines (bioweapons), we now know that everyone who was well before taking one of the vaccines (bioweapons), but died within minutes, hours, or days of receiving the jab, died from the jab! We don’t know how many, because the Biden administration is hiding the real numbers, as is the Biden fake news machine. But the number is well into the tens of thousands, at best.
4. We know that the “Delta variant” only exists in “vaxxed” people, as a direct result of the vaccines (bioweapons).
5. We know that the common cold and flu didn’t just vanish in 2020 and 2021, we simply changed the medical ID to “COVID19.”
6. We know that people who clearly died of heart disease, cancer, old age, an auto accident, or suicide, didn’t die from COVID19, even though that’s what was on the toe tag when the body reached the funeral home.
7. We know that COVID19 is a direct result of bioweapons work in a Wuhan lab, paid for with American tax dollars through “gain of function” bioweapon’s research, under the direction of none other than Dr. Fauci. (Gain of function research (GoFR) is a term used to describe any field of medical research that alters an organism or disease in a way that increases pathogenesis, transmissibility.)
8. We know that more Americans have died “post vaccine” than those who may have died of COVID19 “unvaxxed.”
9. We know that no one has any legal right or authority to force vaccinate anyone against their will, not even your doctor, and that no one has the right to deny anyone a right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness under any unconstitutional government mandate.
10. And…we know that no one can grant their “informed consent” unless and until they are fully and properly informed. Censored one-sided information is NOT how you fully inform anyone.

Most importantly, we now know that the tyrannical Biden (Obama) administration will do anything it has to do to totally destroy our beloved country, which is why Biden’s approval rating has plummeted to 38%, indicating that only 38% of Americans remain totally clueless or corrupted.

To force their GREEN DEAL, they will drive gasoline prices to $10 a gallon if they need to. To force total control over the population, they will con, coerce, bribe, threaten or financially ruin every citizen into compliance with their vaccines (bioweapons) and democratic socialist one world order norm.

We know that approximately 70% of Americans, doctors, nurses, teachers, professors, media personalities and politicians will “go along to get along” with anything Biden (Obama) orders from his ivory tower, and that even most law enforcement, military and national security personnel will do the same.

Last, we now know that the average American isn’t very American anymore. No real American would have ever allowed the utter destruction of 100% of our country over the past twenty-months over 0.0088% of our population, much less elect a criminal mental midget like Joe Biden or Kamala Harris to even run a summer lemonade stand.

Yes, we now know a lot more than we knew twenty-months ago, still, most Americans are not reacting to reality they way they should, or the way we would have fifty-years ago.

The world is reacting, taking to the streets for weeks on end, fighting back against the tyranny in countries that have been under socialist control for so long that the population isn’t even armed anymore.

Meanwhile, Americans seem content to be paid to not work, receive deadly vaccines (bioweapons), not only in themselves, but in their children and grandchildren as well. They don’t seem willing to do anything more than show up for a Trump rally, hoping against hope that they can “take America back” in 2024, despite knowing that we no longer even have real elections in the USA.

Every person who drank poison from Jim Jones was looking for a savior too. Indeed, despite everything we know now, Americans are still being walked into the ovens, much like the people of pre-World War Germany.

What we now know about COVID19 tells us everything we need to know about the average American. We are a fat, dumb and happy go-along-to-get-along society, willing to leap out of the plane without a parachute, just because Simon says so…thrilled about the wonderful ride, without any focus on what the landing is going to be like.

Americans are dying, but not from COVID19. They are dying at the hands of the mad scientists, corrupt politicians and go-along-to-get-along “experts” who will kill you by mandate, before giving up their Mercedes and private country club membership.

These things we know… but what we don’t know, is when will Americans fight back? When will Americans act like Americans, and put an end to the insane destruction of all things American?

I wish I knew…

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

If you do not take an interest in the affairs of your government, then you are doomed to live under the rule of fools. —Plato

When once a Republic is corrupted, there is no possibility of remedying any of the growing evils but by removing the corruption and restoring its lost principles; every other correction is either useless or a new evil.  —Thomas Jefferson

There is no denying that Hitler and Stalin are alive today… they are waiting for us to forget, because this is what makes possible the resurrection of these two monsters. —Simon Wiesenthal

Man can never improve on God’s creation; all man can do is destroy it.  Their desire is to replace God, but they are doomed to failure.  The reality of Communism and Fascism is the hatred of the Creator and the control of mankind’s descent from freedom to subjugation and ultimate slavery.

History repeats itself; the destruction of the past, including historic monuments, and the burning of books is here again.  “You cannot live amongst us unless you have taken the jab,” is the new mantra…do you have your vax passport or will you wear a star on your clothes?

First it was the Jews and God’s Torah being burned in 1934, now it’s anything perceived as inequities in past history.

Book burning is happening in 21st Century Canada as reported by the WSJ on October 7^th, 2021.  More than 4,700 children’s books from 30 schools across CSC Province were targeted.  The list included old encyclopedias, biographies of French explorers Jacques Cartier and Etienne Brule, and even French and Belgian comics including Tintin, Asterix, Obelix and Lucky Luke.  All were destroyed in a “flame purification” ceremony.

Just what is a “flame purification” ceremony when the destruction is of historic documents?

Canada claims they’re burying the ashes of racism, discrimination and stereotypes in an inclusive country where all can live in prosperity and security.  This is a lie, a scandal and an evil unto itself.  The destruction of history is the willful destruction of the records and the knowledge that can help humanity better understand itself.

This is just as evil as the removal of decades old books children have enjoyed for years and never taught or promoted any racist ideas; in fact, it did the opposite. The Marxist police have targeted and destroyed the best of our past that we were proud of…the Indian lass on the Land of Lakes butter, Uncle Ben on his rice, Aunt Jemima on her maple syrup, the Song of the South with Uncle Remus and so many more.  Those beautiful brands we grew up with are destroyed and forgotten with the statues, the books and the truth of history.

The latest victim of “cancel culture” is a renowned composer who survived China’s Cultural Revolution only to be accused by college undergraduates of racism for showing the 1965 film “Othello” featuring Laurence Olivier.  Othello was written by Shakespeare and the “woke” students are demanding the destruction of written works as well as the ruination of the professor who defied the agenda and taught literary truth.

Bright Sheng, the Leonard Bernstein Distinguished University Professor of Composition at the University of Michigan School of Music, Theater, and Dance, is by all accounts a renowned composer, conductor, and pianist and now he is called a racist for showing the magnificent Olivier movie, Othello.

Destroying True Science

The “woke” culture is a dynamic resulting in decades upon decades of communist training in America’s government schools.  It has brainwashed our youth into promoting the destruction of liberty and individual freedom and is encouraged by our Pravda mainstream media.

Covid-19 is the greatest fraud ever perpetrated on mankind.  It is not about a pandemic.  It is a virus that has never been isolated.  Within the lungs of Covid patients, the only thing biopsies found were flu type A and B.

Hospital protocols by the CDC, NIH, FDA, AMA and others, allow this virus to kill our elderly by withholding the combination of safe, cheap and effective drugs. Multiple physicians and scientists state that these drug combinations would have saved 86% of the comorbidity-ridden elderly in nursing homes. (The “useless eaters” are those Dr. Ezekiel Emanuel says should die at age 75.)  Ezekiel works as advisor to Joe Biden on Covid, and was the top advisor to WHO’s president Dr. Tedros.  The cheap and effective drugs of Hydroxychloroquine given daily or Ivermectin given weekly as prophylactics would have saved the elderly as it has done in countless other countries.

The Story of Ivermectin

This 24-minute video, tells the entire story of ivermectin (IVM) and the villains who restricted its use.  It was founded by a Japanese biochemist in 1970.  It was a bacterium that had intriguing effects against roundworm.  He got together with Merck’s Dr. William Campbell and Campbell used the bacterium to create a medicine called ivermectin.  In 1980 Merck released it.  River blindness, caused by a parasitic worm was nearly wiped out in central and South America and much of Africa by IVM.  It is listed as one of the World Health Organization’s essential medicines.  Merck’s patent expired in 1996.  The drug is cheap to produce, available all over the world, and extremely safe.

In 2015, the Japanese founder of IVM along with Dr. Campbell were given the Nobel Prize.  Australian scientists at Monash University found that IVM was successful against viruses like Zika, West Nile and influenza.  Their experiments revealed that IVM showed remarkable results against Sars-coV-2.  The results were in a paper published in April of 2020.  Millions of lives could have been saved, but for the love of money.

When countries using IVM were compared to countries without the use, they found that Covid-19 was rare.  Dr. Jean-Jacques Rajter of Florida, a critical care and pulmonary specialist, whom I’ve mentioned in previous articles, working at the large Broward Health Medical Center, was on the frontlines of fighting Covid-19.  One day he was talking to the son of an elderly woman who was very ill with Sars-coV-2, and the son urged him to try anything.  Dr. Rajter had seen test tube results with IVM, and he gave it to the patient.  Within 48 hours, she was getting better and went home in a week.

In one of Canada’s care homes, scabies broke out on the 4^th floor.  Every patient was given IVM, and on the other floors smaller doses for prevention of scabies.  None of the staff were given IVM and many of them contracted Sars-coV-2.  However, not one patient on IVM ever contracted the virus.

• Ivermectin is an inhibitor of the Covid-19 causative virus (Sars-coV-2) in vitro.
• A single treatment able to effect 5000-fold reduction in virus at 48 hours in cell culture.
• Ivermectin is FDA-approved for parasitic infections and therefore has a potential for repurposing.
• Ivermectin is widely available, due to its inclusion on the WHO model list of essential medicines.

The Villains

A coalition of powerful forces acted together to completely suppress any information on the effectiveness of IVM in treating and preventing Covid-19.  The first big player to suppress the truth of IVM was our Pravda mainstream media.  The second player was Big Tech including social medias and Youtube, owned by Google.  The next major group to suppress the truth of IVM was Fauci’s outfit, The National Institutes of Health (NIH).

Their panel came up with the protocol treatments for physicians in America, a treatment that has been called therapeutic nihilism.  The NIH also called for the use of Fauci’s Remdesivir, a drug that had no significant impact on mortality and actually had adverse effects especially on the kidneys.  The NIH actually paid for the study Fauci referred to when first introducing Remdesivir.

In short order, the World Health Organization (WHO) with much larger studies, ruled against Remdesivir saying there was no evidence that the drug improved survival or any other metric in Covid-19.

Despite WHO’s statements, the NIH continued to recommend Remdesivir and they still do today.  The cost was over $3,100 per course, albeit IVM is nearly free.

Remdesivir is made by Gilead Sciences.  The NIH treatment panel was strongly pro-Remdesivir because of financial ties between Gilead and members of the panel.  Seven members of the panel disclosed financial support from Gilead.

From 1997 to 2001, globalist Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member, Donald Rumsfeld was Chairman of Gilead, one of the architects of the Iraq invasion.  One of the board members was another CFR member, George Schultz, a George W. Bush ally who convinced W to run for President.

Two of the three chairs of the Covid-19 treatment panel who put the panel together, received financial support from Gilead Sciences.  The third panel member was intimately involved in the study that attempted and failed to prove that Remdesivir was an effective treatment for Covid-19.

Given the professional and financial ties, is there any way we could reasonably expect them to impartially judge the best treatment for the virus or choose panel members who might advocate for repurposing cheap, off-patent drugs that would completely undercut the market for one of the main products of a company with which they enjoy close financial and professional ties?

Professional negligence was the result, along with hundreds of thousands or millions of deaths around the world as other countries looked to America’s medical leaders.  Obscene profits were made off the backs of the Covid dead, not just Americans, but around the world.

The villains are Gilead, the NYTs, AP, YouTube, Twitter, Face Book, Fauci, the NIH and more.  If you lost friends or family to Covid-19, you are also a victim. If your children can’t go to school and mingle with children, they are victims.  If you lost your job or your business closed because of Covid-19, you are a victim.  If you were elderly and cut off from your family, you are a victim.

Big Tech, the Mainstream Media and the NIH worked to suppress knowledge of the drug that would have saved lives and ended the so-called pandemic in the summer of 2020.

Congressional Testimony

Dr. Pierre Kory, a Frontline Critical Care Covid-19 doctor, testified in Congress on December 2020 regarding Ivermectin.  He tells of Dr. Hector Carvallo’s study in Argentina where they know IVM is a valued prophylactic.  In the study 800 healthcare workers were prophylaxed with IVM and not one got sick.  Of another 400 not given IVM, 237 or 58% became sick.

Dr. Kory says that every study has proven IVM to be a valuable prophylactic and if you contract the virus, taking IVM will massively decrease your necessity for hospitalization. It is proving to be a wonder drug.  Anthony Fauci’s organization, The National Institutes of Health (NIH), has not released IVM for the public. In over 30 studies on IVM, every one of them is showing the dramatic impacts of the medication.

IVM has proven to be critical in parasitic treatments, but it is also a critical medication for Sars-coV-2.

It is imperative that you watch Dr. Kory’s 10 minutes of testimony.

On October 8^th, 2021, Dr. Kory tweeted that, “Between 100-200 United States Congress members, plus many of their staffers and family members with Covid, were treated by a colleague over the past 15 months with IVM and the I-MASK+ protocol at http://flccc.net.  None have gone to hospital. So, while all these members of Congress knew the value of IVM and were given the drug to cure them of Covid, not one of them helped American citizens to get this safe and inexpensive drug to protect their families.  They were probably told to keep their mouths shut and tell everyone to get the Covid jab.  Big Pharma has made multiple billions on the inoculation, and they lobby politicians with big bucks.

Natural Immunity

Universal healthcare advocates are turning on the unvaccinated as more companies and health insurance providers are now proposing insurance surcharges and other healthcare costs as a tool to drive up vaccination rates totally denying the lifelong antibodies in Americans who have recovered from the virus.  Mandate walkouts are happening all over the country, but especially in New York City.

Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine professor Dr. Marty Makary appeared as a guest on Thursday’s edition of “Morning Wire,” a podcast hosted by The Daily Wire.

“The data on natural immunity are now overwhelming,” Makary told the Morning Wire. “It turns out the hypothesis that our public health leaders had that vaccinated immunity is better and stronger than natural immunity was wrong. They got it backwards. And now we’ve got data from Israel showing that natural immunity is 27 times more effective than vaccinated immunity. And that supports 15 other studies.” Link

Dr. Makary finds it bizarre that natural immunity is not seen as legitimate in the eyes of the U.S. government or for that matter the FDA, NIH, CDC and AMA.  He is angry that nurses are being fired, soldiers are being dishonorably discharged and natural immunity is not taken seriously when it actually moved us towards “herd immunity.”

Dr. Richard Urso spoke about natural immunity at America’s Frontline Doctors (AFLDS.org) White Coat Summit.  Urso states that, The Achilles heel or kryptonite in the vaccine program is natural immunity.  Science became political and the Hippocratic Oath became hypocrisy.

The whole vaccination program is intentionally deceptive.”  He explains that even a mutation in the virus is recognized by our immune systems if we’ve recovered from Covid-19.  He commented that he wished masks worked, but there are zero randomized control trials in the last four decades that masks stopped the spread of respiratory illness.

Vaccination status should not supplant immune status.  Dr. Urso gives the example that if he had polio and recovered, why would he need the polio vaccine?  The same goes for Chicken Pox, Measles, Mumps, Whooping Cough, etc.

Dr. Urso states that immune status matters more than vaccination status.  If you have recovered from Covid, you have the proper T-cells who will recognize any form of this virus again because of the antibodies stored in your system, a system the Creator gave us.  Covid infected and recovered people have a zero chance of ever getting Covid again.

The mutations are not coming from unvaccinated; they are coming from those who’ve received the jab.  That is the source of the Covid mutants.  The Cleveland Clinic came out with a study showing that there’s no need for the Covid recovered to have a “vaccination.”  All the patients who had Sars-coV-1 are still immune competent against Sars-coV-2.  They don’t have great antibody responses, but they do have great T-cell responses.  T-cells are part of the immune system that focus on specific foreign particles.  They circulate in the body to ward off invaders.

And here’s the clincher, in Sweden a study showed that some of the asymptomatic family members had developed immunity without symptoms.  Then a study came out that stated there was robust T-cell immunity in asymptomatic Covid-19 family members.  Asymptomatic people are spreading, but not the virus, they’re spreading immunity.

The reality is that it is dangerous to “Covid-vaccinate” immune-competent individuals. The jab to a Covid recovered patient with antibodies means they’re in danger of a war inside the body activating a hyper-immune response leading to significant tissue injury and death.

Conclusion

Over 15,500 physicians have signed a petition to alert citizens of the deadly consequences of Covid policies.  The dangers and deaths are mounting. Link

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Paul Engel

• It appears that the confusion and mental disorder called transgenderism is contagious.
• Recent court cases have been placing the arbitrary opinions of a few of the facts and law of the land.
• What happens when people are given special rights, simply because they are confused about who they are?

A recent case out of the Court of Appeals of the State of California brings up some interesting questions. First, does someone have the legal right to tell you how to refer to them? Second, does a mental disorder give someone the legal authority to infringe on the rights of others? The opinion in this case shows the irrationality of both the transgender activists and the judicial branch. Which leads me to another question: Is the mental confusion we call transgenderism contagious?

The case in question, Taking Offense v. State of California, stems from California Senate Bill 219 (2017-2018 Reg. Session), which added code to the state’s Health and Safety Code called the Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) Long-Term Care Facility Residents’ Bill of Rights. Taking Offense challenged two provisions of this law:

1439.51.  (a) Except as provided in subdivision (b), it shall be unlawful for a long-term care facility or facility staff to take any of the following actions wholly or partially on the basis of a person’s actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, or human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) status:

(3) Where rooms are assigned by gender, assigning, reassigning, or refusing to assign a room to a transgender resident other than in accordance with the transgender resident’s gender identity, unless at the transgender resident’s request.

(5) Willfully and repeatedly fail to use a resident’s preferred name or pronouns after being clearly informed of the preferred name or pronouns.

California Senate Bill 219

First heard in state Superior Court, the decision was appealed to the state’s Court of Appeals. The appeals court started with the “First Amendment Challenge” in subsection 5.

First Amendment Challenge

Taking Offense listed four specific problems with the speech requirements of the law.

(1) a prior restraint on speech; (2) a violation of the freedom of thought, comparing transgender residents of long-term care facilities to “kings and masters over the rest of the people” and employees of long-term care facilities to “their virtual subjects and slaves”; (3) a violation of the freedom of “conscience, religion and belief”; and (4) a violation of the right to free exercise of religion.

Taking Offense v. State of California

The court agreed that subsection 5 of the law is a content-based restriction on freedom of speech. The court went on to explain:

The First Amendment to the United States Constitution states: “Congress shall make no law . . . abridging the freedom of speech . . . .” This fundamental right to free speech applies to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment’s due process clause.

Taking Offense v. State of California

As I’ve stated more times than I care to remember, this cannot be a First Amendment issue since Congress did not make this law. The legal fiction that the First Amendment applies to the states via the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause was made up out of thin air by the Supreme Court to federalize cases that the Constitution does not treat as federal issues. While this court focuses on the First Amendment, it does note that the protections of freedom of speech in California comes from the California Constitution.

Similarly, article I, section 2, subdivision (a) of the California Constitution provides: “Every person may freely speak, write and publish his or her sentiments on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of this right. A law may not restrain or abridge liberty of speech or press.” Article I’s free speech clause enjoys existence and force independent of the First Amendment to the federal Constitution.

Taking Offense v. State of California

While we are free to speak, write, and publish on all subjects, what is stated in the California Constitution applies to the federal one as well: We are responsible for the abuse of this right. Often erroneously called the prohibition on “yelling fire in a crowded theater”, we see this most often in libel, slander, and perjury laws. You cannot lie under oath or slander someone, then claim exemption from punishment because of free speech.

The State of California claims its compelling interest in preventing “misgendering” is sufficient for them to regulate free speech. The court agrees:

We agree with the Attorney General that the state has a compelling interest in eliminating discrimination on the basis of sex. … The high court has recognized that discrimination on the basis of “sex” includes discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or transgender status.

Taking Offense v. State of California

While the “high court” may recognize that a person’s belief is equivalent to the physical properties of sex, the Constitution of the United States does not. The Bostock v. Clayton County decision the court refers to is simply another example of the oligarchs on the Supreme Court placing their opinions above the supreme law of the land. Thankfully, in this case, government interest alone is not considered sufficient to infringe on your rights. The court found that alternatives to restricting speech showed that the government’s case was insufficient to allow it to criminalize speech.

In regards to free speech though, we have a final question: Does the use of a pronoun other than the one preferred rise to a level of injury as to require state sanction? The court rightly found that it does not.

The pronoun provision at issue here tests the limits of the government’s authority to restrict pure speech that, while potentially offensive or harassing to the listener, does not necessarily create a hostile environment. As the Third Circuit Court of Appeals has recognized, “ ‘[w]here pure expression is involved,’ anti-discrimination law ‘steers into the territory of the First Amendment.’ ”

Taking Offense v. State of California

Equal Protection Challenge

Now let’s take a look at the challenge to the room assignment requirements based on the Equal Protection Clause.

Taking Offense contends the room assignment provision violates the equal protection clause of the Fourteenth Amendment of the United States Constitution,8 article I, section 7 of the California Constitution, and the Unruh Civil Rights Act. It makes two implicit assumptions about the room assignment provision: (1) the provision requires a facility to accommodate a transgender resident’s request to be assigned to a room other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity; and (2) a resident’s request to be assigned a room other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity is equivalent to dictating the gender or gender identity of the resident’s roommate. Based on those assumptions, Taking Offense asserts the provision grants transgender residents “special rights” to choose whether to be assigned a roommate according to the transgender person’s gender identity or the person’s assigned sex at birth, while failing to recognize the same right of non-transgender residents. We disagree.

Taking Offense v. State of California

The question at hand is if California’s room assignment provision of SB 219 unlawfully requires people to be treated differently under the law. A quick look at the language should make this perfectly obvious, since the roommate request of two residents are treated differently depending on whether one of them claims to be “transgendered”.

Consider this example: In any room sharing situation, there are at least two people who will be sharing a room. If the room assignments are made according to sex, then the facility has a physical basis for making those assignments. However, if the room assignments are made based on “gender identity”, the decision is made based on an arbitrary decision of only one of the residents. Now consider the situation where a woman is required to share a room with a man because he claims he is a woman. Not only is the roommate request of only one of the residents considered, but only the “transgendered” person is allowed to make such a request. This is not to be done based on a physical or medical condition, or even based on a legal relationship between the residents, but solely on the subjective assertion of one of the residents. Sounds pretty unequal to me. Apparently though, this obvious discriminatory practice is not so obvious to the court.

The equal protection clause requires the state to treat all persons similarly situated alike or, conversely, to avoid all classifications that are “arbitrary or irrational” and those that reflect “ ‘a bare . . . desire to harm a politically unpopular group.’

Taking Offense v. State of California

Aren’t two or more residents in a long-term care facility who will be sharing a room “similarly situated”? Is the determination of “sexual orientation” arbitrary or irrational? Does the denial of the right to request a roommate of a specific sex to anyone not currently identifying with a group currently politically favored in California, show a “desire to harm a politically unpopular group”? I would say the answer to all three questions are yes. Apparently this is too difficult for the members of the court to understand.

This provision creates a general rule and an exception to the rule. The general rule makes it unlawful for a long-term care facility or facility staff to assign, reassign, or refuse to assign a room to a transgender resident other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity. This requirement provides no special rights to transgender residents; rather, it only clarifies that gender-based room assignment decisions involving transgender residents must be made according to the resident’s gender identity rather than their biological sex at birth.

Taking Offense v. State of California

According to the members of the court, the fact that only the “transgendered” resident gets to decide the sex of their roommate does not make that a special right. However, I must ask if what they want or desire rises to unequal treatment in this court’s eyes? Not only do they not see the unequal treatment of forcing a female resident to live with a male resident against her will, but the gross abuse of her rights? Somehow, I think only a lawyer or a judge could be so deluded. Perhaps we should not be surprised that this opinion came out of California. Based on other recent cases, I fear this elevation of a mental disorder above the supreme law of the land will be with us for quite some time.

Conclusion

So in this “split decision”, we have one part which follows the law and protects the legitimate rights of everyone, while the other only cares about a politically favored group. Apparently, justice is not so blind as one would assume from looking at her statue.

While staff at long-term facilities in California will not be forced to keep a running track of who wants to be called what, the residents there are being forced to bow to the god of “transgenderism”. It seems we’ve thrown reason, logic, and evidence out the window when a man can claim to be a woman or visa versa, and everyone is expected to act as if it were true. If a man with this disorder wants to share a room with a woman, I don’t think the state should be involved. That means the state should not deny the request, but neither should it force a woman to comply against her will.

This opinion not only elevates those who suffer from the “transgender” mental disorder, it dehumanizes the vast majority of people who do not. In California, if you are not “transgendered”, you are a second-class citizen and your rights only matter if the “transgendered” allow it. This disease is spreading across the nation. Are you prepared to defend yourself, your rights, and those of your family, against these attacks?

© 2021 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com). You can reach him at paul@constitutionstudy.com]

By Frosty Wooldridge

America stands for free speech, freedom of job choice, freedom of education, freedom of spousal choice, freedom to make a decent living, freedom to eat what you want and live where you want, and just about every other freedom known to humanity.

Because of America’s freedoms, several billions of people around the planet, especially people of color, yearn, beg, wish and hope to migrate to America.  Over 14 million apply for the “diversity visa” annually that allows lucky winners a free ride and free welfare for life in America.  Many thousands of them come from countries like Somalia, Sudan, Ethiopia, and Congo where no one has ever taken a shower or flushed a toilet.

Millions more arrive into America from India, China, Indochina, Mexico, Brazil and other overpopulated nightmare countries where basic sanitation, education and jobs cannot be secured.

Why then, do the likes of billionaire Oprah Winfrey, multi-millionaire Lebron James, and dozens of other minority millionaires blame every problem that people-of-color suffer—on white Americans?

Why is it that America features the most black billionaires , most athletic superstars, most bank presidents, most millionaire black women, most successful black people in the world, most black colleges and most successful human beings on Earth—but blame all their problems on white Americans?

Last week, Biden’s DOJ told the press that American citizens standing up at their school board meetings to speak their opinions on critical race theory were: domestic terrorists.

Why didn’t the DOJ say anything about the real domestic terrorists like Black Lives Matter who destroyed $2 billion in property from burning and looting last summer?  What about the home grown terrorists Antifa thugs who rioted and smashed-burned everything they could get their torches to destroy?

What about Biden’s deliberate open borders policy inviting and facilitating MS-13 gangs into America loaded with fentanyl, meth, ecstasy and dozens of other drugs to poison our children?  Aren’t they invited “domestic terrorists?” Why are they invited into America? Can you answer that Joe?

What about the 100,000 unvetted Muslim Afghan refugees that most certainly include Islamic terrorists who are dispersing around the country as you read this column?

When it comes to critical race theory, what country could/can

withstand a teaching of a “theory” that rips out the foundation of our Constitutional Republic?  How can we survive a “theory” that pits one race against another?  Pits one color of skin against another color of skin?  Wouldn’t that be considered “domestic terrorism” on a national scale?

When it comes to racism, whose fault is it that 7 out of 10 African-American babies are born out of wedlock and subsist with a single mother on welfare?  Who chose to procreate on someone else’s tax dollars?  What kind of personal accountability is that?

What about racism as to African-Americans enjoying the Black Caucus in Congress?  Miss Black America?  All Black Colleges?  “Blackish” on TV?  Black Entertainment Television? Affirmative-action quotas that give jobs to unqualified people because of the color of their skin? Another 100 black racially exclusive organizations….

Why exactly are white Americans guilty of everyone else’s academic failures in school, or, making babies out of wedlock without any personal accountability, or, burning and looting with no solutions other than violence?

Why do white Americans become “domestic terrorists” when in fact, they work within the system, work within our laws, work to make America work?  How did they become the perpetrators when all they are “perpetrating” is citizenship, community service and balance within the system?

Did you notice when Trump reached the presidency, several people screamed to “blow up the White House”, chief among them—Madonna. Another movie star woman urged all women to get “nasty” toward the President of the United States.

Notice that when President Joe Dementia reached the White House, there were no riots, no violence, no looting, no burning.

Who are the “domestic terrorists” in Washington DC who engineered the worst military defeat in the history of America?   Who are the “domestic terrorists” that are facilitating a serious invasion of our country on our southern border with Mexico?  How much longer and how many more invaders can our country withstand or survive?

By the end of 2021, demographers project at least 3,000,000 legal and illegal immigrants will have breached America’s borders.   Can Biden allow another 5 or 10 or 50 million desperate people to enter the USA illegally?  Will he stop the invasion?  Or, will he encourage more illegal migrants from all over the world?

How many more migrants do you think we can handle?  How many more of them do you think we can save?  How many more Islamic refugees from the Middle East can we absorb?

You and all of us better start asking these questions.  Why? Because at some point, there will be a tipping point where we will not be able to recover our country or our civilization…and that time is coming faster than anyone thinks.

What Are We Going To Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

What are we Americans going to do when there are no solutions to all the problems that Congress and Biden heap upon us?  At some point, when the numbers reach beyond sustainability, we will dissolve into the realm of irreversible and unsolvable problems.  Once at that point, we are screwed.

Those 535 Congressional Critters trip, stumble and mumble into each day without a clue as to the long term ramification of what they are doing to us, the citizens of this country.

Last week, “Progressives for Immigration Reform,” Executive Director Kevin Lynn interviewed me on my book:  America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations.  He caught me in my office wearing my hat and glasses. The interview is one hour long.  If you watch it, the interview will give you a crystal clear understanding of what’s going to happen to our civilization if we fail to stop mass immigration.  Forward it to all your networks.  Thank you, Frosty

Here is the link to the podcast.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

The new jobs report which came out last week shocked even Biden cheerleaders in the prostitute media: a measly 194,000.  The manufactured estimate of new jobs, 500,000, was simply made up of whole cloth.  The Fake $700 Billion Bailout Rescue Plan, October 2, 2008 (Mine):

“Here’s a quote from that Forbes story: “It’s not based on any particular data point,” a Treasury spokeswoman told Forbes.com Tuesday. “We just wanted to choose a really large number.” They made it up to be sufficiently ginormous to frighten everyone into rapid action. And it worked.

“A Treasury spokes mouth said the $700 billion dollar figure was made up. The number is fake! These elitists who run our lives believe in their arrogance they could simply pluck a big enough number out of the sky and the American people would swallow it out of fear.”  Remind you of the deliberately engineered COVID hysteria?

Of course they did since Congress had no idea what they were doing even though the 100’ x 100’ red flags had been screaming at them for years about the true condition of banks and the other factors.  “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008  (Mine)

Allegedly, the people of Nevada continued voting that career crook back into office.  Reid retired in 2017 but make no mistake:  He still runs the State of Nevada for the Democrat/Communist Party USA and their corrupt cheating ways. Dirty Harry Reid served in Congress (House & Senate) for 34 years.

Everything the fake Biden “administration” has done from day one has been the biggest sh*t show one might live through in a nightmare.  Commies coming out of the woodwork.Alejandro Mayorkas, Secretary of Homeland Security is doing everything in his power to make sure our southern border is over run by drug cartels, terrorists, murderers, rapists, thieves and hundreds of thousands of new welfare recipients paid for by you.

And the keeper of the money:  Biden’s Globalist Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen Says Raising the Debt Limit Is Just a ‘Housekeeping Chore’ – “Modern Monetary Theory is arguably the greatest threat to our nation’s existence. If it becomes policy in the United States, the dollar will be negated as the world reserve currency as well as the preferred “petrodollar” used to pay for oil. When those things happen, the massive debt we have incurred will come crashing down on the nation harder than anything seen in world history. It would be a cataclysmic collapse that will erase our nation and anyone living here.”

Usurper Biden nominee, Saule Omarova, to run the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Biden Nominates Literal Communist To Be In Charge Of Banks And Currency – “She was born in the Soviet Union and graduated from Moscow State University in 1989 on the Lenin Personal Academic Scholarship. After communism collapsed, she came to the United States in hopes of reviving it here by becoming a professor at Cornell School of Law.  As The NY Post reports, she’s still a commie through and through:” Rest at link. This from my Sept. 8, 2009 column when the other usurper, Hussein Obama, was busy transforming America:

“Willliam Z. Foster said there would someday be a communist in the White House. That day arrived on January 20, 2009. In his book, Toward Soviet America, on page 271, Foster writes, “The American Soviet Government will be organized along the broad lines of the Russian Soviets.” He goes on to give the blue print and how it will be done. As he outlined, it has been done to America right under everyone’s nose. You can read the forward to the book as I have scanned it here. Written by Francis E. Walter, Chairman, Committee on un-American Activities, House of Representatives. Never mind the screeching and squalling from the Hollyweird “progressives” or university intelligenzia. Get the facts and let the useful fools spew their bombastic gas.

“Oh, but, who cares what some old dead guy said in a dusty old book years ago? Well, try: ‘The Venona Secrets: Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors,’ for some light reading. This book is fully foot noted with sources and copies of documents. It should shake denial right out of your vocabulary.

“When you’ve finished with those, read The Communist International, of the three tomes, read this one first: 1919-1943 Documents.

“The author acknowledges her work would not have been possible without the “generosity” of the Rockefeller Foundation. These three volumes (at a cost of about $135.00 each when you can find one), go step by step how the countries on the globe will first be colonized, who will get destroyed in war and the relentless march towards world communism. You can see history laid out right before your eyes. The quest for global domination under communism isn’t dead, folks.

“Kevin Hornbuckle was elected to the city council in Eugene, Oregon, in 1992, as a registered Democrat and then came out of the closet to proudly announce in an interview: “I’d simply point out that Communists in the United States are fighting for health care, housing and jobs as a human right. I’m proud to be a communist.”

“How many more Communists are in the closet undermining and subverting our Constitution and sovereignty? Not only are they being elected to public office under false pretenses, these America haters are teaching in high end colleges and universities throughout the country.”

Dr. Rachel Levine, Pennsylvania’s former top health official, was confirmed by the Democrat controlled Senate and is now the Assistant Secty of HHS.  A mentally ill individual who is forever a biological male playing dress up.The list goes on but it makes one nauseated.

Recent polls show Americans number one worry is the economy and the invasion at the southern border, not the hoax called climate change or COVID-19.  As well Americans should be very concerned.  I hope millions today see the warning signs they didn’t see starting in mid-2005 until everything started to crater in July 2008 and by September, panic was saturating Wall Street and Main St.

This new “Greatest” Depression started in 2019 and cannot be stopped – even if President-Elect Trump was still in the WH.  Why?  Because the cancer of 2008 wasn’t cut out.  Congress simply put Band Aids on a hemorrhaging wound.  Unconstitutional bail outs of auto manufacturers, banks and insurance companies bleeding dollars like Niagra Falls, insanity.

Why?  Because, first, most congress critters, house or senate, have little to zero understanding of the disabilities of our monetary system (fiat currency) and the history of what happens to countries when they bury themselves in debt.  The PIIGS (Portugal, Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece, and Spain) by 2008 because of their weak economies and debt load nose-dived big time.

In 2020, the U.S. government spent $6.5 TRILLION dollars while being $30 TRILLION in the hole. They spent over $6 million a minute and borrowed $4 billion a day. And America keeps reelecting the same incumbents every two years, R or D, that have destroyed the middle class, enabled poverty and enriched dirty, anti-American players and their mega corporations. “On President Trump’s first day in office (January 2017), the total debt load of the nation was $19.947 trillion. So, over the course of a little less than 4 years, the United States added roughly $7.733 trillion in debt.”

This latest “battle” regarding raising the debt ceiling limit: Mitch McConnell, a crook of the first order, caved last week giving Democrats more time to try to ram through their economy killing trillions in spending. Oops: Mitch McConnell says the GOP will vote for the US to default on its debt, Sept. 20, 2021. Derek Hunter says he did the right thing during that chess session.

This game has been going on a long time:

“Congress has tinkered with the debt ceiling, the statutory limit on amount of money the United States government is authorized to borrow to meet its legal obligations, a grand total of 78 times since 1960 – 49 times under Republican presidents and 29 times under Democratic presidents.

“If the debt ceiling is exceeded, the Treasury can no longer borrow money by selling new notes and must rely instead on incoming revenue—like taxes—to pay ongoing federal government expenses.” You cannot print your way out of debt.

“…rely instead on incoming revenue—like taxes—to pay ongoing federal government expenses.” Wrong.

President’s Private Sector Survey On Cost Control – A Report to The President (Reagan)

January 15, 1984. Available from the Congressional Research Service. The excerpt below can be found on page 12: “Resistance to additional income taxes would be even more widespread if people were aware that: With two-thirds of everyone’s personal income taxes wasted or not collected, 100% of what is collected is absorbed solely by interest on the Federal Government contributions to transfer payments. In other words, all individual income tax revenues are gone before one nickel is spent on the services which taxpayers expect from their government.”

That’s why Congress doesn’t want the “Fed” abolished. They have to keep borrowing from the central bank and our mortal enemy, Communist China, to fund monster spending, most of which is unconstitutional and it is going to sink the ship. Constitutional taxes, i.e., cigarettes, tobacco, firearms, tires, gasoline, corporate taxes don’t come anywhere close to what YOUR incumbent and mine are spending. Republicans chant “smaller government” but all the times they’ve had the majority not one single unconstitutional agency or cabinet (Dept of Ed, USAID, EPA and that endless list) has been abolished.

This is a short excerpt of testimony by William Grieder, an insider, who wrote the book, Secrets of the Temple: Testimony, House Banking Committee October 7, 1993

“The veil of secrecy certainly does enhance the mystique surrounding the Fed – and the general ignorance about it. Otherwise confident and intelligent people including members of Congress – defer to the Fed’s wisdom mainly because they do not understand it. They are understandably intimidated by its mystery and power…”

“And, as every governor freely acknowledged to me, the Fed also makes mistakes just like the rest of us mortals. The difference is that the Fed’s mistakes can have devastating impact on the lives and fortunes of millions. It can sink viable business enterprises and force debtors to the wall and put millions of people out of jobs. It can reward some investors and punish others….

“The only players who are left out of this conversation are the American people and, to a large extent their elected representatives. Instead, they are provided a frustrating stream of evasive euphemisms and opaque jargon and platitudinous generalities and, sometimes, even downright deception. As more than one Federal Reserve governor confided to me, it would be very difficult – perhaps impossible – for the Fed to have an honest discussion of monetary policy with Congress or the public because the level of ignorance is so profound.

“Among elected politicians, there is also a widespread willingness not to know or understand. In fairness to Congress, the news media encourages this deference by promoting the conventional wisdom about the institution. Any politician who dares to become a critic can count upon damaging attacks from both editorial writers and news reporters….

“Frankly, the Fed does not even have to confront intelligent scrutiny from those the people have elected to represent them. That is, the Congress. In my experience, congressional oversight hearings are usually a dispiriting mixture of posturing and bile and trick questions that the Federal Reserve governors find quite easy to fend off. It is hard to take most of the congressional questioning seriously and not surprising that many at the Federal Reserve do not.

“Wright Patman once referred to the existing arrangement as `a car with two drivers.’ One driver has a foot on the gas, the other on the brake. He meant that the fiscal policy of spending and taxation is controlled by Congress and the Executive, while the money and credit policy is controlled by the central bank. These two levers interact powerfully with another – sometimes with contradictory results. “Yet, believe it or not, there is absolutely no requirement in the law that the two levers must be coordinated with one another. There is not even an intelligent process by which monetary policy and fiscal policy can be viewed together as pieces of an overall economic strategy…

“In 1998, when Congress passed the Reagan economic program, the massive tax cuts and defense buildup were powerfully stimulative to the economy. But the Federal Reserve was simultaneously embarked on the opposite course: suppressing economic growth with extraordinarily high interest rates in order to squeeze out price inflation … The stark fact is that the government was pushing the national economy in opposite directions at once. The car with two drivers wound up in a ditch – first deep recession, then an awesome accumulation of debt – and we are effectively still in it.” [End of quote]

Second, those in Congress over the past 108 years who do understand the problem with our currency and a central bank do NOT want it shut down.  Bringing America to her knees for their insane global agendas, drowning us in unpayable debt is the game plan.  It is the “Great Reset” that is Hell in living color.

The proposed $3.5 TRILLION dollar heist called a ‘human infrastructure’ bill is full of social spending to the point those of us who do understand are at a loss for words why Republicans would have anything to do with any of it.  Like “free” tuition for community college for illegal aliens who have no right to be on U.S. soil.  Let me tell you what will happen if any or all of it goes through.

First, a great deal of it reeks of communism.  Second, if you think inflation is bad now, that bill, coupled with the other $1.3 TRILLION for infrastructure will juice up hyperinflation:  “Hyperinflation has two main causes: an increase in the money supply and demand-pull inflation. The former happens when a country’s government begins printing money to pay for its spending. As it increases the money supply, prices rise as in regular inflation.

“The other cause, demand-pull inflation, occurs when a surge in demand outstrips supply, sending prices higher. This can happen due to increased consumer spending due to a growing economy, a sudden rise in exports, or more government spending.3

“The two often go hand-in-hand. Instead of tightening the money supply to stop inflation, the government might continue to print more money. With too much currency sloshing around, prices skyrocket. Once consumers realize what is happening, they expect continued inflation. They buy more now to avoid paying a higher price later. That excessive demand aggravates inflation. It’s even worse if they stockpile goods and create shortages.”

Inflation is stealing from you.  But how many Americans have any understanding about any of this?  They don’t because for longer than I’ve been alive, economics taught in colleges and universities is the poisonous Keynesian economic theories.

Warning

Our supply chain for goods and food is in trouble and grows more serious by the day.  It will only worsen.  Many will blame Biden but the real blame lies with YOUR congress critter and MINE for ignoring the only solution which should have happened in 2007:

R. 2755 – To abolish the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal reserve banks, to repeal the Federal Reserve Act, and for other purposes.

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES  -June 15, 2007 –  Mr. Paul introduced the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on Financial Services *End*

The Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913 IS unconstitutional.  Neither party cares because Dr. Ron Paul’s bill had ZERO cosponsors. Not one member of Congress supported stopping the rape of We the People and the people kept right on reelecting the same incumbents destroying their lives.  There will never be economic prosperity for America until the Central Bank is dead and gone.  “The bank, Mr. Van Buren, is trying to kill me, but I will kill it!” – Andrew Jackson.  On September 10, 1833, after a vicious fight, President Andrew Jackson killed the Central Bank.

Those who control the world through money bought off corrupt senators and back came the Central Bank with a name meant to deceive:  The “Federal” Reserve.  If you want to fully understand how those thieves operate, then read the item below on Congressman McFadden.  Yes, it is long, but time well spent.

“On May 23, 1933, Congressman, Louis T. McFadden, brought formal charges against the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank system, The Comptroller of the Currency and the Secretary of United States Treasury for numerous criminal acts, including but not limited to, CONSPIRACY, FRAUD, UNLAWFUL CONVERSION, AND TREASON.”

The brain-dead socialists who serve in Congress, the stand-out star being nitwit Alexandria Ocasio Cortez, are working hard to see America’s economy end up like Venezuela.  THIS is what the fake Biden regime is trying to accomplish along with the scum in Congress who support socialism which is the stepping stone to communism:  How Socialism Destroyed Venezuela

The other really important read I’ve cited before is this one.  Once you read it you can see what the Democrats are pushing which will end up with the same disaster:  Great Myths of the Great Depression by Lawrence Reed.

Despite a lot of the screeching out there, this financial collapse doesn’t happen from Monday to Tuesday.  Because of the size of our economy and games played by the “Fed”, it can take several years until the crumbling begins.  I urge you now is the time to begin preparing (if you haven’t already) for the worst because its underway.

I became a prepper in 1990 when a blizzard hit Colorado Springs, CO, where my late husband was DEH at Ft. Carson.  Oh, boy.  A big, bad blizzard.  I do have food storage which is good until 2034, long after I’m dead and buried.  Water storage, you name it, I’m ready.  I have Legacy brand.  My Patriot’s Supply is also excellent and don’t forget to keep medical supplies on hand. I recommend the 100 hour candle besides flashlights.

Financially.  I know, tens of millions of Americans are still trying to recover from the deliberate destruction from lockdowns, etc., over this COVID planned pandemic.  But, this time around is going to make 2008 look like prosperity.  It’s very important Americans take the time to assess their financial stability and if necessary, I think a lot of Americans need to reassess their spending.  Toujours perdrix has caused too many Americans to live beyond their means and when something like a lockdown or crash happens, they don’t even have enough food stored to feed their family for even a couple of days.  What happened last year proves my point.

What’s wrong with these pictures?  Florida – miles and miles of cars and expensive SUV’s lined up for food distribution from food banks.  If you can afford a $40,000 SUV or $55,000 F-150, why is it you have no food stored for emergencies?  I know it’s not easy but people should have one year rent or mortgage set aside so in bad times, that money is there.

I am NOT encouraging people to start panic buying such as we saw in 2020.  What I am saying is NOW is the time to get your house in order.  There IS a very serious chain supply problem that’s going to get worse.  If you buy Christmas presents, now is the time to make purchases.  Not all at once, but as much as you can over the next few weeks.

It’s not just a shortage of workers from government subsidies, it’s also the massive number of deaths from those COVID injections.  Covered all this several times:  This is quite a long video so I watched about half an hour at a time.  Vaccines Have Killed 200,000 Americans.  It is narrated by Steve Kirsch, a billionaire who has offered $1 million dollars to anyone who can prove him wrong.  Kirsch has no challengers to date.  Kirsch uses precise methodology in his analysis that over 212,000 Americans have now died after taking those injections and the real number of adverse “events” is 2 million.  Not sure the date of that video but at the end he mentions no autopsies, but a number have actually been done.

I estimate that video is now about two months old which means, using his methodology and the horrible spike in deaths, the count now is over a quarter million dead Americans, over 40,000 permanently disabled.  Scientists predicted the first spike in deaths would be March & April, they were on target, sadly.  The second predicted spike is underway through December.  This will continue to impact the work force – especially nurses, doctors, teachers, first responders, likely a small percentage of truckers, farmers.

Long-tern food storage companies are already having difficultly filling orders because so many Americans are taking this seriously and know when the grocery store shelves are empty, there’s no one to rely on but you and the preparations you’ve made.

As for financial assets, the stock market is all most Americans look at – oh, boy!  An all-time high!  Been there before:  October 6, 2006:  The Dow’s Phony High (Mine).  Less than two years later the big bust hit.  Just my own estimate, but I would say 90% of adults in this country have no clue about all the different factors regarding the economy, banks, the Basil Agreements, Baltic Dry Index, derivatives and the list goes on.

Below are links to what I consider very informative about the economy.  I’m sure there are many more, but these individuals live and breathe this stuff for decades.  They are the ones to listen to, not the liars who work for the federal government who regularly cook the numbers for political reasons.

I don’t sell precious metals like gold and silver, but I know a lot about it after all these decades of learning about them and the “Fed”.  The consensus is you should convert at least 15% of your assets into gold with some silver.  Owning gold is the hedge against inflation.  It’s not an ATM machine but a long-term investment.  Deficits + Debasement + Decadence = Death of Dollar & Rising Gold

My friend Rob Westfall is a precious metals dealer for many decades.  I’ve known Robbie well over 20 years.  While a lot of precious metals dealers have a minimum purchase requirement, like $4 million (yeah, they do), Robbie does help people with less assets get the best for their money.  Give him a call and tell him I sent you on over; his office is in Florida:  813.977.7200 – ALWAYS take physical possession of your gold and silver.

Emotionally and Spiritually

The lockdowns, restrictions of our freedoms – ALL COMPLETELY UNNECESSARY – has caused enormous mental health issues for millions of Americans.  School children/teens.  Damn those people to Hell and back for what they’ve done – IGNORANT, POLITICAL SCHOOLS BOARDS AND GOVERNORS.

Churches shut down.  Small to medium businesses destroyed over nothing but a mountain of lies.  The benefactors:  Amazon, China (Wal) Mart and other big box stores and their billionaire owners.  Dreams destroyed over media manufactured hysteria, FAKE PCR test results which led to locking down this country because of “cases”.

As things worsen, so will the mental burden on Americans.  That’s why it’s so important to stay informed and share what we’re all learning with family and friends.  Watch for danger signs with family and friends.  The suicide rates over the past nearly two years is just awful.

Please share this information far and wide because the worst is coming at us like a ballistic missile.  Because the “Fed” is backed into a corner, the race is to the bottom – but fret not!  Part of the plan of this plandemic is the “Great Reset” which will be anything but great.

Greyerz: We’ve Entered The Dangerous Period And Final Endgame For The Global Financial System – Here Is How Much Time Is Left, August 15, 2021

Greyerz – We Are About To Witness The Violent End Of The Epic Everything Bubble, September 19, 2021

Rickards: No Recovery Until 2045?–  “ U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio is now approaching 130%… We will not recover from this pandemic fully until 2045 or later in terms of savings, consumption, disinflation, low interest rates and low growth.  The only exception to this estimate would be if the pandemic were followed by another equally shocking event such as war or a financial panic.  Isn’t that reassuring?”  War is always profitable.  Stay tuned.

Video interview:  Fed Has Lost Control; Weight of Debt Will Cause Bonds to Crash, Gold to Soar | Egon von Greyerz

Check this daily or at least several times a week:  Shadow Stats

Albert Edwards: “It’s Starting To Feel A Bit Like July 2008”

Interview well worth listening to:  Matterhorn principals Egon von Greyerz and Matthew Piepenburg exchange thoughts on the real vs. surreal financial system:  Sharing Real Facts Within a Surreal Financial System

Nothing is Real: A Visual Journey Through Market Absurdity – “What did I learn after watching the NASDAQ rise to the moon in 2000 before puking by greater than 80% in 2003, and a sub-prime bubble that had investors giddy in 2006 yet on their knees by the autumn of 2008, or far more recently, a decade+ bull market hitting needle-peak highs on the backs $28T in national debt and a Fed balance sheet that had bloated from $800 billion in 2000 to over $7 trillion by 2020?”  Rest at link above.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Links:

Wait!  Didn’t the fake president put the fake, constitutionally ineligible VP in charge of the border?  Kamala Harris skips US-Mexico border-security meeting, goes to New Jersey instead– The vice president visited a daycare center and vaccination site in the Garden State on Friday while other top Biden administration officials were in Mexico City

Eric Clapton: ‘It’s Time To Rise Up Against the New World Order & Reject Lockdowns’

By Butch Paugh

Let’s go ahead and get one harsh, but brutally true statement before us and get it out of the way.  At least ninety five percent of the people who claim Christianity today have no clue of what a “Christian” worldview is, or should be!  Including myself for many years!  Let’s take a look at a few scriptures and five major worldviews.  You may be surprised how far you are from the Biblical worldview.  Worldview, meaning how we view the world and how all facets of our lives should be totally surrendered to God’s directions for control and the governing in all spheres of creation.

In Matt. 22:37-40, we are clearly instructed that we must love the Lord our God with every fiber of our being!  Nothing reserved!  Christ also told us in John 14:15, “If we love Him we will keep His commandments!  We are to study His Word in order to “renew” our carnal minds that have been polluted by Satanic teachings that many falsely believe are Christian views.  II Tim. 2:15/Rom12:1-2

The Word of God is to be our guide and instruction book on how to “govern” our lives and our society in all aspects!  Nothing is left to our will or desires!  We should not trust our “understanding” of life’s issues!  (Prov. 3:5-7)

Let’s examine five different areas of our lives that all people deal with daily: politics, economics, education, religion and social issues.  I think that everyone who reads the different world views listed will be a little shocked as to how far the “church” has strayed from God’s guidelines.

Politics:

Biblical Theism (God is God

♦ Law originates with God. In all spheres of government (family, church, and civil), man’s law must align with divine law in order to be valid.  God’s Law is His word, as written in the Holy Scriptures.

Moderate Christian (God/Man is God)

♦ New Testament Grace supersedes Old Testament Law, and has little to contribute to modern political discussion, other than to encourage fairness and integrity. Public policy should be conducted according to natural law.

Secular Humanism (man is God)

♦ A secular state is necessary to a free society.  Law is interpreted through judicial precedent and social mores, not a fixed, historical standard.  There is no single basis of law for every culture.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ The State represents the people, provides for them, and oversees all areas of life. The State owns all property in behalf of the people, and distributes wealth and provision equally to all people.

Economics:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ God has ordained productive labor and private property ownership. The first rule of economics is “You shall not steal.”  The second is to maintain honest weights and measures.  The third is: If you don’t work, you don’t eat, with certain exceptions for the truly disabled.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Individual responsibility is good, but Christian love requires us to help others unconditionally. Both private and charity and government aid are good.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ The state exists to help individuals and businesses who cannot help themselves, through direct regulation and management of the economy. When everyone contributes their “fair share” through progressive taxation, society benefits.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Private-property rights encourage greed and inequity. Economic decisions should be centralized in the State in order to guarantee social justice and livable conditions for everyone.

Education:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ The purpose of education is that we might know God and obey His commands. Parents are primarily responsible for the education of their children, through both direct instruction and the original procurement of instruction by others of their choosing.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Spiritual and secular education are distinct. Children receive academic training at school, whereas spiritual instruction is the responsibility of the family and the Church

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ Education is a universal right, and is key to reducing crime and poverty. Everyone has unlimited potential for personal development.  The government must ensure that all children are provided equal educational opportunity.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Children are a national resource, and education is the government’s responsibility. Only State schools can ensure common core standards, via common curriculum, and provide an education that aligns with society’s goals.

Religion:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ Everyone is born in sin and needs a Saviour. Salvation comes through confession of faith in the atoning work of Jesus Christ, as evidenced by genuine repentance. God is knowable only through Christ, and His Holy Scriptures are authoritative for all of life.  All who die without Christ will spend eternity in the fires of Hell.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Christianity is a relationship with Jesus Christ, not a religion with set requirements. Repentance – if it is necessary – is secondary to grace.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ “Religion” is a personal matter. Organized religion is unimportant, and often dangerous.  Absolute truth does not exist.  Mankind is accountable only to itself.  Personal fulfillment can be found primarily through self-actualization.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Personal religious beliefs are antagonistic to the common good, which can only be ensured by a secular State. The freedom to believe or not believe can only be protected and enforced by a non-biased, secular State.

Social Issues:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ The Ten Commandments and the Sermon on the Mount are the ethical basis for personal conduct, interpersonal relations, social order, and public policy. They are God’s standard for all people, in all cultures, in all generations.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Love emphasizes tolerance. Calling the private or public actions of others sinful is judgmental, since only God knows men’s hearts.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ Moral standards evolve over time in response to social progress. Majority standards should prevail.  Any personal morality is permissible as long as it does not hurt someone else.

Socialism (Man is God)

♦ The needs of the individual are less important than the collective needs of the people. Personal conduct must therefore serve the interests of the State.

Now that you have learned how far all, including the church, have strayed from God’s will in following His law, statutes and judgments. Let’s take a brief look on to how our society and even those who “think” they are following God’s Word in their lives have fallen for this damning massive deception.

The answer is actually very simple and easily understood for those who will recognize and accept the truth!  Here it is, most who say they love God do not obey His laws!  Most will respond with a loud protest denying this factual statement! My reply is, “If we truly were following His law system, why did we get so far away from the righteous Christian worldview?  Most people who think they are following God’s law fall into the “moderate” category on politics.  They have bought the damnable lie that since Christ came, the “law” has been done away with and grace has superseded God’s law.  So therefore, at best, we basically believe we can live in a culture of compromise with no righteous retribution for ignoring God’s laws and His righteous judgment!  We wink at sin (I John 3:4) in our personal lives and our family’s lives because we don’t want to hurt their feelings, or cause a confrontation!  We have denied Christ in our lives by tolerating our own law-breaking (disobedience to His laws (John 14:15) and that of our family.  In doing so, folks, we have denied Christ before men.  We were sternly warned about this in Matt. 10:32-39.  Christ Himself plainly told us that He came to divide families and not to bring a “false” peace, verses 34-35.  It seems that there is nothing a family member can do to compel a separation between each other.  You see, Christ said that we are to separate from them in order for them to see their need of repentance!  We are damning them into believing that they are “saved” and in good standing with God, no matter their works, (life choices).  As a simple matter of truth, if anyone professes Christianity and is living in direct violation of God’s moral laws, we are commanded to have no fellowship with them.  Not even to eat with them! (I Cor. 5:9-12).  We have miserably failed to obey God whom we say we love.  The antinomian (lawless) church is the destroyer of society!  Enough said!

© 2021 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

By Roger Anghis

The American people have gotten to the point where they seem to pay no attention to the rights and freedoms our Founders gave us. The right to determine what we put in our bodies, specifically medicines, is a right that we have and if we don’t take a stand now and refuse this massive overreach by the federal government we’ll be forced to do whatever they say from here on out. Hitler forced the people of Germany to take drugs with no recourse. One of those drugs was fluoride the same poison that many municipalities put in the drinking water.  Ten years after they started this practice cancers in adults increased by 20%. Imagine that. Now they are trying to force a ‘vaccine’ that has drastic negative effects on the human body.  According to the European version of the CDC. Endura Vigilance, this ‘vaccine’ is a total disaster. European database of suspected adverse drug reaction reports: COVID-19 Vaccine Adverse Drug Reactions – 23,252 dead, 2,189,537 Injuries through August 28, 2021.

This is what Biden demands that we take a chance with. By the way, his White House staff is exempt and the Congressional staff is exempt and the Judicial Branch, CDC employees, FDA employees, USPS employees, Pfizer employees, Moderna employees, and other friends of the Democrats but you have to have the ‘vaccine’.  After WWII at the Nuremberg trials, it was decided that no government can mandate or force medical treatment without individual consent. That’s Nuremberg Code Article#6, Section #3. Notice how this fake administration totally ignores this law and is forcing you to get the jab or lose your job. Actions like this are very typical of the Democrat party. On September 29^th we learned that the Biden administration is laying the groundwork for a national security crisis: Border Patrol agents have been notified by the Biden administration that they must be fully vaccinated by Nov. 22 or face termination. The notice comes on the heels of President Joe Biden’s executive order on Sept. 9 that all federal employees must be vaccinated against COVID-19. In some cases, medical and religious exemptions are accepted and The Epoch Times has learned that some border agents will be filing for an exemption. House Judiciary ranking member Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio) wrote a strongly-worded letter against the mandate to Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas. “We have learned that the Department of Homeland Security has threatened to fire Border Patrol officials who refuse to comply with President Biden’s vaccine mandate,” Jordan wrote on Sept. 28. “Your failure to support these federal law enforcement officials will only make the Biden border crisis worse and make our country less secure.[1] One other thing to keep in mind about this is the people entering our country illegally are given the choice of skipping the ‘vaccine’ or getting it.

There is a good reason for them or anyone else to not want to get the jab. As stated earlier in this series, the ‘vaccine’ has no characteristics of a vaccine but all the characteristics of gene therapy, which cannot be mandated. This ‘vaccine’ has proven to be very dangerous to those who take it. This past weekend we published a report from the FDA’s Vaccine Advisory Committee meeting on Pfizer COVID-19 booster shots held on Friday, September 17, 2021, where dissenting doctors and researchers were able to present material showing how dangerous the COVID-19 vaccines are, going against the current corporate media narrative that has worked hard to suppress this data. See: BOMBSHELL: FDA Allows Whistleblower Testimony that COVID-19 Vaccines Are Killing and Harming People!

One of the presenters in that open session was Steve Kirsch, the Executive Director of the COVID-19 Early Treatment Fund, who stated that “expert analysis” revealed that over 150,000 people have died in the U.S. following a COVID-19 injection.[2]

It is well known that when there is a large number of deaths related to a vaccine that vaccine is pulled.  This ’vaccine’, however, seems immune to this standard procedure.  There have been more deaths related to this ‘vaccine’ than all other vaccines in history combined yet our government is still ‘mandating’ that we all get it. Look at the chart below from the CDC on this subject:

There is no logical reason for this ‘vaccine’ to still be given to people. Remember Bill Gates saying that we need to control the population with ‘forced vaccines’? Is the picture getting a little clearer yet? The fear-mongers use this to prove that COVID-19 is the worst pandemic within the last century but when you look at the total number of deaths in America over the last ten years there is no massive spike. We see that the total number of deaths which includes all deaths, heart attacks, cancer, car accidents, accidents in general, and every other manner of deaths that 2020 is one of the lowest in numbers of deaths in spite of COVID-19.[3] To top this off we see that the required reporting to VEARS, Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System, is not being done which means the results of the ‘vaccine’ are much worse than they are telling us. We’ve vaccinated 97.5M people from the start thru March 2021 and there were 583 reports in VAERS who had an anaphylaxis reaction on their first dose. This suggests that the underreporting rate is 41X.

Other estimates such as How Underreported Are Post-Vaccination Serious Injuries and Deaths in VAERS? suggests a 30X factor based on VAERS.

However, this used a serious adverse event rate from the Pfizer Phase 3 study which we believe under-reported these events for three reasons:

1) the patients were much healthier than average with a 10X lower rate of cardiac arrest than the general public (for example),

2) it was hard to report adverse events if you were in the trial (the evidence of this was unfortunately deleted when Facebook removed the vaccine side effect groups), and

3) there was known malfeasance in the reporting of adverse events in the 12-15-year-old trial where the paralysis of 12-year-old Maddie de Garay was never included in the trial results and the FDA and CDC refused to investigate and the mainstream media would not report on it.[4]

Even scientists for the companies that manufacture the ‘vaccine’ advise to not take the jab. Think about it. Why do we have to take the jab but all the government agencies don’t? Are we still talking about people’s health or are we talking about demanding control over the population of America? I see it as obvious. When has it ever been the good guys that demand rights be taken from the people? Critical thinking is a must.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Border patrol agents told to get vaccinated by November or face being fired
2. Study: governments own data reveals that at least 150,000 probably dead in US following covid 19 vaccines
3. Evidence shows total deaths 2020 no different prior years open economy democrats
4. Study: governments own data reveals that at least 150,000 probably dead in US following covid 19 vaccines

By Rob Pue

On the highest hill in northeastern Georgia stands a huge, star-shaped granite monument.  There are only a few clues as to how this monument, known as the “Georgia Guidestones” came to be in this place, but it’s message and intent is clearly Luciferian and anti-God. Today, as we hear of the plans of the New World Order globalists and their “Great Reset,” which has now begun in earnest, we can see that what these Luciferians are bringing to pass in the world now has been carefully planned out and purposely orchestrated over many decades.

The Georgia Guidestones are made of Pyramid Granite, consisting of a large, verticle center slab, four slabs surrounding it and a 26,000 pound capstone on top. They’re more than 19 feet tall.  The ten messages on the Guidestones have been called “The Ten Commandments of the Antichrist,” and are written in English, Spanish, Swahili, Hindi, Hebrew, Arabic, Traditional Chinese, and Russian.  The messages deal with human depopulation, earth worship, a One-World Government and New World Order.

The Guidestones were built to withstand any natural or man-made disaster, even a nuclear blast. Here are the ten messages inscribed on them: 1). Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. 2). Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity. 3). Unite humanity with a living new language. 4). Rule passion – faith – tradition – and all things with tempered reason. 5). Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts. 6). Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court. 7). Avoid petty laws and useless officials. 8). Balance personal rights with social duties. 9). Prize truth – beauty – love – seeking harmony with the infinite. 10). Be not a cancer on the earth – Leave room for nature.

A shorter message is inscribed at the top of the structure in four ancient languages: Babylonian cuneiform, Classical Greek, Sanskrit, and Egyptian hieroglyphs.  It reads: “Let these be guidestones to an age of reason.” 

In the summer of 1979 a well-dressed, elequently-speaking gray-haired man calling himself “R. C. Christian” came to Elberton, Georgia in search of both a granite firm to build his design for a monument and a suitable site for the construction of it.  He said he represented “a small group of loyal Americans” who had been planning the installation of an unusually large and complex stone monument. The man admitted that ‘Christian’ was a pseudonym, and while he was obliged to reveal his identity to the local bank manager, this was under on condition of absolute confidentiality. To this day, the man’s real name and the true identity of his organization are unknown.

He presented the granite company a wooden model and ten pages of detailed instructions as to how the monument was to be built. And money was no object — even though the price quoted was many times higher than such a project would normally cost, this man readily agreed to pay it, no questions asked.

The Guidestones were unveiled in March of 1980.  Ownership of the land and monument was soon transferred to Elbert County, which still holds it. But why place such a monument in virtually the middle of nowhere — 90 miles from Atlanta surrounded by farm fields? Perhaps one clue is that the Cherokee Indians believe this spot to be the geographical center of the universe.

The Guidestones were precisely engineered to track the movements of the sun and stars. Depending on where people stand and which slots or holes they peer through, visitors can see the sunrise during an equinox or solstice or locate the North Star.  The stones function as a clock, calendar and compass and they track the sun’s movement year-round.

But it’s the ten messages on the Stones that should concern us today, as we find ourselves in the midst of a globalist eugenics program known as ‘COVID 19.’  The first of the messages indicates we should maintain human population under 500 million people. To achieve that “goal,” we would need to reduce the number of human beings on the planet by 90%. Then there’s the message about “wise reproduction” and the value of so-called “diversity.” And calling human beings, made in the image of God “a cancer on the earth.”  All of these statements  fly in the face of Almighty God’s command to us to “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth.”

Then there’s the part about uniting humanity with a new One-World language. Do you remember the history of the tower of Babel?  Resolving disputes in a “world court,” abandoning personal rights and freedoms in order to fulfill our “social duties.”  And of course, the idea of “reason” has long been a buzz-word among zealous athiests and God-haters.

Many believe the Georgia Guidestones were a project of The Club of Rome. You may not be familiar with this. I wasn’t until I dug into the research for myself. The Club of Rome, founded 1968, is one of a number of organizations founded or funded by David Rockefeller (the youngest son of John D. Rockefeller) to further the cause of global government, including the United Nations.  Members of the Club of Rome have included some of the wealthiest and most powerful people in the world, including CNN founder Ted Turner, George Soros, Henry Kissinger, Bill Gates, Prince Philip, Al Gore, Maurice Strong (who co-authored “The Earth Charter” along with Mikhail Gorbachev), and Bill Clinton.

The Club of Rome has four stated main goals: World Government, Human Depopulation, Environmentalism at the expense of humanity, and a One-World Religion.  These goals of the Club of Rome were openly stated as far back as their beginning in 1968. In 1980 the Georgia Guidestones were unveiled, again clearly stating the goals of a New World Order and human depopulation. But all of this is trumped by the Word of God, which has prophecied the days we’re living in now for thousands of years. God TOLD us what these Luciferians were going to do. Now the Luciferians themselves are openly telling us their plans, yet so many seem to think this is all conspiracy theory nonsense. As I’ve said before, there IS a conspiracy going on, but it’s far from a theory.

Go to the website of the World Economic Forum. The very first thing you’ll read there is this: “There is an urgent need for global stakeholders to cooperate in simultaneously managing the direct consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. To improve the state of the world, the World Economic Forum is starting The Great Reset initiative.”  Look a little deeper at those who are partnering with the World Economic Forum and you’ll be overwhelmed and astounded. Nearly every corporation and every banking institution in the world is represented.   By the way, the World Economic Forum was also one of the sponsors of Event 201 in October of 2019. Event 201 was the official “planning session” for the Planned-Demic.

Klous Schwab, born in Germany in 1938 is the Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum. He’s stated openly that a key component of the Great Reset is that individuals worldwide will own nothing.  According to Schwab, private ownership of homes, cars, bank accounts, land… all of it, MUST be abolished, in order to provide for a more “fair” outcome for all. This is pure Communism, folks, and this “Great Reset” has already begun…and nearly every country in the world is on board with this.

Do some research on some of the key players in this COVID scheme. Look at Fauci, the CDC, (which would be more aptly named the “Center For Disease Creation”), the World Health Organization, The FDA, and every entity associated with Big Pharma. Then look at the Globalist organizations such as the UN, the World Economic Forum, the Federal Reserve, the IMF, the World Council of Churches, the Club of Rome. Then consider how all mainstream media in the world is owned by a tiny handful of people. Now look at who controls the internet and social media. You will find that every player is a New World Order Globalist, and through the well-planned scam of ‘COVID,’ they’ve set the stage for not only world domination but serious human depopulation — planetary genocide.

Let me explain it another way: they’re purposely killing people. The COVID virus is real, but it was weaponized by Fauci and the Chinese Communists, with the aid of all the players just mentioned, and funded with our American tax dollars. It was unleashed on the world in late 2019 and early 2020, then super-hyped by the complicit Mockingbird Media. If you’re unfamiliar with “Operation Mockingbird,” I suggest you research how the CIA is also complicit in all this — along with our FBI, our judicial system, and the highest levels of our government, and governments worldwide.

The virus, similar to the common seasonal flu virus, was hyped by the media as a “super killer.” Fear was instilled among the people. Mask-wearing and quarantining of the healthy was mandated for only one reason: to keep us all reminded to be fearful every day.  Of course, the masks never protected the wearers or others from anything. They only served to increase illness, as individuals were forced to recirculate their own C02 and bacteria. But their main purpose was visual — a visual reminder to be very afraid, and to obey every government edict…for our “health,” they said.  Other draconian measures such as shutting down businesses and churches, cancelling public gatherings and celebrations, even closing public parks and beaches, were put into effect to impress upon us the supposed seriousness of the situation, and again — to keep us all fearful and compliant.

Then came the so-called “vaccine.”  Understand this: the so-called “vaccine” was not made for COVID.  COVID was made for the “vaccine.” In other words, COVID was simply a justification to get people so fearful and so compliant that they would readily line up to receive multiple injections of poisons. But not everyone was on board. Many were skeptical, especially when inexpensive treatments were readily available — but FORBIDDEN by the tyrants in power. Treatments like Ivermectin and HCQ, shown in thousands of peer-reviewed studies to cure COVID quickly and save lives.  But when anyone would so much as mention those words on social media, they were “flagged” as “false information,” and the people were banned. Doctors who had successfully treated thousands of patients with these medications were publicly smeared, their characters and careers destroyed, because they dared to tell the truth.

The same has happened to thousands of doctors and scientists worldwide when they have spoken the truth of the dangers of these injections. And make no mistake, the COVID so-called “vaccines” have only one purpose: to kill people.

VAERS data from the CDC itself shows that more than a half million people have suffered from severe side effects, including stroke, heart failure, blood clots, brain disorders, convulsions, seizures, Bells Palsy, inflammations of the brain and spinal cord, autoimmune diseases, miscarriage, infertility, deafness and blindness. In addition to these severe side effects, the CDC reports 16,000 people have died as a result of these injections. It should be noted that only between 1 and 10 percent of adverse reactions are ever reported to the VAERS system. Doctors are discouraged from doing so. And more than once, the CDC has scrubbed hundreds of thousands of cases, as they have “readjusted” the numbers the public can see on the VAERS system. You should also know that those who die within two weeks of receiving a jab are NOT considered to have died FROM the jab.

Especially concerning in these “adverse side effects” is how these jabs seem to directly and quickly affect the reproductive organs, rendering people sterile. Pregnant women who take the jab have frequently had miscarriages. No one knows if babies of injected women will be sterile their entire lives. This is all a dream-come-true for depopulation advocates like Bill Gates, but it’s a nightmare for the rest of the world.

You should also be aware that it’s not the “unvaccinated” that are causing the so-called “mutations” or “variants” of COVID — its the injections themselves, and scientists have shown conclusively that people who get the jab are the actual “super spreaders” of serious illness.

Friends, these injections are killing people. And people, trusting the government, health officials and media propaganda, are lining up to voluntarily get their “kill shots.” If somehow this is not stopped quickly, it’s now absolutely possible that we could see the world population reduced by 90% — just as the Luciferian Globalists decreed on the Georgia Guidestones 41 years ago.

© 2021 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 337.